BT INVESTMENT FUNDS
485APOS, 1998-11-25
Previous: GABELLI WESTWOOD FUNDS, NSAR-B, 1998-11-25
Next: BT INVESTMENT FUNDS, 497, 1998-11-25








                                                      1933 Act File No. 33-07404
                                                      1940 Act File No. 811-4760

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    Form N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933             X
                                                                  ---

    Pre-Effective Amendment No.         ....................

    Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 ........................        X
                                 ---                              ---

                                     and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X

    Amendment No.   55  ....................................        X
                  ------                                          ---

                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                              5800 Corporate Drive
                       Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237-7010
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

                                 (412) 288-1900
                         (Registrant's Telephone Number)

Copies to:

Jay S. Neuman, Esquire                          Burton M. Leibert, Esq.
Federated Investors Tower                       Willkie Farr & Gallagher
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-3779             787 Seventh Avenue
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)         New York, New York 10019

It is proposed that this filing will become effective
(check appropriate box)

[ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) [ ] on (date) pursuant to
paragraph (b) [X] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) [ ] on ____
pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) [ ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph
(a)(2) [ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

   This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a
previously filed post-effective amendment.

BT Investment Portfolios, Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio, International Equity
Portfolio, and Capital Appreciation Portfolio have also executed this Amendment
to the Registration Statement.








                              BT Investment Funds








                       Information About Investing in the
                           Intermediate Tax Free Fund

With the goal of achieving a high level of current income exempt from Federal
income tax consistent with moderate risk of capital


                                   Prospectus
                                January 31, 1999


                             Bankers Trust Company
                               Investment Adviser









Like shares of all mutual funds, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



                                                                              1


<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE FUND OVERVIEW
      Goal...........................................................3
      Core Strategy..................................................4
      Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund.......................5
      Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund......................6
      Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses.........................7
      Annual Fund Operating Expenses.................................8

INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE FUND IN DETAIL
      Objective......................................................9
      Strategy.......................................................10
      Principal Investments..........................................12
      Risks..........................................................14

Management of the Fund...............................................17
      Board of Trustees..............................................17
      Investment Adviser.............................................17
      Portfolio Manager..............................................18
      Administrator..................................................19
      Organizational Structure.......................................20
Calculating the Fund's Share Price...................................21
Dividends and Distributions..........................................22
Tax Considerations...................................................23
Buying and Selling Fund Shares.......................................24
Financial Highlights.................................................25



                                                                              2


<PAGE>


INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE FUND OVERVIEW

Goal
The Fund invests for a high level of current income exempt from Federal income
tax consistent with moderate risk of capital.



                                                                              3


<PAGE>


Core Strategy
The Fund invests primarily in high-quality tax-exempt municipal bonds. The Fund
seeks to hold a portfolio with an intermediate-term duration.



                                                                              4


<PAGE>


Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund
An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

o A municipal bond held by the Fund could perform poorly;
o A bond issuer's creditworthiness could decline, which causes the value of the
  securities it has issued to decline;
o A bond issuer could pay off a high-yielding bond before it comes due and the
  Fund could not advantageously re-invest the proceeds; or
o The municipal bond market could decline in value as a result of a rise in
  interest rates.



                                                                              5

<PAGE>


Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund
You should consider investing in the Intermediate Tax Free Fund if you are
seeking the intermediate or long-term goal of high current income that is exempt
from Federal income tax and has a moderate level of risk.

[SIDEBAR: Tax-free bonds generally pay a lower level of interest than similar
bonds on which the income is taxed. You can determine if an investment in the
Intermediate Tax Free Fund pays out more to you after taxes than a taxable
investment by obtaining the Fund's tax-exempt yield and comparing it to the
Fund's taxable equivalent yield. To calculate the taxable equivalent yield,
divide the tax-exempt yield by the difference between 100% and your tax bracket
percentage. For example, if you are in the 28% federal tax bracket and can earn
a tax-exempt yield of 5%, the taxable equivalent yield would be 6.94% (5% /
72%). To obtain current yield information, call the BT Service Center at
1-800-730-1313.]

There is, of course, no guarantee that the Fund will realize its goal. In
addition, you must be willing to accept the possibility of short-term price
fluctuations, which though typically less than those associated with long-term
bonds or stocks, do occur from time to time.

You should not consider investing in the Intermediate Tax Free Fund if you are
pursuing a short-term financial goal or are investing to achieve capital
appreciation.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. Although
past performance is not indicative of future results, diversifying with other
types of long-term investments (such as long-term bond and stock mutual funds)
has in the past delivered higher returns. However, long-term bond and stock
mutual funds typically incur more short-term volatility.

An investment in the Intermediate Tax Free Fund is not a deposit of Bankers
Trust Company or any other bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


                                                                              6


<PAGE>


Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses
The bar chart and table on this page can help you evaluate the potential risks
and rewards of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund's
performance year to year. The bar chart shows the Fund's actual return for each
full calendar year since it began selling shares to the public on July 20, 1992
(its inception date). The table compares the Fund's average annual return with
the Lehman Brothers 7-Year General Obligation Municipal Bond Index over the last
one and five years, and since inception. The Index is a passive measure of
municipal bond returns. It does not factor in the costs of buying, selling and
holding securities--costs which are reflected in the Fund's results.

[SIDEBAR: The Lehman Brothers General Obligation Municipal Bond Index is a
widely accepted benchmark of municipal bond performance. It covers more than
46,000 municipal securities. The 7-Year Index is a model, not an actual
portfolio, that tracks the returns of general obligation municipal bonds
scheduled to mature in six to eight years, a subset of some 1,700 securities.
Their maturity range corresponds to the maturity range of the bonds in the
Fund.]

            Fund Performance For Each Calendar Year Since Inception
                                  [bar chart]


- ---------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
   1993       1994      1995      1996      1997       1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

Since inception, the Fund's highest return in any calendar quarter was ___% and
its lowest quarterly return was (___%). Past performance offers no indication of
how the Fund will perform in the future.

                 Average Annual Returns as of December 31, 1998

- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Since
                                                        Inception
                                 1 year      5 years   (7/20/92)*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate Tax Free Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Lehman Brothers 7-Year
General Obligation Municipal
Bond Index
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

*The Lehman Brothers 7-Year General Obligation Municipal Bond Index is
 calculated from July 31, 1992.


                                                                              7


<PAGE>


Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses paid from Fund assets) This table
describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the
Intermediate Tax Free Fund.

      --------------------------------------------------------------
                                             percentage of average
                                               daily net assets*
      --------------------------------------------------------------
      Management Fees                                0.40%
      --------------------------------------------------------------
      Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees          None
      --------------------------------------------------------------
      Other Expenses                                 0.82%
      --------------------------------------------------------------
      Total Fund Operating Expense                   1.22%
      --------------------------------------------------------------
      Less Fee Waivers or Expense
      Reimbursement                                 (0.37%)+
      --------------------------------------------------------------
      Net Expenses                                   0.85%
      --------------------------------------------------------------

Expense Example
The example below illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a $10,000
investment in the Fund. The numbers assume that the Fund earned an annual return
of 5% over the periods shown, that the Fund's operating expenses remained the
same and you sold your shares at the end of the period.

Expense Example
- -------------------------------------------------
1 Year       3 Years     5 years     10 Years
- -------------------------------------------------
$87          $271        $471        $1,049
- -------------------------------------------------

You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense history with
other funds.* This example does not represent an estimate of future returns or
expenses. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

*Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio, the master fund in which the
Intermediate Tax Free Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion of the
relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational
Structure" section of this prospectus).

+Bankers Trust has agreed for the 16-month period from the Fund's fiscal year
end of September 30, 1998, to waive its fees and reimburse expenses so that
total expenses will not exceed 0.85%.


                                                                              8


<PAGE>


INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE FUND IN DETAIL

Objective
The Intermediate Tax Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from
Federal income tax consistent with moderate risk of capital.

The Fund invests for income from interest payments; capital appreciation is not
an objective of the Fund. While we give priority to earning income, we cannot
offer any assurance of achieving this objective. The Fund's objective is not a
fundamental policy. We must notify shareholders before we change it, but we do
not require their approval to do so.



                                                                              9


<PAGE>


Strategy
The Fund seeks a current yield from interest income that is greater than
generally obtainable from short-term tax-exempt bonds with the highest
investment ratings.

[SIDEBAR: A bond's current yield is not necessarily the same as its coupon, the
interest rate a borrower contracts to pay when issuing the bond. For example, a
$1,000 bond with a 5% coupon requires the borrower to make annual interest
payments of $50. If buyers can purchase the bond on the open market for $950,
their yield will be 5.3% ($50/$950). If they purchase the bond for $1050, their
yield will be 4.8% ($50/$1050).]

We do this by adjusting the average duration of the bonds held by the Fund
according to current market and credit conditions and the Bankers Trust interest
rate forecast.

[SIDEBAR: Duration measures the sensitivity of bond prices to changes in
interest rates. The longer the duration of a bond, the longer it will take to
repay the principal and interest obligations and the more sensitive it is to
changes in interest rates. Investors in longer-duration bonds face more risk as
interest rates rise--but also are more likely to receive more income from their
investment to compensate for the risk.]

o     If our analysis indicates that yields are not likely to change, we attempt
      to align the Fund's average duration to that of the intermediate-duration
      municipal market as a whole.
o     If we expect yields to rise, we will shorten the Fund's duration by buying
      shorter maturity and selling longer maturity bonds, a tactic that should
      insulate the value of its shares from falling bond prices.

      [SIDEBAR: Maturity measures the time remaining until an issuer must repay
      a bond's principal (and the issuer's debt) in full.]

o     If we expect yields to fall, we will lengthen the Fund's duration by
      selling shorter bonds and buying bonds with maturities up to 20 years to
      capture the gain in prices.


                                                                              10


<PAGE>


The Fund's duration can vary approximately 12 months in either direction from
the duration of the whole intermediate-term market.

The Fund also attempts to increase current income by capturing temporary
variations in the "spread" among different kinds of municipal bonds. The
difference, or spread, in the yield from different kinds of bonds normally
remains fairly constant. If yields change on, say, the highest rated general
obligation bonds, they should change by a predictable amount on less highly
rated bonds secured only by revenues from licensing fees. But outside economic
influences, political considerations or the marketplace law of supply and demand
may alter the normal spread. This deviation from the expected pattern may offer
the Fund the opportunity to earn more than usual from bonds at a given level of
risk.



                                                                              11


<PAGE>


Principal Investments
The Fund attempts to invest all of its assets in tax-exempt municipal
securities.

[SIDEBAR: Interest income from notes and bonds issued by a state or local
government entity is exempt from Federal income tax.]

The Fund only invests in securities that receive investment grade ratings from a
major rating service.

[SIDEBAR: Municipal bonds must be rated Aaa, Aa, A, MIG-1 or Prime-1 by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. or AAA, AA, A, SP-1 or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings
Service at the time the Fund purchases them.]

The Fund may purchase a particular bond even if the rating agencies have not
reviewed it, if our analysis concludes that its credit quality compares to the
top ratings, and it may continue to hold a bond if its rating declines after
purchase.

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in taxable securities to
maintain liquidity, manage cash flow, or respond to adverse market conditions.
It can invest in U.S. Treasury bonds or bonds guaranteed by Federal agencies or
corporate debt that meets the Fund's quality requirements. The interest income
on these securities is subject to Federal income tax.

Portfolio Turnover

The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not



                                                                              12


<PAGE>


have a target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the
Investment Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market
conditions and the Fund's investment objective.



                                                                              13


<PAGE>


Risks
Below we set forth some of the prominent risks associated with municipal bond
investing, as well as investing in general. We also detail our methods for
dealing with these risks. Although we attempt to assess the likelihood that
these risks may actually occur and to limit them, we make no guarantee that we
will succeed in every case.

Primary risks

Market Risk
The Fund faces the risk that the overall market for municipal bonds may decline.
National and global economic events may prompt this decline, as may economic
events in locales in which the Fund has invested. Developments in other bond
markets or the stock market could also adversely affect the Fund by reducing the
relative attractiveness of municipal bonds as an investment.

Interest Rate Risk
A significant risk for the Fund is interest rate risk, the risk that
fixed-income securities will decline in value because of changes in interest
rates. Generally, investments subject to interest rate risk will decrease in
value when interest rates rise (and increase in value when interest rates
decline). To address movements in interest rates, the Investment Adviser
attempts to adjust the Fund's holdings of long-and short-term securities to
reflect our expectations of changes in interest rates.

Credit Risk
An investor purchasing a municipal bond faces the risk that the creditworthiness
of the issuer may decline, causing the value of the bond itself to decline. In
addition, issuers may not be able to pay the interest on the bonds they have
issued. As a way of reducing these risks, the Fund invests only in the highest
investment-grade securities to provide an


                                                                              14


<PAGE>


added level of protection when economic conditions deteriorate. In addition, we
continuously monitor the financial well-being of the issuers of the bonds that
the Fund owns. We may sell those that show the signs of weakness that may lead
to a ratings downgrade or even to default.

Prepayment Risk
When a bond issuer retains the right to pay off a high yielding bond before it
comes due, the Fund may have no choice but to reinvest the proceeds at lower
interest rates. Thus, prepayment may reduce the Fund's income. In addition, it
may create a capital-gains-tax liability, because bond issuers usually pay a
premium for the right to pay off bonds early. The Fund protects itself against
this type of risk through a combination of approaches: o It may purchase
"callable" bonds early in the life of the loan, when the
  issuer is least likely to call them in for prepayment;
o It may purchase callable bonds that offer extra yield income as an incentive
  for assuming prepayment risk; or
o It may purchase non-callable bonds that offer yield income comparable to
  callables.

Secondary risks

Information Risk
Unlike Treasury bonds and stocks, municipal bonds do not trade on highly
centralized exchanges. Specialized dealers make the markets for municipal bonds.
This means that prices on bonds of comparable safety and maturity may vary
widely. It poses the risk the Fund may buy or sell a bond on unfavorable terms.
We try to minimize this risk by investing only in high quality, readily
marketable bonds and cultivating business relationships with established,
reputable dealers.


                                                                              15


<PAGE>


Liquidity Risk
A decentralized market, like that for municipal bonds, faces a greater liquidity
risk than a centralized market consisting of many more buyers and sellers.
Investors in municipal bonds may not be able to sell a bond quickly or receive a
price that reflects its intrinsic value. The Fund attempts to minimize this risk
by buying only investment-grade municipal bonds from large, well-known bond
issuers.

Year 2000 Risk
As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and service providers to address this problem. If we - or
our business partners, service providers, government agencies or other market
participants - do not succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services
or it could affect the value of the Fund's shares.

Temporary Defensive Position
We may from time to time adopt a temporary defensive position in response to
extraordinary adverse political, economic or market events. We could place up to
100% of the Fund's assets in short-term municipal obligations and taxable
securities with the highest investment ratings. To the extent we might adopt
such a position, the Fund may not meet its goal of a high level of current
tax-free income.



                                                                              16


<PAGE>


Management of the Fund

Board of Trustees
The Fund's shareholders, voting in proportion to the amount of shares each owns,
elect a Board of Trustees, and the Trustees supervise all the Fund's activities
on their behalf.

Investment Adviser
Under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, Bankers Trust Company, with
headquarters at 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York 1006, acts as the Fund's
investment adviser, exercises day-to-day oversight and assumes responsibility
for the securities the Fund owns. Bankers Trust received a fee of [___]% of the
Fund's average daily net assets for its services in the last fiscal year.

As of September 30, 1998, Bankers Trust was the seventh largest bank holding
company in the United States with total assets of approximately $150 billion.
Bankers Trust is a worldwide merchant bank dedicated to servicing the needs of
corporations, governments, financial institutions and private clients through a
global network of over 90 offices in more than 50 countries.

Bankers Trust's officers bring wide experience to managing both the Fund and its
Portfolio. And the firm's own record dates back to its founding as a trust
company in 1903. It has invested retirement assets on behalf of the nation's
largest corporations and institutions for more than 50 years. Today, the assets
under its global management exceed $350 billion. The scope of the firm's
capability is broad: It is a leader in both the active and passive quantitative
investment disciplines and maintains a major presence in stock and bond markets
worldwide.



                                                                              17


<PAGE>


Portfolio Manager
Gary Pollack is responsible for the day-today management of the Fund:
o  Principal of Bankers Trust and Portfolio Manager of Intermediate Tax Free
   Fund.
o Joined Bankers Trust in 1978.
o Portfolio Manager of the Fund since its inception.
o 20 years of investment research experience.
o Bachelors degree in economics and mathematics, masters degree in economics
  from the State University of New York at Albany.



                                                                              18


<PAGE>


Other Services
Bankers Trust provides administrative services--such as portfolio accounting,
legal services and others--for the Fund. Bankers Trust--or your broker or
financial advisor--performs the functions necessary to establish and maintain
your account. In addition to setting up the account and processing your purchase
and sale orders, these functions include: o Keeping accurate, up-to-date records
for your individual Fund account; o Implementing any changes you wish to make in
your account information; o Processing your request for cash dividends and
distributions from the Fund; o Answering your questions on the Fund's investment
performance or
  administration;
o Sending proxy reports and updated prospectus information to you; and o
Collecting your executed proxies and forwarding them to the Fund's trustees.

Brokers and financial advisors may charge additional fees to investors only for
those services not otherwise included in the Bankers Trust servicing agreement,
such as cash management or special trust or retirement-investment reporting.



                                                                              19


<PAGE>


Organizational Structure: Master-Feeder Fund
The Intermediate Tax Free Fund is a "feeder fund" that invests all of its assets
in a "master portfolio," the Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio. The Fund and the
Master Portfolio have the same investment objective. The Master Portfolio is
advised by Bankers Trust.

The Master Portfolio may accept investments from other feeder funds. The feeders
bear the Master Portfolio's expenses in proportion to their assets. Each feeder
can set its own transaction minimums, fund-specific expenses, and other
conditions. This arrangement allows the Fund's Trustees to withdraw the Fund's
assets from the Master Portfolio if they believe doing so is in the
shareholder's best interests. If the Trustees withdraw the Fund's assets, they
would then consider whether the Fund should hire its own investment adviser,
invest in a different master portfolio, or take other action.


                                                                              20


<PAGE>


Calculating the Fund's Share Price
We calculate the daily price of the Fund's shares (also known as the "Net Asset
Value" or "NAV") in accordance with the standard formula for valuing mutual fund
shares at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange every day
the Exchange is open for business.

[SIDEBAR: The Exchange is open every week, Monday through Friday, except when
the following holidays are celebrated: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr.
Day (the third Monday in January), Presidents' Day (the third Monday in
February), Good Friday, Memorial Day (the last Monday in May), July 4, Labor Day
(the first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (the fourth Thursday in
November) and Christmas Day.]

The formula calls for deducting all of the Fund's liabilities from the total
value of its assets--the market value of the securities it holds, plus its cash
reserves--and dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding.

We value the securities in the Fund at their stated market value if price
quotations are available. When price quotes for a particular security are not
readily available, we determine their value by the method that most accurately
reflects their current worth in the judgment of the Board of Trustees. This
procedure implies an unavoidable risk, the risk that our prices are higher or
lower than the prices the securities might actually bring if we sold them. If we
have valued the securities too highly, you may end up paying too much for Fund
shares when you buy. If we underestimate the price, you may not receive the full
market value for your Fund shares when you sell.

You can find the Fund's daily share price in the mutual fund listings of most
major newspapers.


                                                                              21


<PAGE>


Dividends and Distributions
Income dividends, if any, for the Fund are declared daily and paid monthly. You
may elect to receive your distributions in cash or to reinvest them in
additional shares of the Fund.




                                                                              22


<PAGE>


Tax Considerations

The Fund does not ordinarily pay income taxes. You and other shareholders pay
taxes on the income or capital gains from the Fund's holdings. Your taxes will
vary from year to year, based on the amount of capital gains distributions and
dividends paid out by the Fund. You owe the taxes whether you receive cash or
choose to have distributions and dividends reinvested. Distributions and
dividends usually create the following tax liability:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction                                         Tax Status
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income dividends                                    Ordinary income
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short-term capital gains distributions              Ordinary income
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term capital gains distributions               Capital gains
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Every year the Fund will send you information on the distributions for the
previous year. In addition, if you sell your Fund shares you may have a capital
gain or loss.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction                                         Tax Status
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S><C>
Your sale of shares owned more than one year        Capital gains or losses
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Your                                                sale of shares owned for one
                                                    year or less Gains treated
                                                    as ordinary income; losses
                                                    subject to special rules.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The tax considerations for tax deferred accounts or non-taxable entities will be
different. Because each investor's tax circumstances are unique and because the
tax laws are subject to change, we recommend that you consult your tax advisor
about your investment.



                                                                              23


<PAGE>


Buying and Selling Fund Shares
You can purchase or redeem shares in the Fund by mail, phone, wire or through an
authorized broker or financial advisor. Contact your broker or financial advisor
for details. You may also call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

We may close your Fund account on 30 days' notice if it fails to meet minimum
balance requirements for any reason other than a change in market value. In
addition, if your sell order exceeds $250,000, we reserve the right to redeem it
"in kind" with a pro-rata distribution of securities actually held by the Fund,
rather than in cash.

Exchange Privileges
You can exchange all or part of your shares for shares in another BT Mutual Fund
up to four times a year without paying a sales charge. Before buying shares
through an exchange you should be sure to get a copy of that Fund's prospectus
and read it carefully. Please note also that you may have to pay taxes on the
shares you sell in the exchange.

Account minimums
The Fund requires a minimum investment of $2,500 to open accounts, $250 for
subsequent investments and a minimum balance of $1,000 to maintain them. It
requires a $500 minimum investment to open a retirement account, $100 for
subsequent investments, but imposes no minimum balance. Automatic investment
accounts, which credit money from your checking account to the purchase of Fund
shares monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, or every six months, call for a minimum
$1,000 opening investment and at least $100 for each succeeding purchase of
shares.

The Fund's Shareholder Guide and the Statement of Additional Information both
contain complete information on buying and selling Fund shares and maintaining a
Fund account. If you have not already received a copy of the Shareholder Guide
or wish to obtain a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, please
call the



                                                                              24


<PAGE>


BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.



                                                                              25


<PAGE>


Financial Highlights
The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance for the
past five years. The information selected reflects financial results for a
single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return
that an investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund, assuming
reinvestment of all interest income and distributions. This information has been
audited by ______________________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial
statements, is included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is
available free of charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Operating                10/1/97  10/1/96    10/1/95-   1/1/95 -  1/1/94 -
Performance:                       -9/30/98  -9/30/97   9/30/96   9/30/95*  12/31/94
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S><C>
Net Asset Value, Beginning of
Period
Income from Investment
Operations                                    $ 10.34   $ 10.56    $ 9.72   $ 10.54
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Investment Income                         0.44      0.33      0.47      0.42
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Realized and Unrealized
   Gain (Loss) on Investments                    0.31     (0.22)     0.84     (0.82)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Income (Loss) from
Investment Operations                            0.75      0.11      1.31     (0.40)
                                              -------   -------   -------   -------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions to Shareholders
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Investment Income                        (0.44)    (0.33)    (0.47)    (0.42)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Realized Gains                              --        --        --        --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Distributions                             (0.44)    (0.33)    (0.47)    (0.42)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period                $ 10.65   $ 10.34   $ 10.56   $  9.72
                                              -------   -------   -------   -------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investment Return                          7.43%     4.09%**  13.71%    (3.81)%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Supplemental Data and Ratios:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Assets, End of Period
   (000s omitted)                             $18,732   $22,008   $22,213   $25,303
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Investment Income                         4.23%     4.25%**   4.58%     4.20%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses, including Expenses of
   the Intermediate Tax Free
   Portfolio                                     0.85%     0.85%**   0.85%     0.85%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease Reflected in above
Expense Ration Due to absorption
of Expenses by Bankers Trust                     0.30%     0.38%**   0.28%     0.36%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Portfolio Turnover Rate***                       171%      130%       95%      118%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


  *The Fund changed its fiscal year end from December 31 to September 30 in 1996
 **Annualized
***The portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio into which
   the Fund invests all its assets


                                                                              26


<PAGE>


[BACK COVER]

Additional information about the Fund's investments is available in the Fund's
annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund's annual report, you
will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that
significantly affected the Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.

You can find more detailed information about the Fund in the current Statement
of Additional Information, dated [DATE], which we have filed electronically with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and which is incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus. To receive your free copy of the Statement of
Additional Information, the annual or semi-annual report, or if you have any
questions about investing in this Fund, you can write to us at:

                              BT Service Center
                              P.O. Box 419210
                              Kansas City, MO 64141-6210
or call our toll-free number: 1-800-730-1313

You can find reports and other information about the Fund on the SEC website
(http://www.sec.gov), or you can get copies of this information, after payment
of a duplicating fee, by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC,
Washington, D.C. 20549-6009. Information about the Fund, including its Statement
of Additional Information, can be reviewed and copied at the SEC's Public
Reference Room in Washington, D.C. For information on the Public Reference Room,
call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

You can get information about buying and selling shares in the Fund in the
Shareholder Guide. If you have not received a copy of the Guide, call the BT
Service Center to obtain one free of charge.


                                                                              27


<PAGE>


Intermediate Tax Free Fund

BT Investment Funds


811-4760



                                                                              28







Subject to Completion, Dated November __, 1998


                                             STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                January __, 1999

BT Investment Funds

o     Intermediate Tax Free Fund

BT Investment Funds (the "Trust") is comprised of a number of separate
investment funds. The shares of the following fund - Intermediate Tax Free Fund
(the "Fund") - are described herein.

As described in the Prospectus, the Trust seeks to achieve the investment
objective of the Fund by investing all the investable assets ("Assets") of the
Fund in a diversified open-end management investment company, the Intermediate
Tax Free Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), having the same investment objective as
the Fund.

Shares of the Fund are sold by ICC Distributors, Inc. ("ICC Distributors"), the
Trust's Distributor, to clients and customers (including affiliates and
correspondents) of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"), the Portfolio's
investment adviser ("Adviser"), and to clients and customers of other
organizations.

The Trust's Prospectus for the Fund is dated January __, 1999. The Prospectus
provides the basic information investors should know before investing. This
Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), which is not a Prospectus, is
intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and
operations of the Trust and should be read in conjunction with the Fund's
Prospectus. You may request a copy of a prospectus or a paper copy of this SAI,
if you have received it electronically, free of charge by calling the Trust at
the telephone number listed below or by contacting any Service Agent. This SAI
is not an offer of any Fund for which an investor has not received a Prospectus.
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meanings accorded
to them in the Trust's Prospectus. The financial statements for the Fund and the
Portfolio for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, are incorporated herein
by reference to the Annual Report to shareholders for the Fund and Portfolio
dated September 30, 1998. A copy of the Fund's and the Portfolio's Annual Report
may be obtained without charge by calling the Fund at the telephone number
listed below.

                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
              Investment     Adviser and Administrator of the Portfolio ICC
                             DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                                   Distributor
   
     Two Portland Square          Portland, Maine  04101     1-800-730-1313
    


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

                                      PAGE
                                                                        ----


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS............................1
      Investment Objective.................................................1
      Investment Policies..................................................1
      Additional Risk Factors..............................................8
      Investment Restrictions.............................................10
      Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions....................13

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION...................................................14
      Standard Performance Information....................................14
      Expenses............................................................15
      Comparison of Fund Performance......................................15
      Economic and Market Information.....................................16
      Purchase of Shares..................................................16
      Redemption of Shares................................................18
      Redemptions and Purchases in Kind...................................20

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIO.................................20
      Trustees of the Trust...............................................21
      Trustees of the Portfolio...........................................21
      Officers of the Trust and Portfolio.................................21
      Investment Adviser..................................................22
      Administrator.......................................................23
      Distributor.........................................................24
      Service Agent.......................................................24
      Custodian and Transfer Agent........................................24
      Use of Name.........................................................24
      Banking Regulatory Matters..........................................24
      Counsel and Independent Accountants.................................25

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST.................................................25

TAXATION..................................................................26
      Taxation of the Fund................................................26
      Distributions.......................................................26
      Taxation of the Portfolio...........................................27
      Other Taxation......................................................27

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................27

APPENDIX..................................................................28



                                      (i)



<PAGE>

                 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

                              Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Fund is a high level of current income exempt
from federal income tax consistent with moderate risk of capital. There can, of
course, be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

                               Investment Policies

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing all of its
Assets in the Portfolio. The Trust may withdraw the Fund's investment from the
Portfolio at any time if the Board of Trustees of the Trust determines that it
is in the best interests of the Fund to do so.

Since the investment characteristics of the Fund will correspond directly to
those of the Portfolio, the following is a discussion of the various investments
of and techniques employed by the Portfolio. The Portfolio's investment
objective is a high level of current income exempt from Federal income tax
consistent with moderate risk of capital. The Portfolio invests primarily in
high-quality tax-exempt municipal bonds. The Portfolio seeks to hold a portfolio
of securities with an intermediate-term duration. The Portfolio intends to
manage its holdings actively. Portfolio transactions are undertaken principally
to accomplish the Portfolio's investment objective in relation to expected
movements in the general level of interest rates, but the Portfolio may also
engage in short-term trading consistent with its objective.

The Portfolio seeks to maintain a current yield that is greater than that
generally obtainable from a portfolio of short-term tax-exempt obligations,
subject to applicable quality restrictions. The Portfolio seeks to increase
yields by adjusting the average maturity of its portfolio in light of prevailing
market conditions and credit considerations. The Portfolio will normally consist
of a portfolio of securities with a weighted average maturity of three to ten
years. The remaining maturity of securities generally will not exceed 20 years
at the time of investment. The Portfolio adjusts its holdings of long-term and
short-term debt securities to reflect its assessment of prospective changes in
interest rates, which may adversely affect current income.

The value of securities held by the Portfolio will generally fluctuate inversely
with changes in prevailing interest rates and will also be affected by changes
in the creditworthiness of issuers and other market factors. The quality
criteria applied in the selection of Portfolio securities are intended to
minimize adverse price changes due to credit considerations. The value of
municipal securities in the Portfolio can also be affected by market reaction to
legislative consideration of various tax reform proposals. Although the value of
the assets of the Portfolio and the net asset value of the Fund will fluctuate,
the Portfolio attempts to conserve the value of its assets to the extent
consistent with its objective.

Quality Information. The Portfolio will not purchase any municipal obligation
unless it is rated at least A, MIG-1 or Prime-1 by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc. ("Moody's") or A, SP-1 or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P") or
if unrated, in the Adviser's opinion it is of comparable quality. These
standards must be satisfied at the time an investment is made. If the quality of
the investment later declines, the Portfolio may continue to hold the
investment.

Taxable Investments. The Portfolio attempts to invest 100% of its assets in
tax-exempt municipal securities; however the Portfolio is permitted to invest up
to 20% (or greater while maintaining a temporary defensive position) of the
value of its total assets in securities, the interest income on which is subject
to federal income or alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio may make taxable
investments pending investment of proceeds of tax-exempt securities, pending
settlement of purchases of portfolio securities, to maintain liquidity to meet
redemptions or when it is advisable in Bankers Trust's opinion because of
adverse market conditions. The taxable investments permitted for the Portfolio
include obligations of the U.S. and its agencies and instrumentalities, bank
obligations, commercial paper and repurchase agreements and other debt
securities which meet the Portfolio's quality requirements.

Municipal Securities. The Portfolio may invest in notes and bonds issued by or
on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and the
District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and
instrumentalities. These obligations may be general obligation instruments
secured by the issuer's pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for
the payment of principal and interest, or they may be revenue instruments
payable from specific revenue sources, but not generally backed by the issuer's
taxing power. These include industrial development bonds where payment is the
responsibility of the private industrial user of the facility financed by the
instruments.

Short-Term Municipal Investments. For temporary defensive purposes or for
purposes of liquidity, the assets of the Portfolio may be invested in short-term
municipal obligations. These short-term obligations include municipal notes of
various types, including notes issued in anticipation of receipt of taxes, the
proceeds of the sale of bonds, other revenues or grant proceeds and project
notes, as well as municipal commercial paper and municipal demand obligations
such as variable rate demand notes and master demand obligations. The interest
rate on variable rate demand notes is adjustable at periodic intervals as
specified in the notes. Master demand obligations permit the investment of
fluctuating amounts at periodically adjusted interest rates. Although master
demand obligations are not marketable to third parties, the Portfolio considers
them to be liquid because they

                                       1


<PAGE>

are payable on demand. There is no specific percentage limitation on these
investments. The credit quality of variable rate demand notes and other
municipal obligations is frequently enhanced by various arrangements with
domestic or foreign financial institutions, such as letters of credit,
guarantees and insurance, and these arrangements are considered when investment
quality is evaluated. These obligations will be of comparable quality to
municipal bonds and will be purchased in anticipation of a declining market and
rising interest rates, pending purchase of longer term investments or to
maintain liquidity to meet redemptions. The amortized cost method is used by the
Portfolio to value municipal securities with maturities of less than 60 days;
when these securities are subject to puts separate from the underlying
securities, no value is assigned to the puts. The cost of any such put is
carried as an unrealized loss from the time of purchase until it is exercised or
expires.

Municipal Bonds. Municipal bonds generally fund longer-term capital needs than
municipal notes and have maturities exceeding one year when issued. The
Portfolio may invest in municipal bonds. Municipal bonds include:

General Obligation Bonds. Issuers of general obligation bonds include states,
counties, cities, towns and regional districts. The proceeds of these
obligations are used to fund a wide range of public projects, including
construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, and water and sewer
systems. The basic security behind general obligation bonds is the issuer's
pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power for the payment of
principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt
service may be limited or unlimited as to the rate or amount of special
assessments.

Revenue Bonds. The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net
revenues derived from a particular facility, group of facilities or, in some
cases, the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source.
Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects,
including electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and
tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals.
Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide
additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund that may be used
to make principal and interest payments on the issuer's obligations. Housing
finance authorities have a wide range of security, including partially or fully
insured mortgages, rent subsidized and/or collateralized mortgages, certificates
of deposit and/or the net revenues from housing or other public projects. Some
authorities provide further security in the form of a state's ability (without
obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.

Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds, which are considered municipal
obligations if the interest paid thereon is excluded from gross income for
Federal income tax purposes but is a specific tax preference item for Federal
individual and corporate alternative minimum tax purposes, are issued by or on
behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance various
privately-operated facilities such as manufacturing facilities, certain hospital
and university facilities and housing projects. These bonds are also used to
finance public facilities such as airports, mass transit systems and ports. The
payment of the principal and interest on these bonds is dependent solely on the
ability of the facility's user to meet its financial obligations and generally
the pledge, if any, of real and personal property so financed as security for
payment.

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes generally fund short-term capital needs. The
Portfolio may invest in municipal notes, which include:

Tax Anticipation Notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance working
capital needs of municipalities. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of
various seasonal tax revenue, such as income, sales, use and business taxes, and
are payable from these specific future taxes.

Revenue Anticipation Notes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation
of receipt of other types of revenue, such as Federal revenues available under
Federal revenue sharing programs.

Bond Anticipation Notes. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim
financing until long-term financing can be arranged. In most cases, the
long-term bonds provide funds for the repayment of these notes.

Miscellaneous, Temporary and Anticipatory Instruments. These instruments may
include notes issued to obtain interim financing pending entering into alternate
financial arrangements, such as receipt of anticipated Federal, state or other
grants or aid, passage of increased legislative authority to issue longer-term
instruments or obtaining other refinancing.

Construction Loan Notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide
construction financing. Permanent financing, the proceeds of which are applied
to the payment of construction loan notes, is sometimes provided by a commitment
of the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") to purchase the loan,
accompanied by a commitment by the Federal Housing Administration to insure
mortgage advances thereunder. In other instances, permanent financing is
provided by commitments of banks to purchase the loan. The Portfolio will only
purchase construction loan notes that are subject to permanent GNMA or bank
purchase commitments.


                                        2


<PAGE>


Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper. The Portfolio may invest in tax-exempt commercial
paper. Tax-exempt commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a stated
maturity of 365 days or less. It is issued by agencies of state and local
governments to finance seasonal working capital needs or as short-term financing
in anticipation of longer-term financing.

Standby Commitments. The Portfolio may acquire standby commitments or "puts"
solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity; the Portfolio intends to exercise its
rights thereunder for trading purposes. The maturity of a municipal obligation
is not to be considered shortened by any standby commitment to which the
obligation is subject. Thus, standby commitments do not affect the
dollar-weighted average maturity of the Portfolio.

When municipal obligations are subject to puts separate from the underlying
securities, no value is assigned to the put. Because of the difficulty of
evaluating the likelihood of exercise or the potential benefit of a put, the
Board of Trustees has determined that puts shall have a fair market value of
zero, regardless of whether any direct or indirect consideration was paid.

Since the value of the put is partly dependent on the ability of the put writer
to meet its obligation to repurchase, the Portfolio's policy is to enter into
put transactions only with put writers who are approved by Bankers Trust. It is
the Portfolio's general policy to enter into put transactions only with those
put writers which are determined to present minimal credit risks. In connection
with this determination, the Board of Trustees will review regularly Bankers
Trust's list of approved put writers, taking into consideration, among other
things, the ratings, if available, of their equity and debt securities, their
reputation in the municipal securities markets, their net worth, their
efficiency in consummating transactions and any collateral arrangements, such as
letters of credit securing the puts written by them. Commercial banks normally
will be members of the Federal Reserve System, and other dealers will be members
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or members of a national
securities exchange. Other put writers will have outstanding debt rated Aa or
better by Moody's or AA or better by S&P, or will be of comparable quality in
Bankers Trust's opinion, or such put writers' obligations will be collateralized
and of comparable quality in Bankers Trust's opinion. The Board of Trustees has
directed Bankers Trust not to enter into put transactions with any put writer
that, in the judgment of Bankers Trust using the above-described criteria, is or
becomes a recognizable credit risk. The Trust is unable to predict whether all
or any portion of any loss sustained could subsequently be recovered from a put
writer in the event that a put writer should default on its obligation to
repurchase an underlying security.

Other Investments and Investment Techniques. The Portfolio may also utilize the
following investments and investment techniques and practices: puts, zero coupon
municipal securities, repurchase agreements, Rule 144A securities, when-issued
and delayed delivery securities, and options and futures contracts.

Debt Securities. Bonds and other debt instruments are used by issuers to borrow
money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of
interest, and must repay the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are purchased at a
discount from their face values. Debt securities, loans, and other direct debt
have varying degrees of quality and varying levels of sensitivity to changes in
interest rates. Longer-term bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate
changes than short-term bonds.

Puts. The Portfolio may purchase municipal bonds or notes together with the
right to resell them at an agreed price or yield within a specified period prior
to maturity. This right to resell is known as a put. The aggregate price paid
for securities with puts may be higher than the price which otherwise would be
paid. Consistent with the investment objectives of the Portfolio and subject to
the supervision of the Trustees of the Portfolio, the purpose of this practice
is to permit the portfolio to be fully invested in tax-exempt securities while
maintaining the necessary liquidity to purchase securities on a when-issued
basis, to meet unusually large redemptions, to purchase at a later date
securities other than those subject to the put and to facilitate Bankers Trust's
ability to manage the Portfolio actively. The principal risk of puts is that the
put writer may default on its obligation to repurchase. Bankers Trust will
monitor each writer's ability to meet its obligations under puts.

The amortized cost method is used by the Portfolio to value municipal securities
with maturities of less than 60 days; when these securities are subject to puts
separate from the underlying securities, no value is assigned to the puts. The
cost of any such put is carried as an unrealized loss from the time of purchase
until it is exercised or expires.

Zero Coupon Bonds. Zero coupon bonds are the separate income or principal
components of a debt instrument. These involve risks that are similar to those
of other debt securities, although they may be more volatile, and certain zero
coupon bonds move in the same direction as interest rates.

Zero Coupon Municipal Securities. The Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio may invest
in zero coupon municipal securities which are debt securities issued or sold at
a discount from their face value which do not entitle the holder to any periodic
payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified redemption date (or cash
payment date). The amount of the discount varies depending on the time remaining
until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the
security and perceived credit quality of the issuer. Zero coupon securities also
may take the form of debt securities that have been stripped of their unmatured
interest coupons, the coupons themselves and receipts or certificates
representing interests in such stripped debt obligations and coupons. The market
prices of zero coupon securities generally are more volatile than the

                                       3


<PAGE>

market prices of interest-bearing securities and are likely to respond to a
greater degree to changes in interest rates than interest-bearing securities
having similar maturities and credit qualities.

   
Floating Rate Bonds. Floating rate bonds may have interest rates that move in
tandem with a benchmark, helping to stabilize their prices.
    

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities are high-quality debt
securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or
instrumentality of the U.S. government. Not all U.S. government securities are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. For example,
securities issued by the Farm Credit Banks or by the Federal National Mortgage
Association are supported by the instrumentality's right to borrow money from
the U.S. Treasury under certain circumstances. However, securities issued by
other agencies or instrumentalities are supported only by the credit of the
entity that issued them.

Illiquid Securities. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements
having a remaining maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not
been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or
restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the
secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of
these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for
delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an
adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund
might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly
or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying
redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such
restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

A large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not
registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial
paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes.
Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the
unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a
demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions
on resale of such investments to the general public or to certain institutions
may not be indicative of their liquidity.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") has adopted Rule 144A, which
allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject
to restriction on their resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a
"safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act of resales of
certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. The Adviser anticipates
that the market for certain restricted securities such as institutional
commercial paper will expand further as a result of this regulation and the
development of automated systems for the trading, clearance and settlement of
unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL
System sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Rule 144A Securities are securities in the United States that are not registered
for sale under federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions
under SEC Rule 144A. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in
such securities exists, these restricted securities are treated as exempt from
the 15% limit on illiquid securities. Under the supervision of the Board of
Trustees of the Portfolio, the Adviser determines the liquidity of restricted
securities and, through reports from the Adviser, the Board will monitor trading
activity in restricted securities. If institutional trading in restricted
securities were to decline, the liquidity of the Portfolio could be adversely
affected.

In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser will consider, among other things,
the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security;
(2) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers or sellers of the
security; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the
nature of the security and of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to
dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of
the transfer).

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. The Portfolio may purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. Delivery of and payment
for these securities may take place as long as a month or more after the date of
the purchase commitment. The value of these securities is subject to market
fluctuations during this period and no income accrues to the Portfolio until
settlement takes place. The Portfolio maintains with the Custodian a segregated
account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to
these commitments.

Repurchase Agreements. In a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio buys a security
at one price and simultaneously agrees to sell it back at a higher price at a
future date. Delays or losses could result if the other party to the agreement
defaults or becomes insolvent.


                                       4


<PAGE>

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Portfolio
temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party in
return for cash. This could increase the risk of fluctuation in the Fund's yield
or in the market value of its assets. A reverse repurchase agreement is a form
of borrowing and will be counted toward the Portfolio's borrowing restrictions.

   
Short-Term Instruments. The Portfolio intends to stay invested in the securities
described herein to the extent practical in light of its objective and long-term
investment perspective. However, the Portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total
assets in high quality short-term investments with remaining maturities of 397
days or less, or in money market mutual funds, to meet anticipated redemptions
and expenses for day-to-day operating purposes and up to 100% of its total
assets when, in the Adviser's opinion, it is advisable to adopt a temporary
defensive position because of unusual and adverse conditions affecting the
respective markets. When the Portfolio experiences large cash inflows through
the sale of securities and desirable equity securities, that are consistent with
the Portfolio's investment objective, which are unavailable in sufficient
quantities or at attractive prices, the Portfolio may invest in short-term
instruments for a limited time pending availability of such portfolio
securities. Short-term instruments consist of foreign or domestic: (i)
short-term obligations of sovereign governments, their agencies,
instrumentalities, authorities or political subdivisions; (ii) other short-term
debt securities rated AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or, if
unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of the Adviser; (iii) commercial
paper; (iv) bank obligations, including negotiable certificates of deposit, time
deposits and bankers' acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. At the time
the Portfolio invests in commercial paper, bank obligations or repurchase
agreements, the issuer or the issuer's parent must have outstanding debt rated
AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or outstanding commercial paper
or bank obligations rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody's; or, if no such
ratings are available, the instrument must be of comparable quality in the
opinion of the Adviser. These instruments may be denominated in U.S. dollars or
in foreign currencies.     

Derivatives. The Portfolio may invest in various instruments that are commonly
known as "derivatives." Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the
value of which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset, or
market index. Some derivatives such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed
securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be
more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are,
in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use
them. There are a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options
are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a fund
from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency
exchange rates and as a low cost method of gaining exposure to a particular
securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some
derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an
instrument's price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the
use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets,
and can in some circumstances lead to significant losses. The Adviser will use
derivatives only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient means of
improving the risk/reward profile of the Portfolio and when consistent with the
Portfolio's investment objective and policies. The use of derivatives for
non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative.

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers' Acceptances. Certificates of deposit are
receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of
funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer
of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually
can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers' acceptances
typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable
businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an
acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to
obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is
then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the
face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be
held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the
secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although
maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have
maturities of six months or less.

For a description of commercial paper ratings, see Appendix.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.

General. The successful use of such instruments draws upon the Adviser's skill
and experience with respect to such instruments and usually depends on the
Adviser's ability to forecast interest rate and currency exchange rate movements
correctly. Should interest or exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, the
Portfolio may not achieve the anticipated benefits of futures contracts or
options on futures contracts or may realize losses and thus will be in a worse
position than if such strategies had not been used. In addition, the correlation
between movements in the price of futures contracts or options on futures
contracts and movements in the price of the securities and currencies hedged or
used for cover will not be perfect and could produce unanticipated losses.


                                       5

<PAGE>

Futures Contracts. The Portfolio may enter into contracts for the purchase or
sale for future delivery of fixed-income securities, or contracts based on
financial indices including any index of U.S. government securities. U.S.
futures contracts have been designed by exchanges which have been designated
"contracts markets" by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), and
must be executed through a futures commission merchant, or brokerage firm, which
is a member of the relevant contract market. Futures contracts trade on a number
of exchange markets and clear through their clearing corporations. The Portfolio
may enter into futures contracts which are based on debt securities that are
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as long-term
U.S. Treasury Bonds, Treasury Notes, Government National Mortgage Association
("GNMA") modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities and three-month U.S.
Treasury Bills. The Portfolio may also enter into futures contracts which are
based on bonds issued by entities other than the U.S. government.

At the same time a futures contract is entered into, the Portfolio must allocate
cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin"). It is expected that
the initial margin deposit would be approximately 1 1/2% to 10% of a contract's
face value. Daily thereafter, the futures contract is valued and the payment of
"variation margin" may be required, since each day the Portfolio would provide
or receive cash that reflects any decline or increase in the contract's value.

Although futures contracts (other than those that settle in cash) by their terms
call for the actual delivery or acquisition of the instrument underlying the
contract, in most cases the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date
of the contract without having to make or take delivery of the instrument
underlying the contract. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is
accomplished by entering into an opposite position on a commodities exchange in
the identical futures contract. Such a transaction, which is effected through a
member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the
instrument underlying the contract. Since all transactions in the futures market
are made, offset or fulfilled through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the contracts are traded, the Portfolio will incur brokerage
fees when it purchases or sells futures contracts.

The purpose of entering into a futures contract, in the case of a Portfolio
which holds or intends to acquire fixed-income securities, is to attempt to
protect the Portfolio from fluctuations in interest rates without actually
buying or selling fixed-income securities. For example, if interest rates were
expected to increase, the Portfolio might enter into futures contracts for the
sale of debt securities. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling
an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the Portfolio. If interest
rates did increase, the value of the debt security in the Portfolio would
decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Portfolio would increase
at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of the
Portfolio from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Portfolio could
accomplish similar results by selling debt securities and investing in bonds
with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However,
since the futures market is more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures
contracts as an investment technique allows the Portfolio to maintain a
defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

   
Similarly, when it is expected that interest rates may decline, futures
contracts may be purchased to attempt to hedge against anticipated purchases of
debt securities at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of futures
contracts should be similar to those of debt securities, the Portfolio could
take advantage of the anticipated rise in the value of debt securities without
actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the futures
contracts could be liquidated and the Portfolio could then buy debt securities
on the cash market. To the extent the Portfolio enters into futures contracts
for this purpose, the assets in the segregated asset account maintained to cover
the Portfolio's obligations with respect to such futures contracts will consist
of cash or securities acceptable to the broker from its portfolio in an amount
equal to the difference between the fluctuating market value of such futures
contracts and the aggregate value of the initial and variation margin payments
made by the Portfolio with respect to such futures contracts.
    

The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures market, due to
differences in the nature of those markets, are subject to distortions. First,
all participants in the futures market are subject to initial and variation
margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting
transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and
futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on
participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity
in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from
the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures
market are less onerous than margin lending requirements in the securities
market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market
may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a
correct forecast of general interest rate trends by the Adviser may still not
result in a successful transaction.

In addition, futures contracts entail risks. Although the Adviser believes that
use of such contracts will benefit the Portfolio, if the Adviser's investment
judgment about the general direction of interest rates is incorrect, the
Portfolio's overall performance would be poorer than if it had not entered into
any such contract. For example, if the Portfolio has hedged

                                       6

<PAGE>

against the possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely
affect the price of debt securities held in its portfolio and interest rates
decrease instead, the Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the
increased value of its debt securities which it has hedged because it will have
offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if
the Portfolio has insufficient cash, it may have to sell debt securities from
its portfolio to meet daily variation margin requirements. Such sales of bonds
may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the
rising market. The Portfolio may have to sell securities at a time when it may
be disadvantageous to do so.

Options on Futures Contracts. Each Portfolio may purchase and write options on
futures contracts for hedging purposes. The purchase of a call option on a
futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on
an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to
either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of
the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership
of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of
futures contracts, when a Portfolio is not fully invested it may purchase a call
option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining
interest rates.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge
against declining prices of the security or foreign currency which is
deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at
expiration of the option is below the exercise price, a Portfolio will retain
the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any
decline that may have occurred in the Portfolio's portfolio holdings. The
writing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge
against increasing prices of the security or foreign currency which is
deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at
expiration of the option is higher than the exercise price, the Portfolio will
retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge
against any increase in the price of securities which the Portfolio intends to
purchase. If a put or call option the Portfolio has written is exercised, the
Portfolio will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the premium
it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value
of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of its futures positions,
the Portfolio's losses from existing options on futures may to some extent be
reduced or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar in some respects
to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. For example,
a Portfolio may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge its
portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

The amount of risk a Portfolio assumes when it purchases an option on a futures
contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. In
addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of an option
also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

   
The Board of Trustees of each Portfolio has adopted a further restriction that
the Portfolio will not enter into any futures contracts or options on futures
contracts if immediately thereafter the amount of margin deposits on all the
futures contracts of the Portfolio and premiums paid on outstanding options on
futures contracts owned by the Portfolio (other than those entered into for bona
fide hedging purposes) would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value, after
taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such
contracts.     

Futures Contracts on Stock and Bond Indices. Each Portfolio may enter into
contracts providing for the making and acceptance of a cash settlement based
upon changes in the value of an index of domestic or foreign securities
("Futures Contracts"). This investment technique may be used as a low-cost
method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing
directly in those securities or to hedge against anticipated future changes in
general market prices which otherwise might either adversely affect the value of
securities held by the Portfolio or adversely affect the prices of securities
which are intended to be purchased at a later date for the portfolio. A Futures
Contract may also be entered into to close out or offset an existing futures
position.

When used for hedging purposes, each transaction in Futures Contracts involves
the establishment of a position which will move in a direction opposite to that
of the investment being hedged. If these hedging transactions are successful,
the futures position taken for the Portfolio will rise in value by an amount
which approximately offsets the decline in value of the portion of the
Portfolio's investments that is being hedged. Should general market prices move
in an unexpected manner, the full anticipated benefits of Futures Contracts may
not be achieved or a loss may be realized.

The risks of Futures Contracts also include a potential lack of liquidity in the
secondary market and incorrect assessments of market.

Brokerage costs will be incurred and "margin" will be required to be posted and
maintained as a good faith deposit against performance of obligations under
Futures Contracts written for a Portfolio. A Portfolio may not purchase or sell
a Futures Contract if immediately thereafter its margin deposits on its
outstanding Futures Contracts, other than Futures Contracts used for hedging
purposes, would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value, after taking into
account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts.


                                       7

<PAGE>

Asset Coverage. To assure that the Portfolio's use of futures and related
options, as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery securities are not used to
achieve investment leverage, the Portfolio will cover such transactions, as
required under applicable interpretations of the SEC, either by owning the
underlying securities or by segregating with the Portfolio's Custodian or
futures commission merchant liquid securities in an amount at all times equal to
or exceeding the Portfolio's commitment with respect to these instruments or
contracts.

                             Additional Risk Factors

In addition to the risks discussed above, the Portfolio's investments may be
subject to the following risk factors:

Options on Futures Contracts. Futures contracts may be traded on foreign
exchanges. Such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions
affecting trading in or the prices of foreign currencies or securities. The
value of such positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex
foreign political and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the
United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the
Portfolio's ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets
during nonbusiness hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the
United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

Options on Securities. A Portfolio may write (sell) covered call and put options
to a limited extent on its portfolio securities ("covered options") in an
attempt to increase income. However, the Portfolio may forgo the benefits of
appreciation on securities sold or may pay more than the market price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the Portfolio.

When a Portfolio writes a covered call option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to buy the underlying security at the price specified in the
option (the "exercise price") by exercising the option at any time during the
option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize
income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the
option is exercised, a decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the
Portfolio must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise
price. By writing a covered call option, the Portfolio forgoes, in exchange for
the premium less the commission ("net premium"), the opportunity to profit
during the option period from an increase in the market value of the underlying
security above the exercise price.

When a Portfolio writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to sell the underlying security to the Portfolio at the
specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option
expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize income in the amount of the
premium received for writing the option. If the put option is exercised, a
decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the Portfolio must purchase
the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing
a covered put option, the Portfolio, in exchange for the net premium received,
accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the underlying security
below the exercise price. The Portfolio will only write put options involving
securities for which a determination is made at the time the option is written
that the Portfolio wishes to acquire the securities at the exercise price.

A Portfolio may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put option
by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration date as the
option previously written. This transaction is called a "closing purchase
transaction." The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase
transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the
case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To close out a
position as a purchaser of an option, the Portfolio may make a "closing sale
transaction" which involves liquidating the Portfolio's position by selling the
option previously purchased. Where the Portfolio cannot effect a closing
purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When a Portfolio writes an option, an amount equal to the net premium received
by the Portfolio is included in the liability section of the Portfolio's
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of the
deferred credit will be subsequently marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the
closing bid and asked price. If an option expires on its stipulated expiration
date or if the Portfolio enters into a closing purchase transaction, the
Portfolio will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase
transaction exceeds the premium received when the option was sold), and the
deferred credit related to such option will be eliminated. If a call option is
exercised, the Portfolio will realize a gain or loss from the sale of the
underlying security and the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the
premium originally received. The writing of covered call options may be deemed
to involve the pledge of the securities against which the option is being
written. Securities against which call options are written will be segregated on
the books of the custodian for the Portfolio.

A Portfolio may purchase call and put options on any securities in which it may
invest. The Portfolio would normally purchase a call option in anticipation of
an increase in the market value of such securities. The purchase of a call
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to
purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Portfolio

                                       8

<PAGE>

would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities increased above the
exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss if the
value of the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the
option period.

A Portfolio would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in
the market value of securities in its portfolio ("protective puts") or
securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a
security, which may or may not be held in the Portfolio's holdings, at a
specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is
designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
Portfolio's holdings. Put options also may be purchased by the Portfolio for the
purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities
which the Portfolio does not own. The Portfolio would ordinarily recognize a
gain if the value of the securities decreased below the exercise price
sufficiently to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if the value of the
securities remained at or above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the
purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing
changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.

Each Portfolio has adopted certain other nonfundamental policies concerning
option transactions which are discussed below. The Portfolio's activities in
options may also be restricted by the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for qualification as a regulated investment
company.

The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours
during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option
markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant
price and rate movements can take place in the underlying securities markets
that cannot be reflected in the option markets. It is impossible to predict the
volume of trading that may exist in such options, and there can be no assurance
that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

A Portfolio may engage in over-the-counter options transactions with
broker-dealers who make markets in these options. At present, approximately ten
broker-dealers, including several of the largest primary dealers in U.S.
government securities, make these markets. The ability to terminate
over-the-counter option positions is more limited than with exchange-traded
option positions because the predominant market is the issuing broker rather
than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in
such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. To reduce this risk, the
Portfolio will purchase such options only from broker-dealers who are primary
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
and who agree to (and are expected to be capable of) entering into closing
transactions, although there can be no guarantee that any such option will be
liquidated at a favorable price prior to expiration. The Adviser will monitor
the creditworthiness of dealers with whom the Portfolio enters into such options
transactions under the general supervision of the Portfolios' Trustees.

Special Information Concerning Master-Feeder Fund Structure. Unlike other
open-end management investment companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire
and manage their own portfolio securities, the Fund seeks to achieve its
investment objective by investing all of its Assets in the Portfolio, a separate
registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Fund.
Therefore, an investor's interest in the Portfolio's securities is indirect. In
addition to selling a beneficial interest to the Fund, the Portfolio may sell
beneficial interests to other mutual funds, investment vehicles or institutional
investors. Such investors will invest in the Portfolio on the same terms and
conditions and will pay a proportionate share of the Portfolio's expenses.
However, the other investors investing in the Portfolio are not required to sell
their shares at the same public offering price as the Fund due to variations in
sales commissions and other operating expenses. Therefore, investors in the Fund
should be aware that these differences may result in differences in returns
experienced by investors in the different funds that invest in the Portfolio.
Such differences in returns are also present in other mutual fund structures.
Information concerning other holders of interests in the Portfolio is available
from Bankers Trust at 1-800-730-1313.

   
Smaller funds investing in the Portfolio may be materially affected by the
actions of larger funds investing in the Portfolio. For example, if a large fund
withdraws from the Portfolio, the remaining funds may experience higher pro rata
operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns (however, this possibility
exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional
investors). Additionally, the Portfolio may become less diverse, resulting in
increased portfolio risk. Also, funds with a greater pro rata ownership in the
Portfolio could have effective voting control of the operations of the
Portfolio. Except as permitted by the SEC, whenever the Trust is requested to
vote on matters pertaining to the Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of
shareholders of the Fund and will cast all of its votes in the same proportion
as the votes of the Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not vote will
not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the
Trust's votes representing the Fund's shareholders not voting will be voted by
the Trustees or officers of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund
shareholders who do, in fact, vote.     

Certain changes in the Portfolio's investment objectives, policies or
restrictions may require the Fund to withdraw its interest in the Portfolio. Any
such withdrawal could result in a distribution "in kind" of portfolio securities
(as opposed to a cash

                                       9

<PAGE>

distribution from the Portfolio). If securities are distributed, the Fund could
incur brokerage, tax or other charges in converting the securities to cash. In
addition, the distribution in kind may result in a less diversified portfolio of
investments or adversely affect the liquidity of the Fund. Notwithstanding the
above, there are other means for meeting redemption requests, such as borrowing.

The Fund may withdraw its investment from the Portfolio at any time, if the
Board of Trustees of the Trust determines that it is in the best interests of
the shareholders of the Fund to do so. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board of
Trustees of the Trust would consider what action might be taken, including the
investment of all the Assets of the Fund in another pooled investment entity
having the same investment objective as the Fund or the retaining of an
investment adviser to manage the Fund's assets in accordance with the investment
policies described herein with respect to the Portfolio.

The Fund's investment objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed
upon notice to, but without the approval of, the Fund's shareholders. If there
is a change in the Fund's investment objective, the Fund's shareholders should
consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment in light of their
then-current needs. The investment objective of the Portfolio is also not a
fundamental policy. Shareholders of the Fund will receive 30 days prior written
notice with respect to any change in the investment objective of the Fund or the
Portfolio.

Rating Services. The ratings of rating services represent their opinions as to
the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not
absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are an initial criterion
for selection of portfolio investments, the Adviser also makes its own
evaluation of these securities, subject to review by the Board of Trustees.
After purchase by the Portfolio, an obligation may cease to be rated or its
rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio.
Neither event would require the Portfolio to eliminate the obligation from its
portfolio, but the Adviser will consider such an event in its determination of
whether the Portfolio should continue to hold the obligation.

                             Investment Restrictions

The following investment restrictions are "fundamental policies" of the Fund and
the Portfolio and may not be changed with respect to the Fund or the Portfolio
without the approval of a "majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the
Fund or the Portfolio, as the case may be. "Majority of the outstanding voting
securities" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
Act"), and as used in this SAI and the Prospectus, means, with respect to the
Fund (or the Portfolio), the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the outstanding voting
securities of the Fund (or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio)
present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting
securities of the Fund (or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio)
are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding
voting securities of the Fund (or of the total beneficial interests of the
Portfolio). Whenever the Trust is requested to vote on a fundamental policy of a
Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of the Fund's shareholders and will
cast its vote as instructed by that Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who
do not vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The
percentage of the Trust's votes representing Fund shareholders not voting will
be voted by the Trustees of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund
shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

Fundamental Policies. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio (or the
Fund) may not (except that no investment restriction of the Fund shall prevent
the Fund from investing all of its Assets in an open-end investment company with
substantially the same investment objectives):

      1) borrow money or mortgage or hypothecate assets of the Portfolio (Fund),
         except that in an amount not to exceed 1/3 of the current value of the
         Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets, it may borrow money, but only as a
         temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes and enter
         into reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions, and
         except that it may pledge, mortgage or hypothecate not more than 1/3 of
         such assets to secure such borrowings (it is intended that money would
         be borrowed only from banks and only either to accommodate requests for
         the withdrawal of beneficial interests (redemption of shares) while
         effecting an orderly liquidation of portfolio securities or to maintain
         liquidity in the event of an unanticipated failure to complete a
         portfolio security transaction or other similar situations) or reverse
         repurchase agreements, provided that collateral arrangements with
         respect to options and futures, including deposits of initial deposit
         and variation margin, are not considered a pledge of assets for
         purposes of this restriction and except that assets may be pledged to
         secure letters of credit solely for the purpose of participating in a
         captive insurance company sponsored by the Investment Company
         Institute; for additional related restrictions, see clause (i) under
         the caption "Additional Restrictions" below (as an operating policy,
         the Portfolio may not engage in dollar-roll transactions);

                                       10
<PAGE>

     (2) underwrite securities issued by other persons except insofar as the
         Portfolio (Trust or the Fund) may technically be deemed an underwriter
         under the 1933 Act in selling a portfolio security;

     (3) make loans to other persons except: (a) through the lending of the
         Portfolio's (Fund's) portfolio securities and provided that any such
         loans not exceed 30% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at
         market value); (b) through the use of repurchase agreements or the
         purchase of short-term obligations; or (c) by purchasing a portion of
         an issue of debt securities of types distributed publicly or privately;

     (4) purchase or sell real estate (including limited partnership interests
         but excluding securities secured by real estate or interests therein),
         interests in oil, gas or mineral leases, commodities or commodity
         contracts (except futures and option contracts) in the ordinary course
         of business (except that the Portfolio (Trust) may hold and sell, for
         the Portfolio's (Fund's) portfolio, real estate acquired as a result of
         the Portfolio's (Fund's) ownership of securities);

     (5) concentrate its investments in any particular industry (excluding U.S.
         government securities), but if it is deemed appropriate for the
         achievement of the Portfolio's (Fund's) investment objective(s), up to
         25% of its total assets may be invested in any one industry; and

     (6) issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) if
         such issuance is specifically prohibited by the 1940 Act or the rules
         and regulations promulgated thereunder, provided that collateral
         arrangements with respect to options and futures, including deposits of
         initial deposit and variation margin, are not considered to be the
         issuance of a senior security for purposes of this restriction.
   
     (7) with respect to 75% of the Fund's (Portfolio's) total assets, invest
         more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer
         (excluding cash and cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities and
         the securities of other investments companies) or own more than 10% of
         the voting securities of any issuer.
    

Additional Restrictions. The following are nonfundamental policies of the Fund
and the Portfolio. In order to comply with certain statutes and policies, the
Portfolio (or the Trust, on behalf of the Fund) will not as a matter of
operating policy (except that no operating policy shall prevent a Fund from
investing all of its Assets in an open-end investment company with substantially
the same investment objectives):

     (i)    borrow money (including through reverse repurchase or forward roll
            transactions) for any purpose in excess of 10% of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) total assets (taken at cost), except that the Portfolio
            (Fund) may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes up to 1/3 of
            its total assets;

     (ii)   pledge, mortgage or hypothecate for any purpose in excess of 10% of
            the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at market value),
            provided that collateral arrangements with respect to options and
            futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
            and reverse repurchase agreements are not considered a pledge of
            assets for purposes of this restriction;

     (iii)  purchase any security or evidence of interest therein on margin,
            except that such short-term credit as may be necessary for the
            clearance of purchases and sales of securities may be obtained and
            except that deposits of initial deposit and variation margin may be
            made in connection with the purchase, ownership, holding or sale of
            futures;

     (iv)   (a) sell any security which it does not own unless by virtue of its
            ownership of other securities it has at the time of sale a right to
            obtain securities, without payment of further consideration,
            equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold and provided
            that if such right is conditional the sale is made upon the same
            conditions; and (b) make short sales of securities or maintain a
            short position, unless at all times when a short position is open it
            owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible
            into or exchangeable, without payment of any further consideration,
            for securities of the same issue and equal in amount to, the
            securities sold short, and unless not more than 10% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets (taken at market value) is
            represented by such securities, or securities convertible into or
            exchangeable for such securities, at any one time (the Portfolio
            (Fund) has no current intention to engage in short selling);

     (v)    invest for the purpose of exercising control or management of
            another company;

     (vi)   purchase securities issued by any investment company except by
            purchase in the open market where no commission or profit to a
            sponsor or dealer results from such purchase other than the


                                       11

<PAGE>


            customary broker's commission, or except when such purchase, though
            not made in the open market, is part of a plan of merger or
            consolidation; provided, however, that securities of any investment
            company will not be purchased for the Portfolio (Fund) if such
            purchase at the time thereof would cause: (a) more than 10% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at the greater of cost or
            market value) to be invested in the securities of such issuers; (b)
            more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at the
            greater of cost or market value) to be invested in any one
            investment company; or (c) more than 3% of the outstanding voting
            securities of any such issuer to be held for the Portfolio (Fund),
            unless permitted to exceed these limitations by an exemptive order
            of the SEC; provided further that, except in the case of a merger or
            consolidation, the Portfolio (Fund) shall not purchase any
            securities of any open-end investment company unless (1) the
            Portfolio's investment adviser waives the investment advisory fee
            with respect to assets invested in other open-end investment
            companies and (2) the Portfolio incurs no sales charge in connection
            with the investment;

     (vii)  invest  more than 15% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  net  assets
            (taken at the  greater  of cost or market  value) in  securities
            that are illiquid or not readily  marketable  not  including (a)
            Rule 144A  securities  that have been determined to be liquid by
            the Board of  Trustees;  and (b)  commercial  paper that is sold
            under  section  4(2) of the 1933 Act  which:  (i) is not  traded
            flat or in  default as to  interest  or  principal;  and (ii) is
            rated  in one of the two  highest  categories  by at  least  two
            nationally  recognized  statistical rating organizations and the
            Portfolio's  (Fund's)  Board of  Trustees  have  determined  the
            commercial  paper to be liquid;  or (iii) is rated in one of the
            two   highest   categories   by   one   nationally    recognized
            statistical  rating agency and the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  Board
            of  Trustees  have  determined  that  the  commercial  paper  is
            equivalent quality and is liquid;

     (viii) invest more than 10% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in securities that are
            restricted as to resale under the 1933 Act (other than Rule 144A
            securities deemed liquid by the Portfolio's (Fund's) Board of
            Trustees), and (b) no more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total
            assets will be invested in securities issued by issuers which
            (including predecessors) have been in operation less than three
            years;

     (ix)   invest  in   securities   issued  by  an  issuer  any  of  whose
            officers,   directors,   trustees  or  security  holders  is  an
            officer or Trustee of the  Portfolio  (Trust),  or is an officer or
            director  of the  Adviser,  if  after  the  purchase  of the
            securities of such issuer for the  Portfolio  (Fund) one or more of
            such  persons  owns  beneficially  more than 1/2 of 1% of the shares
            or  securities,  or both,  all taken at market value,  of such
            issuer,  and such  persons  owning  more than 1/2 of 1% of such
            shares or securities  together own  beneficially  more than 5% of
            such shares or  securities,  or both,  all taken at market value;

     (x)    invest in warrants (other than warrants acquired by the Portfolio
            (Fund) as part of a unit or attached to securities at the time of
            purchase) if, as a result, the investments (valued at the lower of
            cost or market) would exceed 5% of the value of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) net assets or if, as a result, more than 2% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets would be invested in warrants not
            listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange, to the extent
            permitted by applicable state securities laws;
   
     (xi)   write  puts  and  calls  on   securities   unless  each  of  the
            following  conditions  are met: (a) the security  underlying the put
            or call is within the  investment  policies of the Portfolio (Fund)
            and the  option is issued by the OCC,  except for put and call
            options  issued by non-U.S.  entities or listed on non-U.S.
            securities or  commodities  exchanges;  (b) the aggregate  value of
            the  obligations  underlying  the puts  determined  as of the date
            the   options  are  sold  shall  not  exceed  50%  of  the
            Portfolio's  (Fund's) net assets;  (c) the securities subject to the
            exercise of the call written by the  Portfolio  (Fund) must be owned
            by the  Portfolio  (Fund)  at the time the call is sold and must
            continue  to be owned by the  Portfolio  (Fund)  until the  call has
            been  exercised,  has  lapsed,  or the  Portfolio (Fund) has
            purchased  a closing  call,  and such  purchase  has been confirmed,
            thereby  extinguishing the Portfolio's (Fund's) obligation  to
            deliver  securities  pursuant  to the call it has sold;  and  (d) at
            the  time a put  is  written,  the  Portfolio (Fund)  establishes  a
            segregated  account  with its  custodian consisting  of cash or
            securities  acceptable  to the  broker equal  in value  to the
            amount  the  Portfolio  (Fund)  will be obligated  to pay upon
            exercise of the put (this  account  must be maintained  until the
            put is exercised,  has expired,  or the Portfolio  (Fund) has
            purchased a closing  put,  which is a put of the same series as the
            one previously written); and
    

                                       12

<PAGE>


     (xii)  buy and sell puts and calls on  securities,  stock index futures or
            options  on stock  index  futures,  or  financial  futures or
            options on  financial  futures  unless such  options are written by
            other  persons  and:  (a) the  options or futures are offered
            through the facilities of a national  securities  association or are
            listed on a national  securities  or  commodities  exchange, except
            for put and call options  issued by non-U.S.  entities or listed on
            non-U.S.  securities  or  commodities  exchanges;  (b) the aggregate
            premiums paid on all such options which are held at any  time  do
            not  exceed  20%  of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's) total  net  assets;
            and  (c)  the  aggregate  margin  deposits required  on all such
            futures  or options  thereon  held at any time do not exceed 5% of
            the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets.

   
There will be no violation of any investment restriction (except with respect to
fundamental investment restriction (1) above) if that restriction is complied
with at the time the relevant action is taken, notwithstanding a later change in
the market value of an investment, in net or total assets or in the change of
securities rating of the investment, or any other later change.
    

The Fund will comply with the state securities laws and regulations of all
states in which it is registered. The Portfolio will comply with the permitted
investments and investment limitations in the securities laws and regulations of
all states in which the Fund, or any other registered investment company
investing in the Portfolio, is registered.

                 Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions

The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, futures
contracts and options on such securities and futures for each Portfolio, the
selection of brokers, dealers and futures commission merchants to effect
transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any.
Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions,
including options, futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase
and sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. Orders may be
directed to any broker-dealer or futures commission merchant, including to the
extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Bankers Trust or its
subsidiaries or affiliates. Purchases and sales of certain portfolio securities
on behalf of a Portfolio are frequently placed by the Adviser with the issuer or
a primary or secondary market-maker for these securities on a net basis, without
any brokerage commission being paid by the Portfolio. Trading does, however,
involve transaction costs. Transactions with dealers serving as market-makers
reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. Transaction costs may also
include fees paid to third parties for information as to potential purchasers or
sellers of securities. Purchases of underwritten issues may be made which will
include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter.

The Adviser seeks to evaluate the overall reasonableness of the brokerage
commissions paid (to the extent applicable) in placing orders for the purchase
and sale of securities for a Portfolio taking into account such factors as
price, commission (negotiable in the case of national securities exchange
transactions), if any, size of order, difficulty of execution and skill required
of the executing broker-dealer through familiarity with commissions charged on
comparable transactions, as well as by comparing commissions paid by the
Portfolio to reported commissions paid by others. The Adviser reviews on a
routine basis commission rates, execution and settlement services performed,
making internal and external comparisons.

The Adviser is authorized, consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, when placing portfolio transactions for a Portfolio with a
broker to pay a brokerage commission (to the extent applicable) in excess of
that which another broker might have charged for effecting the same transaction
on account of the receipt of research, market or statistical information. The
term "research, market or statistical information" includes advice as to the
value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling
securities; the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of
securities; and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries,
securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance
of accounts.

Consistent with the policy stated above, the Conduct Rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and such other policies as the Trustees
of the Portfolio may determine, the Adviser may consider sales of shares of the
Trust and of other investment company clients of the Adviser as a factor in the
selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions. The Adviser will
make such allocations if commissions are comparable to those charged by
nonaffiliated, qualified broker-dealers for similar services.

Higher commissions may be paid to firms that provide research services to the
extent permitted by law. The Adviser may use this research information in
managing the Portfolio's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.

Except for implementing the policies stated above, there is no intention to
place portfolio transactions with particular brokers or dealers or groups
thereof. In effecting transactions in over-the-counter securities, orders are
placed with the principal market-makers for the security being traded unless,
after exercising care, it appears that more favorable results are available
otherwise.

Although certain research, market and statistical information from brokers and
dealers can be useful to a Portfolio and to the Adviser, it is the opinion of
the management of the Portfolios that such information is only supplementary to
the Adviser's own research effort, since the information must still be analyzed,
weighed and reviewed by the Adviser's staff. Such information may

                                       13

<PAGE>


be useful to the Adviser in providing services to clients other than the
Portfolios, and not all such information is used by the Adviser in connection
with the Portfolios. Conversely, such information provided to the Adviser by
brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Adviser effect securities
transactions may be useful to the Adviser in providing services to the
Portfolios.

In certain instances there may be securities which are suitable for a Portfolio
as well as for one or more of the Adviser's other clients. Investment decisions
for a Portfolio and for the Adviser's other clients are made with a view to
achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a
particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might
be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular
security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are
selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when
several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser,
particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of
more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the
purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among
clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in
some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of
the security as far as a Portfolio is concerned. However, it is believed that
the ability of a Portfolio to participate in volume transactions will produce
better executions for the Portfolio.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 and the period from
January 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996, and the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995, the Portfolio paid no brokerage commissions.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                        Standard Performance Information

From time to time, quotations of a Fund's performance may be included in
advertisements, sales literature or shareholder reports. Mutual fund performance
is commonly measured as total return and/or yield. The Fund's performance is
affected by its expenses. These performance figures are calculated in the
following manner:

      Yield: Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the Fund
      over a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate.
      Yields for a Fund used in advertising are computed by dividing the Fund's
      interest and dividend income for a given 30-day or one-month period, net
      of expenses, by the average number of shares entitled to receive
      distributions during the period, dividing this figure by the Fund's net
      asset value per share at the end of the period, and annualizing the result
      (assuming compounding of income) in order to arrive at an annual
      percentage rate. Income is calculated for purpose of yield quotations in
      accordance with standardized methods applicable to all stock and bond
      mutual funds. Dividends from equity investments are treated as if they
      were accrued on a daily basis, solely for the purpose of yield
      calculations. In general, interest income is reduced with respect to bonds
      trading at a premium over their par value by subtracting a portion of the
      premium from income on a daily basis, and is increased with respect to
      bonds trading at a discount by adding a portion of the discount to daily
      income. Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from the
      calculation.

      Income calculated for the purposes of calculating the Fund's yield differs
      from income as determined for other accounting purposes. Because of the
      different accounting methods used, and because of the compounding assumed
      in yield calculations, the yield quoted for the Fund may differ from the
      rate of distributions of the Fund paid over the same period or the rate of
      income reported in the Fund's financial statements.

   
      Unlike some bank deposits or other investments which pay a fixed yield for
      a stated period of time, the total return (see "Total Return" below) of
      the Fund will vary depending upon interest rates, the current market value
      of the securities held by the Portfolio and changes in the expenses of the
      Fund or Portfolio.
    

      Tax-Equivalent Yield: The Fund's tax-equivalent yield is equal to the
      Fund's yield divided by (1-Tax Rate).

      As of September 30, 1998, the Fund's tax equivalent 30-day SEC yield was
      ____%, assuming a maximum Federal tax rate of 31%. The Fund's 30-day SEC
      yield for the period ended September 30, 1998 was ____%.

      Total return: Total return is the change in value of an investment in the
      Fund over a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and
      capital gains. A cumulative total return reflects actual performance over
      a stated period of time. An average annual total return is a hypothetical
      rate of return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same
      cumulative total return if performance had been constant over the entire
      period. Average annual total return calculations smooth out variations in
      performance; they are not the same as actual year-by-year results. Average
      annual total returns covering periods of less than one year assume that
      performance will remain constant for the rest of the year. The Fund's
      average annual total return is calculated for certain periods by
      determining the average annual

                                       14
<PAGE>

      compounded rates of return over those periods that would cause an
      investment of $1,000 (made at the maximum public offering price with all
      distributions reinvested) to reach the value of that investment at the end
      of the periods. The Fund may also calculate total return figures which
      represent aggregate performance over a period or year-by-year performance.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Cumulative Total Return      Annualized Total Return
                                                                        For the Period From          From the Period From
                                                                           July 20, 1992                July 20, 1992
                        Total Return for the  Total Return for the       (Commencement of             (Commencement of
                           One Year Ended       Five Years Ended             Operations)                  Operations)
                         September 30, 1998    September 30, 1998   Through September 30, 1998   Through September 30, 1998
<S>                      <C>                  <C>                   <C>                          <C>
Intermediate Tax Free Fund      7.43%                32.53%                   32.56%                         5.57%
</TABLE>

      Performance Results: Total returns and yields are based on past results
      and are not an indication of future performance. Any total return
      quotation provided for a Fund should not be considered as representative
      of the performance of the Fund in the future since the net asset value and
      public offering price of shares of the Fund will vary based not only on
      the type, quality and maturities of the securities held in the
      corresponding Portfolio, but also on changes in the current value of such
      securities and on changes in the expenses of the Fund and the
      corresponding Portfolio. These factors and possible differences in the
      methods used to calculate total return should be considered when comparing
      the total return of a Fund to total returns published for other investment
      companies or other investment vehicles. Total return reflects the
      performance of both principal and income.

                                    Expenses

The Fund bears its own expenses. Operating expenses for the Fund generally
consist of all costs not specifically borne by the Adviser or ICC Distributors,
including administration fees, fees for necessary professional services,
amortization of organizational expenses and costs associated with regulatory
compliance and maintaining legal existence and shareholder relations. The
Portfolio bears its own expenses. Operating expenses for the Portfolio generally
consist of all costs not specifically borne by the Adviser or ICC Distributors,
including investment advisory and administration and service fees, fees for
necessary professional services, amortization of organizational expenses, the
costs associated with regulatory compliance and maintaining legal existence and
investor relations.

                         Comparison of Fund Performance

Comparison of the quoted nonstandardized performance of various investments is
valid only if performance is calculated in the same manner. Since there are
different methods of calculating performance, investors should consider the
effect of the methods used to calculate performance when comparing performance
of a Fund with performance quoted with respect to other investment companies or
types of investments.

In connection with communicating its performance to current or prospective
shareholders, a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual funds tracked by mutual fund rating services or to unmanaged indices
which may assume reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs. Evaluations of a Fund's
performance made by independent sources may also be used in advertisements
concerning the Fund. Sources for a Fund's performance information could include
the following:

Asian Wall Street Journal, a weekly Asian newspaper that often reviews U.S.
mutual funds investing internationally.

Barron's, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. business and financial weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

Business Week, a national business weekly that periodically reports the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds investing abroad.

Changing Times, The Kiplinger Magazine, a monthly investment advisory
publication that periodically features the performance of a variety of
securities.

Consumer Digest, a monthly business/financial magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

Financial Times, Europe's business newspaper, which features from time to time
articles on international or country-specific funds.

                                       15

<PAGE>

Financial World, a general business/financial magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

Forbes, a national business publication that from time to time reports the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Fortune, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

Global Investor, a European publication that periodically reviews the
performance of U.S. mutual funds investing internationally.

Investor's Daily, a daily newspaper that features financial, economic and
business news.

Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.'s Mutual Fund Performance Analysis, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

Money, a monthly magazine that from time to time features both specific funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

Morningstar Inc., a publisher of financial information and mutual fund research.

New York Times, a nationally distributed newspaper which regularly covers
financial news.

Personal Investing News, a monthly news publication that often reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

Personal Investor, a monthly investment advisory publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section reporting on mutual fund performance measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

Success, a monthly magazine targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

U.S. News and World Report, a national business weekly that periodically
reports mutual fund performance data.

ValueLine, a biweekly publication that reports on the largest 15,000 mutual
funds.

Wall Street Journal, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

Weisenberger Investment Companies Services, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds, management policies, salient features, management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

Working Women, a monthly publication that features a "Financial Workshop"
section reporting on the mutual fund/financial industry.

                         Economic and Market Information

Advertising and sales literature of the Fund may include discussions of
economic, financial and political developments and their effect on the
securities market. Such discussions may take the form of commentary on these
developments by Fund portfolio managers and their views and analysis on how such
developments could affect the Fund. In addition, advertising and sales
literature may quote statistics and give general information about the mutual
fund industry, including the growth of the industry, from sources such as the
Investment Company Institute ("ICI"). For example, according to the ICI,
thirty-seven percent of American households are pursuing their financial goals
through mutual funds. These investors, as well as business and institutions,
have entrusted over $3.5 trillion to the more than 6,000 funds available.

                               Purchase of Shares

The Trust accepts purchase orders for Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share
next determined after the order is received on each Valuation Day. Shares may be
available through Investment Professionals, such as broker/dealers and
investment advisers (including Service Agents).

Purchase orders for Shares (including those purchased through a Service Agent)
that are transmitted to the Trust's Transfer Agent (the "Transfer Agent"), prior
to the Valuation Time on any Valuation Day will be effective at that day's
Valuation Time. The Trust and Transfer Agent reserve the right to reject any
purchase order.

Shares must be purchased in accordance with procedures established by the
Transfer Agent and each Service Agent. It is the responsibility of each Service
Agent to transmit to the Transfer Agent purchase and redemption orders and to
transmit to

                                       16

<PAGE>

Bankers Trust as the Trust's custodian (the "Custodian") purchase payments by
the following business day (trade date + 1) after an order for shares is placed.
A shareholder must settle with the Service Agent for his or her entitlement to
an effective purchase or redemption order as of a particular time. Because
Bankers Trust is the Custodian and Transfer Agent of the Trust, funds may be
transferred directly from or to a customer's account held with Bankers Trust to
settle transactions with the Fund without incurring the additional costs or
delays associated with the wiring of federal funds.

The Trust and the Adviser have authorized one or more brokers to accept on the
Trust's behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to
designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the
Trust's behalf. The Transfer Agent will be deemed to have received a purchase or
redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker's
authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the
Fund's NAV next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker or the
broker's authorized designee.

Certificates for Shares will not be issued. Each shareholder's account will be
maintained by a Service Agent or Transfer Agent.

If orders are placed through an Investment Professional, it is the
responsibility of the Investment Professional to transmit the order to buy
Shares to the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Transfer Agent must receive payment within one business day after an order
for Shares is placed; otherwise, the purchase order may be canceled and the
investor could be held liable for resulting fees and/or losses.

Minimum Investments

To Open an Account                     $  2,500
For retirement accounts                     500
Through automatic investment plans        1,000

To Add to an Account                   $    250
For retirement accounts                     100
Through automatic investment plans          100

Minimum Balance                        $  1,000
For retirement accounts                    None

[The Fund and its service providers reserve the right to, from time to time in
their discretion, waive or reduce the investment minimums.]

If you are new to BT Investment Funds, complete and sign an account application
and mail it along with your check to the address listed below. For an account
application, call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210

Overnight mailings:

      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

If you have money invested in a fund in the BT Family of Funds, you can:

o     Mail an account application with a check,

o     Wire money into your account,

o     Open an account by exchanging from another fund in the BT Family of Funds,
      or

o     Contact your Service Agent or Investment Professional.

                                       17

<PAGE>

If you are investing through a tax-sheltered retirement plan, such as an IRA,
for the first time, you will need a special application. Contact your Investment
Professional or BT Retirement Services Center at 1-800-677-7596 for more
information and a retirement account application.

Additional Information About Buying Shares

         To Open an Account                 To Add to an Account

By       Wire Call the BT Service Center at Call your Investment 1-800-730-1313
         to receive wire Professional or wire instructions for account
         additional investment to:
         establishment.
                                            Routing No.: 021001033
                                            Attn:        Bankers Trust/IFTC
                                            Deposit
                                            DDA No.:     00-226-296
                                            FBO:         (Account name)
                                                         (Account Number)
                                            Credit:      Fund Number
                                                         Investment Intermediate
                                                         Tax-Free Fund--467
                                                         Specify the complete
                                                         name of the Fund,
                                                         including your account
                                                         number and your name.

By Phone Contact your Service Agent,        Contact your Service Agent,
         Investment Professional, or call   Investment Professional, or call
         BT's Service Center at             BT's Service Center at
         1-800-730-1313. If you are an      1-800-730-1313. If you are an
         existing shareholder, you may      existing Shareholder, you may
         exchange from another BT account   exchange from another BT account
         with the same registration,        with the same registration,
         including name, address, and       including name, address, and
         taxpayer ID number.                taxpayer ID number.

By       Mail Complete and sign the account Make your check payable to the
         application. Make your check complete name of the Fund of your payable
         to the complete name of choice. Indicate your Fund account the Fund of
         your choice. Mail to number on your check and mail to the appropriate
         address indicated the address printed on your account on the
         application. statement.

                              Redemption of Shares

You can arrange to take money out of your fund account at any time by selling
(redeeming) some or all of your Shares. Your Shares shall be sold at the next
NAV calculated after an order is received by the Transfer Agent. Redemption
requests should be transmitted by customers in accordance with procedures
established by the Transfer Agent and the shareholder's Service Agent.
Redemption requests for Shares received by the Service Agent and transmitted to
the Transfer Agent prior to the Valuation Time on each Valuation Day will be
effective at that day's Valuation Time and the redemption proceeds normally will
be delivered to the shareholder's account the next day, but in any event within
seven calendar days following receipt of the request.

Service Agents may allow redemptions or exchanges by telephone and may disclaim
liability for following instructions communicated by telephone that the Service
Agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The Service Agent must provide the
investor with an opportunity to choose whether or not to utilize the telephone
redemption or exchange privilege. The Transfer Agent and the Service Agent must
employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by
telephone are genuine. If the Service Agent does not do so, it may be liable for
any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such procedures may
include, among others, requiring some form of personal identification prior to
acting upon instructions received by telephone, providing written confirmation
of such transactions and/or tape recording of telephone instructions.

Redemption orders are processed without charge by the Trust. The Service Agent
may on at least 30 days' notice involuntarily redeem a shareholder's account
with the fund having a balance below the minimum, but not if an account is below
the minimum due to change in market value. See "Minimum Investments" above for
minimum balance amounts.

                                       18

<PAGE>


To sell Shares in a retirement account, your request must be made in writing,
except for exchanges to other eligible funds in the BT Family of Funds, which
can be requested by phone or in writing. For information on retirement
distributions, contact your Service Agent or call the BT Service Center at
1-800-730-1313.

If you are selling some but not all of your non-retirement account Shares, leave
at least $1,000 worth of shares in the account to keep it open.

To sell Shares by bank wire you will need to sign up for these services in
advance when completing your account application.

Certain requests must include a signature guarantee to protect you and Bankers
Trust from fraud. Redemption requests in writing must include a signature
guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

o     Your account registration has changed within the last 30 days,

o     The check is being mailed to a different address than the one on your
      account (record address),

o     The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner,

o     The redemption proceeds are being transferred to a BT account with a
      different registration, or

o     You wish to have redemption proceeds wired to a non-predesignated bank
      account.

A signature guarantee is also required if you change the pre-designated bank
information for receiving redemption proceeds on your account.

You should be able to obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, broker, dealer,
credit union (if authorized under state law), securities exchange or
association, clearing agency, or savings association. A notary public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.

Additional Information About Selling Shares

By Wire - You must sign up for the wire feature before using it. To verify that
it is in place, call 1-800-730-1313. Minimum wire: $1,000. Your wire redemption
request must be received by the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for
money to be wired on the next business day.

In Writing - Write a signed "letter of instruction" with your name, the Fund's
name and Fund's number, your Fund account number, the dollar amount or number of
Shares to be redeemed, and mail to one of the following addresses:

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210

Overnight mailings:

      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

For Trust accounts, the trustee must sign the letter indicating capacity as
trustee. If the trustee's name is not on the account registration, provide a
copy of the trust document certified within the last 60 days.

For a Business or Organization account, at least one person authorized by
corporate resolution to act on the account must sign the letter.

Unless otherwise instructed, the Transfer Agent will send a check to the account
address of record. The Trust reserves the right to close investor accounts via
30 day notice in writing if the Fund account balance falls below the Fund
minimums.


Exchange Privilege


                                       19

<PAGE>


Shareholders may exchange their Shares for shares of certain other funds in the
BT Family of Funds registered in their state. To make an exchange, follow the
procedures indicated in "Purchase of Shares" and "Redemption of Shares" herein.
Before making an exchange, please note the following:

o     Call your Service Agent for information and a prospectus. Read the
      prospectus for relevant information.

o     Complete and sign an application, taking care to register your new account
      in the same name, address and taxpayer identification number as your
      existing account(s).

o     Each exchange represents the sale of shares of one fund and the purchase
      of shares of another, which may produce a gain or loss for tax purposes.
      Your Service Agent will receive a written confirmation of each exchange
      transaction.

o     Exchanges out of the Fund may be limited to four per calendar year and any
      exchange may have tax consequences for you.

o     [The Fund reserves the right to terminate or modify the exchange privilege
      in the future.]

                        Redemptions and Purchases in Kind

The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Portfolio reserves the right, if
conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for
redemption or withdrawal by making payment in whole or in part in readily
marketable securities chosen by the Trust, or the Portfolio, as the case may be,
and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Fund's or the Portfolio's
net asset value, as the case may be (a redemption in kind). If payment is made
to a Fund shareholder in securities, an investor, including the Fund, the
shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities into
cash. The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Portfolio have elected, however,
to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which the Fund
and the Portfolio are obligated to redeem shares or beneficial interests, as the
case may be, with respect to any one investor during any 90-day period, solely
in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund or
the Portfolio, as the case may be, at the beginning of the period.

The Portfolio has agreed to make a redemption in kind to the Fund whenever the
Fund wishes to make a redemption in kind and therefore shareholders of the Fund
that receive redemptions in kind will receive portfolio securities of the
Portfolio and in no case will they receive a security issued by the Portfolio.
The Portfolio has advised the Trust that the Portfolio will not redeem in kind
except in circumstances in which the Fund is permitted to redeem in kind or
unless requested by the Fund.

Each investor in a Portfolio, including the corresponding Fund, may add to or
reduce its investment in the Portfolio on each day the Portfolio determines its
net asset value. At the close of each such business day, the value of each
investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio will be determined by
multiplying the net asset value of the Portfolio by the percentage effective for
that day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate beneficial
interests in the Portfolio. Any additions or withdrawals which are to be
effected as of the close of business on that day will then be effected. The
investor's percentage of the aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio
will then be recomputed as the percentage equal to the fraction (i) the
numerator of which is the value of such investor's investment in the Portfolio
as of the close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the
amount of net additions to or withdrawals from the investor's investment in the
Portfolio effected as of the close of business on such day, and (ii) the
denominator of which is the aggregate net asset value of the Portfolio as of the
close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of
net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investments in the Portfolio
by all investors in the Portfolio. The percentage so determined will then be
applied to determine the value of the investor's interest in the Portfolio as
the close of business on the following business day.

                    MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIO

The Trust and the Portfolio are each governed by a Board of Trustees which is
responsible for protecting the interests of investors. A majority of the
Trustees who are not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the
Trust or the Portfolio, as the case may be, have adopted written procedures
reasonably appropriate to deal with potential conflicts of interest arising from
the fact that some of the same individuals are Trustees of the Trust and the
Portfolios, up to and including creating separate boards of trustees.

The Board of Trustees is composed of persons experienced in financial matters
who meet throughout the year to oversee the activities of the Fund or Portfolio.
In addition, the Trustees review contractual arrangements with companies that
provide services to the Fund/Portfolio and review the Fund's performance.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust and Portfolio, their birthdate and their
principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below. Their
titles may have varied during that period. Unless otherwise indicated, the
address of each officer is Clearing Operations, P.O. Box 897, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 05230-0897.

                                       20

<PAGE>

                              Trustees of the Trust

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director, Coutts
Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd; Director, Zweig
Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director, Vinters
International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment company
registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive, Singer
Island, Florida 33404.

KELVIN J. LANCASTER (birthdate: December 10, 1924) -- Trustee; Professor,
Department of Economics, Columbia University. His address is 35 Claremont
Avenue, New York, New York 10027.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.

                            Trustees of the Portfolio

CHARLES P. BIGGAR (birthdate: October 14, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director of
Chase/NBW Bank Advisory Board; Director, Batemen, Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.;
formerly Vice President of International Business Machines and President of the
National Services and the Field Engineering Divisions of IBM. His address is 12
Hitching Post Lane, Chappaqua, New York 10514.

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director, Coutts
Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd; Director, Zweig
Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director, Vinters
International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment company
registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive, Singer
Island, Florida 33404.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.

                       Officers of the Trust and Portfolio

Unless otherwise specified, each officer listed below holds the same position
with the Trust and the Portfolio.

RONALD M. PETNUCH (birthdate: February 27, 1960) -- President and Treasurer;
Senior Vice President, Federated Services Company ("FSC"); formerly, Director of
Proprietary Client Services, Federated Administrative Services ("FAS"), and
Associate Corporate Counsel, Federated Investors ("FI").

CHARLES L. DAVIS, JR. (birthdate: March 23, 1960) -- Vice President and
Assistant Treasurer; Vice President, FAS.

JAY S. NEUMAN (birthdate: April 22, 1950) -- Secretary; Corporate Counsel, FI.

No person who is an officer or director of Bankers Trust is an officer or
Trustee of the Trust or the Portfolio. No director, officer or employee of ICC
Distributors or any of its affiliates will receive any compensation from the
Trust or the Portfolio for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust or the
Portfolio.


                           Trustee Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Aggregate                              Total Compensation
Name of Person,            Compensation          Compensation     from Fund Complex***
Position                   from Trust*        from Portfolio**     Paid to Trustees+
- -----------------------    ------------       ----------------    --------------------
<S>                        <C>                <C>                 <C>
S. Leland Dill,
Trustee of the Trust
and Portfolio                $______               $______              $______

Kelvin J. Lancaster,
Trustee of the Trust         $______                 N/A                $______

Philip Saunders, Jr.,
Trustee of the Trust
and Portfolio                $______               $______              $______
</TABLE>


                                       21


<PAGE>

Charles P. Biggar,
Trustee of Portfolio           N/A                 $______              $______
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*The aggregate compensation is provided for the BT Investment Funds which is
comprised of 17 funds. Information is furnished for the Trust's most recent
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

**The compensation is provided for Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio. Information
is furnished for the Trust's most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

***Aggregated information is furnished for the BT Family of Funds which consists
of the following: BT Investment Funds, BT Institutional Funds, BT Pyramid Funds,
BT Advisor Funds, BT Investment Portfolios, Cash Management Portfolio, Treasury
Money Portfolio, Tax Free Money Portfolio, NY Tax Free Money Portfolio,
International Equity Portfolio, Short Intermediate US Government Securities
Portfolio, Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio, Asset Management Portfolio, Equity
500 Index Portfolio and Capital Appreciation Portfolio.

+ The compensation is provided for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998.

Bankers Trust reimbursed the Fund and Portfolio for a portion of their Trustees
fees for the period above. See "Investment Adviser" and "Administrator" below.

As of December 31, 1998, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust and the
Portfolio owned in the aggregate less than 1% of the shares of any Fund or the
Trust (all series taken together).

   
     As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record owned 5% or
more of the outstanding voting shares of the Fund: [TO BE PROVIDED].
    

                               Investment Adviser

The Trust has not retained the services of an investment adviser since the Trust
seeks to achieve the investment objective of each of its Funds by investing all
the Assets of the Fund in the Portfolio. The Portfolio has retained the services
of Bankers Trust as Adviser.

Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation with principal offices at
130 Liberty Street, (One Bankers Trust Plaza), New York, New York 10006, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York Corporation. Bankers Trust
conducts a variety of general banking and trust activities and is a major
wholesale supplier of financial services to the international and domestic
institutional market. [As of March 31, 1998, Bankers Trust New York Corporation
was the seventh largest bank holding company in the United States with total
assets of over $150 billion.] [The scope of Bankers Trust's investment
management capability is unique due to its leadership positions in both active
and passive quantitative management and its presence in major equity and fixed
income markets around the world. Bankers Trust is one of the nation's largest
and most experienced investment managers with over $300 billion in assets under
management globally.]

Under the terms of the Portfolio's investment advisory agreement with Bankers
Trust (the "Advisory Agreement"), Bankers Trust manages the Portfolio subject to
the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio. Bankers
Trust will: (i) act in strict conformity with the Portfolio's Declaration of
Trust, the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as the same may
from time to time be amended; (ii) manage the Portfolio in accordance with the
Portfolio's investment objectives, restrictions and policies; (iii) make
investment decisions for the Portfolio; (iv) place purchase and sale orders for
securities and other financial instruments on behalf of the Portfolio; and (v)
employ professional investment managers and securities analysts who provide
research services to the Portfolio. Bankers Trust may utilize the expertise of
any of its worldwide subsidiaries and affiliates to assist it in its role as
investment adviser. All orders for investment transactions on behalf of the
Portfolio are placed by Bankers Trust with broker-dealers and other financial
intermediaries that it selects, including those affiliated with Bankers Trust. A
Bankers Trust affiliate will be used in connection with a purchase or sale of an
investment for the Portfolio only if Bankers Trust believes that the affiliate's
charge for the transaction does not exceed usual and customary levels. The
Portfolio will not invest in obligations for which Bankers Trust or any of its
affiliates is the ultimate obligor or accepting bank. The Portfolio may,
however, invest in the obligations of correspondents and customers of Bankers
Trust.

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that, in counsel's opinion,
Bankers Trust currently may perform the services for the Trust and the
Portfolios described in the Prospectus and this SAI without violation of the
Glass-Steagall Act or other applicable banking laws or regulations.

Bankers Trust bears all expenses in connection with the performance of services
under the Advisory Agreement. The Trust and the Portfolio bears certain other
expenses incurred in its operation, including: taxes, interest, brokerage fees
and

                                       22

<PAGE>


commissions, if any; fees of Trustees of the Trust or the Portfolio who are not
officers, directors or employees of Bankers Trust, ICC Distributors or any of
their affiliates; SEC fees and state Blue Sky qualification fees; charges of
custodians and transfer and dividend disbursing agents; certain insurance
premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of maintenance of corporate
existence; costs attributable to investor services, including, without
limitation, telephone and personnel expenses; costs of preparing and printing
prospectuses and statements of additional information for regulatory purposes
and for distribution to existing shareholders; costs of shareholders' reports
and meetings of shareholders, officers and Trustees of the Trust or the
Portfolio; and any extraordinary expenses.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, the period from January
1, 1996 to September 30, 1996, and the year ended December 31, 1995, Bankers
Trust earned $_________, $85,925 and $67,313, respectively, in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to the Portfolio. During the same periods,
Bankers Trust reimbursed $__________, $22,599 and $23,842, respectively, to the
Portfolio to cover expenses.

Bankers Trust may have deposit, loan and other commercial banking relationships
with the issuers of obligations which may be purchased on behalf of the
Portfolio, including outstanding loans to such issuers which could be repaid in
whole or in part with the proceeds of securities so purchased. Such affiliates
deal, trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and are among
the leading dealers of various types of such obligations. Bankers Trust has
informed the Portfolio that, in making its investment decisions, it does not
obtain or use material inside information in its possession or in the possession
of any of its affiliates. In making investment recommendations for the
Portfolio, Bankers Trust will not inquire or take into consideration whether an
issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by the Portfolio is a
customer of Bankers Trust, its parent or its subsidiaries or affiliates and, in
dealing with its customers, Bankers Trust, its parent, subsidiaries and
affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of
such customers are held by any fund managed by Bankers Trust or any such
affiliate.

The Fund's prospectus contains disclosure as to the amount of Bankers Trust's
investment advisory and administration and services fees, including waivers
thereof. Bankers Trust may not recoup any of its waived investment advisory or
administration and services fees.

                                  Administrator

Under the administration and services agreements, Bankers Trust is obligated on
a continuous basis to provide such administrative services as the Board of
Trustees of the Trust and the Portfolio reasonably deem necessary for the proper
administration of the Trust or a Portfolio. Bankers Trust will generally assist
in all aspects of the Fund's and Portfolio's operations; supply and maintain
office facilities (which may be in Bankers Trust's own offices), statistical and
research data, data processing services, clerical, accounting, bookkeeping and
recordkeeping services (including without limitation the maintenance of such
books and records as are required under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder,
except as maintained by other agents), executive and administrative services,
and stationery and office supplies; prepare reports to shareholders or
investors; prepare and file tax returns; supply financial information and
supporting data for reports to and filings with the SEC and various state Blue
Sky authorities; supply supporting documentation for meetings of the Board of
Trustees; provide monitoring reports and assistance regarding compliance with
the Declaration of Trust, by-laws, investment objectives and policies and with
Federal and state securities laws; arrange for appropriate insurance coverage;
calculate net asset values, net income and realized capital gains or losses; and
negotiate arrangements with, and supervise and coordinate the activities of,
agents and others to supply services.

Pursuant to a sub-administration agreement (the "Sub-Administration Agreement"),
FSC performs such sub-administration duties for the Trust and the Portfolio as
from time to time may be agreed upon by the Adviser and FSC. The
Sub-Administration Agreement provides that FSC will receive such compensation as
from time to time may be agreed upon by FSC and Bankers Trust. All such
compensation will be paid by Bankers Trust.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, the period from January
1, 1996 to September 30, 1996, and the year ended December 31, 1995, Bankers
Trust earned $_____________, $85,690 and $67,185, respectively, in compensation
for administrative and other services provided to the Fund. During the same
periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $________, $41,571 and $40,323, respectively,
to cover expenses. For the same periods, Bankers Trust earned $_______, $10,741
and $8,414, respectively, in compensation for administrative and other services
provided to the Portfolio.

Bankers Trust has agreed that if in any fiscal year the aggregate expenses of
any Fund and its respective Portfolio (including fees pursuant to the Advisory
Agreement, but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and, if permitted by the
relevant state securities commissions, extraordinary expenses) exceed the
expense limitation of any state having jurisdiction over the Fund, Bankers Trust
will reimburse the Fund for the excess expense to the extent required by state
law.


                                       23

<PAGE>

                                   Distributor

ICC Distributors is the principal distributor for shares of the Fund. ICC
Distributors is a registered broker/dealer and is unaffiliated with Bankers
Trust. The principal business address of ICC Distributors is P.O. Box 7558,
Portland, Maine 04101.

                                  Service Agent

All shareholders must be represented by a Service Agent. The Adviser acts as a
Service Agent pursuant to its Administration and Services Agreement with the
Trust and receives no additional compensation from the Fund for such shareholder
services. The service fees of any other Service Agents, including
broker-dealers, will be paid by the Adviser from its fees. The services provided
by a Service Agent may include establishing and maintaining shareholder
accounts, processing purchase and redemption transactions, arranging for bank
wires, performing shareholder sub-accounting, answering client inquiries
regarding the Trust, assisting clients in changing dividend options, account
designations and addresses, providing periodic statements showing the client's
account balance, transmitting proxy statements, periodic reports, updated
prospectuses and other communications to shareholders and, with respect to
meetings of shareholders, collecting, tabulating and forwarding to the Trust
executed proxies and obtaining such other information and performing such other
services as the Administrator or the Service Agent's clients may reasonably
request and agree upon with the Service Agent. Service Agents may separately
charge their clients additional fees only to cover provision of additional or
more comprehensive services not already provided under the Administration and
Services Agreement with the Adviser, or of the type or scope not generally
offered by a mutual fund, such as cash management services or enhanced
retirement or trust reporting. In addition, investors may be charged a
transaction fee if they effect transactions in Fund shares through a broker or
agent. Each Service Agent has agreed to transmit to shareholders, who are its
customers, appropriate disclosures of any fees that it may charge them directly.

                          Custodian and Transfer Agent

Bankers Trust, 130 Liberty Street (One Bankers Trust Plaza), New York, New York
10006, serves as Custodian for the Trust and for the Portfolio pursuant to the
administration and services agreements. As Custodian, it holds the Fund's and
the Portfolio's assets. Bankers Trust also serves as transfer agent of the Trust
and of the Portfolio pursuant to the respective administration and services
agreement. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Bankers Trust
maintains the shareholder account records for the Fund, handles certain
communications between shareholders and the Trust and causes to be distributed
any dividends and distributions payable by the Trust. Bankers Trust may be
reimbursed by the Fund or the Portfolio for its out-of-pocket expenses. Bankers
Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under the
1940 Act.

                                   Use of Name

The Trust and Bankers Trust have agreed that the Trust may use "BT" as part of
its name for so long as Bankers Trust serves as investment adviser to the
Portfolios. The Trust has acknowledged that the term "BT" is used by and is a
property right of certain subsidiaries of Bankers Trust and that those
subsidiaries and/or Bankers Trust may at any time permit others to use that
term.

The Trust may be required, on 60 days' notice from Bankers Trust at any time, to
abandon use of the acronym "BT" as part of its name. If this were to occur, the
Trustees would select an appropriate new name for the Trust, but there would be
no other material effect on the Trust, its shareholders or activities.

                           Banking Regulatory Matters

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that in its opinion Bankers Trust
may perform the services for the Portfolios contemplated by the Advisory
Agreements and other activities for the Fund and the Portfolio described in the
Prospectus and this SAI without violation of the Glass-Steagall Act or other
applicable banking laws or regulations. However, counsel has pointed out that
future changes in either Federal or state statutes and regulations concerning
the permissible activities of banks or trust companies, as well as future
judicial or administrative decisions or interpretations of present and future
statutes and regulations, might prevent Bankers Trust from continuing to perform
those services for the Trust and the Portfolio. State laws on this issue may
differ from the interpretations of relevant Federal law and banks and financial
institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant to state securities
law. If the circumstances described above should change, the Board of Trustees
would review the relationships with Bankers Trust and consider taking all
actions necessary in the circumstances.


                                       24

<PAGE>


                       Counsel and Independent Accountants

Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099,
serves as Counsel to the Trust and the Portfolio. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
1100 Main Street, Suite 900, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 acts as Independent
Accountants of the Trust and the Portfolio.

                            ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST

Shares of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that
holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can
elect all Trustees. Shares are transferable but have no preemptive, conversion
or subscription rights. Shareholders generally vote by Fund, except with respect
to the election of Trustees and the ratification of the selection of independent
accountants.

The Trust is an entity commonly known as a "Massachusetts business trust." Under
Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a business trust may, under certain
circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for its obligations.
However, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of
shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate
insurance existed and the Trust itself was unable to meet its obligations. The
Trust's Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or
obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer be given in
each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust
or a Trustee. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification from the
Trust's property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally
liable for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder's
incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to
circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations,
a possibility that the Trust believes is remote. Upon payment of any liability
incurred by the Trust, the shareholder paying the liability will be entitled to
reimbursement from the general assets of the Trust. The Trustees intend to
conduct the operations of the Trust in a manner so as to avoid, as far as
possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the Trust.

The Trust was organized under the name BT Tax-Free Investment Trust and assumed
its current name of BT Investment Funds on May 16, 1988.

Except as described below, whenever the Trust is requested to vote on a
fundamental policy of the Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of the Fund's
shareholders and will cast its vote as instructed by the Fund's shareholders.
Fund shareholders who do not vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the
Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the Trust's votes representing Fund
shareholders not voting will be voted by the Trustees of the Trust in the same
proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

Except as described below, whenever the Fund is requested to vote on matters
pertaining to the Portfolio, the Fund will hold a meeting of its shareholders
and will cast its votes proportionately as instructed by Fund shareholders.
However, subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, the Fund
would not request a vote of its shareholders with respect to (a) any proposal
relating to the Portfolio, which proposal, if made with respect to the Fund,
would not require the vote of the shareholders of the Fund, or (b) any proposal
with respect to the Portfolio that is identical in all material respects to a
proposal that has previously been approved by shareholders of the Fund. Any
proposal submitted to holders in the Portfolio, and that is not required to be
voted on by shareholders of the Fund, would nonetheless be voted on by the
Trustees of the Trust.

The Portfolio is a subtrust (or "series") of the BT Investment Portfolios, an
open-end management investment company. BT Investment Portfolios was organized
as a master trust fund under the laws of the State of New York. BT Investment
Portfolios' Declaration of Trust provides that the Fund and other entities
investing in the Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company
separate accounts and common and commingled trust funds) will each be liable for
all obligations of the Portfolio. However, the risk of the Fund incurring
financial loss on account of such liability is limited to circumstances in which
both inadequate insurance existed and the Portfolio itself was unable to meet
its obligations. Accordingly, the Trustees of the Trust believe that neither the
Fund nor its shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of the Fund's
investing in the Portfolio. The interests in BT Investment Portfolios are
divided into separate series, such as the Portfolio. No series of BT Investment
Portfolios has any preference over any other series.

Each series in the Trust will not be involved in any vote involving a Portfolio
in which it does not invest its Assets. Shareholders of all the series of the
Trust will, however, vote together to elect trustees of the Trust and for
certain other matters. Under certain circumstances, the shareholders of one or
more series could control the outcome of these votes.

The series of the BT Investment Portfolios will vote separately or together in
the same manner as the series of the Trust. Under certain circumstances, the
investors in one or more series of BT Investment Portfolios could control the
outcome of these votes.


                                       25

<PAGE>

The Trust and BT Investment Portfolios reserve the right to add additional
series in the future. The Trust also reserves the right to issue more than one
class of Shares in the Fund.

                                    TAXATION

                              Taxation of the Fund

The Trust intends to qualify annually and to elect for the Fund to be treated as
a regulated investment company under the Code. Provided the Fund meets the
requirements imposed by the Code and distributes all of its income and gains,
the Fund will not pay any federal income or excise taxes.

As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal
income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if
any, that it distributes to shareholders. The Fund intends to distribute to its
shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company
taxable income and net capital gains, and therefore does not anticipate
incurring federal income tax liability.

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify for the special federal income
tax treatment afforded regulated investment companies, all of its taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any
deduction for distributions to its shareholders). In such event, dividend
distributions, including amounts derived from interest on tax-exempt
obligations, would be taxable to shareholders to the extent of current
accumulated earnings and profits, and would be eligible for the dividends
received deduction for corporations in the case of corporate shareholders.

Each Fund shareholder will receive, if appropriate, various written notices
after the close of the Fund's prior taxable year as to the federal income status
of his dividends and distributions which were received from the Fund during the
Fund's prior taxable year. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers as to
any state and local taxes that may apply to these dividends and distributions.
The dollar amount of dividends excluded from federal income taxation and the
dollar amount subject to such income taxation, if any, will vary for each
shareholder depending upon the size and duration of each shareholder's
investment in the Fund. To the extent that the Fund earns taxable net investment
income, the Fund intends to designate as taxable dividends the same percentage
of each dividend as its taxable net investment income bears to its total net
investment income earned. Therefore, the percentage of each dividend designated
as taxable, if any, may vary. These statements will also designate the amount of
exempt-interest dividends that is a specific preference item for purposes of the
Federal individual and corporate alternative minimum taxes.

Investment in the Fund would not be suitable for tax-exempt institutions,
qualified retirement plans, H.R. 10 plans and individual retirement accounts
since such investors would not gain any additional tax benefit from the receipt
of tax-exempt income.

Because the Fund will distribute exempt-interest dividends, all or a portion of
any interest on indebtedness incurred by a shareholder to purchase or carry
shares of the Fund will not be deductible for Federal personal income tax
purposes. In addition, the Code may require a shareholder of the Fund, if he
receives exempt-interest dividends, to treat as taxable income a portion of
certain otherwise nontaxable social security and railroad retirement benefit
payments. Furthermore, that portion of any exempt-interest dividend paid by the
Fund which represents income from private activity bonds held by the Fund may
not retain its tax-exempt status in the hands of a shareholder who is a
"substantial user" of a facility financed by such bonds, or a "related person"
thereof. Moreover, as noted in the Prospectus of the Fund, some or all of the
Fund's dividends and distributions may be specific preference items, or a
component of an adjustment item, for purposes of the Federal individual and
corporate alternative minimum taxes. In addition, the receipt of Fund dividends
and distributions may affect a foreign corporate shareholder's Federal "branch
profits" tax liability and a Subchapter S corporate shareholder's Federal
"excess net passive income" tax liability. Shareholders should consult their own
tax advisers as to whether they are (i) "substantial users" with respect to a
facility or "related" to such users within the meaning of the Code and (ii)
subject to a Federal alternative minimum tax the Federal "branch profits" tax or
the Federal "excess net passive income" tax.

                                  Distributions
   
The Fund distributes substantially all of its net investment income and capital
gains to shareholders each year. The Fund distributes capital gains annually.
Income dividends for the Fund are declared daily and paid monthly. Unless a
shareholder instructs the Trust to pay such dividends and distributions in cash,
they will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.
    

The Fund intends to qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends to its shareholders
by having, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the
value of its total assets invested in tax-exempt securities. An exempt-interest
dividend is that part of dividend distributions made by the Fund which consists
of interest received by the Fund derived from tax-exempt securities held by the
Portfolio. Exempt-interest dividends received from the Fund will be treated for
federal income tax

                                       26


<PAGE>


purposes as tax-exempt interest income. In view of the Portfolio's investment
policies, it is expected that substantially all the Fund's dividends will be
exempt-interest dividends, although the Fund may from time to time distribute
net short-term capital gains or other minor amounts of taxable income.

Interest on certain tax-exempt municipal obligations issued after August 7, 1986
is a preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax
applicable to individuals and corporations. Under tax regulations to be used,
the portion of an exempt-interest dividend of a regulated investment company
that is allocable to these obligations will be treated as a preference item for
purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio has limited its
investment to those securities the interest on which will not be treated as
preference items for purposes of the alternative minimum tax in the opinion of
bond counsel for the issuer. The Portfolio currently has no intention of
investing in obligations subject to the alternative minimum tax under normal
market conditions.

Corporations should, however, be aware that interest on all municipal securities
will be included in calculating: (i) adjusted current earning for purposes of
the alternative minimum tax applicable to them; (ii) the additional tax imposed
on certain corporations by the Superfund Revenue Act of 1986; and (iii) the
foreign branch profits tax imposed on effectively connected earnings and profits
of United States branches of foreign corporations. Furthermore, special tax
provisions may apply to certain financial institutions and property and casualty
insurance companies, and they should consult their tax advisors before
purchasing Shares of the Fund.

Certain provisions in the Tax Reform Act of 1986, as amended, relating to
issuance of municipal obligations, have reduced the volume of municipal
obligations, qualifying for federal tax exemption and may continue to do so.

 On the ex-date for a distribution from capital gains, the Fund's Share value is
reduced by the amount of the distribution. If you buy Shares just before the
ex-date ("buying a dividend"), you will pay the full price for the Shares and
then receive a portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

                            Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio is not subject to Federal income taxation. Instead, the Fund and
other investors investing in the Portfolio must take into account, in computing
their Federal income tax liability, their share of the Portfolio's income,
gains, losses, deductions, credits and tax preference items, without regard to
whether they have received any cash distributions from the Portfolio.

                                 Other Taxation

The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust and, under current law,
neither the Trust nor the Fund is liable for any income or franchise tax in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided that the Fund continues to qualify as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. The investment by
the Fund in the Portfolio does not cause the Fund to be liable for any income or
franchise tax in the State of New York.

The Portfolio is organized as a New York trust. The Portfolio is not subject to
any income or franchise tax in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.

Fund shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on their Fund
distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements for the Fund or Portfolio for the year ended September
30, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report to
shareholders for the Fund dated September 30, 1998. A copy of the Fund's and
Portfolio's Annual Report may be obtained without charge by contacting the Fund.


                                       27

<PAGE>

                                    APPENDIX

Description of Moody's Corporate Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin
and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to
change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together
with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds.
They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not
be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e. they are
neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
Such, bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
speculative characteristics as well.

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements. Their future cannot
be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both (good
and bad times over the future). Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in
this class.

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment.
Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of
the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca - Bonds rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and issued so rated can be
regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.

Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3, in each generic rating
classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond system. The modifier 1
indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating
category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3
indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Description of S&P Corporate Bond Ratings:

AAA - Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's to a
debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely
strong.

AA - Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from the higher-rated issues only in small degree.

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal,
although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection
parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt
in this category than in higher-rated categories.

BB - Debt rate BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

B - Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business,
financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest

                                       28

<PAGE>

and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to
senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB- rating.

CCC - Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse
business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC - Debt rated CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

C - The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating. The C rating may be used to
cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed but debt service
payments are continued.

CI - The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments
will be made during such grace period. The D rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Description of S&P commercial paper ratings:

Commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P indicates that the degree of safety regarding
timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Those issues determined to
possess overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-1+.

Description of Moody's commercial paper ratings:

The rating Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody's.
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) are considered to
have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.

Description of S&P Municipal Bond Ratings:

AAA - Prime - These are obligations of the highest quality. They have the
strongest capacity for timely payment of debt service.

General Obligations Bonds - In a period of economic stress, the issuers will
suffer the smallest declines in income and will be least susceptible to
autonomous decline. Debt burden is moderate. A strong revenue structure appears
more than adequate to meet future expenditure requirements. Quality of
management appears superior.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage has been, and is expected to remain,
substantial, stability of the pledged revenues is also exceptionally strong due
to the competitive position of the municipal enterprise or to the nature of the
revenues. Basic security provisions (including rate covenant, earnings test for
issuance of additional bonds and debt service reserve requirements) are
rigorous. There is evidence of superior management.

AA - High Grade - The investment characteristics of bonds in this group are only
slightly less marked than those of the prime quality issues. Bonds rated AA have
the second strongest capacity for payment of debt service.

                                       29

<PAGE>



A - Good Grade - Principal and interest payments on bonds in this category are
regarded as safe although the bonds are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher
rated categories. This rating describes the third strongest capacity for payment
of debt service. Regarding municipal bonds, the rating differs from the two
higher ratings because:

General Obligation Bonds - There is some weakness, either in the local economic
base, in debt burden, in the balance between revenues and expenditures, or in
quality of management. Under certain adverse circumstances, any one such
weakness might impair the ability of the issuer to meet debt obligations at some
future date.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage is good, but not exceptional. Stability of
the pledged revenues could show some variations because of increased competition
or economic influences on revenues. Basic security provisions, while
satisfactory, are less stringent. Management performance appearance appears
adequate.

S&P's letter ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus or a minus sign,
which is used to show relative standing within the major rating categories,
except in the AAA rating category.

Description of Moody's Municipal Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry
the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt
edge". Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities, or fluctuation of protective elements
may be of greater amplitude, or there may be other elements present which make
the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are
to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Moody's may apply the numerical modifier in each generic rating classification
from Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the security within its generic
rating classification possesses the strongest investment attributes.

Description of S&P Municipal Note Ratings:

Municipal notes with maturities of three years or less are usually given note
ratings (designated SP-1, or -2) to distinguish more clearly the credit quality
of notes as compared to bonds. Notes rated SP-1 have a very strong or strong
capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess
overwhelming safety characteristics are given the designation of SP-1. Notes
rates SP-2 have a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Moody's Municipal Note Ratings:

Moody's ratings for state and municipal notes and other short-term loans are
designated Moody's Investment Grade (MIG) and for variable rate demand
obligations are designated Variable Moody's Investment Grade (VMIG). This
distinction recognizes the differences between short-term credit risk and
long-term risk. Loans bearing the designation MIG 1/VMIG 1 are of the best
quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows of funds for
their servicing or from established cash flows of funds for their servicing or
from established and broad-based access to the market for refinancing, or both.
Loans bearing the designation MIG2/VMIG2 are of high quality, with ample margins
of protection, although not as large as the preceding group.

                                       30

<PAGE>



S&P's Commercial Paper Ratings:

A is the highest commercial paper rating category utilized by S&P, which uses
the numbers 1, 1, 2 and 3 to denote relative strength within its A
classification. Commercial paper issues rated A by S&P have the following
characteristics: Liquidity ratios are better than industry average. Long-term
debt ratings is A or better. The issuer has access to at least two additional
channels of borrowing. Basic earnings and cash flow are in an upward tread.
Typically, the issuer is a strong company in a well-established industry and has
superior management.

Moody's Commercial Paper Ratings:

Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics: leasing
market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on funds
employed; conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed
financial charges and high internal cash generation; well-established access to
a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Issuers rates Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. The effect of
industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced.
Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of
debt protection measurements and the requirement for relatively high financial
leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

                                       31

<PAGE>


                                  STATEMENT OF
                                                        ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

              Investment Adviser and Administrator of each Portfolio
                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                                   Distributor
                             ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                          Custodian and Transfer Agent
                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                             Independent Accountants PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS
                          L.L.P.

                                     Counsel
                            WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER


                               --------------------

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in the Trust's Prospectus, its
Statement of Additional Information or the Trust's official sales literature in
connection with the offering of the Trust's shares and, if given or made, such
other information or representations must not be relied on as having been
authorized by the Trust. Neither the Prospectus nor this Statement of Additional
Information constitutes an offer in any state in which, or to any person to
whom, such offer may not lawfully be made.

                               --------------------



CUSIP # 055922801 CUSIP # 055922777 CUSIP # 055922819 CUSIP # 055922769 CUSIP #
055922868 CUSIP # 055922736 CUSIP # 055922785 COMBINV400 (1/98)







<PAGE>


                              BT Investment Funds



                       Information About Investing in the
                       Global High Yield Securities Fund







With the goal of achieving high current income by investing in high-yielding,
non-investment grade bonds in securities markets around the world


                                   Prospectus
                                January 31, 1999


                             Bankers Trust Company
                               Investment Adviser







Like shares of all mutual funds, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


                                                                               1


<PAGE>



TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND OVERVIEW
      Goal...........................................................3
      Core Strategy..................................................4
      Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund.......................5
      Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund......................6
      Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses.........................7
      Annual Fund Operating Expenses.................................9

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND IN DETAIL
      Objective......................................................10
      Strategy.......................................................11
      Principal Investments..........................................12
      Investment Process.............................................13
      Risks..........................................................15

Management of the Fund...............................................19
      Board of Trustees..............................................19
      Investment Adviser.............................................19
      Portfolio Manager..............................................20
      Administrator..................................................21
      Organizational Structure.......................................22

Calculating the Fund's Share Price...................................23
Dividends and Distributions..........................................24
Tax Considerations...................................................25
Buying and Selling Fund Shares.......................................26
Financial Highlights.................................................27



                                                                               2

<PAGE>



GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND OVERVIEW

Goal

The Fund seeks high current income. Secondarily, when consistent with seeking
high current income, the Fund chooses investments for their capital appreciation
potential.



                                                                               3


<PAGE>



Core Strategy

The Fund is non-diversified. It invests primarily in high yield, non-investment
grade bonds and other debt securities in both developed and emerging markets.




                                                                               4

<PAGE>



Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund

An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

  o  The high yield bonds the Investment Adviser has selected could perform
     poorly;
  o  Issuers of the bonds held by the Fund could default on principal and
     interest payments, which would cause the value of the bonds to decline or
     even become worthless; or
  o  Bond markets could decline in value or could under perform other
     investments as a result of a rise in interest rates.

As a non-diversified mutual fund, the Global High Yield Securities Fund carries
added risks. It may invest a higher percentage of assets in one or a small
number of bond issuers. Thus a single negative economic, political or regulatory
event affecting these issues could undermine the Fund's performance.

An investment in the Fund could also lose money, or under perform alternative
investments as a result of risks in the foreign countries in which the Fund
invests:

  o  Adverse political, economic or social developments could undermine the
     value of the Fund's investments or prevent the Fund from realizing its full
     value;
  o  Different accounting and financial reporting standards, or less stringent
     enforcement of these standards, could convey incomplete or inaccurate
     information about a Fund investment; or
  o  The currency of a country in which the Fund invests may fluctuate in value
     relative to the U.S. dollar, which could affect the value of the investment
     itself to U.S. investors.


                                                                               5


<PAGE>



Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund

You should consider investing in the Global High Yield Securities Fund if you
seek high current income and are willing to tolerate a high level of risk. You
should be willing to invest in highly speculative securities, including debt
securities outside the United States. In addition, you must be willing to accept
significant share price fluctuation and the possibility that the Fund may not
follow the direction of the overall bond market and interest rate trends. There
is, of course, no guarantee that the Fund will realize its goal.

You should not consider investing in the Global High Yield Securities Fund if
you are pursuing a short-term financial goal looking to invest only in
investment grade securities, seeking preservation of investment principal or
investing funds intended to provide capital appreciation over time.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. Because
the Fund invests primarily in speculative securities, you should consider it a
small part of your total investment program.

An investment in the Global High Yield Securities Fund is not a deposit of
Bankers Trust Company or any other bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


                                                                               6


<PAGE>



Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses

The bar chart and table below can help you evaluate the potential risks and
rewards of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund's performance
year to year. The bar chart shows the Fund's actual return for each full
calendar year since it began selling shares to the public on December 14, 1993
(its inception date). The table compares the Fund's average annual return with
the Lehman Brothers High Yield Index over the last one and five years, and since
inception. The Index is a passive measure of bond market returns. It does not
factor in the costs of buying, selling and holding securities--costs which are
reflected in the Fund's results.

[SIDEBAR: The Lehman Brothers High Yield Index is a widely accepted benchmark of
high yielding bonds. It is a model, not an actual portfolio, that tracks the
performance of all U.S. domestic fixed income securities having a maximum
quality rating of Ba1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (including defaulted
issues) and a minimum principal amount outstanding of $100 million. Most
securities in the Index have a remaining term to maturity of at least one year.]


            Fund Performance For Each Calendar Year Since Inception
                                  [bar chart]


- ----------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------
    1994        1995       1996        1997       1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------


Since inception, the Fund's highest return in any calendar quarter was _____%
and its lowest quarterly return was ______%. Past performance offers no
indication of how the Fund will perform in the future.


                                                                               7


<PAGE>



                 Average Annual Returns as of December 31, 1998



- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                            1 year     5 years        Since
                                                    Inception
                                                    (12/14/93)*
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Global High Yield
Securities Fund                         N/A
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Lehman Brothers High Yield
Index                                   N/A
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

*The Lehman Brothers High Yield Index is calculated as of November 30, 1993.



                                                                               8

<PAGE>



Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses paid from Fund assets)

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold
shares of the Global High Yield Securities Fund.

 ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                         percentage of average
                                           daily net assets*
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
 Management Fees                                  0.80%
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
 Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees            none
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
 Other Expenses                                   1.43%
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
 Total Fund Operating Expenses                    2.23%
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
 Less: Fee Waivers or Expense
 Reimbursements                                  (0.73%)**
 ----------------------------------------------------------------
 Net Expenses                                     1.50%
 ----------------------------------------------------------------


Expense Example

The example on this page illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a
$10,000 investment in the Fund. It assumes that the Fund earned an annual return
of 5% over the periods shown, that the Fund's operating expenses remained the
same and you sold your shares at the end of the period.

Expense Example

- -------------------------------------------------
   1 Year      3 Years     5 years    10 Years
- -------------------------------------------------
    $153        $474        $818       $1,791
- -------------------------------------------------

You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense history with
other funds.* It does not represent an estimate of future returns or expenses.
Your actual costs may be higher or lower.


   * Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both
     the Fund and the Global High Yield Portfolio, the Master Fund in which the
     Global High Yield Securities Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion
     of the relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the
     "Organizational Structure" section of this prospectus).
 **  Bankers Trust has agreed for the 16-month period from the Fund's fiscal
     year end of September 30, 1998, to waive its fees and reimburse expenses so
     that total expenses will not exceed 1.50%.



                                                                               9


<PAGE>



GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND IN DETAIL

Objective

Under normal circumstances, the Global High Yield Securities Fund seeks high
current income by investing at least 65% of its total assets in high yield,
non-investment grade debt securities of governmental and corporate issuers in
both developed and emerging markets.

We also take capital appreciation into account, but only when it is consistent
with the Fund's main objective of providing high current income. While we give
priority to high current income, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving this
objective. The Fund's objective is not a fundamental policy. We must notify
shareholders before we change it, but we do not require their approval to do so.



                                                                              10


<PAGE>



Strategy

The Fund pursues a strategy of investing in high yielding, non-investment grade
bonds --commonly referred to as "junk bonds"--around the world.

[SIDEBAR: We invest in high yield bonds that are rated BBB or lower by Standard
& Poor's Rating Group or Baa or lower by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. To
compensate for the lower rating (and the associated greater risk of default),
the bonds pay a higher interest income than investment grade bonds.
Investment-grade bonds are rated A, Aa and Aaa by Moody's and A, AA and AAA by
Standard & Poor's.]


                                                                              11


<PAGE>



Principal Investments

The Fund invests in high yielding, non-investment grade bonds in industrialized
nations and throughout the emerging markets of Asia, Latin America, Eastern
Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The Fund's investments may include
emerging-market corporate debt, Brady bonds and debt guaranteed by the
governments of developing countries.

[SIDEBAR: Brady bonds are bonds issued as part of a country's debt
restructuring. These bonds have been issued only recently by a number of
countries and therefore do not have a long payment history.]

Elsewhere, the Fund generally invests in corporate and government bonds. The
Fund may purchase securities issued in one country but denominated in the
another country's currency.

The Fund may purchase a particular bond, even if the rating agencies have not
reviewed it. There is no lower limit on the rated securities in which the Fund
may invest. Securities in low rated categories possess some speculative
characteristics. The Fund may continue to hold a bond if the rating of the bond
declines after the Fund has purchased it. But no more than 25% of the Fund's
assets can be invested in any one time in securities rated as highly
speculative.

[SIDEBAR: Highly speculative securities are rated below CCC by S&P or below Caa
by Moody's. S&P assigns its lowest ratings to income bonds that are not paying
interest and to debt in default. Moody's assigns its lowest ratings to bonds
that have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining an investment grade rating
of A or above.]

In addition, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in bonds that have
actually defaulted if the possibility exists that the bond issuer may resume
interest payments in the near future, according to our research. Such defaulted
debt securities may be illiquid.


                                                                              12


<PAGE>



Investment Process

A team of analysts studies each prospective investment in depth. They research
its payment history, its current credit risk and the general health of the
securities market in which it trades. They conduct their research through
on-site visits, intensive analysis of financial data, and interviews with senior
officials.

Their inquiry reaches beyond business and market trends to take political and
cultural forces into account.


                                                                              13


<PAGE>



Turnover

The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.


                                                                              14


<PAGE>



Risks

Below we set forth some of the prominent risks associated with investing in high
yield securities, as well as investing in general. Although we attempt to assess
the likelihood that these risks may actually occur and to limit them, we make no
guarantee that we will succeed.

Primary risks

Market Risk

A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that securities an investor has
selected will not perform to expectations.

Credit Risk

A key risk associated with an investment in high yield bonds is the issuer's
credit quality. Lower-rated long-term securities generally tend to reflect the
short-term corporate or market developments of the bond issuer to a greater
extent than investment grade bonds, which react primarily to changes in interest
rates. High yield bond issuers, which usually carry high amounts of debt
relative to their net worth, are more sensitive to an economic downturn, since a
downturn may significantly affect their ability to repay their debts. High yield
bonds also run a greater risk of default because they are often unsecured by
collateral. If the Fund holds a security that has defaulted, it may incur
additional expenses in recovering its loan from the bond issuer.

Interest Rate Risk

High yield bonds, like all debt securities, face interest rate risk, the risk
that the securities will decline in value because of changes in interest rates.
Generally, investments subject to interest rate risk will decrease in value when
interest rates rise and increase when interest rates decline. This effect may be
offset or exaggerated by other risks.


                                                                              15


<PAGE>



Non-Diversification Risk

While the Fund may not invest more than 25% of its assets in the securities of
any one bond issuer, it may invest a greater proportion of its assets in the
securities of a smaller number of issuers than a fully diversified mutual fund.
The possibility of such concentration creates the possibility of outsize gains
if a particular investment appreciates, but it also raises the prospect that a
single reversal will undermine the Fund's entire performance.

Liquidity Risk

Even under normal conditions, the market for high yield bonds may be less liquid
than the market for investment grade bonds. The high yield market has fewer
dealers and fewer buyers than markets for stocks and other bonds. As a result,
high yield investors face the risk that they will not be able to sell a bond
quickly. Moreover, in a small market like that for high yield securities, prices
quoted by different dealers can vary significantly. Investors may not receive
the best price for a bond when they buy or sell, or even a price that fairly
reflects the bond's value or the issuer's solvency. Finally, prices in the high
yield market tend to be highly volatile, creating the possibility that the Fund
may undergo sudden and substantial price declines.

Risks of Investing Outside the United States

The Fund faces the risks detailed below in the portion of its investments it
devotes to foreign securities.

Political Risk

Profound social changes and business practices that depart from developed-market
norms have hindered the growth of capital markets in developing nations in the
past. High levels of debt have tended to make them overly reliant on foreign
capital investment and vulnerable to capital flight. Governments have limited
foreign investors' access to capital markets and restricted the flow of profits
overseas. They have resorted to high taxes,


                                                                              16


<PAGE>


expropriation and nationalization. All these threats remain a part of
emerging-market investing in particular today.

Information Risk

Foreign accounting, auditing, and financial reporting and disclosure standards
tend to be less stringent than those in the United States. And the risks of
investors acting on incomplete or inaccurate information are correspondingly
greater. Compounding the problem, local investment research often lacks the
sophistication to spot potential pitfalls.

Currency Risk

The Fund invests in foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. This
creates the possibility that changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the
value of foreign securities or the U.S. dollar amount of income or gain received
on these securities. Bankers Trust's currency management team seeks to minimize
this risk by hedging currencies that are likely to decline.

[SIDEBAR: Hedging is a strategy designed to offset investment risks. Hedging
activities include the use of forward contracts and may include the use of other
instruments. The Fund uses hedging activities to reduce risk and in no case will
it acquire securities for hedging that would increase risk above the level
associated with conventional investments.]


                                                                              17


<PAGE>



Secondary Risks

Euro Conversion Risk

The planned conversion by several major European nations to a single, uniform
monetary system, known by its new currency--the euro--and scheduled to begin
January 1, 1999, could conceivably cause disruptions in the smooth functioning
of the world's stock markets. With our service providers, we are jointly
addressing this problem.

Year 2000 Risk

As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and service providers to address this problem. If we - or
our business partners, service providers, government agencies or other market
participants - do not succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services
or it could affect the value of the Fund's shares.

Temporary Defensive Position

We may from time to time adopt a temporary defensive position in response to
extraordinary political, economic or stock market events. We could place up to
100% of the Fund's assets in U.S. or foreign government money market
investments, or other short-term bonds that offer comparable safety, if the
situation warranted. To the extent we might adopt such a position and over the
course of its duration, the Fund may not meet its goal of high current income.


                                                                              18


<PAGE>



Management of the Fund

Board of Trustees

The Fund's shareholders, voting in proportion to the number of shares each owns,
elect a Board of Trustees, and the Trustees supervise all the Fund's activities
on their behalf.

Investment Adviser

Under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, the Bankers Trust Company, with
headquarters at 130 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10006, acts as the Fund's
investment adviser. As investment adviser, Bankers Trust makes the Fund's
investment decisions and assumes responsibility for the securities the Fund
owns. It buys and sells securities for the Fund and conducts the research that
leads to the purchase and sale decisions. Bankers Trust received a fee of [___]%
of the Fund's average daily net assets for its services in the last fiscal year.

As of September 30, 1998, Bankers Trust was the seventh largest bank holding
company in the United States with total assets of approximately $150 billion.
Bankers Trust is a worldwide merchant bank dedicated to servicing the needs of
corporations, governments, financial institutions and private clients through a
global network of over 90 offices in more than 50 countries.

Bankers Trust's officers bring wide experience to managing both the Fund and its
Portfolio. The firm's own record dates back to its founding as a trust company
in 1903. It has invested retirement assets on behalf of the nation's largest
corporations and institutions for more than 50 years. Today, the assets under
its global management exceed $350 billion. The scope of the firm's capability is
broad: It is a leader in both the active and passive quantitative investment
disciplines and maintains a major presence in stock and bond markets worldwide.


                                                                              19


<PAGE>



Portfolio Manager

Greg Hopper is responsible for day-to-day management of the Fund's investments:

        Principal of Bankers Trust and Portfolio Manager of the Fund.

     o  Joined Bankers Trust and the Fund in 1993.
     o  10 years of investment management experience.
     o Bachelors degree from Beloit College, MBA from Columbia University.



                                                                              20


<PAGE>



Other Services

Bankers Trust provides administrative services--such as portfolio accounting,
legal services and others--for the Fund. In addition, Bankers Trust--your broker
or financial adviser--performs the functions necessary to establish and maintain
your account. In addition to setting up the account and processing your purchase
and sale orders, these functions include:

     o keeping accurate, up-to-date records for your individual Fund account;

     o implementing any changes you wish to make in your account information;

     o processing your request for interest income and distributions from the
       Fund;

     o answering your questions on the Fund's investment performance or
       administration;

     o sending proxy reports and updated prospectus information to you; and

     o collecting your executed proxies and forwarding them to the Fund's
       trustees.

Brokers and financial advisors may charge additional fees to investors only for
services not otherwise included in the Bankers Trust servicing agreement, such
as cash management or special trust or retirement-investment reporting.


                                                                              21


<PAGE>



Organizational Structure

The Global High Yield Securities Fund is a "feeder fund" that invests all of its
assets in a "master portfolio," the Global High Yield Securities Portfolio. The
Fund and the Master Portfolio have the same investment objective. The Master
Portfolio is advised by Bankers Trust.

The Master Portfolio may accept investments from other feeder funds. The feeders
bear the Master Portfolio's expenses in proportion to their assets. Each feeder
can set its own transaction minimums, fund-specific expenses, and other
conditions. This arrangement allows the Fund's Trustees to withdraw the Fund's
assets from the Master Portfolio if they believe doing so is in the
shareholder's best interests. If the Trustees withdraw the Fund's assets, they
would then consider whether the Fund should hire its own investment adviser,
invest in a different master portfolio, or take other action.


                                                                              22


<PAGE>



Calculating the Fund's Share Price

We calculate the daily price of the Fund's shares (also known as the "Net Asset
Value" or "NAV") in accordance with the standard formula for valuing mutual fund
shares at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange every day
the Exchange is open for business.

[The Exchange is open every week, Monday through Friday, except when the
following holidays are celebrated: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day
(the third Monday in January), Presidents' Day (the third Monday in February),
Good Friday, Memorial Day (the last Monday in May), July 4th, Labor Day (the
first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (the fourth Thursday in November)
and Christmas Day.]

The formula calls for deducting all of the Fund's liabilities from the total
value of its assets--the market value of the securities it holds, plus its cash
reserves--and dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding. (Note
that prices for securities that trade on foreign exchanges can change
significantly on days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed and you cannot
buy or sell Fund shares. Such price changes in the securities the Fund owns may
ultimately affect the price of Fund shares when the New York Stock Exchange
re-opens.)

We value the securities in the Fund at their stated market value if price
quotations are available. When price quotes for a particular security are not
readily available, we determine their value by the method that most accurately
reflects their current worth in the judgment of the Board of Trustees. This
procedure implies an unavoidable risk, the risk that our prices are higher or
lower than the prices the securities might actually command if we sold them. If
we have valued the securities too highly, you may end up paying too much for
Fund shares when you buy. If we underestimate the price, you may not receive the
full market value for your Fund shares when you sell.

You can find the Fund's daily share price in the mutual fund listings of most
major newspapers.


                                                                              23


<PAGE>


Dividends and Distributions

If the Fund earns investment income, it is the Fund's policy to distribute to
shareholders substantially all of that taxable income quarterly and to
distribute any taxable net capital gains on an annual basis. You may elect to
receive your distributions in cash or to reinvest them in additional shares of
the Fund.


                                                                              24

<PAGE>



Tax Considerations

The Fund does not ordinarily pay income taxes. You and other shareholders pay
taxes on the income or capital gains from the Funds' holdings. Your taxes will
vary from year to year, based on the amount of capital gains distributions and
dividends paid out by the Fund. You owe the taxes whether you receive cash or
choose to have distributions and dividends reinvested. Distributions and
dividends usually create the following tax liability:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction                                      Tax Status
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>
Income dividends                                 Ordinary income
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short-term capital gains distributions           Ordinary income
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term capital gains distributions            Capital gains
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Every year the Fund will send you information on the distributions for the
previous year. In addition, if you sell your Fund shares you may have a capital
gain or loss.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction                                      Tax Status
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>
Your sale of shares owned more than one year     Capital gains or losses
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your                                             sale of shares owned for one
                                                 year or less Gains treated as
                                                 ordinary income; losses subject
                                                 to special rules.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The tax considerations for tax deferred accounts or non-taxable entities will be
different.

Because each investor's tax circumstances are unique and because the tax laws
are subject to change, we recommend that you consult your tax advisor about your
investment.


                                                                              25


<PAGE>


Buying and Selling Fund Shares

You can purchase or redeem shares in the Fund by mail, phone, wire or through an
authorized broker or financial advisor. Contact your broker or financial advisor
for details. You may also call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

We may close your Fund account on 30 days' notice if it fails to meet minimum
balance requirements for any reason other than a change in market value. In
addition, if your sell order exceeds $250,000, we reserve the right to redeem it
"in kind" with a pro-rata distribution of securities actually held by the Fund,
rather than in cash.

Exchange Privileges

You can exchange all or part of your shares for shares in another BT Mutual Fund
up to four times a year without paying a sales charge. Before buying shares
through an exchange you should be sure to get a copy of that Fund's prospectus
and read it carefully. Please note also that you may have to pay taxes on the
shares you sell in the exchange.

Account minimums

The Fund requires a minimum investment of $2,500 to open accounts, $250 for
subsequent investments and a minimum balance of $1,000 to maintain them. It
requires a $500 minimum investment to open a retirement account, $100 for
subsequent investments, but imposes no minimum balance. Automatic investment
accounts, which credit money from your checking account to the purchase of Fund
shares monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, or every six months, call for a minimum
$1,000 opening investment and at least $100 for each succeeding purchase of
shares.

The Fund's Shareholder Guide and the Statement of Additional Information both
contain complete information on buying and selling Fund shares and maintaining a
Fund account. If you have not already received a copy of the Shareholder Guide
or wish to obtain a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, please
call the


                                                                              26


<PAGE>


BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.


                                                                              27



<PAGE>



Financial Highlights

The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance for the
past five years. The information selected reflects financial results for a
single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return
that an investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund (assuming
reinvestment of all interest income and distributions). This information has
been audited by ________________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial
statements, is included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is
available free of charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Operating Performance:        10/1/97-  10/1/96-    10/1/95-    10/1/94-    12/14/93*-
                                         9/30/98   9/30/97     9/30/96     9/30/95     9/30/94
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Net Asset Value, Beginning of                      $ 11.20     $ 9.78    $ 10.29     $ 10.00
Period
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from Investment
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Investment Income                              0.75       0.87       0.77        0.31
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Realized and Unrealized                        1.37       1.30      (0.41)      (0.02)
   Gain (Loss) on Investments and
   Foreign Currency Transactions
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total Income (Loss) from                           2.12       2.17       0.36       (0.29)
   Investment Operations                              ----       ----       ----      ------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions to Shareholders
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Investment Income                             (1.06)     (0.75)     (0.87)         --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Realized Gain from
   Investment Transactions                           (0.25)        --         --          --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total Distributions                               (1.31)     (0.75)     (0.87)         --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period                     $ 12.01    $ 11.20    $  9.78     $ 10.29
                                                   -------    -------    -------     -------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investment Return                             20.40%     23.31%      4.28%     3.66%**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Data and Ratios:
   Net Assets, End of Period                       $24,446    $19,541    $22,913     $14,738
   (000s omitted)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net Investment Income                             6.60%      8.04%      8.68%     5.44%**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Expenses, including Expenses of                   1.50%      1.50%      1.74%     1.75%**
   the Global High Yield Securities
   Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Decrease Reflected in Above                       0.68%      1.00%      0.87%     1.08%**
   Expense Ratio Due to
   Absorption of Expenses by
   Bankers Trust
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Portfolio Turnover Rate***                         139%       207%       169%       347%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

  * Inception date
 ** Annualized
*** The portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio into which
    the Fund invests all its assets.


                                                                              28


<PAGE>



[BACK COVER]

Additional information about the Fund's investments is available in the Fund's
annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund's annual report, you
will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that
significantly affected the Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.

You can find more detailed information about the Fund in the current Statement
of Additional Information dated [DATE] which we have filed electronically with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and which is incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus. To receive your free copy of the Statement of
Additional Information, the annual or semi-annual report, or if you have any
questions about investing in this Fund, you can write to us at:

                                    BT Service Center
                                    P.O. Box 419210
                                    Kansas City, MO 64141-6210
  or call our toll-free number:     1-800-730-1313

You can find reports and other information about the Fund on the SEC website
(http://www.sec.gov), or you can get copies of this information, after payment
of a duplicating fee, by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC,
Washington, D.C. 20549-6009. Information about the Fund, including its Statement
of Additional Information, can be reviewed and copied at the SEC's Public
Reference Room in Washington, D.C. For information on the Public Reference Room,
call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

You can get information about buying and selling shares in the Fund in the
Shareholder Guide. If you have not received a copy of the Guide, call the BT
Service Center to obtain one free of charge.


                                                                              29

<PAGE>



Global High Yield Securities Fund
BT Investment Funds
811-4760



                                                                              30









   


                  Subject to Completion, Dated November __, 1998
                  ----------------------------------------------
    
                                             STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
                                                               January    , 1999
    

BT Investment Funds

   
o      Global High Yield Securities Fund

BT Investment Funds (the "Trust") is an open-end, management investment company
(mutual fund) which consists of a number of separate investment funds. The
shares of Global High Yield Securities Fund (the "Fund") are described herein.
The Fund is a separate series of the Trust.

The Trust seeks to achieve the investment objective of the Fund by investing all
the investable assets ("Assets") of the Fund in Global High Yield Securities
Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), a non-diversified open-end management investment
company . The Portfolio is a series of BT Investment Portfolios.

Shares of the Fund are sold by ICC Distributors, Inc. ("ICC Distributors"), the
Trust's Distributor, to clients and customers (including affiliates and
correspondents) of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"), the Portfolio's
investment adviser ("Adviser"), and to clients and customers of other
organizations.

The Trust's Prospectus for the Fund is dated January __, 1999. The Prospectus
provides the basic information investors should know before investing. This
Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), which is not a Prospectus, is
intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and
operations of the Trust and should be read in conjunction with the Fund's
Prospectus. You may request a copy of a prospectus or a paper copy of this SAI,
if you have received it electronically, free of charge by calling the Trust at
the telephone number listed below or by contacting any Bankers Trust service
agent ("Service Agent"). This SAI is not an offer of any Fund for which an
investor has not received a Prospectus. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined
in this SAI have the meanings accorded to them in the Fund's Prospectus. The
financial statements for the Fund and the Portfolio for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report to
shareholders for the Fund and Portfolio dated September 30, 1998. A copy of the
Fund's and the Portfolio's Annual Report may be obtained without charge by
calling the Fund at the telephone number listed below.
    

                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
   
             Investment Adviser of  the Portfolio and Administrator
    
                             ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                                   Distributor

   
Two Portland Square                  Portland, Maine 04101        1-800-730-1313
    


<PAGE>


                                Table of Contents


   
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS............................1
    

   
      Investment Objective..................................................1
    
      Investment Policies...................................................1
      Additional Risk Factors..............................................14
      Investment Restrictions..............................................22
      Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions.....................25

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION....................................................26
      Standard Performance Information.....................................26
      Comparison of Fund Performance.......................................28
      Economic and Market Information......................................30

VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES.........................30
      Trading in Foreign Securities........................................36

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIO..................................36
      Trustees of the Trust................................................37
      Trustees of the Portfolio............................................37
      Officers of the Trust and Portfolio..................................37
      Investment Adviser...................................................38
      Administrator........................................................39
      Custodian and Transfer Agent.........................................40
      Use of Name..........................................................40
      Banking Regulatory Matters...........................................40
      Counsel and Independent Accountants..................................40

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST..................................................41

TAXATION...................................................................42
      Dividends and Distributions..........................................42
      Taxation of the Fund.................................................42
      Taxation of the Portfolio............................................43
      Other Taxation.......................................................43

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.......................................................44

APPENDIX...................................................................45

                                       1

<PAGE>


   
                 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

                              Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Fund is high current income. Secondarily, when
consistent with seeking high current income, the Fund chooses investments for
their capital appreciation potential.

                               Investment Policies

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing all of its
Assets in the Portfolio, which has the same investment objective as the Fund.
The Trust may withdraw the Fund's investment from the Portfolio at any time if
the Board of Trustees of the Trust determines that it is in the best interests
of the Fund to do so.

Since the investment characteristics of the Fund will correspond directly to
those of the Portfolio, the following is a discussion of the various investments
of and techniques employed by the Portfolio. There can be no assurance that the
investment objective of either the Fund or the Portfolio will be achieved.

Although Bankers Trust considers both industrialized and emerging countries
eligible for investment pursuant to the Portfolio's objective, the Portfolio
will not be invested in all such markets at all times. Furthermore, investing in
some emerging markets may be neither feasible nor desirable from time to time,
due to the lack of adequate custodial arrangements for the Portfolio's assets,
exchange controls and overly burdensome repatriation rules, the lack of
organized and liquid securities markets, and unacceptable political risks. Under
normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest in at least three emerging
markets countries.

The Portfolio generally invests in securities which are rated BBB or lower by
Standard & Poor's Ratings Service ("S&P") or Baa or lower by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion
of Bankers Trust. Securities which are rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's
possess some speculative characteristics. A description of the rating categories
is contained in the Appendix in the SAI. There is no lower limit with respect to
the rating categories for securities in which the Portfolio may invest.

The Portfolio is not required to dispose of debt securities whose credit quality
declines at some point after the security is purchased; however, no more than
25% of the Portfolio's assets will be invested at any time in securities rated
less than CCC by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in
the opinion of Bankers Trust. S&P's lowest rating for bonds is CI, which is
reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid, and D, which is
reserved for debt in default and in respect of which payment of interest or
repayment of principal is in arrears. Moody's lowest rating is C, which is
applied to bonds which have extremely poor prospects for ever attaining any real
investment standing. The Portfolio may, from time to time, purchase defaulted
debt securities if, in the opinion of Bankers Trust, the issuer may resume
interest payments in the near future. The Portfolio will not invest more than
10% of its total assets (at the time of purchase) in defaulted debt securities,
which may be illiquid. Other than as set forth above, there is no restriction on
the percentage of the Portfolio's assets which may be invested in bonds of a
particular rating.

Asset Allocation. The Portfolio invests in debt obligations allocated among
diverse markets and denominated in various currencies, including multi-currency
units such as European Currency Units. The Portfolio may purchase securities
that are issued by the government or a company or financial institution of one
country but denominated in the currency (or multi-currency unit) of another
country.

Debt Securities. Bonds and other debt instruments are used by issuers to borrow
money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of
interest, and must repay the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are purchased at a
discount from their face values. Debt securities, loans, and other direct debt
have varying degrees of quality and varying levels of sensitivity to changes in
interest rates. Longer-term bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate
changes than short-term bonds.     

                                       1

<PAGE>
   
Lower-quality foreign government securities are often considered to be
speculative and involve greater risk of default or price changes, or they may
already be in default. These risks are in addition to the general risks
associated with foreign securities.

** 1 Lower-Rated Debt Securities ("Junk Bonds"). The Portfolio may invest in
lower-rated debt securities. While the market for high yield corporate debt
securities has been in existence for many years and has weathered previous
economic downturns, the 1980's brought a dramatic increase in the use of such
securities to fund highly leveraged corporate acquisitions and restructuring.
Past experience may not provide an accurate indication of future performance of
the high yield bond market, especially during periods of economic recession. In
fact, from 1989 to 1991, the percentage of lower-rated debt securities that
defaulted rose significantly above prior levels.

** 2 The market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less active
than that for higher rated debt securities, which can adversely affect the
prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available,
lower- rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures
established by the Board of Trustees, including the use of outside pricing
services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate debt
securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for
quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and
changing investor perception may affect the ability of outside pricing services
to value lower-rated debt securities and the Portfolio's ability to dispose of
these securities.

** 3 Since the risk of default is higher for lower-rated debt securities,
Bankers Trust's research and credit analysis are an especially important part of
managing securities of this type held by the Portfolio. In considering
investments for the Portfolio, Bankers Trust will attempt to identify those
issuers of high yielding debt securities whose financial conditions are adequate
to meet future obligations, have improved or are expected to improve in the
future. Bankers Trust's analysis focuses on relative values based on such
factors as interest on dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and
the experience and managerial strength of the issuer.

** 4 The Portfolio may choose, at its expense or in conjunction with others, to
pursue litigation or otherwise exercise its rights as a security holder to seek
to protect the interest of security holders if it determines this to be in the
best interest of the Fund.

Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond or preferred stock
which may be converted at a stated price within a specific period of time into a
specified number of shares of common stock of the same or different issuer.
Convertible securities are senior to common stock in a corporation's capital
structure, but usually are subordinated to non-convertible debt securities.
While providing a fixed income stream--generally higher in yield than in the
income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a
non-convertible debt security--a convertible security also affords an investor
the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital
appreciation of common stock into which it is convertible.

In general, the market value of a convertible security is the higher of its
investment value (its value as a fixed income security) or its conversion value
(the value of the underlying shares of common stock if the security is
converted). As a fixed income security, the market value of a convertible
security generally increases when interest rates decline and generally decreases
when interest rates rise; however, the price of a convertible security generally
increases as the market value of the underlying stock increases, and generally
decreases as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Investments in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock has a preference in liquidation (and, generally
dividends) over common stock but is subordinated in liquidation to debt. As a
general rule the market value of preferred stocks with fixed dividend rates and
no conversion rights varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
risk, with the price determined by the dividend rate. Some preferred stocks are
convertible into other securities, for example common stock, at a fixed price
and ratio or upon the occurrence of certain events. The market price of
convertible preferred stocks generally reflects an element of conversion value.
Because many preferred stocks lack a fixed maturity date, these securities
generally fluctuate substantially in value when interest rates change; such
fluctuations often     
                                       2
<PAGE>

   
exceed those of long-term bonds of the same issuer. Some preferred stocks pay an
adjustable dividend that may be based on an index, formula, auction procedure or
other dividend rate reset mechanism. In the absence of credit deterioration,
adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have more stable market values than
fixed rate preferred stocks.

All preferred stocks are also subject to the same types of credit risks of the
issuer as corporate bonds. In addition, because preferred stock is junior to
debt securities and other obligations of an issuer, deterioration in the credit
rating of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred
stock than in a more senior debt security with similar yield characteristics.
Preferred stocks may be rated by S&P and Moody's although there is no minimum
rating which a preferred stock must have (and a preferred stock may not be
rated) to be an eligible investment for the Portfolio. The Adviser expects,
however, that generally the preferred stocks in which the Portfolio invests will
be rated at least CCC by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable
quality in the opinion of the Adviser. Preferred stocks rated CCC by S&P are
regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
pay preferred stock obligations and represent the highest degree of speculation
among securities rated between BB and CCC; preferred stocks rated Caa by Moody's
are likely to be in arrears on dividend payments. Moody's rating with respect to
preferred stocks does not purport to indicate the future status of payments of
dividends.

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities are high-quality debt
securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or
instrumentality of the U.S. government. Not all U.S. government securities are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. For example,
securities issued by the Farm Credit Banks or by the Federal National Mortgage
Association are supported by the instrumentality's right to borrow money from
the U.S. Treasury under certain circumstances. However, securities issued by
other agencies or instrumentalities are supported only by the credit of the
entity that issued them.

ADRs, GDRs and EDRs. ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are certificates evidencing ownership
of shares of a foreign-based issuer held in trust by a bank or similar financial
institution. Designed for use in U.S., international and European securities
markets, respectively, ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are alternatives to the purchase of
the underlying securities in their national markets and currencies. ADRs, GDRs
and EDRs are subject to the same risks as the foreign securities to which they
relate.

Short-Term Instruments. Up to 35% of the Portfolio's assets may be invested in
short-term instruments with remaining maturities of 397 days or less or in money
market mutual funds: to meet anticipated redemptions and expenses; for
day-to-day operating purposes; and when the Portfolio experiences large cash
inflows through the sale of securities and desirable equity securities, that are
consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective, which are unavailable in
sufficient quantities or at attractive prices, the Portfolio may invest in
short-term instruments for a limited time pending availability of such portfolio
securities. In addition, when in Bankers Trust's opinion, it is advisable to
adopt a temporary defensive position because of unusual and adverse conditions
affecting the equity markets, up to 100% of the Portfolio's assets may be
invested in such short-term instruments. Short-term instruments consist of
foreign or domestic: (i) short-term obligations of sovereign governments, their
agencies, instrumentalities, authorities or political subdivisions; (ii) other
short-term debt securities rated AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's
or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust; (iii)
commercial paper; (iv) bank obligations, including negotiable certificates of
deposit, time deposits and banker's acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements.
At the time the Portfolio invests in commercial paper, bank obligations or
repurchase agreements, the issuer or the issuer's parent must have outstanding
debt rated AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or outstanding
commercial paper or bank obligations rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody's; or,
if no such ratings are available, the instrument must be of comparable quality
in the opinion of Bankers Trust. These instruments may be denominated in U.S.
dollars or in foreign currencies.
    

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers' Acceptances. Certificates of deposit are
receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of
funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to

                                       3

<PAGE>

the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The
certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity.
Bankers' acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements
designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial
transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an
exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific
merchandise. The draft is then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect,
unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its
maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an
earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of
discount for a specific maturity. Although maturities for acceptances can be as
long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270
days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance
their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type
of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving
periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a
commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender
may determine to invest varying amounts.     Zero Coupon Bonds. Zero coupon
bonds are the separate income or principal components of a debt instrument.
These involve risks that are similar to those of other debt securities, although
they may be more volatile, and certain zero coupon bonds move in the same
direction as interest rates.

Floating Rate Bonds. Floating rate bonds may have interest rates that move in
tandem with a benchmark, helping to stabilize their prices.

Sovereign and Supranational Debt Obligations. Debt instruments issued or
guaranteed by foreign governments, agencies, and supranational organizations
("sovereign debt obligations"), especially sovereign debt obligations of
developing countries, may involve a high degree of risk, and may be in default
or present the risk of default. The issuer of the obligation or the governmental
authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to
repay principal and interest when due, and may require renegotiation or
rescheduling of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal
and interest may depend on political as well as economic factors.

Brady Bonds. "Brady bonds" are bonds issued as a result of a restructuring of a
country's debt obligations to commercial banks under the "Brady plan." The
Portfolio may invest in "Brady bonds," which have been issued by the governments
of Argentina, Brazil, Costa Rica, Mexico, Nigeria, Philippines, Uruguay and
Venezuela as well as other emerging markets countries. Most Brady bonds are
currently rated below BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's. While Bankers Trust is not
aware of the occurrence of any payment defaults on Brady bonds, investors should
recognize that these debt securities have been issued only recently and,
accordingly, do not have a long payment history. Brady bonds may be collaterized
of uncollaterized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar)
and are actively traded in the secondary market for Latin American debt.

** 5 The Brady Plan was conceived by the U.S. Treasury in the 1980's in an
attempt to produce a debt restructuring program which would enable a debt
country to (i) reduce the absolute level of debt of its creditor banks, and (ii)
reschedule its external debt repayments, based upon its ability to service such
debts by persuading its creditor banks to accept a debt write-off by offering
them a selection of options, each of which represented an attractive substitute
for the nonperforming debt. Although it was envisaged that each debtor country
would agree to a unique package of options with its creditor banks, the plan was
that these options would be based upon the following:(i) a discount bond
carrying a market rate of interest (whether fixed or floating), with principal
collateralized by the debtor country with cash or securities in an amount equal
to at least one year of rolling interest; (ii) a par bond carrying a low rate of
interest (whether fixed or floating), collateralized in the same way as in (i)
above; and (iii) retention of existing debt (thereby avoiding a debt write-off)
coupled with an advance of new money or subscription of new bonds.

** 6 The Portfolio may invest in either collateralized or uncollateralized Brady
bonds. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady bonds, which may be fixed
rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are collateralized in full as to
principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the
bonds. Interest payments on such bonds generally are collateralized by cash or
securities in an amount that in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at
least one year of rolling interest payments or, in the case of floating rate
bonds, initially is equal to at least one year's rolling interest payments based
on the applicable interest rate at the time and is adjusted at regular intervals
thereafter.     
                                       4

<PAGE>

   
Loan Participations and Assignments. The Portfolio may invest in fixed and
floating rate loans ("loans") arranged through private negotiations between a
borrower and one or more institutions ("lenders"). The majority of the
Portfolio's investments in loans in emerging markets is expected to be in the
form of participations in loans ("participations") and assignments of portions
of loans from third parties ("assignments"). The Portfolio may also invest in
loans, participations or assignments of loans to borrowers located in the
industrialized world. Participations typically will result in the Portfolio's
having a contractual relationship only with the lender, not the borrower. The
Portfolio will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any
fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and
only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection
with purchasing participations, the Portfolio generally will have no right to
enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating
to the loan ("loan agreement"), nor any rights of set-off against the borrower,
and the Portfolio may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the
loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Portfolio
will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling
the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling the
participation, the Portfolio may be treated as a general creditor of the lender
and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. The
Portfolio will acquire participations only if the lender interpositioned between
the Portfolio and the borrower is determined by Bankers Trust to be
creditworthy. When the Portfolio purchases assignments from lenders, the
Portfolio will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan; however,
since assignments are arranged through private negotiations between the
potential assignees and assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by the
Portfolio as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited
than, those held by the assigning lender.

The Portfolio may have difficulty disposing of assignments and participations.
The liquidity of such securities is limited and the Portfolio anticipates that
such securities could only be sold to a limited number of institutional
investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market could have an adverse impact on
the value of such securities and on the Portfolio's ability to dispose of
particular assignments or participations when necessary to meet the Portfolio's
liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a
deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid
secondary market for assignments and participations also may make it more
difficult in valuing the Portfolio and, therefore, calculating the net asset
value per Share of the Fund. All assignments and participations shall be
considered to be illiquid securities by the Portfolio. The investment by the
Portfolio in illiquid securities, including assignments and participations, is
limited to a total of 15% of net assets.

Derivatives. The Portfolio may invest in various instruments that are commonly
known as "derivatives." Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the
value of which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset, or
market index. Some derivatives such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed
securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be
more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are,
in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use
them. There are a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options
are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a fund
from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency
exchange rates and as a low cost method of gaining exposure to a particular
securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some
derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an
instrument's price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the
use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets,
and can in some circumstances, lead to significant losses. The Adviser will use
derivatives only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient means of
improving the risk/reward profile of the Portfolio and when consistent with the
Portfolio's investment objective and policies. The use of derivatives for
non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative.     

Illiquid Securities. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements
having a

                                       5

<PAGE>
remaining maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been
registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or
restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the
secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of
these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for
delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an
adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund
might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly
or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying
redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such
restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain
securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase
agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and
corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient
institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or
on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are
contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the general
public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.

The Securities and Exchange Commission the (the "SEC") has adopted Rule 144A,
which allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise
subject to restriction on their resale to the general public. Rule 144A
establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act
of resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. The Adviser
anticipates that the market for certain restricted securities such as
institutional commercial paper will expand further as a result of this
regulation and the development of automated systems for the trading, clearance
and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such
as the PORTAL System sponsored by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc.     The Adviser will monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities
in the Portfolio's holdings under the supervision of the Portfolio's Board of
Trustees. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser will consider, among
other things, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for
the security; (2) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers or
sellers of the security; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the
security and (4) the nature of the security and of the marketplace trades (e.g.,
the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and
the mechanics of the transfer).

Rule 144A Securities are securities in the United States that are not registered
for sale under federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions
under SEC Rule 144A. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in
such securities exists, these restricted securities are treated as exempt from
the 15% limit on illiquid securities. Under the supervision of the Board of
Trustees of the Portfolio, the Adviser determines the liquidity of restricted
securities and, through reports from the Adviser, the Board will monitor trading
activity in restricted securities. If institutional trading in restricted
securities were to decline, the liquidity of the Portfolio could be adversely
affected.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. The Portfolio may purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. Delivery of and payment
for these securities may take place as long as a month or more after the date of
the purchase commitment. The value of these securities is subject to market
fluctuations during this period and no income accrues to the Portfolio until
settlement takes place. The Portfolio maintains with the Custodian a segregated
account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to
these commitments.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. The Portfolio is permitted to lend up to 30% of
the total value of its securities. The Portfolio will not lend securities to
Bankers Trust, ICC Distributors or their affiliates. These loans must be secured
continuously by cash or equivalent collateral or by a letter of credit at least
equal to the market value of the securities loaned plus accrued income. By
lending its securities, the Portfolio may increase its income by continuing to
receive income on the loaned securities as well as by the opportunity to receive
interest on the collateral. During the term of the loan, the Portfolio continues
to bear the risk of fluctuations in the price of the loaned securities. In
lending securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations, the
Portfolio is subject to risks, which like those associated with other extensions
of credit, include delays in recovery and possible loss of rights in the
collateral should the borrower fail financially.     
                                       6

<PAGE>

   
Repurchase Agreements. In a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio buys a security
at one price and simultaneously agrees to sell it back at a higher price at a
future date. Delays or losses could result if the other party to the agreement
defaults or becomes insolvent.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Portfolio
temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party in
return for cash. This could increase the risk of fluctuation in the Fund's yield
or in the market value of its assets. A reverse repurchase agreement is a form
of borrowing and will be counted toward the Portfolio's borrowing restrictions.

Investment Companies. With respect to certain countries in which capital markets
are either less developed or not easily accessed, investments by the Portfolio
may be made through investment in other registered investment companies that in
turn are authorized to invest in the securities of such countries. Investments
in other investment companies may also be made for other purposes, such as noted
below under "Short-Term Instruments," are limited in amount by the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act") (except the Portfolio may exceed
the applicable percentage limits to the extent permitted by an exemptive order
of the SEC), and will involve the indirect payment of a portion of the expenses,
including advisory fees, of such other investment companies and may result in a
duplication of fees and expenses.

Leverage. The Portfolio may borrow up to one-third of the value of its total
assets, from banks or through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, to
increase its holdings of portfolio securities. Under the 1940 Act, the Portfolio
is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such
borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to
restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market
fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of a Portfolio's holdings
may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.

Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase of
decrease in the value of the Portfolio's securities and the Fund's net asset
value and money borrowed by the Portfolio will be subject to interest and other
costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum
average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the
securities purchased with borrowed funds.


* 13 moved from here; text not shown * 14 moved from here; text not shown * 15
moved from here; text not shown * 16 moved from here; text not shown * 17 moved
from here; text not shown * 18 moved from here; text not shown * 19 moved from
here; text not shown * 20 moved from here; text not shown * 21 moved from here;
text not shown * 22 moved from here; text not shown * 23 moved from here; text
not shown * 24 moved from here; text not shown * 7 moved from here; text not
shown     
                                       7

<PAGE>


* 8 moved from here; text not shown * 9 moved from here; text not shown * 10
moved from here; text not shown * 11 moved from here; text not shown * 12 moved
from here; text not shown * 25 moved from here; text not shown * 26 moved from
here; text not shown * 27 moved from here; text not shown * 28 moved from here;
text not shown * 29 moved from here; text not shown

   
Options on Securities. The Portfolio may write (sell) covered call and put
options to a limited extent on its portfolio securities ("covered options") in
an attempt to increase income. However, the Portfolio may forgo the benefits of
appreciation on securities sold or may pay more than the market price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the Portfolio.

When the Portfolio writes a covered call option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to buy the underlying security at the price specified in the
option (the "exercise price") by exercising the option at any time during the
option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize
income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the
option is exercised, a decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the
Portfolio must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise
price. By writing a covered call option, the Portfolio forgoes, in exchange for
the premium less the commission ("net premium"), the opportunity to profit
during the option period from an increase in the market value of the underlying
security above the exercise price.

When the Portfolio writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to sell the underlying security to the Portfolio at the
specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option
expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize income in the amount of the
premium received for writing the option. If the put option is exercised, a
decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the Portfolio must purchase
the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing
a covered put option, the Portfolio, in exchange for the net premium received,
accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the underlying security
below the exercise price. The Portfolio will only write put options involving
securities for which a determination is made at the time the option is written
that the Portfolio wishes to acquire the securities at the exercise price.

The Portfolio may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put option
by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration date as the
option previously written. This transaction is called a "closing purchase
transaction." The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase
transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the
case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To close out a
position as a purchaser of an option, the Portfolio, may make a "closing sale
transaction" which involves liquidating the Portfolio's position by selling the
option previously purchased. Where the Portfolio cannot effect a closing
purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When the Portfolio writes an option, an amount equal to the net premium received
by the Portfolio is included in the liability section of the Portfolio's
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of the
deferred credit will be subsequently marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the
closing bid and asked price. If an option expires on its stipulated expiration
date or if the Portfolio enters into a closing purchase transaction, the
Portfolio will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a     

                                       8

<PAGE>


closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received when the option was
sold), and the deferred credit related to such option will be eliminated. If a
call option is exercised, the Portfolio will realize a gain or loss from the
sale of the underlying security and the proceeds of the sale will be increased
by the premium originally received. The writing of covered call options may be
deemed to involve the pledge of the securities against which the option is being
written. Securities against which call options are written will be segregated on
the books of the custodian for the Portfolio.

   
The Portfolio may purchase call and put options on any securities in which it
may invest. The Portfolio would normally purchase a call option in anticipation
of an increase in the market value of such securities. The purchase of a call
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to
purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Portfolio
would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities increased above the
exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss if the
value of the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the
option period.

The Portfolio would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline
in the market value of securities in its portfolio ("protective puts") or
securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a
security, which may or may not be held in the Portfolio's holdings, at a
specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is
designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
Portfolio's holdings. Put options also may be purchased by the Portfolio for the
purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities
which the Portfolio does not own. The Portfolio would ordinarily recognize a
gain if the value of the securities decreased below the exercise price
sufficiently to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if the value of the
securities remained at or above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the
purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing
changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.

The Portfolio has adopted certain other nonfundamental policies concerning
option transactions which are discussed below. The Portfolio's activities in
options may also be restricted by the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for qualification as a regulated investment
company.     

The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours
during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option
markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant
price and rate movements can take place in the underlying securities markets
that cannot be reflected in the option markets. It is impossible to predict the
volume of trading that may exist in such options, and there can be no assurance
that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

   
The Portfolio may engage in over-the-counter options transactions with
broker-dealers who make markets in these options. At present, approximately ten
broker-dealers, including several of the largest primary dealers in U.S.
government securities, make these markets. The ability to terminate
over-the-counter option positions is more limited than with exchange-traded
option positions because the predominant market is the issuing broker rather
than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in
such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. To reduce this risk, the
Portfolio will purchase such options only from broker-dealers who are primary
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
and who agree to (and are expected to be capable of) entering into closing
transactions, although there can be no guarantee that any such option will be
liquidated at a favorable price prior to expiration. The Adviser will monitor
the creditworthiness of dealers with which the Portfolio enters into such
options transactions under the general supervision of the Portfolio's Trustees.

Options on Securities Indices. In addition to options on securities, the
Portfolio may also purchase and write (sell) call and put options on securities
indices. Such options give the holder the right to receive a cash settlement
during the term of the option based upon the difference between the exercise
price and the value of the index. Such options will be used for the purposes
described above under "Options on Securities."

Options on securities indices entail risks in addition to the risks of options
on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options
positions on securities indices is more likely to occur, although the Portfolio
generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Adviser believes the
option can be closed out.     

Use of options on securities indices also entails the risk that trading in such
options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities included in the
index is interrupted. The Portfolio will not purchase such options

                                       9

<PAGE>


unless the Adviser believes the market is sufficiently developed such that the
risk of trading in such options is no greater than the risk of trading in
options on securities.

   
Price movements in the Portfolio's holdings may not correlate precisely with
movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the use of options on indices
cannot serve as a complete hedge. Because options on securities indices require
settlement in cash, the Adviser may be forced to liquidate portfolio securities
to meet settlement obligations.

Currency Exchange Transactions. Because the Portfolio buys and sells securities
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receives interest,
dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the
Portfolio from time to time may enter into foreign currency exchange
transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert
foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. The Portfolio either enters into
these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in
the foreign currency exchange market or uses forward contracts to purchase or
sell foreign currencies.

Forward Currency Exchange Contracts. A forward currency exchange contract is an
obligation by the Portfolio to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future
date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract.
Forward currency exchange contracts establish an exchange rate at a future date.
These contracts are transferable in the interbank market conducted directly
between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A
forward currency exchange contract generally has no deposit requirement and is
traded at a net price without commission. The Portfolio maintains with its
custodian a segregated account of cash or liquid securities in an amount at
least equal to its obligations under each forward currency exchange contract.
Neither spot transactions nor forward currency exchange contracts eliminate
fluctuations in the prices of the Portfolio's securities or in foreign exchange
rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.

The Portfolio may enter into currency hedging transactions in an attempt to
protect against changes in currency exchange rates between the trade and
settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in currency
exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position or an
anticipated investment position. Since consideration of the prospect for
currency parities will be incorporated into Bankers Trust's long-term investment
decisions, the Portfolio will not routinely enter into currency hedging
transactions with respect to security transactions; however, Bankers Trust
believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into currency
hedging transactions when it determines that the transactions would be in the
Portfolio's best interest. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk
of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time
they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should the value of
the hedged currency increase. The precise matching of the forward contract
amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible
because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as
a consequence of market movements in the value of such securities between the
date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The
projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

While these contracts are not presently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in
the future assert authority to regulate forward contracts. In such event the
Portfolio's ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth in the
Prospectus may be restricted. Forward contracts may reduce the potential gain
from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign
currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer
overall performance for the Portfolio than if it had not entered into such
contracts. The use of currency forward contracts may not eliminate fluctuations
in the underlying U.S. dollar equivalent value of the prices of or rates of
return on the Portfolio's foreign currency denominated portfolio securities and
the use of such techniques will subject the Portfolio to certain risks.

The matching of the increase in value of a forward contract and the decline in
the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency denominated asset that
is the subject of the hedge generally will not be precise. In addition, the
Portfolio may not always be able to enter into currency forward contracts at
attractive prices and this will limit the Portfolio's ability to use such
contract to hedge or cross-hedge its assets. Also, with regard to the
Portfolio's use of cross-hedges, there can be no assurance that historical
correlations between the movement of certain foreign currencies relative to the
U.S. dollar will continue. Thus, at any time poor correlation may exist between
movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies underlying the
Portfolio's cross-hedges and the movements in the exchange rates of the foreign
currencies in which the Portfolio's assets that are the subject of such
cross-hedges are denominated.     

                                       10

<PAGE>


   
** 7 Options on Foreign Currencies. The Portfolio may purchase and write options
on foreign currencies for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that in which
futures contracts on foreign currencies, or forward contracts, will be utilized.
For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which
portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such
securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In
order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities,
the Portfolio may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of
the currency does decline, the Portfolio will have the right to sell such
currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in
part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.

** 8 Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which
securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the
cost of such securities, the Portfolio may purchase call options thereon. The
purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the
adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options,
however, the benefit to the Portfolio deriving from purchases of foreign
currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related
transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the
direction or to the extent anticipated, the Portfolio could sustain losses on
transactions in foreign currency options which would require it to forego a
portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

** 9 The Portfolio may write options on foreign currencies for the same types of
hedging purposes. For example, where the Portfolio anticipates a decline in the
dollar value of foreign currency denominated securities due to adverse
fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option,
write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs,
the options will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of
portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.

** 10 Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an
anticipated increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired, the
Portfolio could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move
in the manner projected, will expire unexercised and allow the Portfolio to
hedge such increased cost up to the amount of the premium. As in the case of
other types of options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will
constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if
rates move in the expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be
exercised and the Portfolio would be required to purchase or sell the underlying
currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through
the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Portfolio also may be required
to forego all or a portion of the benefits which might otherwise have been
obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

** 11 The Portfolio intends to write covered call options on foreign currencies.
A call option written on a foreign currency by the Portfolio is "covered" if the
Portfolio owns the underlying foreign currency covered by the call or has an
absolute and immediate right to acquire that foreign currency without additional
cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated
account by its Custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other foreign currency
held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the Portfolio has a call
on the same foreign currency and in the same principal amount as the call
written where the exercise price of the call held (a) is equal to or less than
the exercise price of the call written or (b) is greater than the exercise price
of the call written if the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in cash or
securities acceptable to the broker in a segregated account with its custodian.

** 12 The Portfolio also intends to write call options on foreign currencies
that are not covered for cross-hedging purposes. A call option on a foreign
currency is for cross-hedging purposes if it is not covered, but is designed to
provide a hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a security which
the Portfolio owns or has the right to acquire and which is denominated in the
currency underlying the option due to an adverse change in the exchange rate. In
such circumstances, the Portfolio collateralizes the option by maintaining in a
segregated account with its custodian, cash or securities acceptable to the
broker in an amount not less than the value of the underlying foreign currency
in U.S. dollars marked to market daily.

 Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.

* 1 moved from here; text not shown * 2 moved from here; text not shown     

                                       11

<PAGE>


   
* 3 moved from here; text not shown * 4 moved from here; text not shown * 5
moved from here; text not shown * 6 moved from here; text not shown

** 13 General. The successful use of such instruments draws upon the Adviser's
skill and experience with respect to such instruments and usually depends on the
Adviser's ability to forecast interest rate and currency exchange rate movements
correctly. Should interest or exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, the
Portfolio may not achieve the anticipated benefits of futures contracts or
options on futures contracts or may realize losses and thus will be in a worse
position than if such strategies had not been used. In addition, the correlation
between movements in the price of futures contracts or options on futures
contracts and movements in the price of the securities and currencies hedged or
used for cover will not be perfect and could produce unanticipated losses.

** 14 Futures Contracts. The Portfolio may enter into contracts for the purchase
or sale for future delivery of fixed-income securities, foreign currencies, or
contracts based on financial indices including any index of U.S. government
securities, foreign government securities or corporate debt securities. U.S.
futures contracts have been designed by exchanges which have been designated
"contracts markets" by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), and
must be executed through a futures commission merchant, or brokerage firm, which
is a member of the relevant contract market. Futures contracts trade on a number
of exchanges and clear through their clearing corporations. The Portfolio may
enter into futures contracts which are based on debt securities that are backed
by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, such as long-term U.S.
Treasury Bonds, Treasury Notes, Government National Mortgage Association
("GNMA") modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities and three-month U.S.
Treasury Bills. The Portfolio may also enter into futures contracts which are
based on bonds issued by entities other than the U.S. government.

** 15 At the same time a futures contract is entered into, the Portfolio must
allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin"). It is
expected that the initial margin deposit would be approximately 1 1/2% to 10% of
a contract's face value. Daily thereafter, the futures contract is valued and
the payment of "variation margin" may be required, since each day the Portfolio
would provide or receive cash that reflects any decline or increase in the
contract's value.

** 16 Although futures contracts (other than those that settle in cash) by their
terms call for the actual delivery or acquisition of the instrument underlying
the contract, in most cases the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the
date of the contract without having to make or take delivery of the instrument
underlying the contract. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is
accomplished by entering into an opposite position on a commodities exchange in
the identical futures contract . Such a transaction, which is effected through a
member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the
instrument underlying the contract. Since all transactions in the futures market
are made, offset or fulfilled through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the contracts are traded, the Portfolio will incur brokerage
fees when it purchases or sells futures contracts.

** 17 The purpose of entering into a futures contract, in the case of the
Portfolio which holds or intends to acquire fixed-income securities, is to
attempt to protect the Portfolio from fluctuations in interest rates without
actually buying or selling fixed-income securities . For example, if interest
rates were expected to increase, the Portfolio might enter into futures
contracts for the sale of debt securities. Such a sale would have much the same
effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the
Portfolio. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt security in the
Portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Portfolio
would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset
value of the Portfolio from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The
Portfolio could accomplish similar results by selling debt securities and
investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to
increase. However, since the futures market is more liquid than the cash market,
the use of futures contracts as an investment technique allows the Portfolio to
maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
    

                                       12

<PAGE>
   
** 18 Similarly, when it is expected that interest rates may decline, futures
contracts may be purchased to attempt to hedge against anticipated purchases of
debt securities at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of futures
contracts should be similar to those of debt securities, the Portfolio could
take advantage of the anticipated rise in the value of debt securities without
actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the futures
contracts could be liquidated and the Portfolio could then buy debt securities
on the cash market. To the extent the Portfolio enters into futures contracts
for this purpose, the assets in the segregated asset account maintained to cover
the Portfolio's obligations with respect to such futures contracts will consist
of cash or securities acceptable to the broker from its portfolio in an amount
equal to the difference between the fluctuating market value of such futures
contracts and the aggregate value of the initial and variation margin payments
made by the Portfolio with respect to such futures contracts.

** 19 The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures market, due to
differences in the nature of those markets, are subject to distortions. First,
all participants in the futures market are subject to initial and variation
margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting
transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and
futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on
participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity
in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from
the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures
market are less onerous than margin lending requirements in the securities
market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market
may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a
correct forecast of general interest rate trends by the Adviser may still not
result in a successful transaction.

** 20 In addition, futures contracts entail risks. Although the Adviser believes
that use of such contracts will benefit the Portfolio, if the Adviser's
investment judgment about the general direction of interest rates is incorrect,
the Portfolio's overall performance would be poorer than if it had not entered
into any such contract. For example, if the Portfolio has hedged against the
possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect the
price of debt securities held in its portfolio and interest rates decrease
instead, the Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased
value of its debt securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting
losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the
Portfolio has insufficient cash, it may have to sell debt securities from its
portfolio to meet daily variation margin requirements. Such sales of bonds may
be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising
market. The Portfolio may have to sell securities at a time when it may be
disadvantageous to do so.

Futures Contracts on Bond Indices. The Portfolio may enter into contracts
providing for cash settlement based upon changes in the value of an index of
domestic or foreign securities ("Futures Contracts"). This investment technique
may be used as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities
market without investing directly in those securities or to hedge against
anticipated future changes in general market prices which otherwise might either
adversely affect the value of securities held by the Portfolio or adversely
affect the prices of securities which are intended to be purchased at a later
date for the Portfolio. A Futures Contract may also be entered into to close out
or offset an existing futures position.

When used for hedging purposes, each transaction in Futures Contracts involves
the establishment of a position which will move in a direction opposite to that
of the investment being hedged. If these hedging transactions are successful,
the futures position taken for the Portfolio will rise in value by an amount
which approximately offsets the decline in value of the portion of the
Portfolio's investments that is being hedged. Should general market prices move
in an unexpected manner, the full anticipated benefits of Futures Contracts may
not be achieved or a loss may be realized.

The risks of Futures Contracts also include a potential lack of liquidity in the
secondary market and incorrect assessments of market.

Brokerage costs will be incurred and "margin" will be required to be posted and
maintained as a good faith deposit against performance of obligations under
Futures Contracts written for a Portfolio. A Portfolio may not purchase or sell
a Futures Contract if immediately thereafter its margin deposits on its
outstanding Futures Contracts, other than Futures Contracts used for hedging
purposes, would     
                                       13

<PAGE>

   
exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value, after taking into account
unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Portfolio may purchase and write options on
futures contracts for hedging purposes. The purchase of a call option on a
futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on
an individual security. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the
Portfolio is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures
contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.

** 21 The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial
hedge against declining prices of the security which is deliverable upon
exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the
option is below the exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of
the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may
have occurred in the Portfolio's portfolio holdings. The writing of a put option
on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of
the security or foreign currency which is deliverable upon exercise of the
futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the option is higher
than the exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option
premium which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of
securities which the Portfolio intends to purchase. If a put or call option the
Portfolio has written is exercised, the Portfolio will incur a loss which will
be reduced by the amount of the premium it receives. Depending on the degree of
correlation between changes in the value of its portfolio securities and changes
in the value of its futures positions, the Portfolio's losses from existing
options on futures may to some extent be reduced or increased by changes in the
value of portfolio securities.

** 22 The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar in some
respects to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. For
example, the Portfolio may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge
its portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

** 23 The amount of risk the Portfolio assumes when it purchases an option on a
futures contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction
costs. In addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of an
option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

** 24 The Board of Trustees of the Portfolio has adopted a further restriction
that the Portfolio will not enter into any futures contracts or options on
futures contracts if immediately thereafter the amount of margin deposits on all
the futures contracts of the Portfolio and premiums paid on outstanding options
on futures contracts owned by the Portfolio (other than those entered into for
bona fide hedging purposes) would exceed 5% of the market value of the net
assets of the Portfolio.

Asset Coverage. To assure that the Portfolio's use of futures and related
options, as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery securities and foreign
currency exchange transactions, are not used to achieve investment leverage, a
Portfolio will cover such transactions, as required under applicable
interpretations, of the SEC, either by owning the underlying securities,
entering into an off-setting transaction, or by segregating with the Portfolio's
custodian or futures commission merchant liquid securities in an amount at all
times equal to or exceeding the Portfolio's commitment with respect to these
instruments or contracts.

Equity Securities. As used herein, "equity securities" are defined as common
stock, preferred stock, trust or limited partnership interests, rights and
warrants to subscribe to or purchase such securities, sponsored or unsponsored
ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and convertible securities, consisting of debt securities or
preferred stock that may be converted into common stock or that carry the right
to purchase common stock. Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an
equity (ownership) interest in a corporation. Although equity securities have a
history of long-term growth in value, their prices fluctuate based on changes in
a company's financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.
Smaller companies are especially sensitive to these factors.

                             Additional Risk Factors

In addition to the risks discussed above, the Portfolio's investments may be
subject to the following risk factors:
    
                                       14

<PAGE>

   
Foreign Securities. Investors should realize that investing in securities of
foreign issuers involves considerations not typically associated with investing
in securities of companies organized and operated in the United States.
Investors should realize that the value of the Portfolio's foreign investments
may be adversely affected by changes in political or social conditions,
diplomatic relations, confiscatory taxation, expropriation, nationalization,
limitation on the removal of funds of assets, or imposition of (or change in)
exchange control or tax regulations in foreign countries. In addition, changes
in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United
States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of portfolio
securities and could favorably or unfavorably affect the Portfolio's operations.
Furthermore, the economies of individual foreign nations may differ from the
U.S. economy, whether favorably or unfavorably, in areas such as growth of gross
national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource
self-sufficiency and balance of payments position; it may also be more difficult
to obtain and enforce a judgment against a foreign issuer. In general, less
information is publicly available with respect to foreign issuers than is
available with respect to U.S. companies. Most foreign companies are also not
subject to the uniform accounting and financial reporting requirements
applicable to issuers in the United States. Any foreign investments made by the
Portfolio must be made in compliance with U.S. and foreign currency restrictions
and tax laws restricting the amounts and types of foreign investments.

Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or
interest in foreign currencies, the value of the net assets of the Portfolio as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in
exchange rates. In order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency exchange rates, the Portfolio is also authorized to enter into
certain foreign currency exchange transactions. Furthermore, the Portfolio's
foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile
than comparable investments in securities of U.S. companies. The settlement
periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities
of U.S. issuers, may affect portfolio liquidity. Finally, there may be less
government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and
issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.

Emerging Markets. The world's industrialized markets generally include but are
not limited to the following: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark,
Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the
Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States; the world's emerging
markets generally include but are not limited to the following: Argentina,
Botswana, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chile, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, the
Czech Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Greece, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Israel, the
Ivory Coast, Jordan, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Morocco, Nicaragua, Nigeria,
Pakistan, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovakia, Slovenia,
South Africa, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, Uruguay,
Venezuela, Vietnam and Zimbabwe.

Investment in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets
entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers outlined
in this section to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i)
greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less
social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market
for such securities and a low or nonexistent volume of trading, resulting in
lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies
which may restrict the Portfolio's investment opportunities including
restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant
national interests.

In addition to brokerage commissions, custodial services and other costs
relating to investment in emerging markets are generally more expensive than in
the United States. Such markets have been unable to keep pace with the volume of
securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The
inability of the Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could cause the Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities.
Inability to dispose of a security due to settlement problems could result
either in losses to the Portfolio due to subsequent declines in the value of the
security or, if the Portfolio has entered into a contract to sell the security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.     
                                       15

<PAGE>


   
Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning Eastern Europe. The
Portfolio may invest in foreign securities issued by Eastern European countries.
Investments in companies domiciled in Eastern European countries may be subject
to potentially greater risks than those of other foreign issuers. These risks
include: (i) potentially less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the
small current size of the markets for such securities and the low volume of
trading, which result in less liquidity and in greater price volatility; (iii)
certain national policies which may restrict the Portfolio's investment
opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries
deemed sensitive to national interests; (iv) foreign taxation; (v) the absence
of developed legal structures governing private or foreign investment or
allowing for judicial redress for injury to private property; (vi) the absence,
until recently in certain Eastern European countries, of a capital market
structure or market-oriented economy; and (vii) the possibility that recent
favorable economic developments in Eastern Europe may be slowed or reversed by
unanticipated political or social events in such countries, or in the
Commonwealth of Independent States (consisting of the Republics of the former
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics).     

The economic situation remains difficult for Eastern European countries in
transition from central planning, following what has already been a sizable
decline in output. The contraction now appears to be bottoming out in parts of
Eastern Europe. Following three successive years of output declines, there are
preliminary indications of a turnaround in the former Czech and Slovak Federal
Republic, Hungary and Poland; growth in private sector activity and strong
exports now appear to have contained the fall in output. A number of their
governments, including those of Hungary and Poland, are currently implementing
or considering reforms directed at political and economic liberalization,
including efforts to foster multi-party political systems, decentralize economic
planning, and a move toward free-market economies. But key aspects of the reform
and stabilization efforts have not yet been fully implemented, and there remain
risks of policy slippage. At present, no Eastern European country has a
developed stock market, but Poland, Hungary and the Czech Republic have small
securities markets in operation.

In many other countries of the region, output losses have been even larger.
These declines reflect the adjustment difficulties during the early stages of
the transition, high rates of inflation, the compression of imports, disruption
in trade among the countries of the former Soviet Union, and uncertainties about
the reform process itself. Large-scale subsidies are delaying industrial
restructuring and are exacerbating the fiscal situation. A reversal of these
adverse factors is not anticipated in the near term, and output is expected to
decline further in most of these countries. In the Russian Federation and most
other countries of the former Soviet Union, economic conditions are of
particular concern because of economic instability due to political unrest and
armed conflicts in many regions. Further, no accounting standards exist in
Eastern European countries. Although certain Eastern European currencies may be
convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial to the
actual market values and may be adverse to each Fund's shareholders.

Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning Latin America. Investing
in securities of Latin American issuers may entail risks relating to the
potential political and economic instability of certain Latin American countries
and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition
of restrictions on foreign investment and on repatriation of capital invested.
In the event of expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation by any
country, the Fund could lose its entire investment in any such country.

The securities markets of Latin American countries are substantially smaller,
less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets
in the U.S. Disclosure and regulatory standards are in many respects less
stringent than U.S. standards. Furthermore, there is a lower level of monitoring
and regulation of the markets and the activities of investors in such markets.

The limited size of many Latin American securities markets and limited trading
volume in the securities of Latin American issuers compared to volume of trading
in the securities of U.S. issuers could cause prices to be erratic for reasons
apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the
securities issuers. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be
unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. Adverse publicity and
investors' perceptions, whether or not based on in-depth fundamental analysis,
may decrease the value and liquidity of portfolio securities.

The economies of Latin American countries may be predominantly based in only a
few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade
conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation
rates. Securities of issuers located in Latin America may have limited
marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements.

                                       16

<PAGE>


The Portfolio invests in securities denominated in currencies of Latin American
countries. Accordingly, changes in the value of these currencies against the
U.S. dollar will result in corresponding changes in the U.S. dollar value of the
Portfolio's assets denominated in those currencies.

Some Latin American countries also may have managed currencies, which are not
free floating against the U.S. dollar. In addition, there is risk that certain
Latin American countries may restrict the free conversion of their currencies
into other currencies. Further, certain Latin American currencies may not be
internationally traded. Certain of these currencies have experienced a steep
devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar. Any devaluations in the currencies in
which the Portfolio's securities are denominated may have a detrimental impact
on the Fund's net asset value.

The economies of individual Latin American countries may differ favorably or
unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as the rate of growth of
gross domestic product, the rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource
self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Certain Latin American
countries have experienced high levels of inflation which can have a
debilitating effect on an economy. Furthermore, certain Latin American countries
may impose withholding taxes on dividends payable to the Portfolio at a higher
rate than those imposed by other foreign countries. This may reduce the Fund's
investment income available for distribution to shareholders.

Certain Latin American countries such as Argentina, Brazil and Mexico are among
the world's largest debtors to commercial banks and foreign governments. At
times, certain Latin American countries have declared moratoria on the payment
of principal and/or interest on outstanding debt. Investment in sovereign debt
can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the
repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal
and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A
governmental entity's willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due
in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow
situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient
foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt
service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity's policy
towards the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which
a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be
dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral
agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their
debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to
make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity's
implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely
service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve
such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may
result in the cancellation of such third parties' commitments to lend funds to
the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor's ability or
willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental
entities may default on their sovereign debt.

Holders of sovereign debt, including the Portfolio, may be requested to
participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to
governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which defaulted
sovereign debt may be collected in whole or in part.

Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning the Pacific Basin. Many
Asian countries may be subject to a greater degree of social, political and
economic instability than is the case in the United States and European
countries. Such instability may result from (i) authoritarian governments or
military involvement in political and economic decision-making; (ii) popular
unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social
conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring
countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection.

The economies of most of the Asian countries are heavily dependent upon
international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers
and the economic conditions of their trading partners, principally, the United
States, Japan, China and the European Community. The enactment by the United
States or other principal trading partners of protectionist trade legislation,
reduction of foreign investment in the local economies and general declines in
the international securities markets could have a significant adverse effect
upon the securities markets of the Asian countries.

The securities markets in Asia are substantially smaller, less liquid and more
volatile than the major securities markets in the United States. A high
proportion of the shares of many issuers may be held by a limited number of
persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares
available for investment by the Portfolio. Similarly, volume and liquidity in
the bond markets in Asia are less than in the United States and, at times, price
volatility can be greater than in the United States. A limited number of issuers
in Asian securities markets may represent a disproportionately large percentage
of market capitalization and trading value. The

                                       17

<PAGE>


limited liquidity of securities markets in Asia may also affect the Portfolio's
ability to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to
do so. Accordingly, during periods of rising securities prices in the more
illiquid Asian securities markets, the Portfolio's ability to participate fully
in such price increases may be limited by its investment policy of investing not
more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. Conversely, the
Portfolio's inability to dispose fully and promptly of positions in declining
markets will cause the Portfolio's net asset value to decline as the value of
the unsold positions is marked to lower prices. In addition, the Asian
securities markets are susceptible to being influenced by large investors
trading significant blocks of securities.

Many stock markets are undergoing a period of growth and change which may result
in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of
transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations.

The Portfolio invests in securities denominated in currencies of Asian
countries. Accordingly, changes in the value of these currencies against the
U.S. dollar will result in corresponding changes in the U.S. dollar value of the
Portfolio's assets denominated in those currencies.

Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning China and China Region.
China's economic reform plan was designed to bring in foreign investment capital
and technological skills. The result has been a move towards a more mixed
economy away from the previous centrally planned economy. The process of
devolving responsibility for all aspects of enterprise to local management and
authorities continues, even though the system of socialism with Chinese
characteristics involves considerable influence by the central government on
production and marketing.

   
In order to attract foreign investment, China has since 1978 designated certain
areas of the country where overseas investors can receive special investment
incentives and tax concessions. There are five Special Economic Zones (Shenzhen,
Shantou and Zhuhai in Guangdong Province, Xiamen in Fujian Province and Hainan
Island, which itself is a province). Fourteen coastal cities have been
designated as "open cities" and certain Open Economic Zones have been
established in coastal areas. Shanghai has established the Pudong New Area.
Twenty-seven High and New Technology Industrial Development Zones have been
approved where preferential treatment is given to enterprises which are
confirmed as technology intensive.     

China has had for many centuries a well deserved reputation for being closed to
foreigners, with trade with the outside world being carried on under terms of
extreme restriction and under central control. Such conditions were maintained
in the first thirty years of the Communist regime which began in 1949; however,
there have been several stages of evolution, from the institution of an
industrialization program in the 1950s to a modernization policy commencing in
1978 which combined economic development with the beginnings of opening the
country.

China governmental actions can have a significant effect on the economic
conditions in China, which could adversely affect the value and liquidity of the
Portfolio's investments. Although the Chinese government has recently begun to
institute economic reform policies, there can be no assurances that it will
continue to pursue such policies or, if it does, that such policies will
succeed.

The securities industry in China is not well developed. China has no securities
laws of nationwide applicability. The municipal securities regulations adopted
by Shanghai and Shenzhen municipalities are very new, as are their respective
securities exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations. In addition,
Chinese stockbrokers and other intermediaries may not perform as well as their
counterparts in the United States and other more developed securities markets.
The prices at which the Portfolio may acquire investments may be affected by
trading by persons with material non-public information and by securities
transactions by brokers in anticipation of transactions by the Portfolio in
particular securities.

China does not have a comprehensive system of laws, although substantial changes
have occurred in this regard in recent years. The corporate form of organization
has only recently been permitted in China and national regulations governing
corporations were introduced only in May 1992. Prior to the introduction of such
regulations, Shanghai had adopted a set of corporate regulations applicable to
corporations located or listed in Shanghai, and the relationship between the two
sets of regulations is not clear. Consequently, until a firmer legal basis is
provided, even such fundamental corporate law tenets as the limited liability
status of Chinese issuers and their authority to issue shares remain open to
question. Laws regarding fiduciary duties of officers and directors and the
protection of shareholders are not well developed. China's judiciary is
relatively inexperienced in enforcing the laws that exist, leading to a higher
than usual degree of uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. Even where
adequate law exists in China, it may be impossible to obtain swift and

                                       18

<PAGE>


equitable enforcement of such law, or to obtain enforcement of the judgment by a
court of another jurisdiction. The bankruptcy laws pertaining to state
enterprises have rarely been used and are untried in regard to an enterprise
with foreign shareholders, and there can be no assurance that such shareholders,
including the Portfolio, would be able to realize the value of the assets of the
enterprise or receive payment in convertible currency. As the Chinese legal
system develops, the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws and the
preemption of local laws by national laws may adversely affect foreign
investors, including the Portfolio. The uncertainties faced by foreign investors
in China are exacerbated by the fact that many laws, regulations and decrees of
China are not publicly available, but merely circulated internally.

   
There are currently two officially recognized securities exchanges in China --
The Shanghai Securities Exchange which opened in December 1990 and The Shenzhen
Stock Exchange which opened in July 1991. Shares traded on these Exchanges are
two types -- "A" shares which can be traded only by Chinese investors and "B"
shares which can be traded only by individuals and corporations not resident in
China.

In Shanghai, all "B" shares are denominated in Chinese renminbi ("RMB"), but all
transactions in "B" shares must be settled in U.S. dollars, and all
distributions made on "B" shares are payable in U.S. dollars, the exchange rate
being the weighted average exchange rate for the U.S. dollar as published by the
Shanghai Foreign Exchange Adjustment Centre.

In Shenzhen, the purchase and sale prices for "B" shares are quoted in Hong Kong
dollars. Dividends and other lawful revenue derived from "B" shares are
calculated in RMB but payable in Hong Kong dollars, the rate of exchange being
the average rate published by Shenzhen Foreign Exchange Adjustment Centre.

There are no foreign exchange restrictions on the repatriation of gains made on
or income derived from "B" shares, subject to the payment of taxes imposed by
China thereon.     

Company law relating to companies limited by shares and regulations regarding
the issuing of shares by equity joint ventures have not yet been developed on a
national basis. The Shenzhen municipality issued regulations in 1992 relating to
joint stock companies, and the Shanghai municipality has a draft joint stock
company law under review. Regulations governing the trading of securities on
both the Shenzhen and the Shanghai stock exchanges have been issued by each
municipality; there is no national securities legislation as yet.

   
Economies of countries in the China region may differ favorably or unfavorably
from the U.S. economy in such respects as rate of growth of gross domestic
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and
balance of payments position. As an export-driven economy, the economy of China
is affected by developments in the economies of its principal trading partners.
Revocation by the United States of China's "Most Favored Nation" trading status,
which the U.S. President and Congress reconsider annually, would adversely
affect the trade and economic development of China and Hong Kong. Hong Kong and
Taiwan have limited natural resources, resulting in dependence on foreign
sources for certain raw materials and economic vulnerability to global
fluctuations of price and supply.

Risks of Investing in High Yield Securities ("Junk Bonds"). Lower-rated
long-term securities, including securities rated from BB to D by S&P or Baa to C
by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers
Trust, will usually offer higher yields than higher-rated securities. However,
there is more risk associated with these investments. This is because of the
reduced creditworthiness and increased risk of default that these securities
carry. Lower-rated long-term securities generally tend to reflect short-term
corporate and market developments to a greater extent than higher-rated
securities which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of
interest rates. Lower rated long-term securities also involve greater
sensitivity to significant increases in interest rates. Short-term corporate and
market developments affecting the prices and liquidity of lower-rated long-term
securities could include adverse news impacting major issues or underwriters or
dealers in lower-rated long-term or unrated securities. In addition, since there
are fewer investors in lower-rated long-term securities, it may be harder to
sell securities at an optimum time.

An economic downturn may adversely affect the value of some lower-rated
long-term bonds. Such a downturn may especially affect highly leveraged
companies or companies in cyclically sensitive industries, where deterioration
in a company's cash flow may impair its ability to meet its obligation to pay
principal and interest to bondholders in a timely fashion. From time to time, as
a result of changing conditions, issuers of lower-rated long-term bonds may seek
or may be required to restructure the terms and conditions of the securities
they have issued. As a result of these     
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
restructurings, holders of lower-rated long-term securities may receive less
principal and interest than originally expected at the time such bonds were
purchased. In the event of a restructuring, the Portfolio may bear additional
legal or administrative expenses in order to maximize recovery from an issuer.
The secondary trading market for lower-rated long-term bonds is generally less
liquid than the secondary trading market for higher-rated bonds.

The risk of loss due to default by the issuer is significantly greater for the
holders of high yield securities because such securities are generally unsecured
and are often subordinated to other obligations of the issuer. During an
economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly
leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress and
may not have sufficient revenues to meet their interest payment obligations. An
issuer's ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected
by specific corporate developments, its inability to meet specific projected
business forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing.

Factors adversely affecting the market value of high yield and other Portfolio
securities will adversely affect the corresponding Fund's net asset value. In
addition, the Portfolio may incur additional expenses to the extent it is
required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest
on its portfolio holdings. As a matter of operating policy, the Portfolio will
not invest more than 10% of its total assets (at the time of purchase) in
defaulted debt securities, which may be illiquid.

** 25 Options on Futures Contracts, Forward Contracts and Options on Foreign
Currencies. Unlike transactions entered into by the Portfolio in futures
contracts, options on foreign currencies and forward contracts are not traded on
contract markets regulated by the CFTC or (with the exception of certain foreign
currency options) by the SEC. To the contrary, such instruments are traded
through financial institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign
currency options are also traded on certain national securities exchanges such
as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange,
subject to SEC regulation. Similarly, options on currencies may be traded
over-the-counter. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the
protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For
example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market
movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time.
Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the
premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost.
Moreover, the option writer and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts
substantially in excess of their initial investments, due to the margin and
collateral requirements associated with such positions.

** 26 Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are
within the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other securities traded on such
exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized
exchanges will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular,
all foreign currency option positions entered into on a national securities
exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC"),
thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary
market in options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily
available than in the over-the-counter market, potentially permitting the
Portfolio to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or
expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.

** 27 The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options,
however, is subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary
market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements,
margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market,
possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other
political and economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign
currencies involve certain risks not presented by the over-the-counter market.
For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively
through the OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable
foreign countries for this purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines
that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly
settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in undue
burdens on the OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise
and settlement, such as technical changes in the mechanics of delivery of
currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

** 28 As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies
are traded over-the-counter and involve liquidity and credit risks which may not
be present in the case of exchange-traded currency options. The Portfolio's
ability to terminate over-the-counter options will be more limited than with
exchange-traded options. It is also possible that broker-dealers participating
in over-the-counter options transactions will not     
                                       20
<PAGE>


   
fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its
position, the Portfolio will treat purchased over-the-counter options and assets
used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. With
respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities
pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula
price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the
repurchase formula.

** 29 In addition, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward
contracts and options on foreign currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges.
Such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting
trading in or the prices of foreign currencies or securities. The value of such
positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign
political and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United
States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the
Portfolio's ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets
during nonbusiness hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the
United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

Non-Diversified Investment Company. The Portfolio and Fund are each classified
as a "non-diversified" investment company so that with respect to 50% of the
Portfolio's assets, it will be able to invest more than 5% of its assets in
obligations of one or more issuers, while being limited with respect to the
other half of its assets to investments not exceeding 5% of the Portfolio's
total assets. (A "diversified" investment company would be required under the
1940 Act, to maintain at least 75% of its assets in cash (including foreign
currency), cash items, U.S. government securities, and other securities limited
per issuer to not more than 5% of the investment company's total assets.) In
order to enable the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company under the
Code, the Portfolio, among other things, may not invest more than 25% of its
assets in obligations of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities).
As a "non-diversified" investment company, the Portfolio may invest a greater
proportion of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers and
therefore may be subject to greater market and credit risk than a more broadly
diversified fund.

Special Information Concerning Master-Feeder Fund Structure. Unlike other
open-end management investment companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire
and manage their own portfolio securities, the Fund seeks to achieve its
investment objective by investing all of its Assets in the Portfolio, a separate
registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Fund.
Therefore, an investor's interest in the Portfolio's securities is indirect. In
addition to selling a beneficial interest to the Fund, the Portfolio may sell
beneficial interests to other mutual funds, investment vehicles or institutional
investors. Such investors will invest in the Portfolio on the same terms and
conditions and will pay a proportionate share of the Portfolio's expenses.
However, the other investors investing in the Portfolio are not required to sell
their shares at the same public offering price as the Fund due to variations in
sales commissions and other operating expenses. Therefore, investors in the Fund
should be aware that these differences may result in differences in returns
experienced by investors in the different funds that invest in the Portfolio.
Such differences in returns are also present in other mutual fund structures.
Information concerning other holders of interests in the Portfolio is available
from Bankers Trust at 1-800-730-1313.

Smaller funds investing in the Portfolio may be materially affected by the
actions of larger funds investing in the Portfolio. For example, if a large fund
withdraws from the Portfolio, the remaining funds may experience higher pro rata
operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns (however, this possibility
exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional
investors). Additionally, the Portfolio may become less diverse, resulting in
increased portfolio risk. Also, funds with a greater pro rata ownership in the
Portfolio could have effective voting control of the operations of the
Portfolio. Except as permitted by the SEC, whenever the Trust is requested to
vote on matters pertaining to the Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of
shareholders of the Fund and will cast all of its votes in the same proportion
as the votes of the Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not vote will
not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the
Trust's votes representing the Fund's shareholders not voting will be voted by
the Trustees or officers of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund
shareholders who do, in fact, vote.     
                                       21

<PAGE>

   
Certain changes in the Portfolio's investment objectives, policies or
restrictions may require the Fund to withdraw its interest in the Portfolio. Any
such withdrawal could result in a distribution "in kind" of portfolio securities
(as opposed to a cash distribution from the Portfolio). If securities are
distributed, the Fund could incur brokerage, tax or other charges in converting
the securities to cash. In addition, the distrubution in kind may result in a
less diversified portfolio of investments or adversely affect the liquidity of
the Fund. Notwithstanding the above, there are other means for meeting
redemption requests, such as borrowing.

The Fund may withdraw its investment from the Portfolio at any time, if the
Board of Trustees of the Trust determines that it is in the best interests of
the shareholders of the Fund to do so. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board of
Trustees of the Trust would consider what action might be taken, including the
investment of all the Assets of the Fund in another pooled investment entity
having the same investment objective as the Fund or the retaining of an
investment adviser to manage the Fund's assets in accordance with the investment
policies described herein with respect to the Portfolio.

The Fund's investment objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed
upon notice to, but without the approval of, the Fund's shareholders. If there
is a change in the Fund's investment objective, the Fund's shareholders should
consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment in light of their
then-current needs. The investment objective of the Portfolio is also not a
fundamental policy. Shareholders of the Fund will receive 30 days prior written
notice with respect to any change in the investment objective of the Fund or the
Portfolio.

Rating Services. The ratings of rating services represent their opinions as to
the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not
absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are an initial criterion
for selection of portfolio investments, Bankers Trust also makes its own
evaluation of these securities, subject to review by the Board of Trustees.
After purchase by the Portfolio, an obligation may cease to be rated or its
rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio.
Neither event would require the Portfolio to eliminate the obligation from its
portfolio, but Bankers Trust will consider such an event in its determination of
whether the Portfolio should continue to hold the obligation. A description of
the ratings is included in the Appendix herein.     

                             Investment Restrictions
   
Fundamental Policies. The following investment restrictions are "fundamental
policies" of the Fund and the Portfolio and may not be changed with respect to
the Fund or the Portfolio without the approval of a "majority of the outstanding
voting securities" of the Fund or the Portfolio, as the case may be. "Majority
of the outstanding voting securities" under the 1940 Act, and as used in this
SAI and the Prospectus, means, with respect to the Fund (or the Portfolio), the
lesser of (i) 67% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (or
of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio) present at a meeting, if the
holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (or of
the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio) are present or represented by
proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (or
of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio). Whenever the Trust is
requested to vote on a fundamental policy of the Portfolio, the Trust will hold
a meeting of the Fund's shareholders and will cast its vote as instructed by the
Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not vote will not affect the
Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the Trust's votes
representing Fund shareholders not voting will be voted by the Trustees of the
Trust in the same proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio (and the Fund) may not (except
that no investment restriction of the Fund shall prevent the Fund from investing
all of its Assets in an open-end investment company with substantially the same
investment objectives):

      (1)   borrow money or mortgage or hypothecate assets of the Portfolio
            (Fund), except that in an amount not to exceed 1/3 of the current
            value of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets, it may borrow money
            and enter into reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll
            transactions, and except that it may pledge, mortgage or hypothecate
            not more than 1/3 of such assets to secure such borrowings (it is
            intended that money would be borrowed only from banks and only
            either to accommodate requests for the withdrawal of beneficial
            interests (redemption of shares) while effecting an orderly
            liquidation of portfolio securities or to maintain liquidity in
    

22

<PAGE>


   
            the event of an unanticipated failure to complete a portfolio
            security transaction or other similar situations) or reverse
            repurchase agreements, provided that collateral arrangements with
            respect to options and futures, including deposits of initial
            deposit and variation margin, are not considered a pledge of assets
            for purposes of this restriction and except that assets may be
            pledged to secure letters of credit solely for the purpose of
            participating in a captive insurance company sponsored by the
            Investment Company Institute; for additional related restrictions,
            see clause (i) under the caption "Additional Restrictions" below (as
            an operating policy, the Portfolio may not engage in dollar-roll
            transactions);

      (2)   underwrite securities issued by other persons except insofar as the
            Portfolio (Trust or the Fund) may technically be deemed an
            underwriter under the 1933 Act in selling a portfolio security;
    

      (3)   make loans to other persons except: (a) through the lending of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) portfolio securities and provided that any such
            loans not exceed 30% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at market value); (b) through the use of repurchase agreements or
            the purchase of short-term obligations; or (c) by purchasing a
            portion of an issue of debt securities of types distributed publicly
            or privately;

   
      (4)   purchase or sell real estate (including  limited  partnership
            interests but excluding securities secured by real estate or
            interests therein), interests in oil, gas or mineral leases,
            commodities or commodity contracts (except futures and option
            contracts) in the ordinary course of business (except that the
            Portfolio (Trust) may hold and sell, for the Portfolio's (Fund's)
            portfolio, real estate acquired as a result of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) ownership of securities);

      (5)   concentrate its investments in any particular industry (excluding
            U.S. government securities), but if it is deemed appropriate for the
            achievement of the Portfolio's (Fund's) investment objective(s), up
            to 25% of its total assets may be invested in any one industry; and
    

      (6)   issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act)
            if such issuance is specifically prohibited by the 1940 Act or the
            rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, provided that
            collateral arrangements with respect to options and futures,
            including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin, are not
            considered to be the issuance of a senior security for purposes of
            this restriction.

   
Additional Restrictions. In order to comply with certain statutes and policies,
the Portfolio (or the Trust, on behalf of the Fund) will not as a matter of
operating policy (except that no operating policy shall prevent the Fund from
investing all of its Assets in an open-end investment company with substantially
the same investment objectives):

      (i)   borrow money (including through reverse repurchase or forward roll
            transactions) for any purpose in excess of 5%, except that the
            Portfolio (Fund) may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes up
            to 1/3 of its total assets;
    

      (ii)  pledge, mortgage or hypothecate for any purpose in excess of 10% of
            the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at market value),
            provided that collateral arrangements with respect to options and
            futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
            and reverse repurchase agreements are not considered a pledge of
            assets for purposes of this restriction;

      (iii) purchase any security or evidence of interest therein on margin,
            except that such short-term credit as may be necessary for the
            clearance of purchases and sales of securities may be obtained and
            except that deposits of initial deposit and variation margin may be
            made in connection with the purchase, ownership, holding or sale of
            futures;

   
      (iv)  sell securities it does not own (short sales) such that the dollar
            amount of such short sales at any one time exceeds 25% of the net
            equity of the Portfolio (Fund), and the value of securities of any
            one issuer in which the Portfolio (Fund) is short exceeds the lesser
            of 2.0% of the value of the  Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets or 2.0%
            of the securities of any class of any U.S. issuer and, provided that
            short sales may be made only in those securities which are fully
            listed on a national securities exchange or a foreign exchange (This
            provision does not include the sale of securities that the Portfolio
            (Fund) contemporaneously owns or where the
    
                                       23

<PAGE>


   
            Portfolio has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and
            amount to those sold, i.e., short sales against the box.) (the
            Portfolio (Fund) currently does not engage in short selling);

      (v)   invest for the purpose of exercising control or management of
            another company;

      (vi)  purchase securities issued by any investment company except by
            purchase in the open market where no commission or profit to a
            sponsor or dealer results from such purchase other than the
            customary broker's commission, or except when such purchase, though
            not made in the open market, is part of a plan of merger or
            consolidation; provided, however, that securities of any investment
            company will not be purchased for the Portfolio (Fund) if such
            purchase at the time thereof would cause: (a) more than 10% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at the greater of cost or
            market value) to be invested in the securities of such issuers; (b)
            more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at the
            greater of cost or market value) to be invested in any one
            investment company; or (c) more than 3% of the outstanding voting
            securities of any such issuer to be held for the Portfolio (Fund),
            unless permitted to exceed these limitations by an exemptive order
            of the SEC; provided further that, except in the case of a merger or
            consolidation, the Portfolio (Fund) shall not purchase any
            securities of any open-end investment company unless (1) the
            Portfolio's investment adviser waives the investment advisory fee
            with respect to assets invested in other open-end investment
            companies and (2) the Portfolio incurs no sales charge in connection
            with the investment;

      (vii) invest more than 10% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in securities (excluding
            Rule 144A securities) that are restricted as to resale under the
            1933 Act;

      (viii)invest more than 15% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in (a) securities (excluding
            Rule 144A securities) that are restricted as to resale under the
            1933 Act, and (b) securities that are issued by issuers which
            (including predecessors) have been in operation less than three
            years (other than U.S. government securities), provided, however,
            that no more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets are
            invested in securities issued by issuers which (including
            predecessors) have been in operation less than three years;

      (ix)  invest more than 15% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in securities that are
            illiquid or not readily marketable (excluding Rule 144A securities
            deemed by the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio (Trust) to be
            liquid);

      (x)   with respect to 50% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets, invest
            more than 25% of its total assets in the securities (excluding U.S.
            government securities) of any one issuer;

      (xi)  invest in securities issued by an issuer any of whose officers,
            directors, trustees or security holders is an officer or Trustee of
            the Portfolio (Trust), or is an officer or director of the Adviser,
            if after the purchase of the securities of such issuer for the
            Portfolio (Fund) one or more of such persons owns beneficially more
            than 1/2 of 1% of the shares or securities, or both, all taken at
            market value, of such issuer, and such persons owning more than 1/2
            of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially more
            than 5% of such shares or securities, or both, all taken at market
            value;

      (xii) invest in warrants (other than warrants acquired by the Portfolio
            (Fund) as part of a unit or attached to securities at the time of
            purchase) if, as a result, the investments (valued at the lower of
            cost or market) would exceed 5% of the value of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) net assets or if, as a result, more than 2% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets would be invested in warrants not
            listed on a recognized United States or foreign stock exchange, to
            the extent permitted by applicable state securities laws;

      (xiii)write puts and calls on securities unless each of the following
            conditions are met: (a) the security underlying the put or call is
            within the investment policies of the Portfolio (Fund) and the
            option is issued by the OCC, except for put and call options issued
            by non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or commodities
            exchanges; (b) the aggregate value of the obligations underlying the
            puts determined as of the date the options are sold shall not exceed
            5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets; (c) the securities
            subject to the exercise
    
                                       24

<PAGE>


   
            of the call written by the Portfolio (Fund) must be owned by the
            Portfolio (Fund) at the time the call is sold and must continue to
            be owned by the Portfolio (Fund) until the call has been exercised,
            has lapsed, or the Portfolio (Fund) has purchased a closing call,
            and such purchase has been confirmed, thereby extinguishing the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) obligation to deliver securities pursuant to
            the call it has sold; and (d) at the time a put is written, the
            Portfolio (Fund) establishes a segregated account with its custodian
            consisting of cash or securities acceptable to the broker equal in
            value to the amount the Portfolio (Fund) will be obligated to pay
            upon exercise of the put (this account must be maintained until the
            put is exercised, has expired, or the Portfolio (Fund) has purchased
            a closing put, which is a put of the same series as the one
            previously written); and

      (xiv) buy and sell puts and calls on securities, stock index futures or
            options on stock index futures, or financial futures or options on
            financial futures unless such options are written by other persons
            and: (a) the options or futures are offered through the facilities
            of a national securities association or are listed on a national
            securities or commodities exchange, except for put and call options
            issued by non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or
            commodities exchanges; (b) the aggregate premiums paid on all such
            options which are held at any time do not exceed 20% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) total net assets; and (c) the aggregate margin
            deposits required on all such futures or options thereon held at any
            time do not exceed 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets.

There will be no violation of any investment restriction (except with respect to
fundamental investment restriction (1) above) if that restriction is complied
with at the time the relevant action is taken, notwithstanding a later change in
the market value of an investment, in net or total assets or in the change of
securities rating of the investment, or any other later change.

The Fund will comply with the state securities laws and regulations of all
states in which it is registered. The Portfolio will comply with the permitted
investments and investment limitations in the securities laws and regulations of
all states in which the Fund, or any other registered investment company
investing in the Portfolio, is registered.     

                 Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions

   
The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, futures
contracts and options on such securities and futures for the Portfolio, the
selection of brokers, dealers and futures commission merchants to effect
transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any.
Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions,
including options, futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase
and sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. Orders may be
directed to any broker-dealer or futures commission merchant, including to the
extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Bankers Trust or its
subsidiaries or affiliates. Purchases and sales of certain portfolio securities
on behalf of the Portfolio are frequently placed by the Adviser with the issuer
or a primary or secondary market-maker for these securities on a net basis,
without any brokerage commission being paid by the Portfolio. Trading does,
however, involve transaction costs. Transactions with dealers serving as
market-makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. Transaction
costs may also include fees paid to third parties for information as to
potential purchasers or sellers of securities. Purchases of underwritten issues
may be made which will include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter.

The Adviser seeks to evaluate the overall reasonableness of the brokerage
commissions paid (to the extent applicable) in placing orders for the purchase
and sale of securities for the Portfolio taking into account such factors as
price, commission (negotiable in the case of national securities exchange
transactions), if any, size of order, difficulty of execution and skill required
of the executing broker-dealer through familiarity with commissions charged on
comparable transactions, as well as by comparing commissions paid by the
Portfolio to reported commissions paid by others. The Adviser reviews on a
routine basis commission rates, execution and settlement services performed,
making internal and external comparisons.

The Adviser is authorized, consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, when placing portfolio transactions for the Portfolio with
a broker to pay a brokerage commission (to the extent applicable) in excess of
that which another broker might have charged for effecting the same transaction
on account of the receipt of research, market or statistical information. The
term "research, market or statistical information" includes advice as to the
value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling
securities; the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of
securities; and furnishing analyses and     
                                       25

<PAGE>


reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends,
portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts.

   
Consistent with the policy stated above, the Conduct Rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and such other policies as the Trustees
of the Portfolio may determine, the Adviser may consider sales of shares of the
Trust and of other investment company clients of Bankers Trust as a factor in
the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions. Bankers Trust
will make such allocations if commissions are comparable to those charged by
nonaffiliated, qualified broker-dealers for similar services.
    

Higher commissions may be paid to firms that provide research services to the
extent permitted by law. Bankers Trust may use this research information in
managing the Portfolio's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.

Except for implementing the policies stated above, there is no intention to
place portfolio transactions with particular brokers or dealers or groups
thereof. In effecting transactions in over-the-counter securities, orders are
placed with the principal market-makers for the security being traded unless,
after exercising care, it appears that more favorable results are available
otherwise.

   
Although certain research, market and statistical information from brokers and
dealers can be useful to the Portfolio and to the Adviser, it is the opinion of
the management of the Portfolio that such information is only supplementary to
the Adviser's own research effort, since the information must still be analyzed,
weighed and reviewed by the Adviser's staff. Such information may be useful to
the Adviser in providing services to clients other than the Portfolio, and not
all such information is used by the Adviser in connection with the Portfolio.
Conversely, such information provided to the Adviser by brokers and dealers
through whom other clients of the Adviser effect securities transactions may be
useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Portfolio.

In certain instances there may be securities which are suitable for the
Portfolio as well as for one or more of the Adviser's other clients. Investment
decisions for the Portfolio and for the Adviser's other clients are made with a
view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a
particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might
be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular
security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are
selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when
several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser,
particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of
more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the
purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among
clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in
some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of
the security as far as the Portfolio is concerned. However, it is believed that
the ability of the Portfolio to participate in volume transactions will produce
better executions for the Portfolio.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, the Portfolio paid no brokerage
commissions.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
    
                        Standard Performance Information
   
From time to time, quotations of the Fund's performance may be included in
advertisements, sales literature or shareholder reports. Mutual fund performance
is commonly measured as total return and/or yield. The Fund's performance is
affected by its expenses. These performance figures are calculated in the
following manner:

      Yield: Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the Fund
      over a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate.
      Yields for the Fund used in advertising are computed by dividing the
      Fund's interest and dividend income for a given 30-day or one-month
      period, net of expenses, by the average number of shares entitled to
      receive distributions during the period, dividing this figure by the
      Fund's net asset value per share at the end of the period, and annualizing
      the result (assuming compounding of income) in order to arrive at an
      annual percentage rate. Income is calculated for purpose of yield
      quotations in accordance with standardized methods applicable to all stock
      and bond mutual funds. Dividends from equity investments are treated as if
      they were accrued on a daily basis, solely for the purpose of yield
      calculations. In general, interest income is reduced with respect to bonds
      trading at a premium over their par value by subtracting a portion of the
      premium from
    
                                       26

<PAGE>




      income on a daily basis, and is increased with respect to bonds trading at
      a discount by adding a portion of the discount to daily income. Capital
      gains and losses generally are excluded from the calculation.

   
      Income calculated for the purposes of calculating the Fund's yield differs
      from income as determined for other accounting purposes. Because of the
      different accounting methods used, and because of the compounding assumed
      in yield calculations, the yield quoted for the Fund may differ from the
      rate of distributions of the Fund paid over the same period or the rate of
      income reported in the Fund's financial statements. This difference may be
      significant for a Fund investing in the Portfolio whose investments are
      denominated in foreign currencies.

      Unlike some bank deposits or other investments which pay a fixed yield for
      a stated period of time, the total return (see "Total Return" below) of
      the Fund will vary depending upon interest rates, the current market value
      of the securities held by the Portfolio and changes in the expenses of the
      Fund or Portfolio.

      For the 30 day period ended September 30, 1998, Global High Yield Fund's
      yield was ___ %.

      Total return: Total return is the change in value of an investment in the
      Fund over a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and
      capital gains. A cumulative total return reflects actual performance over
      a stated period of time. An average annual total return is a hypothetical
      rate of return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same
      cumulative total return if performance had been constant over the entire
      period. Average annual total return calculations smooth out variations in
      performance; they are not the same as actual year-by-year results. Average
      annual total returns covering periods of less than one year assume that
      performance will remain constant for the rest of the year. The Fund's
      average annual total return is calculated for certain periods by
      determining the average annual compounded rates of return over those
      periods that would cause an investment of $1,000 (made at the maximum
      public offering price with all distributions reinvested) to reach the
      value of that investment at the end of the periods. The Fund may also
      calculate total return figures which represent aggregate performance over
      a period or year-by-year performance.
    
                                       27

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Cumulative Total
                                                 Return For the Period       Annualized Total Return
                         Total Return for the      From Commencement           For the Period From
                            One Year Ended       of Operations Through   Commencement of Operations Through
                          September 30, 1998       September 30, 1998          September 30, 1998
                         --------------------    ---------------------   ----------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                     <C>                     <C>
Global High Yield
   Securities Fund(1)         ______%              ______%              ______%
</TABLE>


(1) Fund commenced operations on December 14, 1993.

      Performance Results: Total returns and yields are based on past results
      and are not an indication of future performance. Any total return
      quotation provided for the Fund should not be considered as representative
      of the performance of the Fund in the future since the net asset value and
      public offering price of shares of the Fund will vary based not only on
      the type, quality and maturities of the securities held in the Portfolio,
      but also on changes in the current value of such securities and on changes
      in the expenses of the Fund and the Portfolio. These factors and possible
      differences in the methods used to calculate total return should be
      considered when comparing the total return of the Fund to total returns
      published for other investment companies or other investment vehicles.
      Total return reflects the performance of both principal and income.
    

                         Comparison of Fund Performance

   
Comparison of the quoted nonstandardized performance of various investments is
valid only if performance is calculated in the same manner. Since there are
different methods of calculating performance, investors should consider the
effect of the methods used to calculate performance when comparing performance
of the Fund with performance quoted with respect to other investment companies
or types of investments.

In connection with communicating its performance to current or prospective
shareholders, the Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of
other mutual funds tracked by mutual fund rating services or to unmanaged
indices which may assume reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs. Evaluations of the Fund's
performance made by independent sources may also be used in advertisements
concerning the Fund. Sources for the Fund's performance information could
include the following:     

Asian Wall Street Journal, a weekly Asian newspaper that often reviews U.S.
mutual funds investing internationally.

Barron's, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. business and financial weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

Business Week, a national business weekly that periodically reports the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds investing abroad.

Changing Times, The Kiplinger Magazine, a monthly investment advisory
publication that periodically features the performance of a variety of
securities.

Consumer Digest, a monthly business/financial magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

Financial Times, Europe's business newspaper, which features from time to time
articles on international or country-specific funds.

Financial World, a general business/financial magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

Forbes, a national business publication that from time to time reports the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

                                       28

<PAGE>



Fortune, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

Global Investor, a European publication that periodically reviews the
performance of U.S. mutual funds investing internationally.

Investor's Daily, a daily newspaper that features financial, economic and
business news.

Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.'s Mutual Fund Performance Analysis, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

Money, a monthly magazine that from time to time features both specific funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

Morningstar Inc., a publisher of financial information and mutual fund research.

New York Times, a nationally distributed newspaper which regularly covers
financial news.

Personal Investing News, a monthly news publication that often reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

Personal Investor, a monthly investment advisory publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section reporting on mutual fund performance measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

Success, a monthly magazine targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

U.S. News and World Report, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

ValueLine, a biweekly publication that reports on the largest 15,000 mutual
funds.

Wall Street Journal, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

Weisenberger Investment Companies Services, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds, management policies, salient features, management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

Working Women, a monthly publication that features a "Financial Workshop"
section reporting on the mutual fund/financial industry.

                                       29

<PAGE>


                         Economic and Market Information

   
Advertising and sales literature of the Fund may include discussions of
economic, financial and political developments and their effect on the
securities market. Such discussions may take the form of commentary on these
developments by Fund portfolio managers and their views and analysis on how such
developments could affect the Fund. In addition, advertising and sales
literature may quote statistics and give general information about the mutual
fund industry, including the growth of the industry, from sources such as the
Investment Company Institute ("ICI"). For example, according to the ICE,
thirty-seven percent of American households are pursuing their financial goals
through mutual funds. These investors, as well as business and institutions,
have entrusted over $3.5 trillion to the more than 6,000 funds available.
    

                VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES

   
                             Valuation of Securities

The net asset value ("NAV") per Share is calculated once on each Valuation Day
as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (the "Valuation Time"), which is
currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time or in the event that the NYSE closes early, at
the time of such early closing. The NAV per Share is computed by dividing the
value of the Fund's assets (i.e., the value of its investment in the Portfolio
and other assets), less all liabilities attributable to the Shares, by the total
number of Shares outstanding as of the Valuation Time. The Portfolio's
securities and other assets are valued primarily on the basis of market
quotations or, if quotations are not readily available, by a method which the
Portfolio's Board of Trustees believes accurately reflects fair value.

Under procedures adopted by the Board, a NAV for a Fund later determined to have
been inaccurate for any reason will be recalculated. Purchases and redemptions
made at a NAV determined to have been inaccurate will be adjusted, although in
certain circumstances, such as where the difference between the original NAV and
the recalculated NAV divided by the recalculated is 0.005 (1/2 of 1%) or less or
shareholder transactions are otherwise insubstantially affected, further action
is not required.     

Equity and debt securities (other than short-term debt obligations maturing in
60 days or less), including listed securities and securities for which price
quotations are available, will normally be valued on the basis of market
valuations furnished by a pricing service. Such market valuations may represent
the last quoted price on the securities major trading exchange or may be
determined through use of matrix pricing. In matrix pricing, pricing services
may use various pricing models, involving comparable securities, historic
relative price movements, economic factors and dealer quotations.
Over-the-counter securities will normally be valued at the bid price. Short-term
debt obligations and money market securities maturing in 60 days or less are
valued at amortized cost, which approximates market.

   
Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued by
Bankers Trust pursuant to procedures adopted by the Portfolio's Board of
Trustees. It is generally agreed that securities for which market quotations are
not readily available should not be valued at the same value as that carried by
an equivalent security which is readily marketable.     

The problems inherent in making a good faith determination of value are
recognized in the codification effected by SEC Financial Reporting Release No. 1
("FRR 1" (formerly Accounting Series Release No. 113)) which concludes that
there is "no automatic formula" for calculating the value of restricted
securities. It recommends that the best method simply is to consider all
relevant factors before making any calculation. According to FRR 1 such factors
would include consideration of the:

            type of security involved, financial statements, cost at date of
            purchase, size of holding, discount from market value of
            unrestricted securities of the same class at the time of purchase,
            special reports prepared by analysts, information as to any
            transactions or offers with respect to the security, existence of
            merger proposals or tender offers affecting the security, price and
            extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or
            comparable companies, and other relevant matters.

   
To the extent that the Portfolio purchases securities which are restricted as to
resale or for which current market quotations are not readily available, the
Adviser of the Portfolio will value such securities based upon all relevant
factors as outlined in FRR 1.

                               Purchases of Shares
    
                                       30

<PAGE>

   
The Trust accepts purchase orders for Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share
next determined after the order is received on each Valuation Day. Shares may be
available through Investment Professionals, such as broker/dealers and
investment advisers (including Service Agents).

Purchase orders for Shares (including those purchased through a Service Agent)
that are transmitted to the Trust's Transfer Agent (the "Transfer Agent"), prior
to the Valuation Time on any Valuation Day will be effective at that day's
Valuation Time. The Trust and Transfer Agent reserve the right to reject any
purchase order.

Shares must be purchased in accordance with procedures established by the
Transfer Agent and each Service Agent. It is the responsibility of each Service
Agent to transmit to the Transfer Agent purchase and redemption orders and to
transmit to Bankers Trust as the Trust's custodian (the "Custodian") purchase
payments by the following business day (trade date + 1) after an order for
shares is placed. A shareholder must settle with the Service Agent for his or
her entitlement to an effective purchase or redemption order as of a particular
time. Because Bankers Trust is the Custodian and Transfer Agent of the Trust,
funds may be transferred directly from or to a customer's account held with
Bankers Trust to settle transactions with the Fund without incurring the
additional costs or delays associated with the wiring of federal funds.

The Trust and Bankers Trust have authorized one or more brokers to accept on the
Trust's behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to
designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the
Trust's behalf. The Transfer Agent will be deemed to have received a purchase or
redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker's
authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the
Fund's NAV next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker or the
broker's authorized designee.

Certificates for Shares will not be issued. Each shareholder's account will be
maintained by a Service Agent or Transfer Agent.

If orders are placed through an Investment Professional, it is the
responsibility of the Investment Professional to transmit the order to buy
Shares to the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Transfer Agent must receive payment within one business day after an order
for Shares is placed; otherwise, the purchase order may be canceled and the
investor could be held liable for resulting fees and/or losses.

Minimum Investments

To open an account                  $2,500
For retirement accounts                500
Through automatic investment plans   1,000

To add to an account                  $250
For retirement accounts                100
Through automatic investment plans     100

Minimum Balance                     $1,000
For retirement accounts               None

If you are new to BT Investment Funds, complete and sign an account application
and mail it along with your check to the address listed below. For an account
application, call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210

Overnight mailings:
    

                                       31

<PAGE>

   
      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

If you have money invested in a fund in the BT Family of Funds, you can:

   o  Mail an account application with a check,

   o  Wire money into your account,

   o  Open an account by exchanging from another fund in the BT Family of Funds,
      or

   o  Contact your Service Agent or Investment Professional.

Additional Information About Buying Shares

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            To Open an Account            To Add to an Account
<S><C>
By          Wire Call the BT Service Center at Call your Investment
            1-800-730-1313 to receive wire Professional or wire instructions for
            account additional investment to:
            establishment.
                                             Routing No.: 021001033
                                             Attn: Bankers Trust/IFTC Deposit
                                             DDA No.:  00-226-296
                                             FBO:  (Account name)
                                                   (Account Number)
                                             Credit:  BT Investment Global High
                                                      Yield Securities Fund -478

                                             Specify the complete name of the
                                             Fund of your choice, and include
                                             your account number and your name.

By Phone    Contact your Service Agent,      Contact your Service Agent,
            Investment Professional, or      Investment Professional, or
            call BT's Service Center at      call BT's Service Center at
            1-800-730-1313.If you are an     1-800-730-1313.  If you are an
            existing Shareholder, you may    existing Shareholder, you may
            exchange from another BT         exchange from another BT
            account with the same            account with the same
            registration, including name,    registration, including name,
            address, and taxpayer ID number. address, and taxpayer ID
                                             number.

By          Mail Complete and sign the account Make your check payable to the
            application. Make your check complete name of the Fund of payable to
            the complete name of your choice. Indicate your the Fund of your
            choice. Mail Fund account number on your to the appropriate address
            check and mail to the address indicated on the application. printed
            on your account
                                             statement.
</TABLE>

                              Redemption of Shares

You can arrange to take money out of your fund account at any time by selling
(redeeming) some or all of your Shares. Your Shares shall be sold at the next
NAV calculated after an order is received by the Transfer Agent. Redemption
requests should be transmitted by customers in accordance with procedures
established by the Transfer Agent and the shareholder's Service Agent.
Redemption requests for Shares received by the Service Agent and transmitted to
the Transfer Agent prior to the Valuation Time on each Valuation Day will be
effective at that day's Valuation Time and the redemption proceeds normally will
be delivered to the shareholder's account the next day, but in any event within
seven calendar days following receipt of the request.     
                                       32

<PAGE>

   
Service Agents may allow redemptions or exchanges by telephone and may disclaim
liability for following instructions communicated by telephone that the Service
Agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The Service Agent must provide the
investor with an opportunity to choose whether or not to utilize the telephone
redemption or exchange privilege. The Transfer Agent and the Service Agent must
employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by
telephone are genuine. If the Service Agent does not do so, it may be liable for
any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such procedures may
include, among others, requiring some form of personal identification prior to
acting upon instructions received by telephone, providing written confirmation
of such transactions and/or tape recording of telephone instructions.

Redemption orders are processed without charge by the Trust. A Service Agent may
on at least 30 days' notice involuntarily redeem a shareholder's account with
the Fund having a balance below the minimum, but not if an account is below the
minimum due to a change in market value.

To sell Shares in a retirement account, your request must be made in writing,
except for exchanges to other eligible funds in the BT Family of Funds, which
can be requested by phone or in writing. For information on retirement
distributions, contact your Service Agent or call the BT Service Center at
1-800-730-1313.

If you are selling some but not all of your non-retirement account Shares, leave
at least $1,000 worth of shares in the account to keep it open.

To sell Shares by bank wire you will need to sign up for these services in
advance when completing your account application.

Certain requests must include a signature guarantee to protect you and Bankers
Trust from fraud. Redemption requests in writing must include a signature
guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

o     Your account registration has changed within the last 30 days,

o     The check is being mailed to a different address than the one on your
account (record address),

o     The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner,

o     The redemption proceeds are being transferred to a BT account with a
different registration, or

o You wish to have redemption proceeds wired to a non-predesignated bank
account.

A signature guarantee is also required if you change the pre-designated bank
information for receiving redemption proceeds on your account.

You should be able to obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, broker, dealer,
credit union (if authorized under state law), securities exchange or
association, clearing agency, or savings association. A notary public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.

Additional Information About Selling Shares

By Wire - You must sign up for the wire feature before using it. To verify that
it is in place, call 1-800-730-1313. Minimum wire: $1,000. Your wire redemption
request must be received by the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for
money to be wired on the next business day.

In Writing - Write a signed "letter of instruction" with your name, the Fund's
name and Fund's number, your Fund account number, the dollar amount or number of
Shares to be redeemed, and mail to one of the following addresses:

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210
    
                                       33

<PAGE>

   
Overnight mailings:

      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

For Trust accounts, the trustee must sign the letter indicating capacity as
trustee. If the trustee's name is not on the account registration, provide a
copy of the trust document certified within the last 60 days.

For a Business or Organization account, at least one person authorized by
corporate resolution to act on the account must sign the letter.

Unless otherwise instructed, the Transfer Agent will send a check to the account
address of record. The Trust reserves the right to close investor accounts via
30 day notice in writing if the Fund account balance falls below the Fund
minimums.

Investor Services

BT Investment Funds provide a variety of services to help you manage your
account.

Information Services

Statements and reports that your Investment Professional or the Transfer Agent
may send to you include the following:

o     Confirmation statements (after every transaction that affects your account
      balance, including distributions or your account registration)

o     Account statements (monthly)

o     Financial reports (every six months)

To reduce expenses, only one copy of most financial reports will be mailed,.even
if you have more than one account in the Fund. Call your Investment Professional
or the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313 if you need additional copies of
financial reports.

Exchange Privilege

Shareholders may exchange their Shares for shares of certain other funds in the
BT Family of Funds registered in their state. To make an exchange, follow the
procedures indicated in "Purchase of Shares" and "Redemption of Shares" herein.
Before making an exchange, please note the following:

o     Call your Service Agent for information and a prospectus. Read the
      prospectus for relevant information.

o     Your new account will have the identical account registration including
      the same name, address and taxpayer identification number as your existing
      account(s).

o     Each exchange represents the sale of shares of one fund and the purchase
      of shares of another, which may produce a gain or loss for tax purposes.
      Your Service Agent will receive a written confirmation of each exchange
      transaction.

Note that exchanges out of the Fund may be limited to four per calendar year and
any exchange may have tax consequences for you.

Systematic Programs

To move money from your bank account to BT Investment Funds

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Minimum     Minimum
 Initial     Subsequent      Frequency            Setting up or changing
<S><C>
$1,000       $100        Monthly, bimonthly    For a new account, complete the
                         quarterly or semi-    appropriate section of the
                         annually              application.
</TABLE>
    
                                       34

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S><C>
                                               For existing accounts, call your
                                               Investment Professional for an
                                               application. To change the amount
                                               or frequency of your investment,
                                               contact your Investment
                                               Professional directly or call
                                               1-800-730-1313. Call at least 10
                                               business days prior to your next
                                               scheduled investment date.
</TABLE>

Systematic Withdrawal Program lets you set up periodic redemptions from your
account.

Minimum          Frequency           Setting up or changing
- -------          ---------           ----------------------
$1,000       Monthly, quarterly    To establish, call your
             or semi-annually or   Investment Professional or call
             annually              1-800-730-1313. The accounts
                                   from which the withdrawals will be processed
                                   must have a minimum balance of $10,000, other
                                   than retirement accounts subject to required
                                   minimum distributions.

Tax-Saving Retirement Plans

Retirement plans offer significant tax savings and are available to individuals,
partnerships, small businesses, corporations, nonprofit organizations and other
institutions. Contact Bankers Trust for further information. Bankers Trust can
set up your new account in the Fund under a number of several tax-savings or
tax-deferred plans. Minimums may differ from those listed elsewhere in this SAI.

o     Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs): personal savings plans that offer
      tax advantages for individuals to set aside money for retirement and allow
      new contributions of $2, 000 per tax year.

o     Rollover IRAs: tax-deferred retirement accounts that retain the special
      tax advantages of lump sum distributions from qualified retirement plans
      and transferred IRA accounts.

                        Redemptions and Purchases in Kind


The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and the Portfolio reserve the right, if
conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for
redemption or withdrawal by making payment in whole or in part in readily
marketable securities chosen by the Trust, or the Portfolio, as the case may be,
and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Fund's or the Portfolio's
net asset value, as the case may be (a redemption in kind). If payment is made
to a Fund shareholder in securities, an investor, including the Fund, may incur
transaction expenses in converting these securities into cash. The Trust, on
behalf of the Fund, and the Portfolio have elected, however, to be governed by
Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which the Fund and the Portfolio
are obligated to redeem shares or beneficial interests, as the case may be, with
respect to any one investor during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the
lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund or the Portfolio, as
the case may be, at the beginning of the period.

The Portfolio has agreed to make a redemption in kind to the Fund whenever the
Fund wishes to make a redemption in kind and therefore shareholders of the Fund
that receive redemptions in kind will receive     
                                       35

<PAGE>


   
portfolio securities of the Portfolio and in no case will they receive a
security issued by the Portfolio. The Portfolio has advised the Trust that the
Portfolio will not redeem in kind except in circumstances in which the Fund is
permitted to redeem in kind or unless requested by the Fund.

Each investor in the Portfolio, including the Fund, may add to or reduce its
investment in the Portfolio on each day the Portfolio determines its net asset
value. At the close of each such business day, the value of each investor's
beneficial interest in the Portfolio will be determined by multiplying the net
asset value of the Portfolio by the percentage effective for that day, which
represents that investor's share of the aggregate beneficial interests in the
Portfolio. Any additions or withdrawals which are to be effected as of the close
of business on that day will then be effected. The investor's percentage of the
aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio will then be recomputed as the
percentage equal to the fraction (i) the numerator of which is the value of such
investor's investment in the Portfolio as of the close of business on such day
plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or withdrawals
from the investor's investment in the Portfolio effected as of the close of
business on such day, and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate net
asset value of the Portfolio as of the close of business on such day plus or
minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or withdrawals from
the aggregate investments in the Portfolio by all investors in the Portfolio.
The percentage so determined will then be applied to determine the value of the
investor's interest in the Portfolio as the close of business on the following
business day.

The Fund may, at its own option, accept securities in payment for shares. The
securities delivered in payment for shares are valued by the method described
under "Valuation of Securities" as of the day the Fund receives the securities.
This may be a taxable transaction to the shareholder. (Consult your tax adviser
for future tax guidance.) Securities may be accepted in payment for shares only
if they are, in the judgment of Bankers Trust, appropriate investments for the
Portfolio. In addition, securities accepted in payment for shares must: (i) meet
the investment objective and policies of the Portfolio; (ii) be acquired by the
Fund for investment and not for resale (other than for resale to the Portfolio);
(iii) be liquid securities which are not restricted as to transfer either by law
or liquidity of the market; and (iv) if stock, have a value which is readily
ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on a stock exchange, over-the-counter
market or by readily available market quotations from a dealer in such
securities. The Fund reserves the right to accept or reject at its own option
any and all securities offered in payment for its shares.
    

                          Trading in Foreign Securities

   
Trading in foreign cities may be completed at times which vary from the closing
of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). In computing the net asset values, the
Fund values foreign securities at the latest closing price on the exchange on
which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Similarly,
foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars
at the foreign exchange rates.     

Occasionally, events that affect values and exchange rates may occur between the
times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If such events
materially affect the value of portfolio securities, these securities may be
valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Trustees, although
the actual calculation may be done by others.

   
                   MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE  PORTFOLIO

The Trust and the Portfolio are governed by a Board of Trustees which is
responsible for protecting the interests of investors. A majority of the
Trustees who are not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the
Trust or the Portfolio, as the case may be, have adopted written procedures
reasonably appropriate to deal with potential conflicts of interest arising from
the fact that some of the same individuals are Trustees of the Trust and the
Portfolio, up to and including creating separate boards of trustees.

Each Board of Trustees is composed of persons experienced in financial matters
who meet throughout the year to oversee the activities of the Fund or Portfolio.
In addition, the Trustees review contractual arrangements with companies that
provide services to the Fund/Portfolio and review the Fund's performance.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust and Portfolio, their birthdates and their
principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below. Their
titles may have varied during that period. Unless otherwise indicated, the
address of each officer is Clearing Operations, P.O. Box 897, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 05230-0897.     
                                       36

<PAGE>


                              Trustees of the Trust

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930 ) -- Trustee; Retired; Director,
Coutts Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd;
Director, Zweig Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director,
Vinters International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment
company registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive,
Singer Island, Florida 33404.

KELVIN J. LANCASTER (birthdate: December 10, 1924) -- Trustee; Professor,
Department of Economics, Columbia University. His address is 35 Claremont
Avenue, New York, New York 10027.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.

   
                            Trustees of the Portfolio
    

CHARLES P. BIGGAR (birthdate: October 14, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director of
Chase/NBW Bank Advisory Board; Director, Batemen, Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.;
formerly Vice President of International Business Machines and President of the
National Services and the Field Engineering Divisions of IBM. His address is 12
Hitching Post Lane, Chappaqua, New York 10514.

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director, Coutts
Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd; Director, Zweig
Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director, Vinters
International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment company
registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive, Singer
Island, Florida 33404.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.

   
                       Officers of the Trust and Portfolio

Unless otherwise specified, each officer listed below holds the same position
with the Trust and the Portfolio.

RONALD M. PETNUCH (birthdate: February 27, 1960) -- President and Treasurer;
Senior Vice President, Federated Services Company ("FSC"); formerly, Director of
Proprietary Client Services, Federated Administrative Services ("FAS"), and
Associate Corporate Counsel, Federated Investors ("FI").
    

CHARLES L. DAVIS, JR. (birthdate: March 23, 1960) -- Vice President and
Assistant Treasurer; Vice President, FAS.

JAY S. NEUMAN (birthdate: April 22, 1950) -- Secretary; Corporate Counsel, FI.

   
No person who is an officer or director of Bankers Trust is an officer or
Trustee of the Trust or the Portfolio. No director, officer or employee of ICC
Distributors or any of its affiliates will receive any compensation from the
Trust or the Portfolio for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust or the
Portfolio.     
                                       37

<PAGE>


                           Trustee Compensation Table
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Total Compensation
                                                                                  from Fund
   Name of Person,    Aggregate Compensation     Aggregate Compensation           Complex***
       Position            from Trust*               from Portfolio**        Paid to Trustees(+)
   ---------------    ----------------------     ----------------------      -------------------
<S>                   <C>                        <C>                         <C>
S. Leland Dill,
Trustee of Trust and
Portfolio                    $13,125                    $_______                  $27,500
                      --------------              --------------              -----------

Kelvin J. Lancaster,
Trustee of Trust            $13,125                         N/A                  $27,500
                            -------               -------------               ----------

Philip Saunders, Jr.,
Trustee of Trust and
Portfolio                   $13,125                    $_______                  $27,500
                             ------                     -------                   ------

Charles P. Biggar,
Trustee of Portfolio            N/A                     $_______                  $27,500
                      -------------               --------------              -----------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    

   
* The aggregate compensation is provided for the BT Investment Funds which is
comprised of 17 funds. Information is furnished for the Trust's most recent
fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.

** The aggregate compensation is provided for the Trust's most recent fiscal
year ended September 30, 1998.

*** Aggregated information is furnished for the BT Family of Funds which
consists of the following: BT Investment Funds, BT Institutional Funds, BT
Pyramid Funds, BT Advisor Funds, BT Investment Portfolios, Cash Management
Portfolio, Treasury Money Portfolio, Tax Free Money Portfolio, NY Tax Free Money
Portfolio, International Equity Portfolio, Short Intermediate US Government
Securities Portfolio, Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio, Asset Management
Portfolio, Equity 500 Index Portfolio and Capital Appreciation Portfolio.
    

(+) The compensation is provided for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998.

   
Bankers Trust reimbursed the Fund and the Portfolio for a portion of their
Trustees fees for the period above. See "Investment Adviser" and "Administrator"
below.
    

   
As of December 31, 1998, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust and the
Portfolio owned in the aggregate less than 1% of the shares of the Fund or the
Trust (all series taken together).

As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record owned 5% or more
of the outstanding voting shares of Global High Yield Securities Fund:
[TO BE PROVIDED].
    

                               Investment Adviser
   
The Trust has not retained the services of an investment adviser since the Trust
seeks to achieve the investment objective of the Fund by investing all the
Assets of the Fund in the Portfolio. The Portfolio has retained the services of
Bankers Trust as Adviser.     

Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation with principal offices at
130 Liberty Street, (One Bankers Trust Plaza), New York, New York 10006, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York Corporation. Bankers Trust
conducts a variety of general banking and trust activities and is a major
wholesale supplier of financial services to the international and domestic
institutional market.

   
Under the terms of the Portfolio's investment advisory agreement with Bankers
Trust (the "Advisory Agreement"), Bankers Trust manages the Portfolio subject to
the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio. Bankers
Trust will: (i) act in strict conformity with the Portfolio's Declaration of
Trust, the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as the same may
from time to time be amended; (ii) manage the Portfolio in accordance with the
Portfolio's investment objectives, restrictions and policies;     
                                       38

<PAGE>


   
(iii) make investment decisions for the Portfolio; and (iv) place purchase and
sale orders for securities and other financial instruments on behalf of the
Portfolio.

Bankers Trust bears all expenses in connection with the performance of services
under the Advisory Agreement. The Trust and the Portfolio bear certain other
expenses incurred in their operation, including: taxes, interest, brokerage fees
and commissions, if any; fees of Trustees of the Trust or the Portfolio who are
not officers, directors or employees of Bankers Trust, ICC Distributors or any
of their affiliates; SEC fees and state Blue Sky qualification fees; charges of
custodians and transfer and dividend disbursing agents; certain insurance
premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of maintenance of corporate
existence; costs attributable to investor services, including, without
limitation, telephone and personnel expenses; costs of preparing and printing
prospectuses and statements of additional information for regulatory purposes
and for distribution to existing shareholders; costs of shareholders' reports
and meetings of shareholders, officers and Trustees of the Trust or the
Portfolio; and any extraordinary expenses.

The Advisory Agreement provides for the Portfolio to pay Bankers Trust a fee,
accrued daily and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to 0.80% of the average
daily net assets of the Portfolio for its then-current fiscal year. The
investment advisory fee is higher than that of most funds, but not necessarily
higher than that of a typical international fund, due to the greater complexity,
expense and commitment of resources involved in international investing. Under
certain circumstances Bankers Trust has agreed to pay fees to certain securities
brokers, dealers and other entities that facilitate the sale of Fund shares, and
in connection therewith provide administrative, shareholder, or distribution
related services to the Fund or its shareholders. Fees paid to entities that
administer mutual fund "supermarkets" may be higher than fees paid for other
types of services.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_______, $189,050 and $156,634, respectively, in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to the Portfolio. During the same periods,
Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______, $84,568 and $86,070, respectively, to the
Portfolio to cover expenses.

Bankers Trust may have deposit, loan and other commercial banking relationships
with the issuers of obligations which may be purchased on behalf of the
Portfolio, including outstanding loans to such issuers which could be repaid in
whole or in part with the proceeds of securities so purchased. Such affiliates
deal, trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and are among
the leading dealers of various types of such obligations. Bankers Trust has
informed the Portfolio that, in making its investment decisions, it does not
obtain or use material inside information in its possession or in the possession
of any of its affiliates. In making investment recommendations for the
Portfolio, Bankers Trust will not inquire or take into consideration whether an
issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by the Portfolio is a
customer of Bankers Trust, its parent or its subsidiaries or affiliates and, in
dealing with its customers, Bankers Trust, its parent, subsidiaries and
affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of
such customers are held by any fund managed by Bankers Trust or any such
affiliate.
                                  Administrator

Under the administration and services agreements, Bankers Trust is obligated on
a continuous basis to provide such administrative services as the Board of
Trustees of the Trust and the Portfolio reasonably deem necessary for the proper
administration of the Trust or the Portfolio. Bankers Trust will generally
assist in all aspects of the Fund's and Portfolio's operations; supply and
maintain office facilities (which may be in Bankers Trust's own offices),
statistical and research data, data processing services, clerical, accounting,
bookkeeping and recordkeeping services (including without limitation the
maintenance of such books and records as are required under the 1940 Act and the
rules thereunder, except as maintained by other agents), executive and
administrative services, and stationery and office supplies; prepare reports to
shareholders or investors; prepare and file tax returns; supply financial
information and supporting data for reports to and filings with the SEC and
various state Blue Sky authorities; supply supporting documentation for meetings
of the Board of Trustees; provide monitoring reports and assistance regarding
compliance with Declarations of Trust, by-laws, investment objectives and
policies and with Federal and state securities laws; arrange for appropriate
insurance coverage; calculate net asset values, net income and realized capital
gains or losses; and negotiate arrangements with, and supervise and coordinate
the activities of, agents and others to supply services.

Pursuant to a sub-administration agreement (the "Sub-Administration Agreement"),
FSC performs such sub-administration duties for the Trust and the Portfolio as
from time to time may be agreed upon by Bankers     
                                       39

<PAGE>


Trust and FSC. The Sub-Administration Agreement provides that FSC will receive
such compensation as from time to time may be agreed upon by FSC and Bankers
Trust. All such compensation will be paid by Bankers Trust.

   
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_____, $223,857 and $185,042 , respectively, in compensation for
administrative and other services provided to the Fund. During the same periods,
Bankers Trust reimbursed $_____, $88,187 and $109,939, respectively, to cover
expenses. For the same periods, Bankers Trust received $______, $47,263 and
$39,158, respectively, in compensation for administrative and other services
provided to the Portfolio.

Bankers Trust has agreed that if in any fiscal year the aggregate expenses of
any Fund and the Portfolio (including fees pursuant to the Advisory Agreement,
but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and, if permitted by the relevant state
securities commissions, extraordinary expenses) exceed the expense limitation of
any state having jurisdiction over the Fund, Bankers Trust will reimburse the
Fund for the excess expense to the extent required by state law. As of the date
of this SAI, the most restrictive annual expense limitation applicable to the
Fund is 2.50% of the Fund's first $30 million of average annual net assets,
2.00% of the next $70 million of average annual net assets and 1.50% of the
remaining average annual net assets.     
                          Custodian and Transfer Agent
   
Bankers Trust, 130 Liberty Street (One Bankers Trust Plaza) , New York, New
York, 10006, serves as Custodian for the Trust and for the Portfolio pursuant to
the administration and services agreements. As Custodian, it holds the Fund's
and the Portfolio's assets. Bankers Trust also serves as transfer agent of the
Trust and of the Portfolio pursuant to the respective administration and
services agreement. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Bankers
Trust maintains the shareholder account records for the Fund, handles certain
communications between shareholders and the Trust and causes to be distributed
any dividends and distributions payable by the Trust. Bankers Trust may be
reimbursed by the Fund or the Portfolio for its out-of-pocket expenses. Bankers
Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under the
1940 Act.     

                                   Use of Name
   
The Trust and Bankers Trust have agreed that the Trust may use "BT" as part of
its name for so long as Bankers Trust serves as investment adviser to the
Portfolio. The Trust has acknowledged that the term "BT" is used by and is a
property right of certain subsidiaries of Bankers Trust and that those
subsidiaries and/or Bankers Trust may at any time permit others to use that
term.

The Trust may be required, on 60 days' notice from Bankers Trust at any time, to
abandon use of the acronym "BT" as part of its name. If this were to occur, the
Trustees would select an appropriate new name for the Trust, but there would be
no other material effect on the Trust, its shareholders or activities.
    

                           Banking Regulatory Matters
   
Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that in its opinion Bankers Trust
may perform the services for the Portfolio contemplated by the Advisory
Agreement and other activities for the Fund and the Portfolio described in the
Prospectus and this SAI without violation of the Glass-Steagall Act or other
applicable banking laws or regulations. However, counsel has pointed out that
future changes in either Federal or state statutes and regulations concerning
the permissible activities of banks or trust companies, as well as future
judicial or administrative decisions or interpretations of present and future
statutes and regulations, might prevent Bankers Trust from continuing to perform
those services for the Trust and the Portfolio. State laws on this issue may
differ from the interpretations of relevant Federal law and banks and financial
institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant to state securities
law. If the circumstances described above should change, the Boards of Trustees
would review the relationships with Bankers Trust and consider taking all
actions necessary in the circumstances.     

                       Counsel and Independent Accountants
   
Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves
as Counsel to the Trust and the Portfolio. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 1100 Main
Street, Suite 900, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 acts as Independent Accountants
of the Trust and the Portfolio.     
                                       40

<PAGE>


                            ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST

   
The Trust was organized on July 21, 1986 under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. The Fund is a mutual fund: an investment that pools shareholders'
money and invests it toward a specified goal. The Fund is a separate series of
the Trust. The Portfolio is a separate subtrust of BT Investment Portfolios, a
New York master trust fund. The Trust offers shares of beneficial interest of
separate series, par value $0.001 per share. The shares of the other series of
the Trust are offered through separate prospectuses. No series of shares has any
preference over any other series. The Trust and BT Investment Portfolios reserve
the right to add additional series in the future. The Trust also reserves the
right to issue more than one class of shares     

The Trust is an entity commonly known as a "Massachusetts business trust." Under
Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a business trust may, under certain
circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for its obligations.
However, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of
shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate
insurance existed and the Trust itself was unable to meet its obligations.

   
** 30 The Portfolio, in which all the Assets of the Fund will be invested, is
organized as a trust under the laws of the State of New York. The Portfolio's
Declaration of Trust provides that the Fund and other entities investing in the
Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company separate accounts
and common and commingled trust funds) will each be liable for all obligations
of the Portfolio. However, the risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on
account of such liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate
insurance existed and the Portfolio itself was unable to meet its obligations.
Accordingly, the Trustees of the Trust believe that neither the Fund nor its
shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of the Fund's investing in the
Portfolio.

When matters are submitted for shareholder vote, shareholders of the Fund will
have one vote for each full share held and proportionate, fractional votes for
fractional shares held. A separate vote of the Fund is required on any matter
affecting the Fund on which shareholders are entitled to vote. Shareholders of
the Fund are not entitled to vote on trust matters that do not affect the Fund.
All series of the Trust will vote together on certain matters, such as electing
trustees or approving independent public accountants. There normally will be no
meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees unless and until
such time as less than a majority of Trustees holding office have been elected
by shareholders, at which time the Trustees then in office, will call a
shareholders' meeting for the election of Trustees. Any Trustee may be removed
from office upon the vote of shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the
Trust's outstanding shares at a meeting called for that purpose. The Trustees
are required to call such a meeting upon the written request of shareholders
holding at least 10% of the Trust's outstanding shares. The Trust will also
assist shareholders in communicating with one another as provided for in the
1940 Act.

* 30 moved from here; text not shown

Each series in the Trust will not be involved in any vote involving the
Portfolio in which it does not invest its Assets. Shareholders of all of the
series of the Trust will, however, vote together to elect Trustees of the Trust
and for certain other matters. Under certain circumstances, the shareholders of
one or more series could control the outcome of these votes. As of December 31,
1998, the following shareholders of record owned 25% or more of the voting
securities of the Fund, and, therefore, may, for certain purposes, be deemed to
control the Fund and be able to affect the outcome of certain matters presented
for a vote of its shareholders: .     

Shares of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that
holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can
elect all Trustees. Shares are transferable but have no preemptive, conversion
or subscription rights. Shareholders generally vote by Fund, except with respect
to the election of Trustees and the ratification of the selection of independent
accountants.

Massachusetts law provides that shareholders could under certain circumstances
be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust's
Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of
the Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer be given in each
agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or a
Trustee. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification from the Trust's
property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable
for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder's incurring
financial loss on account of

                                       41

<PAGE>


shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself
would be unable to meet its obligations, a possibility that the Trust believes
is remote. Upon payment of any liability incurred by the Trust, the shareholder
paying the liability will be entitled to reimbursement from the general assets
of the Trust. The Trustees intend to conduct the operations of the Trust in a
manner so as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the
shareholders for liabilities of the Trust.

The Trust was organized under the name BT Tax-Free Investment Trust and assumed
its current name of BT Investment Funds on May 16, 1988.

Except as described below, whenever the Trust is requested to vote on a
fundamental policy of the Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of the Fund's
shareholders and will cast its vote as instructed by the Fund's shareholders.
Fund shareholders who do not vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the
Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the Trust's votes representing Fund
shareholders not voting will be voted by the Trustees of the Trust in the same
proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

Except as described below, whenever the Fund is requested to vote on matters
pertaining to the Portfolio, the Fund will hold a meeting of its shareholders
and will cast its votes proportionately as instructed by Fund shareholders.
However, subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, the Fund
would not request a vote of its shareholders with respect to (a) any proposal
relating to the Portfolio, which proposal, if made with respect to the Fund,
would not require the vote of the shareholders of the Fund, or (b) any proposal
with respect to the Portfolio that is identical in all material respects to a
proposal that has previously been approved by shareholders of the Fund. Any
proposal submitted to holders in the Portfolio, and that is not required to be
voted on by shareholders of the Fund, would nonetheless be voted on by the
Trustees of the Trust.

                                    TAXATION
   
                           Dividends and Distributions

The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company, as defined in the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Provided the Fund meets
the requirements imposed by the Code and distributes all of its income and
gains, the Fund will not pay any federal income or excise taxes.

The Fund distributes substantially all of its net income and capital gains to
shareholders each year. The Fund distributes capital gains annually. Normally,
income dividends for the Fund are distributed quarterly. Unless a shareholder
instructs the Trust to pay such dividends and distributions in cash, they will
be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.

Distributions from the Fund's income and short-term capital gains are taxed as
dividends, and long-term capital gain distributions are taxed as long-term
capital gains. The Fund's capital gain distributions are taxable when they are
paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them in additional Shares.
Distributions declared to shareholders of record in October, November or
December and paid as if paid in January are taxable on December 31. The Fund
will send each shareholder a tax statement by January 31 showing the tax status
of the distributions received on the part year.

On the ex-date for a distribution from capital gains, the Fund's share value is
reduced by the amount of the distribution. If you buy shares just before the
ex-date ("buying a dividend"), you will pay the full price for the shares and
then receive a portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

                              Taxation of the Fund

As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. Federal
income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if
any, that it distributes to shareholders. The Fund intends to distribute to its
shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company
taxable income and net capital gains, and therefore does not anticipate
incurring Federal income tax liability.

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify for the special federal income
tax treatment afforded regulated investment companies, all of its taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any
deduction for distributions to its shareholders). In such event, dividend
distributions would be taxable to shareholders to the extent of current and
accumulated     
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
earnings and profits, and would be eligible for the dividends received deduction
for corporations in the case of corporate shareholders.

The Fund's shareholders will also receive, if appropriate, various written
notices after the close of the Fund's prior taxable year as to the Federal
income status of his dividends and distributions which were received from the
Fund during the Fund's prior taxable year. Shareholders should consult their tax
advisers as to any state and local taxes that may apply to these dividends and
distributions.

Foreign Securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United
States may reduce or eliminate foreign taxes. It is impossible to determine the
effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio's
assets to be invested in various countries will vary.

If the Portfolio is liable for foreign taxes, and if more than 50% of the value
of the Portfolio's total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of
stocks or securities of foreign corporations (including foreign governments), it
may make an election pursuant to which certain foreign taxes paid by it would be
treated as having been paid directly by shareholders of the entities, such as
the Fund, which have invested in the Portfolio. Pursuant to such election, the
amount of foreign taxes paid will be included in the income of the Fund's
shareholders, and the Fund's shareholders (except tax-exempt shareholders) may,
subject to certain limitations, claim either a credit or deduction for the
taxes. Each Fund shareholder will be notified after the close of the Portfolio's
taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid will "pass through" for that year
and, if so, such notification will designate (a) the shareholder's portion of
the foreign taxes paid to each such country and (b) the portion which represents
income derived from sources within each such country.     

The amount of foreign taxes for which a shareholder may claim a credit in any
year will generally be subject to a separate limitation for "passive income,"
which includes, among other items of income, dividends, interest and certain
foreign currency gains. Because capital gains realized by the Portfolio on the
sale of foreign securities will be treated as U.S. source income, the available
credit of foreign taxes paid with respect to such gains may be restricted by
this limitation.

   
                            Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio is not subject to Federal income taxation. Instead, the Fund and
other investors investing in the Portfolio must take into account, in computing
their Federal income tax liability, their share of the Portfolio's income,
gains, losses, deductions, credits and tax preference items, without regard to
whether they have received any cash distributions from the Portfolio.

Distributions received by the Fund from the Portfolio generally will not result
in the Fund recognizing any gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes, except
that: (1) gain will be recognized to the extent that any cash distributed
exceeds the Fund's basis in its interest in the Portfolio prior to the
distribution; (2) income or gain may be realized if the distribution is made in
liquidation of the Fund's entire interest in the Portfolio and includes a
disproportionate share of any unrealized receivables held by the Portfolio; and
(3) loss may be recognized if the distribution is made in liquidation of the
Fund's entire interest in the Portfolio and consists solely of cash and/or
unrealized receivables. The Fund's basis in its interest in the Portfolio
generally will equal the amount of cash and the basis of any property which the
Fund invests in the Portfolio, increased by the Fund's share of income from the
Portfolio, and decreased by the amount of any cash distributions and the basis
of any property distributed from the Portfolio.     

                                 Other Taxation
   
The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust and, under current law,
neither the Trust nor any Fund is liable for any income or franchise tax in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided that the Fund continues to qualify as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. The investment by
the Fund in the Portfolio does not cause the Fund to be liable for any income or
franchise tax in the State of New York.

The Portfolio is organized as a New York trust. The Portfolio is not subject to
any income or franchise tax in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.

Fund shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on their Fund
distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
    
                                       43

<PAGE>


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
The financial statements for the Fund or Portfolio for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report to
shareholders for the Fund dated September 30, 1998. A copy of the Fund's and
Portfolio's Annual Report may be obtained without charge by contacting the Fund.
    

                                       44

<PAGE>


                                    APPENDIX

   
Description of  Moody's Corporate Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin
and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to
change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.     

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together
with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds.
They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not
be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e. they are
neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
Such, bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
speculative characteristics as well.

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements. Their future cannot
be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both (good
and bad times over the future). Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in
this class.

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment.
Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of
the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca - Bonds rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and issued so rated can be
regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.

   
Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3, in each generic rating
classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond system. The modifier 1
indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating
category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3
indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.
    

Description of S&P Corporate Bond Ratings:

   
AAA - Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's to a
debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely
strong.
    

AA - Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from the higher-rated issues only in small degree.

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal,
although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection
parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt
in this category than in higher-rated categories.

BB - Debt rate BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

                                       45

<PAGE>


B - Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business,
financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt
subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB- rating.

CCC - Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse
business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC - Debt rated CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

C - The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating. The C rating may be used to
cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed but debt service
payments are continued.

CI - The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments
will be made during such grace period. The D rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Description of S&P commercial paper ratings:

Commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P indicates that the degree of safety regarding
timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Those issues determined to
possess overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-1+.

   
Description of Moody's commercial paper ratings:

The rating Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody's.
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) are considered to
have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.
    

Description of S&P Municipal Bond Ratings:

AAA - Prime - These are obligations of the highest quality. They have the
strongest capacity for timely payment of debt service.

General Obligations Bonds - In a period of economic stress, the issuers will
suffer the smallest declines in income and will be least susceptible to
autonomous decline. Debt burden is moderate. A strong revenue structure appears
more than adequate to meet future expenditure requirements. Quality of
management appears superior.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage has been, and is expected to remain,
substantial, stability of the pledged revenues is also exceptionally strong due
to the competitive position of the municipal enterprise or to the nature of the
revenues. Basic security provisions (including rate covenant, earnings test for
issuance of additional bonds and debt service reserve requirements) are
rigorous. There is evidence of superior management.

AA - High Grade - The investment characteristics of bonds in this group are only
slightly less marked than those of the prime quality issues. Bonds rated AA have
the second strongest capacity for payment of debt service.

                                       46

<PAGE>


A - Good Grade - Principal and interest payments on bonds in this category are
regarded as safe although the bonds are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher
rated categories. This rating describes the third strongest capacity for payment
of debt service. Regarding municipal bonds, the rating differs from the two
higher ratings because:

General Obligation Bonds - There is some weakness, either in the local economic
base, in debt burden, in the balance between revenues and expenditures, or in
quality of management. Under certain adverse circumstances, any one such
weakness might impair the ability of the issuer to meet debt obligations at some
future date.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage is good, but not exceptional. Stability of
the pledged revenues could show some variations because of increased competition
or economic influences on revenues. Basic security provisions, while
satisfactory, are less stringent. Management performance appearance appears
adequate.

   
S&P's letter ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus or a minus sign,
which is used to show relative standing within the major rating categories,
except in the AAA rating category.

Description of  Moody's Municipal Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry
the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt
edge". Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.     

Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities, or fluctuation of protective elements
may be of greater amplitude, or there may be other elements present which make
the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are
to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

   
Moody's may apply the numerical modifier in each generic rating classification
from Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the security within its generic
rating classification possesses the strongest investment attributes.
    

Description of S&P Municipal Note Ratings:

Municipal notes with maturities of three years or less are usually given note
ratings (designated SP-1, or -2) to distinguish more clearly the credit quality
of notes as compared to bonds. Notes rated SP-1 have a very strong or strong
capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess
overwhelming safety characteristics are given the designation of SP-1. Notes
rates SP-2 have a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

   
Description of  Moody's Municipal Note Ratings:

Moody's ratings for state and municipal notes and other short-term loans are
designated Moody's Investment Grade (MIG) and for variable rate demand
obligations are designated Variable Moody's Investment Grade (VMIG). This
distinction recognizes the differences between short-term credit risk and
long-term risk. Loans bearing the designation MIG 1/VMIG 1 are of the best
quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows of funds for
their servicing or from established cash flows of funds for their servicing or
from established and broad-based access to the market for refinancing, or both.
Loans bearing the designation MIG2/VMIG2 are of high quality, with ample margins
of protection, although not as large as the preceding group.
    

                                       47

<PAGE>


   
 S&P's Commercial Paper Ratings:
    

A is the highest commercial paper rating category utilized by S&P, which uses
the numbers 1, 1, 2 and 3 to denote relative strength within its A
classification. Commercial paper issues rated A by S&P have the following
characteristics: Liquidity ratios are better than industry average. Long-term
debt ratings is A or better. The issuer has access to at least two additional
channels of borrowing. Basic earnings and cash flow are in an upward tread.
Typically, the issuer is a strong company in a well-established industry and has
superior management.

   
 Moody's Commercial Paper Ratings:
    

Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics: leasing
market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on funds
employed; conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed
financial charges and high internal cash generation; well-established access to
a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Issuers rates Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. The effect of
industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced.
Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of
debt protection measurements and the requirement for relatively high financial
leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

                                       48

<PAGE>



   
            Investment Adviser and Administrator of  the Portfolio
    
                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                                   Distributor
   
                             ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
    

                          Custodian and Transfer Agent
                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                             Independent Accountants
   
                               PRICEWATERHOUSE LLP
    

                                     Counsel
                            WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER

                               --------------------

   
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in the Fund's Prospectus, its
Statement of Additional Information or the Fund's official sales literature in
connection with the offering of the Fund's shares and, if given or made, such
other information or representations must not be relied on as having  been
authorized by the Fund. Neither the Prospectus nor this Statement of Additional
Information constitutes an offer in any state in which, or to any person to
whom, such offer may not lawfully be made.
    
                               --------------------

   
CUSIP #     055922801
CUSIP #     055922777
CUSIP #     055922819
CUSIP #     055922769
CUSIP #     055922868
CUSIP #     055922736
CUSIP #     055922785
COMBINV400 (1/98)
[DELETE EXTRA CUSIP #]
    










                               BT Investment Funds

                        INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTING IN THE
                                  SMALL CAP FUND
                            CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND


The SMALL CAP FUND seeks long-term capital growth through investment in stocks
and other equity securities of small companies.

The CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND seeks long-term capital growth, primarily through
investment in common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies with strong growth
prospects.


                                    Prospectus
                                 January 31, 1999


                              Bankers Trust Company
                                Investment Adviser


Like shares of all mutual funds, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SMALL CAP FUND.......................................................
CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND............................................

INFORMATION CONCERNING BOTH FUNDS
      Board of Trustees..............................................
      Investment Adviser.............................................
      Administrator..................................................
      Organizational Structure.......................................

CALCULATING A FUND'S SHARE PRICE.....................................
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS..........................................
TAX CONSIDERATIONS...................................................
BUYING AND SELLING FUND SHARES.......................................


<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SMALL CAP FUND OVERVIEW

GOAL.................................................................
CORE STRATEGY........................................................
PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND.............................
WHO SHOULD CONSIDER INVESTING IN THE FUND............................
TOTAL RETURNS, AFTER FEES AND EXPENSES...............................
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES.......................................

SMALL CAP FUND IN DETAIL

OBJECTIVE............................................................
STRATEGY.............................................................
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS................................................
INVESTMENT PROCESS...................................................
RISKS................................................................
PORTFOLIO MANAGER....................................................
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.................................................


<PAGE>


Small Cap Fund Overview

GOAL
The Fund invests for long-term capital growth.


<PAGE>


CORE STRATEGY
The Fund invests primarily in stocks and other equity securities of companies
with market capitalizations, at the time we purchase the stock, within the
market capitalization range of the Russell 2000 Index.


<PAGE>


PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND
An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

     o   Stocks that the Investment Adviser has selected could perform poorly;

     o   Small company stock returns could trail stock market returns generally
         because of the liquidity risks specific to small company investing:
         greater share-price volatility and fewer buyers for small company
         shares in periods of economic or stock market stress. Such lack of
         liquidity may accelerate a prevailing downward price trend and limit
         the Fund's ability to exit from an unsuccessful investment; or

     o   The stock market could decline or could under perform other
         investments.

<PAGE>


                   WHO SHOULD CONSIDER INVESTING IN THE FUND

You should consider investing in the Small Cap Fund if you are seeking long-term
capital growth. There is, of course, no guarantee that the Fund will realize its
goal. Moreover, you should be willing to accept greater short-term fluctuation
in the value of your investment than you would typically experience investing in
certain bonds or money market funds.

You should not consider investing in the Small Cap Fund if you are pursuing a
short-term financial goal, are investing funds intended to provide a regular
income or if you cannot tolerate fluctuations in the value of your investments.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. It can,
however, afford you exposure to investment opportunities not available to an
investor in large company and medium-sized company stocks.

AN INVESTMENT IN THE SMALL CAP FUND IS NOT A DEPOSIT OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY OR
ANY OTHER BANK AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.


<PAGE>


TOTAL RETURNS, AFTER FEES AND EXPENSES
The bar chart and table on this page can help you evaluate the potential risk
and rewards of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund's
performance year to year. The bar chart shows the Fund's actual return for each
full calendar year since the Fund began selling shares to the public on October
20, 1993 (its inception date). The table compares the Fund's average annual
return with the Russell 2000 Index over the last one and five years, and since
inception. The Index is a passive measure of stock performance. It does not
factor in the costs of buying, selling and holding stock--costs which are
reflected in the Fund's results.

[SIDEBAR: THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX IS A WIDELY ACCEPTED BENCHMARK OF SMALL-COMPANY
STOCK PERFORMANCE. IT IS A MODEL, NOT AN ACTUAL PORTFOLIO AND IS A SUBSET OF THE
RUSSELL 3000 INDEX. THE RUSSELL 2000 TRACKS THE 2000 SMALLEST COMPANIES IN THE
RUSSELL 3000. IT CONSTITUTES ABOUT 10% OF THE RUSSELL 3000'S TOTAL MARKET VALUE.
THE WEIGHTED AVERAGE MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANIES IN THE RUSSELL 2000
HAS RUN ABOUT $000 MILLION IN RECENT YEARS. THAT COMPARES TO $2 BILLION FOR THE
COMPANIES IN THE RUSSELL 3000.]



           FUND PERFORMANCE FOR EACH FULL CALENDAR YEAR SINCE INCEPTION
                                   [bar chart]

          -------------------------------------------------------------
          -------------------------------------------------------------
              1994        1995        1996        1997        1998
          -------------------------------------------------------------


Since inception, the Fund's highest return in any calendar quarter was ____% and
its lowest quarterly return was (____)%. Past performance offers no indication
of how the Fund will perform in the future.


<PAGE>


                  AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998

- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Since Inception
                            1 year      5 years     (10/21/93)*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Cap Fund                            N/A
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Russell 2000 Index                        N/A
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

*The Russell 2000 Index is calculated from October 31, 1993.


<PAGE>


ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES PAID FROM FUND ASSETS) This table
describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the
Small Cap Fund.

          -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE
                                                  DAILY NET ASSETS*
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          Management Fees                                 0.65%
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees           none
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          Other Expenses                                  0.79%
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          Total Fund Operating Expenses                   1.44%
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          Less: Fee Waivers or Expense
          Reimbursement                                  (0.19%)**
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          Net Expense                                     1.25%
          -------------------------------------------------------------

Expense Example
This example illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a $10,000
investment in the Fund. It assumes that the Fund earned an annual return of 5%
over the periods shown, that the Fund's operating expenses remained the same and
you sold your shares at the end of the period.

- -------------------------------------
 1 year   3 years  5 years  10 years
- -------------------------------------

  $127      $397     $686    $1,511
- -------------------------------------

You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense history with
other funds.* The example does not represent an estimate of future returns or
expenses. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.


- -------------------
*Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
 Fund and the Small Cap Portfolio, the master fund in which the Small Cap Fund
 invests its assets. (A further discussion of the relationship between the Fund
 and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational Structure" section of this
 prospectus).
** Bankers Trust has agreed for the 16 months from the Fund's fiscal year end of
 September 30, 1998, to waive its fees or reimburse its expenses so that total
 expenses will not exceed 1.25%.


<PAGE>


SMALL CAP FUND IN DETAIL
OBJECTIVE
The Small Cap Fund seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal circumstances,
the Fund invests at least 65% of its total assets in the stock and other
securities with equity characteristics, of companies with market
capitalizations, at the time we first purchase the shares, within the market
capitalization range of the Russell 2000 Index.

The Fund invests for long-term growth, not income; any dividend and interest
income is incidental to the pursuit of its objective. While we give priority to
long-term capital growth, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving this
objective. The Fund's objective is not a fundamental policy of the Fund. We must
notify shareholders before we change it, but we do not require their approval to
do so.


<PAGE>


STRATEGY
We invest for the long term. We are looking for small companies that have
reached an inflection point--companies that are ready to reap the benefits of
technological change, companies that have begun to increase their market share,
companies that have completed a turnaround or whose pace of growth is starting
to accelerate. Normally, their share prices do not reflect their strong
prospects--most investors have not yet discovered them. Two financial attributes
set these companies apart:

     o   evidence of above-average growth in revenues and earnings; and

     o   a balance sheet that can support this growth potential with sufficient
         working capital and manageable levels of debt.


<PAGE>


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS
The Fund normally owns stock in approximately 90 to 110 small companies at any
one time. The Fund focuses principally on companies with market caps within the
market capitalization range of the Russell 2000 Index.

[SIDEBAR: "MARKET CAPITALIZATION," OR "MARKET CAP," PROVIDES A READY GAUGE OF A
COMPANY'S SIZE. IT MULTIPLIES THE TOTAL NUMBER OF A COMPANY'S OUTSTANDING SHARES
BY THE CURRENT PRICE OF ITS STOCK TO ARRIVE AT AN ESTIMATE OF ITS CURRENT VALUE.
BY WAY OF COMPARISON, THE AVERAGE "CAP" OF THE S&P 500, THE LEADING LARGE-STOCK
INDEX, STOOD AT $8.8 BILLION AS OF MIDYEAR 1998.]

The Fund may also invest up to 25% of its assets in the stocks of non-U.S.
companies and up to 35% of its assets in large caps. Under normal conditions,
these two tactics would not comprise major elements of its strategy.


<PAGE>


INVESTMENT PROCESS
The Fund's process begins with a methodical search for industries poised to take
off. Before identifying individual companies, we seek to identify the industries
that are undergoing positive change or that stand to benefit from broad
demographic and cultural trends.

Once we have identified a likely industry, the exhaustive search begins for the
most promising small companies within the industry. The Small Cap research team
meets frequently with the managements of investment candidates to gather a
first-hand impression of their prospects. The team's investigative work relies
on the analytical and forecasting tools that Bankers Trust has long applied and
is continuously enhancing. The work demands intensive research: visits to a
company's plants and frequent contact with its management, suppliers, customers
and competitors.



<PAGE>


TURNOVER
The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.



<PAGE>


RISKS
BELOW WE SET FORTH SOME OF THE PROMINENT RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SMALL CAP
INVESTING, AS WELL AS INVESTING IN GENERAL, AND WE DETAIL OUR APPROACHES TO
CONTAINING THEM. ALTHOUGH WE ATTEMPT TO ASSESS THE LIKELIHOOD THAT THESE RISKS
MAY ACTUALLY OCCUR AND TO LIMIT THEM, WE MAKE NO GUARANTEE THAT WE WILL SUCCEED.

PRIMARY RISKS

Market Risk
A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that the securities an investor
has selected will not perform to expectations. We manage this risk in the Small
Cap Fund by closely monitoring the Fund's investments for the following signs of
negative change:

    o   decelerating revenue or earnings growth;

    o   loss of market share;

    o   increasing levels of debt or decreasing levels of cash flow and working
        capital; and

    o a stock price that lags behind competitors'.


<PAGE>


Small Company Risk
Small company stocks tend to experience steeper fluctuations in price--down as
well as up--than the stocks of larger companies. A shortage of reliable
information--the same information gap that creates opportunity in small company
investing--can also pose added risk. Industry-wide reversals have had a greater
impact on small companies, since they lack a large company's financial resources
to deal with setbacks. Small company managers typically have less experience
coping with adversity or capitalizing on opportunity than their counterparts at
larger companies. Finally, small company stocks are typically less liquid than
large company stocks: when things are going poorly, it is harder to find a buyer
for a small company's shares.

SECONDARY RISK

Foreign Investment Risk
To the extent that the Fund holds companies based outside the United States, it
faces the risks inherent in foreign investing. Adverse political, economic or
social developments could undermine the value of the Fund's investments or
prevent the Fund from realizing their full value. Different accounting and
financial reporting standards, or less stringent enforcement of these standards,
could convey incomplete, inaccurate or misleading information about a Fund
investment. Finally, the currency of the country in which the Fund has invested
could decline relative to the value of the U.S. dollar, which would depreciate
the value of an investment itself to U.S. investors.

Year 2000 Risk
As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and


<PAGE>


service providers to address this problem. If we - or our business partners,
service providers, government agencies or other market participants - do not
succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services or it could affect the
value of the Fund's shares.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITION
For temporary defensive purposes, we may invest up to 100% of the Fund's assets
in the common stock of larger companies, in fixed-income securities, or
short-term money market securities. To the extent we find it necessary to invest
in such securities, the Fund may not meet its goal of long-term capital growth.


<PAGE>


Portfolio Managers
The following portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management
of the Fund's investments:

Timothy Woods, Principal of Bankers Trust and Portfolio Manager of the Fund.
   o  Joined Bankers Trust in 1992 and the Fund in 1996.

   o  Manager of small and mid-cap equity investments.

   o  14 years of investment and financial experience.

   o  Bachelors degree from Florida A&M University, MBA from The Wharton School,
      University of Pennsylvania, Chartered Financial Analyst.

Mary P. Dugan, Vice President of Bankers Trust and Portfolio Manager of the
Fund.
   o  Joined Bankers Trust and the Fund in 1996.

   o  Financial Analyst specializing in health care, capital goods and the
      energy industry at Fred Alger Management from 1992 to 1994.

   o 15 years of investment and financial research experience.

   o  Bachelors degree from the University of Rochester, MBA from New York
      University, Chartered Financial Analyst.


<PAGE>


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance for the
past five years. The information selected reflects financial results for a
single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return
that an investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund, assuming
reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been
audited by _______________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial
statements, is included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is
available free of charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Operating Performance:         10/1/97-    10/1/96-    10/1/95-    10/1/94-    10/21/93*-
                                          9/30/98     9/30/97     9/30/96     9/30/95     9/30/94
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period.                  $21.66      $18.50      $11.60      $10.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from Investment Operations
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income (Expenses in
Excess of Income)                                      (0.14)      (0.12)      (0.04)      (0.03)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
on estments, Options, and
Foreign Currencies                                       3.58        4.65        6.94        1.63
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Income from Investment Operations                  3.44        4.53        6.90        1.60
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions to shareholders
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
on  Investments, Options,
Foreign Currencies and Forward
Currency Contracts                                     (1.42)      (1.37)     --           --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Distributions
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period                         $23.68      $21.66      $18.50      $11.60
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investment Return                                17.90%      26.41%      59.48%    17.06%**
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Data and Ratios:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Assets, End of Period (000s Omitted)             $286,322    $242,236    $122,935     $21,332
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income (Expenses
in Excess of Income)                                  (0.89%)     (0.70%)     (0.46%)    (0.58%)**
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses, Including Expenses of
the Small Cap Fund                                      1.25%       1.25%       1.25%       1.25%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease Reflected in Above
Expense Ratio Due to Absorption
of Expenses by Bankers Trust                            0.03%       0.22%       0.34%     0.86%**
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolio Turnover Rate***                               188%        159%      TK           TK
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

* Inception date
** Annualized
*** The portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio into which
    the Fund invests all of its assets.


<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND OVERVIEW

GOAL.................................................................
CORE STRATEGY........................................................
PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND.............................
WHO SHOULD CONSIDER INVESTING IN THE FUND............................
TOTAL RETURNS, AFTER FEES AND EXPENSES...............................
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES.......................................

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND IN DETAIL

OBJECTIVE............................................................
STRATEGY.............................................................
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS................................................
INVESTMENT PROCESS...................................................
RISKS................................................................
PORTFOLIO MANAGER....................................................
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.................................................


<PAGE>


CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND OVERVIEW

GOAL
The Fund invests for long-term capital growth.


<PAGE>


CORE STRATEGY
The Fund invests primarily in the stocks and other equity securities of
medium-sized U.S. companies with strong growth potential.


<PAGE>


PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND
An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

   o  Stocks that our investment adviser has selected could perform poorly;

   o  Medium-sized company stock returns could trail stock market returns
      generally because of the liquidity of risks specific to medium-sized
      company investing, i.e., greater share-price volatility and fewer buyers
      for medium-sized company shares in periods of economic or stock market
      stress. Such lack of liquidity may accelerate a prevailing downward price
      trend and limit the Fund's ability to exit from an unsuccessful
      investment; or

   o  The stock market could decline, or could under perform other types of
      investments.


<PAGE>


WHO SHOULD CONSIDER INVESTING IN THE FUND

You should consider investing in the Capital Appreciation Fund if you are
seeking long-term capital growth by showing changes in the Fund's performance
year to year. There is, of course, no guarantee that the Fund will realize its
goal. Moreover, you should be willing to accept greater short-term fluctuations
in the value of your investment than you would typically experience investing in
certain bonds or money market funds.

You should not consider investing in the Capital Appreciation Fund if you are
pursuing a short-term financial goal, are investing to provide a regular income
or if you cannot tolerate fluctuations in the value of your investments.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. It can,
however, afford you exposure to investment opportunities not available to an
investor in established large company stocks or small company stocks.


AN INVESTMENT IN THE CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND IS NOT A DEPOSIT OF BANKERS TRUST
COMPANY OR ANY OTHER BANK AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.



<PAGE>



TOTAL RETURNS, AFTER FEES AND EXPENSES

The bar chart and table on this page can help you evaluate the potential risk
and rewards of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund's
performance year to year. The bar chart shows the Fund's actual return for each
full calendar year since the Fund began selling shares to the public on March 9,
1993 (its inception date). The table compares the Fund's average annual return
with the S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index over the last one and five years, and since
inception. The Index is a passive measure of stock performance. It does not
factor in the costs of buying, selling and holding stock--costs which are
reflected in the Fund's results.

[SIDEBAR: THE S&P MID-CAP 400 INDEX IS A WIDELY ACCEPTED BENCHMARK OF
MEDIUM-SIZED COMPANY PERFORMANCE. THE INDEX IS A MODEL, NOT AN ACTUAL PORTFOLIO,
THAT TRACKS THE PERFORMANCE OF 400 PUBLICLY HELD MEDIUM-SIZED U.S. COMPANIES.
THE WEIGHTED AVERAGE MARKET CAP FOR THE COMPANIES IN THE INDEX HAS RUN ABOUT $X
BILLION IN RECENT YEARS. THAT COMPARES TO $Y BILLION FOR THE COMPANIES IN THE
S&P 500, A CORRESPONDING LARGE COMPANY BENCHMARK.]


           FUND PERFORMANCE FOR EACH FULL CALENDAR YEAR SINCE INCEPTION
                                   [bar chart]

     --------------------------------------------------------------------
          %              %            %            %             TK%
     --------------------------------------------------------------------
         1994           1995         1996         1997          1998
     --------------------------------------------------------------------

Since inception, the Fund's highest return in any calendar quarter was ____% and
its lowest quarterly return was (____)%. Past performance offers no indication
of how the Fund will perform in the future.


<PAGE>


                   AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998


       -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Since
                                                           Inception
                                  1 year      5 years      (3/9/93)*
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
       Capital Appreciation
       Fund                          %           %             %
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
       S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index         %           %             %
       -----------------------------------------------------------------


- -------------------
* The S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index is calculated from 2/28/93.


<PAGE>


ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES PAID FROM FUND ASSETS)

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold
shares of the Capital Appreciation Fund.


     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE
                                                   DAILY NET ASSETS*
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management Fees                                    0.65%
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees               none
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Other Expenses                                     0.99%
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total Fund Operating Expenses                      1.64%**
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Less: Fee Waivers or Expense
     Reimbursement                                     (0.39%)
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net Expenses                                       1.25%
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------


Expense Example
The example below illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a $10,000
investment in the Fund. It assumes that the Fund earned an annual return of 5%
over the periods shown, the Fund's operating expenses remained the same over the
period shown and that you sold your shares at the end of the period.



- -------------------
* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
  Fund and Capital Appreciation Portfolio, the master fund in which the Capital
  Appreciation Fund invests. (A further discussion of the relationship between
  the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational Structure" Section
  of this prospectus.)
**Bankers Trust has agreed for the 16-month period from the Fund's fiscal year
  end of September 30, 1998, to waive its fees and reimburse expenses so that
  total expenses will not exceed 1.25%.


<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------
 1 year   3 years  5 years  10 years
- -------------------------------------

  $127      $397   $686     $1,511
- -------------------------------------


You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense history with
other funds.* It does not represent an estimate of future returns or expenses.
Your actual costs may be higher or lower.



- -------------------
*Information on the annual operating expenses of both the Fund and Capital
 Appreciation Portfolio, the master fund in which the Capital Appreciation Fund
 invests. (A further discussion of the relationship between the Fund and the
 Portfolio appears in the "Organizational Structure" Section of this
 prospectus.)


<PAGE>


CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND IN DETAIL

OBJECTIVE
The Capital Appreciation Fund seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund invests
the majority of its assets in the stock and other securities with equity
characteristics of medium-sized U.S. companies. We believe these companies
contain the greatest concentration of businesses with significant growth
prospects. Thus, the Fund invests primarily in companies whose market
capitalization falls in the range of the S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index at the time it
first purchases the shares. To a lesser extent, the Fund may also invest in
companies outside the United States that meet its investment criteria.

[SIDEBAR: "MARKET CAPITALIZATION," OR "MARKET CAP," PROVIDES A READY GAUGE OF A
COMPANY'S SIZE. IT MULTIPLIES THE TOTAL NUMBER OF THE COMPANY'S OUTSTANDING
SHARES BY THE CURRENT PRICE OF ITS STOCK.]

The Fund invests for long-term capital growth, not income; any dividend and
interest income is secondary to the pursuit of its objective. While we give
priority to long-term capital growth, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving
our objective. The Fund's objective is not a fundamental policy of the Fund. We
must notify shareholders before we change it, but we do not require their
approval to do so.


<PAGE>


STRATEGY
We pursue a flexible investment program to achieve the Fund's objective. We are
not restricted to investments in specific market sectors. We may invest in any
market sector and in any size company if we have identified an opportunity with
attractive long-term prospects for capital growth. Nevertheless, we attempt to
match the dollar-weighted average capitalization of the Fund's holdings to the
midpoint capitalization of the S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index.

We consider many broad factors in assessing a potential candidate for
investment, including generally:

     o   competitive position within its industry

     o   business prospects

     o   management team

     o   record of earnings growth

     o   underlying asset value relative to industry peers

     o   stock price relative to industry peers

     o whether a reliable and liquid market for its shares exists.



<PAGE>


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS
The Fund normally owns stock in approximately 100 medium-sized companies at any
one time. It focuses primarily in stock and other securities with equity
characteristics such as trust or limited partnership interests, rights and
warrants.

[SIDEBAR: A RIGHT IS A PRIVILEGE GRANTED TO EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS OF A COMPANY
TO SUBSCRIBE TO SHARES OF A NEW ISSUE OF COMMON STOCK BELOW THE PUBLIC OFFERING
PRICE BEFORE IT IS OFFERED TO THE PUBLIC. A WARRANT ENTITLES THE HOLDER TO BUY A
CERTAIN AMOUNT OF COMMON STOCK AT A SPECIFIED PRICE, USUALLY HIGHER THAN THE
MARKET PRICE AT THE TIME THE WARRANT WAS ISSUED, WITHIN A SET TIME PERIOD.]

The Fund may also invest in convertible securities when it is more advantageous
than investing in a company's common stock.

[SIDEBAR: CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES ARE BONDS THAT GIVE PURCHASERS THE RIGHT OF
EXCHANGE FOR A SPECIFIED NUMBER OF SHARES OF A COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AT
SPECIFIED PRICES WITHIN A CERTAIN PERIOD OF TIME. PURCHASERS RECEIVE REGULAR
INTEREST PAYMENTS UNTIL THEY EXERCISE THEIR EXCHANGE RIGHT.]

The Fund may also invest up to 25% of its assets in stocks and other securities
of companies based outside the United States. Under normal conditions, this
tactic would not comprise a major element of its strategy.



<PAGE>



INVESTMENT PROCESS

The Fund's process begins with a methodical search for companies (in any
industry) that show attractive long-term prospects for growth. The research team
relies on information gleaned from a variety of sources and perspectives,
including broad trends such as lifestyle and technological changes, industry
cycles and regulatory changes, quantitative screening and individual company
analysis. Companies are screened to identify those with strong business
fundamentals (i.e., high growth, low debt, high return-on-equity) and technical
strength. Measures of this strength include the extent of management's ownership
of a company's shares, the extent of ownership by mutual funds and other large
professional investors, estimates of future earnings by investment analysts who
follow the stock and the extent that actual earnings have deviated from
analysts' estimates in the recent past. The list of candidates is narrowed down
through meetings with company and industry contacts, attendance at conferences
focusing on emerging growth companies, reviews of research and industry
publications and investment analyst contacts.

TURNOVER
The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.



<PAGE>



RISKS

BELOW WE SET FORTH SOME OF THE PROMINENT RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MID-CAP
INVESTING, AS WELL AS INVESTING IN GENERAL, AND WE DETAIL OUR APPROACHES TO
CONTAINING THEM. ALTHOUGH WE ATTEMPT TO ASSESS THE LIKELIHOOD THAT THESE RISKS
MAY ACTUALLY OCCUR AND TO LIMIT THEM, WE MAKE NO GUARANTEE THAT WE WILL SUCCEED.

PRIMARY RISKS

MARKET RISK
A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that the securities an investor
has selected will under perform to expectations.

The Fund follows a disciplined selling process to try to lessen this market
risk. First, we may sell a security if one or more of the following conditions
take place:

     o   There is a material change in the company's fundamentals; or

     o   The stock under performs its industry peer group by 15% or more; or

     o   The stock price reaches our expectation.



<PAGE>



Medium-Sized Company Risk
Medium-sized company stocks tend to experience steeper fluctuations in
price--down as well as up--than the stocks of larger companies. A shortage of
reliable information--the same information gap that creates opportunity--can
pose added risk. Industry-wide reversals have had a greater impact on them,
since they usually lack a large company's financial resources. Medium-sized
company stocks are typically less liquid than large company stocks: when things
are going poorly for a small- or medium-sized company, it is harder to find a
buyer for its shares.

SECONDARY RISK
Foreign Investment Risk
To the extent that the Fund holds companies based outside the United States, it
faces the risks inherent in foreign investing. Adverse political, economic or
social developments could undermine the value of the Fund's investments or
prevent the Fund from realizing their full value. Different accounting and
financial reporting standards, or less stringent enforcement of these standards,
could convey incomplete, inaccurate or misleading information about a company in
which the Fund invests. Finally, the currency of the country in which the Fund
has invested could decline relative to the value of the U.S. dollar, which would
depreciate the value of an investment itself to U.S. investors.

Year 2000 Risk
As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and service providers to address this problem. If we - or
our business partners, service providers, government agencies or other market
participants - do not succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services
or it could affect the value of the Fund's shares


<PAGE>


TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITION
For temporary defensive purposes, we may invest up to 100% of the Fund's assets
in the common stock of larger companies, in fixed-income securities, or
short-term money market securities. To the extent we find it necessary to invest
in such securities, the Fund may not meet its goal of long-term capital growth.



<PAGE>



PORTFOLIO MANAGER

Anthony Takazawa is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's
investments:

   o  Vice President of Bankers Trust.

   o  Joined Bankers Trust and the Fund in 1996.

   o  Served as Portfolio Manager and Equity Analyst at Phoenix Mutual Life
      Insurance Co. from 1988 to 1996.

   o  10 years of investment experience.

   o  Bachelors degree in Business Administration from University of Notre Dame,
      MBA from University of Wisconsin, Chartered Financial Analyst.



<PAGE>



FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance for the
past five years. The information selected reflects financial results for a
single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return
that an investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund (assuming
reinvestment of all interest income and distributions). This information has
been audited by ________________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial
statements, is included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is
available free of charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Operating         10/1/97- 10/1/96-  10/1/95-  1/1/95-   1/1/94-
Performance:                 9/30/89  9/30/97  9/30/96  9/30/96*  12/31/94
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S><C>
Net Asset Value, Beginning
of Period                              $ 16.79   $16.83   $ 12.10   $ 11.72
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Income (Loss) from
     Investment Operations
     Expenses in Excess of
     Income                             (0.13)   (0.10)    (0.07)    (0.04)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net Realized and Unrealized
     Gain on Investments                  2.13     1.89      4.80      0.42
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total Income from
     Investment Operations                2.00     1.79      4.73      0.38
                                          ----     ----      ----      ----
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions to Shareholders
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net realized Gain from
    Investment Transactions             (3.07)   (1.83)        --        --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period         $ 15.72  $ 16.79    $16.83  $ 12. 10
                                       =======  =======    ======  ========
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investment Return                 14.64%   12.35%    39.09%     3.24%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Supplemental Data and Ratios:
     Net Assets, End of Period
     (000s omitted)                    $49,002  $67,385   $57,380   $42,737
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


- -------------------
*The Board of Trustees approved the change of the fiscal year end from December
 31 to September 30.



<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Operating         10/1/97- 10/1/96-  10/1/95-  1/1/95-   1/1/94-
Performance:                 9/30/89  9/30/97  9/30/96  9/30/96*  12/31/94
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S><C>
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Expenses in Excess
      of Income                        (0.77)%  (0.66)% (0.65)%**   (0.57)%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Expenses, Including
      Expenses on the Capital
      Appreciation Portfolio             1.25%    1.25%   1.25%**     1.25%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Decrease Reflected in Above
       Expense Ratio Due to
       Absorption of Expenses by
       Bankers Trust                     0.29%    0.26%   0.32%**     0.54%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Portfolio Turnover Rate***
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



- -------------------
** Annualized
*** The Portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio, in which
 the Fund invests all its assets.



<PAGE>



INFORMATION CONCERNING BOTH FUNDS


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Board of Trustees

Each Fund's shareholders, voting in proportion to the number of shares each
owns, elects a Board of Trustees, and the Trustees supervise all of the Fund's
activities on their behalf.


<PAGE>


Investment Adviser

Under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, Bankers Trust Company, with
headquarters at 130 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10006, acts as each Fund's
investment adviser. As investment adviser, Bankers Trust makes the Fund's
investment decisions and assumes responsibility for the securities the Fund
owns. It buys and sells securities for the Fund and conducts the research that
leads to the purchase and sale decisions. For its services in the last fiscal
year, Bankers Trust received a fee from the Small Cap Fund of 0.65% of it's
average daily net assets and from the Capital Appreciation Fund of 0.65% of it's
average daily net assets.


As of September 30, 1998, Bankers Trust was the seventh largest bank holding
company in the United States with total assets of approximately $150 billion.
Bankers Trust is a worldwide merchant bank dedicated to servicing the needs of
corporations, governments, financial institutions and private clients through a
global network of over 90 offices in more than 50 countries.

Bankers Trust's officers bring wide experience to managing both the Fund and its
Portfolio. The firm's own record dates back to its founding as a trust company
in 1903. It has invested retirement assets on behalf of the nation's largest
corporations and institutions for more than 50 years. Today, the assets under
its global management exceed $350 billion. The scope of the firm's capability is
broad: It is a leader in both the active and passive quantitative investment
disciplines and maintains a major presence in stock and bond markets worldwide.



<PAGE>



Other Services

Bankers Trust provides the administrative functions--such as portfolio
accounting, legal services and others--for each Fund. Bankers Trust--or your
broker or financial advisor--performs the functions necessary to establish and
maintain your account. In addition to setting up the account and processing your
purchase and sale orders, these functions include:

     o  keeping accurate, up-to-date records for your individual Fund account;

     o  implementing any changes you wish to make in your account information;

     o  processing your request for cash dividends and distributions from the
        Fund;

     o  answering your questions on the Fund's investment performance or
        administration;

     o  sending proxy reports and updated prospectus information to you; and

     o  collecting your executed proxies and forwarding them to the Fund's
        trustees.

Brokers and financial advisors may charge additional fees to investors only for
those services not otherwise included in the Bankers Trust servicing agreement,
such as cash management or special trust or retirement-investment reporting.


<PAGE>


ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The Funds are "feeder funds" that invest all of their assets in a "master
portfolio." The Small Cap Fund's Master Portfolio is the Small Cap Portfolio.
The Capital Appreciation Fund's Master Portfolio is the Capital Appreciation
Portfolio. Each Fund and its Master Portfolio have the same investment
objective. Each Master Portfolio is advised by Bankers Trust.

A Master Portfolio may accept investments from other feeder funds. A feeder
bears the Master Portfolio's expenses in proportion to their assets. Each feeder
can set its own transaction minimums, fund-specific expenses, and other
conditions. This arrangement allows the Fund's Trustees to withdraw the Fund's
assets from the Master Portfolio if they believe doing so is in the
shareholder's best interests. If the Trustees withdraw a Fund's assets, they
would then consider whether the Fund should hire its own investment adviser,
invest in a different master portfolio, or take other action.



<PAGE>


CALCULATING THE FUND'S SHARE PRICE

We calculate the daily price of each Fund's shares (also known as the "Net Asset
Value" or "NAV") in accordance with the standard formula for valuing mutual fund
shares at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange every day
the Exchange is open for business.

[SIDEBAR: THE EXCHANGE IS OPEN EVERY WEEK, MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, EXCEPT WHEN
THE FOLLOWING HOLIDAYS ARE CELEBRATED: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING, JR.
DAY (THE THIRD MONDAY IN JANUARY), PRESIDENTS' DAY (THE THIRD MONDAY IN
FEBRUARY), GOOD FRIDAY, MEMORIAL DAY (THE LAST MONDAY IN MAY), JULY 4TH, LABOR
DAY (THE FIRST MONDAY IN SEPTEMBER), THANKSGIVING DAY (THE FOURTH THURSDAY IN
NOVEMBER) AND CHRISTMAS DAY.]

The formula calls for deducting all of a Fund's liabilities from the total value
of its assets--the market value of the securities it holds, plus its cash
reserves--and dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding.

We value the securities in each Fund at their stated market value if price
quotations are available. When price quotes for a particular security are not
readily available, we determine their value by the method that most accurately
reflects their current worth in the judgment of the Board of Trustees. This
procedure implies an unavoidable risk, the risk that our prices are higher or
lower than the prices that the securities might actually command if we sold
them. If we have valued the securities too highly, you may end up paying too
much for Fund shares when you buy. If we underestimate their price, you may not
receive the full market value for your Fund shares when you sell.

You can find each Fund's daily share price in the mutual fund listings of most
major newspapers.



<PAGE>


DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

If the Funds earn investment income or recognize taxable net capital gains, it
is each Fund's policy to distribute to shareholders substantially all of that
taxable income quarterly and to distribute any taxable net capital gains on an
annual basis. You may elect to receive your distributions in cash or to reinvest
them in additional shares of your Fund.


<PAGE>


Tax Considerations

A Fund does not ordinarily pay income taxes. You and other shareholders pay
taxes on the income or capital gains from the Fund's holdings. Your taxes will
vary from year to year, based on the amount of capital gains distributions and
dividends paid out by the Fund. You owe the taxes whether you receive cash or
choose to have distributions and dividends reinvested. Distributions and
dividends usually create the following tax liability:

- ---------------------------------------------------------
Transaction                      Tax Status
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Income dividends                 Ordinary income
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Short-term capital gains
distributions                    Ordinary income
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Long-term capital gains
distributions                    Capital gains
- ---------------------------------------------------------

Every year your Fund will send you information on the distributions for the
previous year. In addition, if you sell your Fund shares you may have a capital
gain or loss.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction                                        Tax Status
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your sale of shares owned more than one year       Capital gains or losses
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your                                               sale of shares owned for one
                                                   year or less Gains treated as
                                                   ordinary income; losses
                                                   subject to special rules.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The tax considerations for tax deferred accounts or non-taxable entities will be
different.

BECAUSE EACH INVESTOR'S TAX CIRCUMSTANCES ARE UNIQUE AND BECAUSE THE TAX LAWS
ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE, WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR ABOUT YOUR
INVESTMENT.


<PAGE>


BUYING AND SELLING FUND SHARES

You can purchase or redeem shares in a Fund by mail, phone, wire or through an
authorized broker or financial advisor. Contact your broker or financial advisor
for details. You may also call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

We may close your Fund account on 30 days' notice if it fails to meet minimum
balance requirements for any reason other than a change in market value. In
addition, if your sell order exceeds $250,000, we reserve the right to redeem it
"in kind" with a pro-rata distribution of stocks actually held by a Fund, rather
than in cash.


Exchange Privileges

You can exchange all or part of your shares for shares in another BT Mutual Fund
up to four times a year without paying a sales charge. Before buying shares
through an exchange you should be sure to get a copy of that fund's prospectus
and read it carefully. Please note also that you may have to pay taxes on the
shares you sell in the exchange.


Account Minimums

Each Fund requires a minimum investment of $2,500 to open accounts, $250 for
subsequent investments, and a minimum balance of $1,000 to maintain them. Each
requires a $500 minimum investment to open a retirement account and $100 for
subsequent investments, but imposes no minimum balance. Automatic investment
accounts, which credit money from your checking account to the purchase of fund
shares monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, or every six months, call for a minimum
$1,000 opening investment and at least $100 for each succeeding purchase of
shares.

EACH FUND'S SHAREHOLDER GUIDE AND THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ON BUYING AND SELLING FUND SHARES AND MAINTAINING A
FUND ACCOUNT. IF YOU HAVE NOT ALREADY RECEIVED A COPY OF THE SHAREHOLDER GUIDE
OR WISH TO OBTAIN A FREE COPY OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, PLEASE
CALL THE BT SERVICE CENTER AT 1-800-730-1313.



<PAGE>



BACK COVER


Additional information about each Fund's investments is available in the Fund's
annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund's annual report, you
will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that
significantly affected the Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.

You can find more detailed information about each Fund in the current Statement
of Additional Information, dated [DATE], which we have filed electronically with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and which is incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus. To receive your free copy of the Statement of
Additional Information, the annual or semi-annual report, or if you have
questions about investing in a Fund, write to us at:

                                  BT SERVICE CENTER
                                  P.O. BOX 419210
                                  KANSAS CITY, MO 64141-6210
Or call our toll-free number:     1-800-730-1313

You can find reports and other information about each Fund on the SEC Web site
(http://www.sec.gov), or you can get copies of this information, after payment
of a duplicating fee, by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC,
Washington, DC 20549-6009. Information about each Fund, including its Statement
of Additional Information, can be reviewed and copied at the SEC's Public
Reference Room in Washington, D.C. For information on the Public Reference Room,
call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

You can find information about buying and selling shares in each Fund in the
Shareholder Guide. If you have not already received a copy of the Guide, call
the BT Service Center to obtain one free of charge.

SMALL CAP FUND
CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND

BT Investment Funds

811-4760





Subject to Completion, Dated November __, 1998
   
                                  STATEMENT OF
    
                                                          ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                                                              January ____, 1999

BT Investment Funds

o  Capital Appreciation Fund
o  Small Cap Fund

   
BT Investment Funds (the "Trust") is an open-end, management investment company
(mutual fund) which consists of a number of separate investment funds. The
shares of the following funds - Capital Appreciation Fund and Small Cap Fund
(each, a "Fund" and together the "Funds") - are described herein. Each of the
Funds is a separate series of the Trust.     

Unlike other mutual funds, the Trust seeks to achieve the investment objectives
of each Fund by investing all the investable assets ("Assets") of the Fund in a
diversified open-end management investment company having the same investment
objectives as the Fund. These investment companies (or a series thereof) are,
respectively, Capital Appreciation Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio (each a
"Portfolio" and collectively the "Portfolios"). The Small Cap Portfolio is a
series of BT Investment Portfolios.

Shares of the Funds are sold by ICC Distributors, Inc. ("ICC"), the Trust's
Distributor, to clients and customers (including affiliates and correspondents)
of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"), the Portfolios' investment adviser
(the "Adviser"), and to clients and customers of other organizations.

   
The Trust's Prospectuses for each Fund are each dated January ____, 1999. The
Prospectuses provide the basic information investors should know before
investing. This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), which is not a
Prospectus, is intended to provide additional information regarding the
activities and operations of the Trust and should be read in conjunction with
that Fund's Prospectus. You may request a copy of a prospectus or a paper copy
of this SAI, if you have received it electronically, free of charge by calling
the Trust at the telephone number listed below or by contacting any Service
Agent. This SAI is not an offer of any Fund for which an investor has not
received a Prospectus. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have
the meanings accorded to them in the Trust's Prospectuses. The financial
statements for each Fund and the corresponding Portfolio for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference to the Annual
Report to shareholders for the Fund and Portfolio dated September 30, 1998. A
copy of the Fund's and the Portfolio's Annual Report may be obtained without
charge by calling the Fund at the telephone number listed below.
    

                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
              Investment     Adviser of each Portfolio and Administrator ICC
                             DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                                   Distributor

   
 Two Portland Square        Portland, Maine 04101             1-800-730-1313
    


<PAGE>



                                Table of Contents

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.............................. 1

Investment Objectives......................................................... 1
Investment Policies........................................................... 1
Additional Risk Factors.......................................................11
Portfolio Turnover............................................................13
Investment Restrictions.......................................................13
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions..............................16

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.......................................................17

Standard Performance Information..............................................17
Comparison of Fund Performance................................................18
Economic and Market Information...............................................19

   
VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES IN KIND....................19

Purchase of Shares............................................................20
    
Redemption of Shares..........................................................22
Redemptions and Purchases in Kind.............................................25
Trading in Foreign Securities.................................................26

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS....................................26

Trustees of the Trust.........................................................26
Trustees of the Portfolios....................................................26
Officers of the Trust and Portfolios..........................................26
Trustee Compensation Table....................................................27
Investment Adviser............................................................28
Administrator.................................................................29
Distributor...................................................................30
Service Agent.................................................................30
Custodian and Transfer Agent..................................................30
Use of Name...................................................................30
Banking Regulatory Matters....................................................31
Counsel and Independent Accountants...........................................31

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST.....................................................31

TAXATION......................................................................32

Dividends and Distributions...................................................32
Taxation of the Funds.........................................................32
Foreign Securities............................................................33
Taxation of the Portfolios....................................................33
Sale of Shares................................................................33
Foreign Withholding Taxes.....................................................33
Backup Withholding............................................................33
Foreign Shareholders..........................................................34
Other Taxation................................................................34

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................34

APPENDIX......................................................................35


<PAGE>



                 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

                              Investment Objectives

The following is a description of each Fund's investment objective.

   
Capital Appreciation Fund's investment objective is long-term capital growth.

Small Cap Fund's investment objective is long-term capital growth.
    

The production of any current income is secondary to each Fund's investment
objective and there can, of course, be no assurance that either Fund will
achieve its investment objective.

                               Investment Policies

Each Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective(s) by investing all of its
Assets in the corresponding Portfolio, which has the same investment objective
as the Fund. The Trust may withdraw a Fund's investment from the corresponding
Portfolio at any time if the Board of Trustees of the Trust determines that it
is in the best interests of the Fund to do so.

   
Since the investment characteristics of each Fund will correspond directly to
those of the corresponding Portfolio, the following is a discussion of the
various investments of and techniques employed by each Portfolio.
    

Equity Securities. As used herein, "equity securities" are defined as common
stock, preferred stock, trust or limited partnership interests, rights and
warrants to subscribe to or purchase such securities, sponsored or unsponsored
ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and convertible securities, consisting of debt securities or
preferred stock that may be converted into common stock or that carry the right
to purchase common stock. Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an
equity (ownership) interest in a corporation. Although equity securities have a
history of long-term growth in value, their prices fluctuate based on changes in
a company's financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.
Smaller companies are especially sensitive to these factors.

Debt Securities. Bonds and other debt instruments are used by issuers to borrow
money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of
interest, and must repay the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are purchased at a
discount from their face values. Debt securities, loans, and other direct debt
have varying degrees of quality and varying levels of sensitivity to changes in
interest rates. Longer-term bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate
changes than short-term bonds.

Lower-quality foreign government securities are often considered to be
speculative and involve greater risk of default or price changes, or they may
already be in default. These risks are in addition to the general risks
associated with foreign securities.

Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond or preferred stock
which may be converted at a stated price within a specific period of time into a
specified number of shares of common stock of the same or different issuer.
Convertible securities are senior to common stock in a corporation's capital
structure, but usually are subordinated to non-convertible debt securities.
While providing a fixed income stream--generally higher in yield than in the
income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a
non-convertible debt security--a convertible security also affords an investor
the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital
appreciation of common stock into which it is convertible.

In general, the market value of a convertible security is the higher of its
investment value (its value as a fixed income security) or its conversion value
(the value of the underlying shares of common stock if the security is
converted). As a fixed income security, the market value of a convertible
security generally increases when interest rates decline and generally decreases
when interest rates rise; however, the price of a convertible security generally
increases as the market value of the underlying stock increases, and generally
decreases as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Investments in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock has a preference in liquidation (and, generally
dividends) over common stock but is subordinated in liquidation to debt. As a
general rule the market value of preferred stocks with fixed dividend rates and
no conversion rights varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
risk, with the price determined by the dividend rate. Some preferred stocks are
convertible into other securities, for example common stock, at a fixed price
and ratio or upon the occurrence of certain events. The market price of
convertible preferred stocks generally reflects an element of conversion value.
Because many preferred stocks lack a fixed maturity date, these securities
generally fluctuate substantially in value when interest rates change; such
fluctuations often exceed those of long-term bonds of the same issuer. Some
preferred stocks pay an adjustable dividend that may be based on an index,
formula, auction procedure or other dividend rate reset mechanism. In

                                                                               1

<PAGE>


the absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to
have more stable market values than fixed rate preferred stocks.

All preferred stocks are also subject to the same types of credit risks of the
issuer as corporate bonds. In addition, because preferred stock is junior to
debt securities and other obligations of an issuer, deterioration in the credit
rating of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred
stock than in a more senior debt security with similar yield characteristics.
Preferred stocks may be rated by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P") and
Moody's Investors Services, Inc. ("Moody's") although there is no minimum rating
which a preferred stock must have (and a preferred stock may not be rated) to be
an eligible investment for the Portfolio. The Adviser expects, however, that
generally the preferred stocks in which the Portfolio invests will be rated at
least CCC by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the
opinion of the Adviser. Preferred stocks rated CCC by S&P are regarded as
predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay preferred
stock obligations and represent the highest degree of speculation among
securities rated between BB and CCC; preferred stocks rated Caa by Moody's are
likely to be in arrears on dividend payments. Moody's rating with respect to
preferred stocks does not purport to indicate the future status of payments of
dividends.

Warrants. Warrants are instruments which entitle the holder to buy underlying
equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time. A warrant
tends to be more volatile than its underlying securities and ceases to have
value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. In addition, changes
in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value
of its underlying securities.

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities are high-quality debt
securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or
instrumentality of the U.S. government. Not all U.S. government securities are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. For example,
securities issued by the Farm Credit Banks or by the Federal National Mortgage
Association are supported by the instrumentality's right to borrow money from
the U.S. Treasury under certain circumstances. However, securities issued by
other agencies or instrumentalities are supported only by the credit of the
entity that issued them.

   
ADRs, GDRs and EDRs. American Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), Global Depository
Receipts ("GDRs"), and European Depository Receipts ("EDRs") are certificates
evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign-based issuer held in trust by a bank
or similar financial institution. Designed for use in U.S., international and
European securities markets, respectively, ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are alternatives
to the purchase of the underlying securities in their national markets and
currencies. ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are subject to the same risks as the foreign
securities to which they relate.     

Zero Coupon Bonds. Zero coupon bonds are the separate income or principal
components of a debt instrument. These involve risks that are similar to those
of other debt securities, although they may be more volatile, and certain zero
coupon bonds move in the same direction as interest rates.

   
Illiquid Securities. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements
having a remaining maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not
been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or
restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the
secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of
these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for
delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an
adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund
might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly
or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying
redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such
restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.     

A large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not
registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial
paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes.
Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the
unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a
demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions
on resale of such investments to the general public or to certain institutions
may not be indicative of their liquidity.

The Securities and Exchange Commission the (the "SEC") has adopted Rule 144A,
which allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise
subject to restriction on their resale to the general public. Rule 144A
establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act
of resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. The Adviser
anticipates that the market for certain restricted securities such as
institutional commercial paper will expand further as a result of this
regulation and the development of automated systems for the trading, clearance
and settlement of

2

<PAGE>


unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL
System sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Rule 144A Securities are securities in the United States that are not registered
for sale under federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions
under SEC Rule 144A. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in
such securities exists, these restricted securities are treated as exempt from
the 15% limit on illiquid securities. Under the supervision of the Board of
Trustees of the Portfolio, the Adviser determines the liquidity of restricted
securities and, through reports from the Adviser, the Board will monitor trading
activity in restricted securities. If institutional trading in restricted
securities were to decline, the liquidity of the Portfolio could be adversely
affected.

In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser will consider, among other things,
the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security;
(2) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers or sellers of the
security; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security and (4) the
nature of the security and of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to
dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of
the transfer).

   
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. Each Portfolio may purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. Delivery of and payment
for these securities may take place as long as a month or more after the date of
the purchase commitment. The value of these securities is subject to market
fluctuations during this period and no income accrues to the Portfolio until
settlement takes place. Each Portfolio maintains with the Custodian a segregated
account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to
these commitments.     

Repurchase Agreements. In a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio buys a security at
one price and simultaneously agrees to sell it back at a higher price at a
future date. Delays or losses could result if the other party to the agreement
defaults or becomes insolvent.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Portfolio
temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party in
return for cash. This could increase the risk of fluctuation in the Fund's yield
or in the market value of its assets. A reverse repurchase agreement is a form
of borrowing and will be counted toward the Portfolio's borrowing restrictions.

   
Investment Companies. With respect to certain countries in which capital markets
are either less developed or not easily accessed, investments by the Portfolio
may be made through investment in other registered investment companies that in
turn are authorized to invest in the securities of such countries. Investments
in other investment companies may also be made for other purposes, such as noted
below under "Short-Term Instruments," are limited in amount by the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") (except the Portfolio may
exceed the applicable percentage limits to the extent permitted by an exemptive
order of the SEC), and will involve the indirect payment of a portion of the
expenses, including advisory fees, of such other investment companies and may
result in a duplication of fees and expenses.

Short-Term Instruments. Each Portfolio intends to stay invested in the
securities described herein to the extent practical in light of its objective
and long-term investment perspective. However, each Portfolio may invest up to
35% of its total assets in high quality short-term investments with remaining
maturities of 397 days or less, or in money market mutual funds, to meet
anticipated redemptions and expenses for day-to-day operating purposes and up to
100% of its total assets when, in the Adviser's opinion, it is advisable to
adopt a temporary defensive position because of unusual and adverse conditions
affecting the respective markets. When either Portfolio experiences large cash
inflows through the sale of securities and desirable equity securities, that are
consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective, which are unavailable in
sufficient quantities or at attractive prices, the Portfolio may invest in
short-term instruments for a limited time pending availability of such portfolio
securities. Short-term instruments consist of foreign or domestic: (i)
short-term obligations of sovereign governments, their agencies,
instrumentalities, authorities or political subdivisions; (ii) other short-term
debt securities rated AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or, if
unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of the Adviser; (iii) commercial
paper; (iv) bank obligations, including negotiable certificates of deposit, time
deposits and bankers' acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. At the time
the Portfolio invests in commercial paper, bank obligations or repurchase
agreements, the issuer or the issuer's parent must have outstanding debt rated
AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or outstanding commercial paper
or bank obligations rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody's; or, if no such
ratings are available, the instrument must be of comparable quality in the
opinion of the Adviser. These instruments may be denominated in U.S. dollars or
in foreign currencies.     

Lending of Portfolio Securities. Each Portfolio has the authority to lend up to
30% of the total value of its securities to brokers, dealers and other financial
organizations. These loans must be secured continuously by cash or securities
issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or
instrumentalities or by a letter of credit at least equal to the market value of
the securities loaned plus accrued income. Neither Portfolio will lend
securities to the Adviser, ICC Distributors or their affiliates. By lending its
securities, each Portfolio may increase its income by continuing to receive

                                                                               3

<PAGE>


payments in respect of dividends and interest on the loaned securities as well
as by either investing the cash collateral in short-term securities or obtaining
yield in the form of a fee interest paid by the borrower when irrevocable
letters of credit and U.S. government obligations are used as collateral. During
the term of the loan, each Portfolio continues to bear the risk of fluctuations
in the price of the loaned securities. There may be risks of delay in receiving
additional collateral or risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even
loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail
financially. Each Portfolio will adhere to the following conditions whenever its
securities are loaned: (i) the Portfolio must receive at least 100% cash
collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (ii) the borrower must
increase this collateral whenever the market value of the securities including
accrued interest rises above the level of the collateral; (iii) the Portfolio
must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (iv) the Portfolio must receive
substitute payments in respect of all dividends, interest or other distributions
on the loaned securities, and (v) voting rights on the loaned securities may
pass to the borrower; provided, however, that if a material event adversely
affecting the investment occurs, the Board of Trustees must retain the right to
terminate the loan and recall and vote the securities. In accordance with
approval received from the SEC, cash collateral may be invested in a money
market fund managed by Bankers Trust (or its affiliates) and Bankers Trust may
serve as each Portfolio's lending agent and may share in revenue received from
the securities lending transactions as compensation for this service.

Derivatives. Each Portfolio may invest in various instruments that are commonly
known as "derivatives." Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the
value of which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset, or
market index. Some derivatives such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed
securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be
more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are,
in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use
them. There are a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options
are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a fund
from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency
exchange rates and as a low cost method of gaining exposure to a particular
securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some
derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an
instrument's price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the
use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets,
and can in some circumstances, lead to significant losses. The Adviser will use
derivatives only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient means of
improving the risk/reward profile of a Portfolio and when consistent with a
Portfolio's investment objective and policies. The use of derivatives for
non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative.

Currency Exchange Contracts. Because each Portfolio may buy and sell securities
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receives interest,
dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, a
Portfolio from time to time may enter into currency exchange transactions to
convert to and from different foreign currencies and to convert foreign
currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. A Portfolio either enters into these
transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the
foreign currency exchange market or uses forward contracts to purchase or sell
foreign currencies.

   
Forward Currency Exchange Contracts. A forward foreign currency exchange
contract is an obligation by a Portfolio to purchase or sell a specific currency
at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the
contract. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts establish an exchange rate
at a future date. These contracts are transferable in the interbank market
conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and
their customers. A forward foreign currency exchange contract generally has no
deposit requirement and is traded at a net price without commission. Each
Portfolio maintains with its custodian a segregated account of cash or liquid
securities in an amount at least equal to its obligations under each forward
foreign currency exchange contract. Neither spot transactions nor forward
foreign currency exchange contracts eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the
Portfolio's securities or in foreign exchange rates, or prevent loss if the
prices of these securities should decline.

Each Portfolio may enter into foreign currency hedging transactions in an
attempt to protect against changes in foreign currency exchange rates between
the trade and settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in
foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position
or an anticipated investment position. Since consideration of the prospect for
currency parities will be incorporated into the Adviser's long-term investment
decisions, a Portfolio will not routinely enter into foreign currency hedging
transactions with respect to security transactions; however, the Adviser
believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into foreign
currency hedging transactions when it determines that the transactions would be
in the Portfolio's best interest. Although these transactions tend to minimize
the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the
same time they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should
the value of the hedged currency increase. The precise matching of the forward
contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be
possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will
change as a consequence of market movements in the value of such securities
between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures.
The projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
    

4

<PAGE>


While these contracts are not presently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in
the future assert authority to regulate forward contracts. In such event the
Portfolio's ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth in the
Prospectus may be restricted. Forward contracts may reduce the potential gain
from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign
currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer
overall performance for the Portfolio than if it had not entered into such
contracts. The use of foreign currency forward contracts may not eliminate
fluctuations in the underlying U.S. dollar equivalent value of the prices of or
rates of return on a Portfolio's foreign currency denominated portfolio
securities and the use of such techniques will subject a Portfolio to certain
risks.

The matching of the increase in value of a forward contract and the decline in
the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency denominated asset that
is the subject of the hedge generally will not be precise. In addition, a
Portfolio may not always be able to enter into foreign currency forward
contracts at attractive prices and this will limit the Portfolio's ability to
use such contract to hedge or cross-hedge its assets. Also, with regard to a
Portfolio's use of cross-hedges, there can be no assurance that historical
correlations between the movement of certain foreign currencies relative to the
U.S. dollar will continue. Thus, at any time poor correlation may exist between
movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies underlying a
Portfolio's cross-hedges and the movements in the exchange rates of the foreign
currencies in which the Portfolio's assets that are the subject of such
cross-hedges are denominated.

Options on Foreign Currencies. Each Portfolio may purchase and write options on
foreign currencies for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that in which
futures contracts on foreign currencies, or forward contracts, will be utilized.
For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which
portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such
securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In
order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities,
the Portfolio may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of
the currency does decline, a Portfolio will have the right to sell such currency
for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the
adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.

Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities
to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such
securities, the Portfolio may purchase call options thereon. The purchase of
such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse
movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however,
the benefit to the Portfolio deriving from purchases of foreign currency options
will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In
addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the
extent anticipated, the Portfolio could sustain losses on transactions in
foreign currency options which would require it to forego a portion or all of
the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

The purchase of an option on foreign currency may be used to hedge against
fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the event of exchange rate movements
adverse to the Portfolio's position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the
premium plus related transaction costs. In addition, the Portfolio may purchase
call options on a foreign currency when the Adviser anticipates that the
currency will appreciate in value.

Each Portfolio may write options on foreign currencies for the same types of
hedging purposes. For example, where a Portfolio anticipates a decline in the
dollar value of foreign currency denominated securities due to adverse
fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option,
write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs,
the options will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of
portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.

Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an anticipated
increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired, the Portfolio could
write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner
projected, will expire unexercised and allow the Portfolio to hedge such
increased cost up to the amount of the premium. As in the case of other types of
options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will constitute only
a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if rates move in the
expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be exercised and the
Portfolio would be required to purchase or sell the underlying currency at a
loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing
of options on foreign currencies, the Portfolio also may be required to forego
all or a portion of the benefits which might otherwise have been obtained from
favorable movements in exchange rates.

   
Each Portfolio intends to write covered call options on foreign currencies. A
call option written on a foreign currency by a Portfolio is "covered" if the
Portfolio owns the underlying foreign currency covered by the call or has an
absolute and immediate right to acquire that foreign currency without additional
cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated
account by its Custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other foreign currency
held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the Portfolio has a call
on the same foreign currency and in the same principal amount as the call
written where the exercise price of the call held (a) is equal to or less than
the exercise     

                                                                               5

<PAGE>


   
price of the call written or (b) is greater than the exercise price of the call
written if the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in cash or securities
acceptable to the broker in a segregated account with its custodian.

Each Portfolio also intends to write call options on foreign currencies that are
not covered for cross-hedging purposes. A call option on a foreign currency is
for cross-hedging purposes if it is not covered, but is designed to provide a
hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a security which the
Portfolio owns or has the right to acquire and which is denominated in the
currency underlying the option due to an adverse change in the exchange rate. In
such circumstances, the Portfolio collateralizes the option by maintaining in a
segregated account with its custodian securities acceptable to the broker in an
amount not less than the value of the underlying foreign currency in U.S.
dollars marked to market daily.
    

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any
particular option, or at any particular time. If a Portfolio is unable to effect
a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written,
the Portfolio will not be able to sell the underlying currency or dispose of
assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised.
Similarly, if the Portfolio is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with
respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in
order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase
or sale of underlying currency. Each Portfolio pays brokerage commissions or
spreads in connection with its options transactions.

Options on Securities. A Portfolio may write and purchase put and call options
on stocks. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and
obligates the writer to sell, the underlying stock at the exercise price at any
time during the option period. Similarly, a put option gives the purchaser of
the option the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying
stock at the exercise price at any time during the option period. Each Portfolio
may also write (sell) covered call and put options to a limited extent on its
portfolio securities ("covered options") in an attempt to increase income.
However, a Portfolio may forgo the benefits of appreciation on securities sold
or may pay more than the market price on securities acquired pursuant to call
and put options written by the Portfolio.

When a Portfolio writes a covered call option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to buy the underlying security at the price specified in the
option (the "exercise price") by exercising the option at any time during the
option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize
income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the
option is exercised, a decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the
Portfolio must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise
price. By writing a covered call option, the Portfolio forgoes, in exchange for
the premium less the commission ("net premium"), the opportunity to profit
during the option period from an increase in the market value of the underlying
security above the exercise price. In addition a Portfolio may continue to hold
a stock which might otherwise have been sold to protect against depreciation in
the market price of the stock.

   
A put option sold by either portfolio is covered when, among other things, cash
or securities acceptable to the broker are place in a segregated account to
fulfill the obligations undertaken.     

When a Portfolio writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to sell the underlying security to the Portfolio at the
specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option
expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize income in the amount of the
premium received for writing the option. If the put option is exercised, a
decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the Portfolio must purchase
the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing
a covered put option, the Portfolio, in exchange for the net premium received,
accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the underlying security
below the exercise price. The Portfolio will only write put options involving
securities for which a determination is made at the time the option is written
that the Portfolio wishes to acquire the securities at the exercise price.

A Portfolio may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put option
by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration date as the
option previously written. This transaction is called a "closing purchase
transaction." The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase
transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the
case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To close out a
position as a purchaser of an option, the Portfolio, may make a "closing sale
transaction" which involves liquidating the Portfolio's position by selling the
option previously purchased. Where the Portfolio cannot effect a closing
purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When a Portfolio writes an option, an amount equal to the net premium received
by the Portfolio is included in the liability section of the Portfolio's
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of the
deferred credit will be subsequently marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the
closing bid and asked price. If an option expires on its stipulated expiration
date or if the Portfolio enters into a closing purchase transaction, the
Portfolio will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase
transaction exceeds the premium received when the option was sold), and the
deferred credit

6

<PAGE>


related to such option will be eliminated. If a call option is exercised, the
Portfolio will realize a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security
and the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the premium originally
received. The writing of covered call options may be deemed to involve the
pledge of the securities against which the option is being written. Securities
against which call options are written will be segregated on the books of the
custodian for the Portfolio.

A Portfolio may purchase call and put options on any securities in which it may
invest. The Portfolio would normally purchase a call option in anticipation of
an increase in the market value of such securities. The purchase of a call
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to
purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Portfolio
would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities increased above the
exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss if the
value of the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the
option period.

A Portfolio would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in
the market value of securities in its portfolio ("protective puts") or
securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a
security, which may or may not be held in the Portfolio's holdings, at a
specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is
designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
Portfolio's holdings. Put options also may be purchased by the Portfolio for the
purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities
which the Portfolio does not own. The Portfolio would ordinarily recognize a
gain if the value of the securities decreased below the exercise price
sufficiently to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if the value of the
securities remained at or above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the
purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing
changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.

Each Portfolio has adopted certain other nonfundamental policies concerning
option transactions which are discussed below. The Portfolio's activities in
options may also be restricted by the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for qualification as a regulated investment
company.

The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours
during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option
markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant
price and rate movements can take place in the underlying securities markets
that cannot be reflected in the option markets. It is impossible to predict the
volume of trading that may exist in such options, and there can be no assurance
that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

A Portfolio may engage in over-the-counter options transactions with
broker-dealers who make markets in these options. At present, approximately ten
broker-dealers, including several of the largest primary dealers in U.S.
government securities, make these markets. The ability to terminate
over-the-counter option positions is more limited than with exchange-traded
option positions because the predominant market is the issuing broker rather
than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in
such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. To reduce this risk, the
Portfolio will purchase such options only from broker-dealers who are primary
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
and who agree to (and are expected to be capable of) entering into closing
transactions, although there can be no guarantee that any such option will be
liquidated at a favorable price prior to expiration. The Adviser will monitor
the creditworthiness of dealers with whom the Portfolio enters into such options
transactions under the general supervision of the Portfolios' Trustees. The
Portfolio intends to treat OTC Options purchased and the assets used to "cover"
OTC Options written as not readily marketable and therefore subject to the
limitations described in "Investment Restrictions."

   
Options on Securities Indices. In addition to options on securities, each
Portfolio may also purchase and write (sell) call and put options on domestic
and foreign stock exchanges, in lieu of direct investment in the underlying
securities for hedging purposes. Such options give the holder the right to
receive a cash settlement during the term of the option based upon the
difference between the exercise price and the value of the index. Such options
will be used for the purposes described above under "Options on Securities."

** 1 Options on stock indices are generally similar to options on stock except
that the delivery requirements are different. Instead of giving the right to
take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock index
gives the holder the right to receive a cash "exercise settlement amount" equal
to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option
exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the
closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b)
a fixed "index multiplier." Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the
closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based being greater
than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise
price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such
difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the
option expressed in dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be, times a
specified multiple. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the
premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its
position in stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing
transaction on an exchange or the option may expire unexercised.
    
                                                                               7

<PAGE>

   
** 2 Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of
the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the Portfolio
will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index
depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market
generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment,
rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly,
successful use by the Portfolio of options on stock indices will be subject to
the Adviser's ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the
stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different
skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
    

Options on securities indices entail risks in addition to the risks of options
on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options
positions on securities indices is more likely to occur, although the Portfolio
generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Adviser believes the
option can be closed out.

Use of options on securities indices also entails the risk that trading in such
options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities included in the
index is interrupted. The Portfolio will not purchase such options unless the
Adviser believes the market is sufficiently developed such that the risk of
trading in such options is no greater than the risk of trading in options on
securities.

Price movements in a Portfolio's holdings may not correlate precisely with
movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the use of options on indices
cannot serve as a complete hedge. Because options on securities indices require
settlement in cash, the Adviser may be forced to liquidate portfolio securities
to meet settlement obligations.

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers' Acceptances. Certificates of deposit are
receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of
funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer
of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually
can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers' acceptances
typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable
businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an
acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to
obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is
then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the
face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be
held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the
secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although
maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have
maturities of six months or less.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270
days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance
their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type
of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving
periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a
commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender
may determine to invest varying amounts.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.

General. The successful use of such instruments draws upon the Adviser's skill
and experience with respect to such instruments and usually depends on the
Adviser's ability to forecast interest rate and currency exchange rate movements
correctly. Should interest or exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, a
Portfolio may not achieve the anticipated benefits of futures contracts or
options on futures contracts or may realize losses and thus will be in a worse
position than if such strategies had not been used. In addition, the correlation
between movements in the price of futures contracts or options on futures
contracts and movements in the price of the securities and currencies hedged or
used for cover will not be perfect and could produce unanticipated losses.

Futures Contracts. A Portfolio may enter into contracts for the purchase or sale
for future delivery of fixed-income securities, foreign currencies, or contracts
based on financial indices including any index of U.S. government securities,
foreign government securities or corporate debt securities. U.S. futures
contracts have been designed by exchanges which have been designated "contracts
markets" by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), and must be
executed through a futures commission merchant, or brokerage firm, which is a
member of the relevant contract market. Futures contracts trade on a number of
exchange markets and clear through their clearing corporations. A Portfolio may
enter into futures contracts which are based on debt securities that are backed
by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, such as long-term U.S.
Treasury Bonds, Treasury Notes, Government National Mortgage Association
("GNMA") modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities and three-month U.S.
Treasury Bills. A Portfolio may also enter into futures contracts which are
based on bonds issued by entities other than the U.S. government.

At the same time a futures contract is entered into, the Portfolio must allocate
cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin"). It is expected that
the initial margin deposit would be approximately 1 1/2% to 10% of a contract's
face value. Daily

8

<PAGE>


thereafter, the futures contract is valued and the payment of "variation margin"
may be required, since each day the Portfolio would provide or receive cash that
reflects any decline or increase in the contract's value.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to such a contract, adjustments
are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of
securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract.
In some (but not many) cases, securities called for by a futures contract may
not have been issued when the contract was written.

Although futures contracts (other than those that settle in cash) by their terms
call for the actual delivery or acquisition of the instrument underlying the
contract, in most cases the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date
of the contract without having to make or take delivery of the instrument
underlying the contract. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is
accomplished by entering into an opposite position on a commodities exchange in
the identical futures contract. Such a transaction, which is effected through a
member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the
instrument underlying the contract. Since all transactions in the futures market
are made, offset or fulfilled through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the contracts are traded, the Portfolio will incur brokerage
fees when it purchases or sells futures contracts.

The purpose of entering into a futures contract, in the case of a Portfolio
which holds or intends to acquire fixed-income securities, is to attempt to
protect the Portfolio from fluctuations in interest or foreign exchange rates
without actually buying or selling fixed-income securities. For example, if
interest rates were expected to increase, the Portfolio might enter into futures
contracts for the sale of debt securities. Such a sale would have much the same
effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the
Portfolio. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt security in the
Portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Portfolio
would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset
value of the Portfolio from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The
Portfolio could accomplish similar results by selling debt securities and
investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to
increase. However, since the futures market is more liquid than the cash market,
the use of futures contracts as an investment technique allows the Portfolio to
maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

   
Similarly, when it is expected that interest rates may decline, futures
contracts may be purchased to attempt to hedge against anticipated purchases of
debt securities at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of futures
contracts should be similar to those of debt securities, a Portfolio could take
advantage of the anticipated rise in the value of debt securities without
actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the futures
contracts could be liquidated and the Portfolio could then buy debt securities
on the cash market. To the extent a Portfolio enters into futures contracts for
this purpose, the assets in the segregated asset account maintained to cover the
Portfolio's obligations with respect to such futures contracts will consist of
cash or securities acceptable to the broker from its portfolio in an amount
equal to the difference between the fluctuating market value of such futures
contracts and the aggregate value of the initial and variation margin payments
made by the Portfolio with respect to such futures contracts.
    

The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures market, due to
differences in the nature of those markets, are subject to distortions. First,
all participants in the futures market are subject to initial and variation
margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting
transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and
futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on
participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity
in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from
the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures
market are less onerous than margin lending requirements in the securities
market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market
may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a
correct forecast of general interest rate trends by the Adviser may still not
result in a successful transaction.

In addition, futures contracts entail risks. Although the Adviser believes that
use of such contracts will benefit the Portfolios, if the Adviser's investment
judgment about the general direction of interest rates is incorrect, a
Portfolio's overall performance would be poorer than if it had not entered into
any such contract. For example, if a Portfolio has hedged against the
possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect the
price of debt securities held in its portfolio and interest rates decrease
instead, the Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased
value of its debt securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting
losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if a Portfolio
has insufficient cash, it may have to sell debt securities from its portfolio to
meet daily variation margin requirements. Such sales of bonds may be, but will
not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. A
Portfolio may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous
to do so.

Options on Futures Contracts. Each Portfolio may purchase and write options on
futures contracts for hedging purposes. The purchase of a call option on a
futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on
an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to
either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or

                                                                               9

<PAGE>


the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky
than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with
the purchase of futures contracts, when a Portfolio is not fully invested it may
purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance
due to declining interest rates.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge
against declining prices of the security or foreign currency which is
deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at
expiration of the option is below the exercise price, a Portfolio will retain
the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any
decline that may have occurred in the Portfolio's portfolio holdings. The
writing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge
against increasing prices of the security or foreign currency which is
deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at
expiration of the option is higher than the exercise price, the Portfolio will
retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge
against any increase in the price of securities which the Portfolio intends to
purchase. If a put or call option the Portfolio has written is exercised, the
Portfolio will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the premium
it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value
of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of its futures positions,
the Portfolio's losses from existing options on futures may to some extent be
reduced or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar in some respects
to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. For example,
a Portfolio may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge its
portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

The amount of risk a Portfolio assumes when it purchases an option on a futures
contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. In
addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of an option
also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

The Board of Trustees of each Portfolio has adopted a further restriction that
the Portfolio will not enter into any futures contracts or options on futures
contracts if immediately thereafter the amount of margin deposits on all the
futures contracts of the Portfolio and premiums paid on outstanding options on
futures contracts owned by the Portfolio (other than those entered into for bona
fide hedging purposes) would exceed 5% of the market value of the net assets of
the Portfolio.

Futures Contracts on Securities Indices. Each Portfolio may enter into contracts
providing for cash settlement based upon changes in the value of an index of
domestic or foreign securities ("Futures Contracts"). This investment technique
is designed as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities
market without investing directly in those securities or to hedge against
anticipated future change in general market prices which otherwise might either
adversely affect the value of securities held by the Portfolio or adversely
affect the prices of securities which are intended to be purchased at a later
date for the Portfolio. A Futures Contract may also be entered into to close out
or offset an existing futures position.

In general, each transaction in Futures Contracts involves the establishment of
a position which will move in a direction opposite to that of the investment
being hedged. If these hedging transactions are successful, the futures
positions taken for the Portfolio will rise in value by an amount which
approximately offsets the decline in value of the portion of the Portfolio's
investments that are being hedged. Should general market prices move in an
unexpected manner, the full anticipated benefits of Futures Contracts may not be
achieved or a loss may be realized.

Although Futures Contracts would be entered into for hedging purposes only, such
transactions do involve certain risks. including a potential lack of liquidity
in the secondary market and incorrect assessments of the market. Futures may
fail as hedging techniques in cases where the price movements of the securities
underlying the futures do not follow the price movements of the portfolio
securities subject to the hedge. The loss from investing in futures transactions
is potentially unlimited. Gains and losses on investments in futures depend on
the portfolio manager's ability to predict correctly the direction of stock
prices, interest rates, and other economic factors. The Portfolio will likely be
unable to control losses by closing its position where a liquid secondary market
does not exist.

   
Brokerage costs will be incurred and "margin" will be required to be posted and
maintained as a good-faith deposit against performance of obligations under
Futures Contracts written for the Portfolio. The Portfolio may not purchase or
sell a Futures Contract if immediately thereafter its margin deposits on its
outstanding Futures Contracts, for other than bona fide hedging transactions,
would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value, after taking into account
unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts.
    

Asset Coverage. To assure that the Portfolio's use of futures and related
options, as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery securities and foreign
currency exchange transactions, are not used to achieve investment leverage, the
Portfolio will cover such transactions, as required under applicable
interpretations of the SEC, either by owning the underlying securities or by
segregating with the Portfolio's Custodian or futures commission merchant liquid
securities in an amount at all times equal to or exceeding the Portfolio's
commitment with respect to these instruments or contracts.

10

<PAGE>


                             Additional Risk Factors

   
In addition to the risks discussed above, the Portfolio's investments may be
subject to the following risk factors:

Investing in Foreign Securities. Investors should realize that investing in
securities of foreign issuers involves considerations not typically associated
with investing in securities of companies organized and operated in the United
States. Investors should realize that the value of the Portfolio's foreign
investments may be adversely affected by changes in political or social
conditions, diplomatic relations, confiscatory taxation, expropriation,
nationalization, limitation on the removal of funds or assets, or imposition or
(or change in) exchange control or tax regulations in foreign countries. In
addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies
in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of
portfolio securities and could favorably or unfavorably affect the Portfolio's
operations, Furthermore, the economies of individual foreign nations may differ
from the U.S. economy, whether favorably or unfavorably, in areas such as growth
or gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource
self-sufficiency or balance of payments position; it may also be more difficult
to obtain and enforce a judgment against a foreign issuer. In general, less
information is publicly available with respect to foreign issuers than is
available with respect to U.S. companies. Most foreign companies are also not
subject to the uniform accounting and financial reporting requirements
applicable to issuers in the Untied States. Any foreign investments made by the
Portfolio must be made in compliance with U.S. and foreign currency restrictions
and tax laws restricting the amounts and types of foreign investments.
    

Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or
interest in foreign currencies, the value of the net assets of the Portfolio as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in
exchange rates. In order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency exchange rates, the Portfolio is also authorized to enter into
certain foreign currency exchange transactions. Furthermore, the Portfolio's
foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile
than comparable investments in securities of U.S. companies. The settlement
periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities
of U.S. issuers, may affect portfolio liquidity. Finally, there may be less
government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and
issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.

   
Medium- and Small-Capitalization Stocks. Historically, medium- and
small-capitalization stocks have been more volatile in price than the
larger-capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500. Among the reasons for the
greater price volatility of these securities are the less certain growth
prospects of smaller firms, the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for
such stocks, and the greater sensitivity of medium- and small-size companies to
changing economic conditions. In addition to exhibiting greater volatility,
medium- and small-size company stocks may fluctuate independently of larger
company stocks. Medium- and small-size company stocks may decline in price as
large company stocks rise, or rise in prices as large company stocks decline.

Options on Futures Contracts, Forward Contracts and Options on Foreign
Currencies. Unlike transactions entered into by a Portfolio in futures
contracts, options on foreign currencies and forward contracts are not traded on
contract markets regulated by the CFTC or (with the exception of certain foreign
currency options) by the SEC. To the contrary, such instruments are traded
through financial institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign
currency options are also traded on certain national securities exchanges such
as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange,
subject to SEC regulation. Similarly, options on currencies may be traded
over-the-counter. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the
protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For
example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market
movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time.
Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the
premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost.
Moreover, the option writer and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts
substantially in excess of their initial investments, due to the margin and
collateral requirements associated with such positions.
    

Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are within
the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other securities traded on such exchanges.
As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized exchanges
will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all foreign
currency option positions entered into on a national securities exchange are
cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC"), thereby
reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in
options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily available
than in the over-the-counter market, potentially permitting a Portfolio to
liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or expiration, or to
limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.

The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options, however, is
subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary market described
above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements, margining of
options written, the nature of the foreign currency market, possible
intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other political and
economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign currencies
involve certain risks not presented by the over-the-counter market. For example,
exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively through the
OCC, which has

                                                                              11

<PAGE>


established banking relationships in applicable foreign countries for this
purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines that foreign governmental
restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly settlement of foreign currency
option exercises, or would result in undue burdens on the OCC or its clearing
member, impose special procedures on exercise and settlement, such as technical
changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency, the fixing of dollar
settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies are
traded over-the-counter and involve liquidity and credit risks which may not be
present in the case of exchange-traded currency options. A Portfolio's ability
to terminate over-the-counter options will be more limited than with
exchange-traded options. It is also possible that broker-dealers participating
in over-the-counter options transactions will not fulfill their obligations.
Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, each Portfolio
will treat purchased over-the-counter options and assets used to cover written
over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. With respect to options written
with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement
requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of
illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase formula.

In addition, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts
and options on foreign currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such
transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading
in or the prices of foreign currencies or securities. The value of such
positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign
political and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United
States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the
Portfolio's ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets
during nonbusiness hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the
United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

Special Information Concerning Master-Feeder Fund Structure. Unlike other
open-end management investment companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire
and manage their own portfolio securities, the Fund seeks to achieve its
investment objective by investing all of its Assets in the Portfolio, a separate
registered investment company with the same investment objective as the Fund.
Therefore, an investor's interest in the Portfolio's securities is indirect. In
addition to selling a beneficial interest to the Fund, the Portfolio may sell
beneficial interests to other mutual funds, investment vehicles or institutional
investors. Such investors will invest in the Portfolio on the same terms and
conditions and will pay a proportionate share of the Portfolio's expenses.
However, the other investors investing in the Portfolio are not required to sell
their shares at the same public offering price as the Fund due to variations in
sales commissions and other operating expenses. Therefore, investors in the Fund
should be aware that these differences may result in differences in returns
experienced by investors in the different funds that invest in the Portfolio.
Such differences in returns are also present in other mutual fund structures.
Information concerning other holders of interests in the Portfolio is available
from Bankers Trust at 1-800-730-1313.

   
Smaller funds investing in the Portfolio may be materially affected by the
actions of larger funds investing in the Portfolio. For example, if a large fund
withdraws from the Portfolio, the remaining funds may experience higher pro rata
operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns (however, this possibility
exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional
investors). Additionally, the Portfolio may become less diverse, resulting in
increased portfolio risk. Also, funds with a greater pro rata ownership in the
Portfolio could have effective voting control of the operations of the
Portfolio. Except as permitted by the SEC, whenever the Trust is requested to
vote on matters pertaining to the Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of
shareholders of the Fund and will cast all of its votes in the same proportion
as the votes of the Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not vote will
not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the
Trust's votes representing the Fund's shareholders not voting will be voted by
the Trustees or officers of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund
shareholders who do, in fact, vote.     

Certain changes in the Portfolio's investment objectives, policies or
restrictions may require the Fund to withdraw its interest in the Portfolio. Any
such withdrawal could result in a distribution "in kind" of portfolio securities
(as opposed to a cash distribution from the Portfolio). If securities are
distributed, the Fund could incur brokerage, tax or other charges in converting
the securities to cash. In addition, the distribution in kind may result in a
less diversified portfolio of investments or adversely affect the liquidity of
the Fund. Notwithstanding the above, there are other means for meeting
redemption requests, such as borrowing.

The Fund may withdraw its investment from the Portfolio at any time, if the
Board of Trustees of the Trust determines that it is in the best interests of
the shareholders of the Fund to do so. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board of
Trustees of the Trust would consider what action might be taken, including the
investment of all the Assets of the Fund in another pooled

12

<PAGE>


investment entity having the same investment objective as the Fund or the
retaining of an investment adviser to manage the Fund's assets in accordance
with the investment policies described herein with respect to the Portfolio.

The Fund's investment objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed
upon notice to, but without the approval of, the Fund's shareholders. If there
is a change in the Fund's investment objective, the Fund's shareholders should
consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment in light of their
then-current needs. The investment objective of the Portfolio is also not a
fundamental policy. Shareholders of the Fund will receive 30 days prior written
notice with respect to any change in the investment objective of the Fund or the
Portfolio.

   
Rating Services. The ratings of rating services represent their opinions as to
the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not
absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are an initial criterion
for selection of portfolio investments, Bankers Trust also makes its own
evaluation of these securities, subject to review by the Board of Trustees.
After purchase by a Portfolio, an obligation may cease to be rated or its rating
may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio. Neither
event would require a Portfolio to eliminate the obligation from its portfolio,
but Bankers Trust will consider such an event in its determination of whether a
Portfolio should continue to hold the obligation. A description of the ratings
is included in the Appendix herein.     

                               Portfolio Turnover
   
The portfolio turnover rates for Portfolios for the fiscal years ended September
30, 1998 and 1997 , respectively, were as follows: Capital Appreciation
Portfolio--____% and 167%; Small Cap Portfolio--____% and 188%.
    

These rates will vary from year to year. High turnover rates increase
transaction costs and may increase investable capital gains. The Adviser
considers these effects when evaluating the anticipated benefits of short-term
investing.

                             Investment Restrictions
   
Fundamental Policies. The following investment restrictions are "fundamental
policies" of each Fund and each Portfolio and may not be changed with respect to
the Fund or the Portfolio without the approval of a "majority of the outstanding
voting securities" of the Fund or the Portfolio, as the case may be. "Majority
of the outstanding voting securities" under the 1940 Act, and as used in this
SAI and the Prospectuses, means, with respect to the Fund (or the Portfolio),
the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund
(or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio) present at a meeting, if
the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund
(or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio) are present or
represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities
of the Fund (or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio). Whenever
the Trust is requested to vote on a fundamental policy of a Portfolio, the Trust
will hold a meeting of the corresponding Fund's shareholders and will cast its
vote as instructed by that Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not
vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage
of the Trust's votes representing Fund shareholders not voting will be voted by
the Trustees of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund shareholders who
do, in fact, vote.

No Portfolio (or Fund) may (except that no investment restriction of a Fund
shall prevent a Fund from investing all of its Assets in an open-end investment
company with substantially the same investment objectives):

     (1) borrow money or mortgage or hypothecate assets of the Portfolio (Fund),
         except that in an amount not to exceed 1/3 of the current value of the
         Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets, it may borrow money (but only as a
         temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes in the case
         of the Small Cap Portfolio (Fund) and Capital Appreciation Portfolio
         (Fund) and enter into reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll
         transactions, and except that it may pledge, mortgage or hypothecate
         not more than 1/3 of such assets to secure such borrowings (it is
         intended that money would be borrowed only from banks and only either
         to accommodate requests for the withdrawal of beneficial interests
         (redemption of shares) while effecting an orderly liquidation of
         portfolio securities or to maintain liquidity in the event of an
         unanticipated failure to complete a portfolio security transaction or
         other similar situations) or reverse repurchase agreements, provided
         that collateral arrangements with respect to options and futures,
         including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin, are not
         considered a pledge of assets for purposes of this restriction and
         except that assets may be pledged to secure letters of credit solely
         for the purpose of participating in a captive insurance company
         sponsored by the Investment Company Institute; for additional related
         restrictions, see clause (i) under the caption "Additional
         Restrictions" below (as an operating policy, the Portfolios may not
         engage in dollar-roll transactions);
    

                                                                              13

<PAGE>


     (2) underwrite securities issued by other persons except insofar as the
         Portfolios (Trust or the Funds) may technically be deemed an
         underwriter under the 1933 Act in selling a portfolio security;

   
     (3) make loans to other persons except: (a) through the lending of the
         Portfolio's (Fund's) portfolio securities and provided that any such
         loans not exceed 30% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at
         market value); (b) through the use of repurchase agreements or the
         purchase of short-term obligations; or (c) by purchasing a portion of
         an issue of debt securities of types distributed publicly or privately;
    

     (4) purchase or sell real estate (including limited partnership interests
         but excluding securities secured by real estate or interests therein),
         interests in oil, gas or mineral leases, commodities or commodity
         contracts (except futures and option contracts) in the ordinary course
         of business (except that the Portfolio (Trust) may hold and sell, for
         the Portfolio's (Fund's) portfolio, real estate acquired as a result of
         the Portfolio's (Fund's) ownership of securities);

     (5) concentrate its investments in any particular industry (excluding U.S.
         government securities), but if it is deemed appropriate for the
         achievement of a Portfolio's (Fund's) investment objective(s), up to
         25% of its total assets may be invested in any one industry; and

     (6) issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) if
         such issuance is specifically prohibited by the 1940 Act or the rules
         and regulations promulgated thereunder, provided that collateral
         arrangements with respect to options and futures, including deposits of
         initial deposit and variation margin, are not considered to be the
         issuance of a senior security for purposes of this restriction.
   
     (7) with respect to 75% of each Fund's (Portfolio's) total assets, invest
         more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer
         (excluding cash and cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities and
         the securities of other investments companies) or own more than 10% of
         the voting securities of any issuer.
    

Additional Restrictions. The following are nonfundamental policies of the Funds
and the Portfolios. In order to comply with certain statutes and policies, each
Portfolio (or the Trust, on behalf of each Fund) will not as a matter of
operating policy (except that no operating policy shall prevent a Fund from
investing all of its Assets in an open-end investment company with substantially
the same investment objectives):

      (i)   borrow money (including through reverse repurchase or forward roll
            transactions) for any purpose in excess of 5% of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) total assets (taken at cost), except that the Portfolio
            (Fund) may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes up to 1/3 of
            its total assets;

      (ii)  pledge, mortgage or hypothecate for any purpose in excess of 10% of
            the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at market value),
            provided that collateral arrangements with respect to options and
            futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
            and reverse repurchase agreements are not considered a pledge of
            assets for purposes of this restriction;

      (iii) purchase any security or evidence of interest therein on margin,
            except that such short-term credit as may be necessary for the
            clearance of purchases and sales of securities may be obtained and
            except that deposits of initial deposit and variation margin may be
            made in connection with the purchase, ownership, holding or sale of
            futures;

      (iv)  sell  securities  it does not own  (short  sales)  such that the
            dollar  amount of such short  sales at any one time  exceeds 25%
            of the net  equity  of the  Portfolio  (Fund),  and the value of
            securities  of any one issuer in which the  Portfolio  (Fund) is
            short   exceeds   the  lesser  of  2.0%  of  the  value  of  the
            Portfolio's  (Fund's)  net assets or 2.0% of the  securities  of
            any class of any U.S.  issuer  and,  provided  that short  sales
            may be made only in those  securities  which are fully listed on
            a  national  securities  exchange  or a foreign  exchange  (This
            provision  does  not  include  the sale of  securities  that the
            Portfolio (Fund)  contemporaneously  owns or where the Portfolio
            has the  right  to  obtain  securities  equivalent  in kind  and
            amount to those sold,  i.e.,  short sales against the box.) (the
            Portfolios (Funds) currently do not engage in short selling);

      (v)   invest for the purpose of exercising control or management of
            another company;

      (vi)  purchase securities issued by any investment company except by
            purchase in the open market where no commission or profit to a
            sponsor or dealer results from such purchase other than the
            customary broker's commission, or except when such purchase, though
            not made in the open market, is part of a plan of merger or
            consolidation; provided, however, that securities of any investment
            company will

14

<PAGE>


            not be purchased for the Portfolio (Fund) if such purchase at the
            time thereof would cause: (a) more than 10% of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) total assets (taken at the greater of cost or market value)
            to be invested in the securities of such issuers; (b) more than 5%
            of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at the greater of
            cost or market value) to be invested in any one investment company;
            or (c) more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of any such
            issuer to be held for the Portfolio (Fund), unless permitted to
            exceed these limitations by an exemptive order of the SEC; provided
            further that, except in the case of a merger or consolidation, the
            Portfolio (Fund) shall not purchase any securities of any open-end
            investment company unless (1) the Portfolio's investment adviser
            waives the investment advisory fee with respect to assets invested
            in other open-end investment companies and (2) the Portfolio incurs
            no sales charge in connection with the investment;

      (vii) invest more than 10% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in securities (excluding
            Rule 144A securities) that are restricted as to resale under the
            1933 Act;

      (viii)invest more than 15% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in (a) securities (excluding
            Rule 144A securities) that are restricted as to resale under the
            1933 Act, and (b) securities that are issued by issuers which
            (including predecessors) have been in operation less than three
            years (other than U.S. government securities), provided, however,
            that no more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets are
            invested in securities issued by issuers which (including
            predecessors) have been in operation less than three years;

      (ix)  invest more than 15% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in securities that are
            illiquid or not readily marketable (excluding Rule 144A securities
            deemed by the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio (Trust) to be
            liquid);
   
      (x)  invest  in   securities   issued  by  an  issuer  any  of  whose
            officers,   directors,   trustees  or  security  holders  is  an
            officer or Trustee of the  Portfolio  (Trust),  or is an officer
            or  director  of the  Adviser,  if  after  the  purchase  of the
            securities of such issuer for the  Portfolio  (Fund) one or more
            of such  persons  owns  beneficially  more than 1/2 of 1% of the
            shares or  securities,  or both,  all taken at market value,  of
            such  issuer,  and such  persons  owning  more than 1/2 of 1% of
            such shares or securities  together own  beneficially  more than
            5% of such shares or  securities,  or both,  all taken at market
            value;

       (xi) invest in warrants (other than warrants acquired by the Portfolio
            (Fund) as part of a unit or attached to securities at the time of
            purchase) if, as a result, the investments (valued at the lower of
            cost or market) would exceed 5% of the value of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) net assets or if, as a result, more than 2% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets would be invested in warrants not
            listed on a recognized United States or foreign stock exchange, to
            the extent permitted by applicable state securities laws;

      (xii) write puts and calls on securities unless each of the following
            conditions are met: (a) the security underlying the put or call is
            within the investment policies of the Portfolio (Fund) and the
            option is issued by the OCC, except for put and call options issued
            by non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or commodities
            exchanges; (b) the aggregate value of the obligations underlying the
            puts determined as of the date the options are sold shall not exceed
            5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets; (c) the securities
            subject to the exercise of the call written by the Portfolio (Fund)
            must be owned by the Portfolio (Fund) at the time the call is sold
            and must continue to be owned by the Portfolio (Fund) until the call
            has been exercised, has lapsed, or the Portfolio (Fund) has
            purchased a closing call, and such purchase has been confirmed,
            thereby extinguishing the Portfolio's (Fund's) obligation to deliver
            securities pursuant to the call it has sold; and (d) at the time a
            put is written, the Portfolio (Fund) establishes a segregated
            account with its custodian consisting of cash or securities
            acceptable to the broker equal in value to the amount the Portfolio
            (Fund) will be obligated to pay upon exercise of the put (this
            account must be maintained until the put is exercised, has expired,
            or the Portfolio (Fund) has purchased a closing put, which is a put
            of the same series as the one previously written); and

      (xiii)buy and sell puts and calls on securities, stock index futures or
            options on stock index futures, or financial futures or options on
            financial futures unless such options are written by other persons
            and: (a) the options or futures are offered through the facilities
            of a national securities association or are listed on a national
            securities or commodities exchange, except for put and call options
            issued by
    

                                                                              15

<PAGE>


            non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or commodities
            exchanges; (b) the aggregate premiums paid on all such options which
            are held at any time do not exceed 20% of the Portfolio's (Fund's)
            total net assets; and (c) the aggregate margin deposits required on
            all such futures or options thereon held at any time do not exceed
            5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets.

   
There will be no violation of any investment restriction (except with respect to
fundamental investment restriction (1) above) if that restriction is complied
with at the time the relevant action is taken, notwithstanding a later change in
the market value of an investment, in net or total assets or in the change of
securities rating of the investment, or any other later change.
    

Each Fund will comply with the state securities laws and regulations of all
states in which it is registered. Each Portfolio will comply with the permitted
investments and investment limitations in the securities laws and regulations of
all states in which the corresponding Fund, or any other registered investment
company investing in the Portfolio, is registered.

                 Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions

The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, futures
contracts and options on such securities and futures for each Portfolio, the
selection of brokers, dealers and futures commission merchants to effect
transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any.
Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions,
including options, futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase
and sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. Orders may be
directed to any broker-dealer or futures commission merchant, including to the
extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Bankers Trust or its
subsidiaries or affiliates. Purchases and sales of certain portfolio securities
on behalf of a Portfolio are frequently placed by the Adviser with the issuer or
a primary or secondary market-maker for these securities on a net basis, without
any brokerage commission being paid by the Portfolio. Trading does, however,
involve transaction costs. Transactions with dealers serving as market-makers
reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. Transaction costs may also
include fees paid to third parties for information as to potential purchasers or
sellers of securities. Purchases of underwritten issues may be made which will
include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter.

The Adviser seeks to evaluate the overall reasonableness of the brokerage
commissions paid (to the extent applicable) in placing orders for the purchase
and sale of securities for a Portfolio taking into account such factors as
price, commission (negotiable in the case of national securities exchange
transactions), if any, size of order, difficulty of execution and skill required
of the executing broker-dealer through familiarity with commissions charged on
comparable transactions, as well as by comparing commissions paid by the
Portfolio to reported commissions paid by others. The Adviser reviews on a
routine basis commission rates, execution and settlement services performed,
making internal and external comparisons.

The Adviser is authorized, consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, when placing portfolio transactions for a Portfolio with a
broker to pay a brokerage commission (to the extent applicable) in excess of
that which another broker might have charged for effecting the same transaction
on account of the receipt of research, market or statistical information. The
term "research, market or statistical information" includes advice as to the
value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling
securities; the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of
securities; and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries,
securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance
of accounts.

Consistent with the policy stated above, the Conduct Rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and such other policies as the Trustees
of the Portfolio may determine, the Adviser may consider sales of shares of the
Trust and of other investment company clients of the Adviser as a factor in the
selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions. The Adviser will
make such allocations if commissions are comparable to those charged by
nonaffiliated, qualified broker-dealers for similar services.

Higher commissions may be paid to firms that provide research services to the
extent permitted by law. The Adviser may use this research information in
managing the Portfolio's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.

Except for implementing the policies stated above, there is no intention to
place portfolio transactions with particular brokers or dealers or groups
thereof. In effecting transactions in over-the-counter securities, orders are
placed with the principal market-makers for the security being traded unless,
after exercising care, it appears that more favorable results are available
otherwise.

Although certain research, market and statistical information from brokers and
dealers can be useful to a Portfolio and to the Adviser, it is the opinion of
the management of the Portfolios that such information is only supplementary to
the Adviser's own research effort, since the information must still be analyzed,
weighed and reviewed by the Adviser's staff. Such information may be useful to
the Adviser in providing services to clients other than the Portfolios, and not
all such information is used by the Adviser in connection with the Portfolios.
Conversely, such information provided to the Adviser by brokers and dealers

16

<PAGE>


through whom other clients of the Adviser effect securities transactions may be
useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Portfolios.

In certain instances there may be securities which are suitable for a Portfolio
as well as for one or more of the Adviser's other clients. Investment decisions
for a Portfolio and for the Adviser's other clients are made with a view to
achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a
particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might
be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular
security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are
selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when
several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser,
particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of
more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the
purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among
clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in
some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of
the security as far as a Portfolio is concerned. However, it is believed that
the ability of a Portfolio to participate in volume transactions will produce
better executions for the Portfolio.

   
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996, Capital
Appreciation Portfolio paid brokerage commissions in the amount of $_______,
$774,242, and $648,897, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996, the Small Cap
Portfolio paid brokerage commissions in the amount of $______, $344,478, and
$238,160, respectively.     

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                        Standard Performance Information

From time to time, quotations of a Fund's performance may be included in
advertisements, sales literature or shareholder reports. Mutual fund performance
is commonly measured as total return and/or yield. Each Fund's performance is
affected by its expenses. These performance figures are calculated in the
following manner:

      Yield: Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in a Fund
      over a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate.
      Yields for a Fund used in advertising are computed by dividing the Fund's
      interest and dividend income for a given 30-day or one-month period, net
      of expenses, by the average number of shares entitled to receive
      distributions during the period, dividing this figure by the Fund's net
      asset value per share at the end of the period, and annualizing the result
      (assuming compounding of income) in order to arrive at an annual
      percentage rate. Income is calculated for purpose of yield quotations in
      accordance with standardized methods applicable to all stock and bond
      mutual funds. Dividends from equity investments are treated as if they
      were accrued on a daily basis, solely for the purpose of yield
      calculations. In general, interest income is reduced with respect to bonds
      trading at a premium over their par value by subtracting a portion of the
      premium from income on a daily basis, and is increased with respect to
      bonds trading at a discount by adding a portion of the discount to daily
      income. Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from the
      calculation.

      Income calculated for the purposes of calculating a Fund's yield differs
      from income as determined for other accounting purposes. Because of the
      different accounting methods used, and because of the compounding assumed
      in yield calculations, the yield quoted for a Fund may differ from the
      rate of distributions of the Fund paid over the same period or the rate of
      income reported in the Fund's financial statements. This difference may be
      significant for a Fund investing in the Portfolio whose investments are
      denominated in foreign currencies.

   
      Unlike some bank deposits or other investments which pay a fixed yield for
      a stated period of time, the total return (see "Total Return" below) of
      the Fund will vary depending upon interest rates, the current market value
      of the securities held by the Portfolio and changes in the expenses of the
      Fund or Portfolio.
    

      Total return: Total return is the change in value of an investment in the
      Fund over a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and
      capital gains. A cumulative total return reflects actual performance over
      a stated period of time. An average annual total return is a hypothetical
      rate of return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same
      cumulative total return if performance had been constant over the entire
      period. Average annual total return calculations smooth out variations in
      performance; they are not the same as actual year-by-year results. Average
      annual total returns covering periods of less than one year assume that
      performance will remain constant for the rest of the year. A Fund's
      average annual total return is calculated for certain periods by
      determining the average annual compounded rates of return over those
      periods that would cause an investment of $1,000 (made at the

                                                                              17

<PAGE>
      maximum public offering price with all distributions reinvested) to reach
      the value of that investment at the end of the periods. A Fund may also
      calculate total return figures which represent aggregate performance over
      a period or year-by-year performance.
                                                  Cumulative      Annualized
                                                 Total Return    Total Return
                                                      For             For
                                                  the Period      the Period
                 Total Return    Total Return        From            From
                      for             for        Commencement    Commencement
                 the One Year   the Five Years   of Operations   of Operations
                     Ended           Ended          Through         Through
                 September 30,   September 30,   September 30,   September 30,
                    [1998]          [1998]          [1998]          [1998]
   
Capital            [14.64]%           N/A          [116.77]%       [18.48]%
Appreciation
Fund(1)
Small Cap          [17.90]%           N/A          [175.71]%       [29.34]%
Fund(2)
    

(1) Fund commenced operations on March 9, 1993.
(2) Fund commenced operations on October 21, 1993.

      Performance Results: Total returns and yields are based on past results
      and are not an indication of future performance. Any total return
      quotation provided for a Fund should not be considered as representative
      of the performance of the Fund in the future since the net asset value and
      public offering price of shares of the Fund will vary based not only on
      the type, quality and maturities of the securities held in the
      corresponding Portfolio, but also on changes in the current value of such
      securities and on changes in the expenses of the Fund and the
      corresponding Portfolio. These factors and possible differences in the
      methods used to calculate total return should be considered when comparing
      the total return of a Fund to total returns published for other investment
      companies or other investment vehicles. Total return reflects the
      performance of both principal and income.

                         Comparison of Fund Performance

Comparison of the quoted nonstandardized performance of various investments is
valid only if performance is calculated in the same manner. Since there are
different methods of calculating performance, investors should consider the
effect of the methods used to calculate performance when comparing performance
of a Fund with performance quoted with respect to other investment companies or
types of investments.

In connection with communicating its performance to current or prospective
shareholders, a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual funds tracked by mutual fund rating services or to unmanaged indices
which may assume reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs. Evaluations of a Fund's
performance made by independent sources may also be used in advertisements
concerning the Fund. Sources for a Fund's performance information could include
the following:

Asian Wall Street Journal, a weekly Asian newspaper that often reviews U.S.
mutual funds investing internationally.

Barron's, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. business and financial weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

Business Week, a national business weekly that periodically reports the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds investing abroad.

Changing Times, The Kiplinger Magazine, a monthly investment advisory
publication that periodically features the performance of a variety of
securities.

Consumer Digest, a monthly business/financial magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

Financial Times, Europe's business newspaper, which features from time to time
articles on international or country-specific funds.

Financial World, a general business/financial magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

18

<PAGE>

Forbes, a national business publication that from time to time reports the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Fortune, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

Global Investor, a European publication that periodically reviews the
performance of U.S. mutual funds investing internationally.

Investor's Daily, a daily newspaper that features financial, economic and
business news.

Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.'s Mutual Fund Performance Analysis, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

Money, a monthly magazine that from time to time features both specific funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

Morningstar Inc., a publisher of financial information and mutual fund research.

New York Times, a nationally distributed newspaper which regularly covers
financial news.

Personal Investing News, a monthly news publication that often reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

Personal Investor, a monthly investment advisory publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section reporting on mutual fund performance measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

Success, a monthly magazine targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

U.S. News and World Report, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

ValueLine, a biweekly publication that reports on the largest 15,000 mutual
funds.

Wall Street Journal, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

Weisenberger Investment Companies Services, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds, management policies, salient features, management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

Working Women, a monthly publication that features a "Financial Workshop"
section reporting on the mutual fund/financial industry.

                         Economic and Market Information

Advertising and sales literature of a Fund may include discussions of economic,
financial and political developments and their effect on the securities market.
Such discussions may take the form of commentary on these developments by Fund
portfolio managers and their views and analysis on how such developments could
affect the Funds. In addition, advertising and sales literature may quote
statistics and give general information about the mutual fund industry,
including the growth of the industry, from sources such as the Investment
Company Institute ("ICI"). For example, according to the ICI, thirty-seven
percent of American households are pursuing their financial goals through mutual
funds. These investors, as well as business and institutions, have entrusted
over $3.5 trillion to the more than 6,000 funds available.
   
            VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES IN KIND

The net asset value ("NAV") per Share is calculated once on each Valuation Day
as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (the "Valuation Time"), which is
currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time or in the event that the NYSE closes early, at
the time of such early closing. The NAV per Share is computed by dividing the
value of the Fund's assets (i.e., the value of its investment in the Portfolio
and other assets), less all liabilities attributable to the Shares, by the total
number of Shares outstanding as of the Valuation Time. The Portfolio's
securities and other assets are valued primarily on the basis of market
quotations or, if quotations are not readily available, by a method which the
Portfolio's Board of Trustees believes accurately reflects fair value.

Under procedures adopted by the Board, a NAV for a Fund later determined to have
been inaccurate for any reason will be recalculated. Purchases and redemptions
made at a NAV determined to have been inaccurate will be adjusted, although in
certain circumstances, such as where the difference between the original NAV and
the
    
                                                                              19

<PAGE>

   
recalculated NAV divided by the recalculated is 0.005 (1/2 of 1%) or less or
shareholder transactions are otherwise insubstantially affected, further action
is not required.

Equity and debt securities (other than short-term debt obligations maturing in
60 days or less), including listed securities and securities for which price
quotations are available, will normally be valued on the basis of market
valuations furnished by a pricing service. Such market valuations may represent
the last quoted price on the securities major trading exchange or may be
determined through use of matrix pricing. In matrix pricing, pricing services
may use various pricing models, involving comparable securities, historic
relative price movements, economic factors and dealer quotations.
Over-the-counter securities will normally be valued at the bid price. Short-term
debt obligations and money market securities maturing in 60 days or less are
valued at amortized cost, which approximates market.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued by
Bankers Trust pursuant to procedures adopted by each Portfolio's Board of
Trustees. It is generally agreed that securities for which market quotations are
not readily available should not be valued at the same value as that carried by
an equivalent security which is readily marketable.

The problems inherent in making a good faith determination of value are
recognized in the codification effected by SEC Financial Reporting Release No. 1
("FRR 1" (formerly Accounting Series Release No. 113)) which concludes that
there is "no automatic formula" for calculating the value of restricted
securities. It recommends that the best method simply is to consider all
relevant factors before making any calculation. According to FRR 1 such factors
would include consideration of the:

            type of security involved, financial statements, cost at date of
            purchase, size of holding, discount from market value of
            unrestricted securities of the same class at the time of purchase,
            special reports prepared by analysts, information as to any
            transactions or offers with respect to the security, existence of
            merger proposals or tender offers affecting the security, price and
            extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or
            comparable companies, and other relevant matters.

To the extent that a Portfolio purchases securities which are restricted as to
resale or for which current market quotations are not readily available, the
Adviser of the Portfolio will value such securities based upon all relevant
factors as outlined in FRR 1.

                               Purchase of Shares
    
The Trust accepts purchase orders for Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share
next determined after the order is received on each Valuation Day. Shares may be
available through Investment Professionals, such as broker/dealers and
investment advisers (including Service Agents).

Purchase orders for Shares (including those purchased through a Service Agent)
that are transmitted to the Trust's Transfer Agent (the "Transfer Agent"), prior
to the Valuation Time on any Valuation Day will be effective at that day's
Valuation Time. The Trust and Transfer Agent reserve the right to reject any
purchase order. Shares must be purchased in accordance with procedures
established by the Transfer Agent and each Service Agent. It is the
responsibility of each Service Agent to transmit to the Transfer Agent purchase
and redemption orders and to transmit to Bankers Trust as the Trust's custodian
(the "Custodian") purchase payments by the following business day (trade date +
1) after an order for shares is placed. A shareholder must settle with the
Service Agent for his or her entitlement to an effective purchase or redemption
order as of a particular time. Because Bankers Trust is the Custodian and
Transfer Agent of the Trust, funds may be transferred directly from or to a
customer's account held with Bankers Trust to settle transactions with the Fund
without incurring the additional costs or delays associated with the wiring of
federal funds.

The Trust and the Adviser have authorized one or more brokers to accept on the
Trust's behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to
designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the
Trust's behalf. The Transfer Agent will be deemed to have received a purchase or
redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker's
authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the
Fund's NAV next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker or the
broker's authorized designee.

20

<PAGE>


Certificates for Shares will not be issued. Each shareholder's account will be
maintained by a Service Agent or Transfer Agent.

If orders are placed through an Investment Professional, it is the
responsibility of the Investment Professional to transmit the order to buy
Shares to the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Transfer Agent must receive payment within one business day after an order
for Shares is placed; otherwise, the purchase order may be canceled and the
investor could be held liable for resulting fees and/or losses.

Minimum Investments

To Open an Account                          $2,500
For retirement accounts                        500
Through automatic investment plans           1,000

To Add to an Account                       $   250
For retirement accounts                        100
Through automatic investment plan              100

Minimum Balance                             $1,000
For retirement accounts                       None

If you are new to BT Investment Funds, complete and sign an account application
and mail it along with your check to the address listed below. For an account
application, call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210

Overnight mailings:

      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

If you have money invested in a fund in the BT Family of Funds, you can:

   o  Mail an account application with a check,

   o  Wire money into your account,

   o  Open an account by exchanging from another fund in the BT Family of Funds,
      or

   o  Contact your Service Agent or Investment Professional.

                                                                              21

<PAGE>


If you are investing through a tax-sheltered retirement plan, such as an IRA,
for the first time, you will need a special application. Contact your Investment
Professional or BT Retirement Services Center at 1-800-677-7596 for more
information and a retirement account application.

Additional Information About Buying Shares
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            To Open an Account                    To Add to an Account
<S><C>
By          Wire Call the BT Service Center at Call your Investment
            1-800-730-1313 to receive wire Professional or wire instructions for
            account additional investment to:
            establishment.
                                                  Routing No.: 021001033
                                                  Attn:       Bankers Trust/IFTC
                                                              Deposit
                                                  DDA No.:    00-226-296
                                                  FBO:        (Account name)
                                                              (Account Number)
                                                  Credit:     Fund Number
                                                              Investment Capital
                             Appreciation Fund - 465
                              Investment Small Cap
                                   Fund - 498

                                                              Specify the
                                                              complete name of
                                                              the Fund,
                                                              including your
                                                              account number and
                                                              your name.

By Phone    Contact your Service Agent,           Contact your Service Agent,
            Investment Professional, or call      Investment Professional, or call
            BT's Service Center at                BT's Service Center at
            1-800-730-1313.  If you are an        1-800-730-1313.  If you are an
            existing Shareholder, you may         existing Shareholder, you may
            exchange from another BT account      exchange from another BT account
            with the same registration,           with the same registration,
            including name, address, and          including name, address, and
            taxpayer ID number.                   taxpayer ID number.

By          Mail Complete and sign the account Make your check payable to the
            application. Make your check complete name of the Fund of your
            payable to the complete name of the choice. Indicate your Fund
            account Fund of your choice. Mail to the number on your check and
            mail to appropriate address indicated on the the address printed on
            your account application. statement.
</TABLE>

                              Redemption of Shares

You can arrange to take money out of your fund account at any time by selling
(redeeming) some or all of your Shares. Your Shares shall be sold at the next
NAV calculated after an order is received by the Transfer Agent. Redemption
requests should be transmitted by customers in accordance with procedures
established by the Transfer Agent and the shareholder's Service Agent.
Redemption requests for Shares received by the Service Agent and transmitted to
the Transfer Agent prior to the Valuation Time on each Valuation Day will be
effective at that day's Valuation Time and the redemption proceeds normally will
be delivered to the shareholder's account the next day, but in any event within
seven calendar days following receipt of the request.

Service Agents may allow redemptions or exchanges by telephone and may disclaim
liability for following instructions communicated by telephone that the Service
Agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The Service Agent must provide the
investor with an opportunity to choose whether or not to utilize the telephone
redemption or exchange privilege. The Transfer Agent and the Service Agent must
employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by
telephone are genuine. If the Service Agent does not do so, it may be liable for
any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such procedures may
include, among others, requiring some form of personal identification prior to
acting upon instructions received by telephone, providing written confirmation
of such transactions and/or tape recording of telephone instructions.

22

<PAGE>


Redemption orders are processed without charge by the Trust. The Service Agent
may on at least 30 days' notice involuntarily redeem a shareholder's account
with a Fund having a balance below the minimum, but not if an account is below
the minimum due to change in market value. See "Minimum Investments" above for
minimum balance amounts.

To sell Shares in a retirement account, your request must be made in writing,
except for exchanges to other eligible funds in the BT Family of Funds, which
can be requested by phone or in writing. For information on retirement
distributions, contact your Service Agent or call the BT Service Center at
1-800-730-1313.

If you are selling some but not all of your non-retirement account Shares, leave
at least $1,000 worth of shares in the account to keep it open.

To sell Shares by bank wire you will need to sign up for these services in
advance when completing your account application.

Certain requests must include a signature guarantee to protect you and Bankers
Trust from fraud. Redemption requests in writing must include a signature
guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

   o  Your account registration has changed within the last 30 days,

   o  The check is being mailed to a different address than the one on your
      account (record address),

   o The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner,

   o  The redemption proceeds are being transferred to a BT account with a
      different registration, or

   o  You wish to have redemption proceeds wired to a non-predesignated bank
      account.

A signature guarantee is also required if you change the pre-designated bank
information for receiving redemption proceeds on your account.

You should be able to obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, broker, dealer,
credit union (if authorized under state law), securities exchange or
association, clearing agency, or savings association. A notary public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.

Additional Information About Selling Shares

By Wire - You must sign up for the wire feature before using it. To verify that
it is in place, call 1-800-730-1313. Minimum wire: $1,000. Your wire redemption
request must be received by the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for
money to be wired on the next business day.

In Writing - Write a signed "letter of instruction" with your name, the Fund's
name and Fund's number, your Fund account number, the dollar amount or number of
Shares to be redeemed, and mail to one of the following addresses:

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210

Overnight mailings:

      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

For Trust accounts, the trustee must sign the letter indicating capacity as
trustee. If the trustee's name is not on the account registration, provide a
copy of the trust document certified within the last 60 days.

For a Business or Organization account, at least one person authorized by
corporate resolution to act on the account must sign the letter.

Unless otherwise instructed, the Transfer Agent will send a check to the account
address of record. The Trust reserves the right to close investor accounts via
30 day notice in writing if the Fund account balance falls below the Fund
minimums.

                                                                              23

<PAGE>


Investor Services

BT Investment Funds provide a variety of services to help you manage your
account.

Information Services

Statements and reports that your Investment Professional or the Transfer Agent
may send to you include the following:

o     Confirmation statements (after every transaction that affects your account
      balance, including distributions or your account registration)

o     Account statements (monthly)

o     Financial reports (every six months)

To reduce expenses, only one copy of most financial reports will be mailed, even
if you have more than one account in the Fund. Call your Investment Professional
or the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313 if you need additional copies of
financial reports.

Exchange Privilege

Shareholders may exchange their Shares for shares of certain other funds in the
BT Family of Funds registered in their state. To make an exchange, follow the
procedures indicated in "Purchase of Shares" and "Redemption of Shares" herein.
Before making an exchange, please note the following:

o     Call your Service Agent for information and a prospectus. Read the
      prospectus for relevant information.

o     Complete and sign an application, taking care to register your new account
      in the same name, address and taxpayer identification number as your
      existing account(s).

o     Each exchange represents the sale of shares of one fund and the purchase
      of shares of another, which may produce a gain or loss for tax purposes.
      Your Service Agent will receive a written confirmation of each exchange
      transaction.

o     Exchanges out of the Fund may be limited to four per calendar year and any
      exchange may have tax consequences for you.

   
o     The Fund reserves the right to terminate or modify the exchange privilege
      in the future.
    

Systematic Programs

To move money from your bank account to BT Investment Funds

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Minimum     Minimum
 Initial   Subsequent       Frequency              Setting up or changing
<S><C>
  $1,000      $100     Monthly, bimonthly,  For a new account, complete the
                       quarterly or semi-   appropriate section on the
                            annually        application.

                                            For existing accounts, call your
                                            Investment Professional for an
                                            application. To change the amount or
                                            frequency of your investment,
                                            contact your Investment Professional
                                            directly or call 1-800-730-1313.
                                            Call at least 10 business days prior
                                            to your next scheduled investment
                                            date.
</TABLE>

Systematic Withdrawal Program lets you set up periodic redemptions from your
account.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Minimum         Frequency                     Setting up or changing
<S><C>
   $100     Monthly, quarterly, To establish, call your Investment Professional
            semi-annually or or call 1-800-730-1313 after your account is open.
                 annually         The accounts from which the withdrawals will
                                  be processed must have a minimum balance of
                                  $10,000, other than retirement accounts
                                  subject to required minimum distributions.
</TABLE>

24

<PAGE>


Tax-Saving Retirement Plans

Retirement plans offer significant tax savings and are available to individuals,
partnerships, small businesses, corporations, nonprofit organizations and other
institutions. Contact Bankers Trust for further information. Bankers Trust can
set up your new account in the Fund under a number of several tax-savings or
tax-deferred plans. Minimums may differ from those listed elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

o    Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs): personal savings plans that offer
     tax advantages for individuals to set aside money for retirement and allow
     new contributions of $2,000 per tax year.

o    Rollover IRAs: tax-deferred retirement accounts that retain the special tax
     advantages of lump sum distributions from qualified retirement plans and
     transferred IRA accounts.

                        Redemptions and Purchases in Kind

The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, and each Portfolio reserve the right, if
conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for
redemption or withdrawal by making payment in whole or in part in readily
marketable securities chosen by the Trust, or the Portfolio, as the case may be,
and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Fund's or the Portfolio's
net asset value, as the case may be (a redemption in kind). If payment is made
to a Fund shareholder in securities, an investor, including the Fund, may incur
transaction expenses in converting these securities into cash. The Trust, on
behalf of each Fund, and each Portfolio have elected, however, to be governed by
Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which each Fund and each Portfolio
are obligated to redeem shares or beneficial interests, as the case may be, with
respect to any one investor during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the
lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund or the Portfolio, as
the case may be, at the beginning of the period.

Each Portfolio has agreed to make a redemption in kind to the corresponding Fund
whenever the Fund wishes to make a redemption in kind and therefore shareholders
of the Fund that receive redemptions in kind will receive portfolio securities
of the corresponding Portfolio and in no case will they receive a security
issued by the Portfolio. Each Portfolio has advised the Trust that the Portfolio
will not redeem in kind except in circumstances in which the Fund is permitted
to redeem in kind or unless requested by the Fund.

   
Each investor in a Portfolio, including the corresponding Fund, may add to or
reduce its investment in the Portfolio on each day the Portfolio determines its
net asset value. At the close of each such business day, the value of each
investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio will be determined by
multiplying the net asset value of the Portfolio by the percentage effective for
that day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate beneficial
interests in the Portfolio. Any additions or withdrawals which are to be
effected as of the close of business on that day will then be effected. The
investor's percentage of the aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio
will then be recomputed as the percentage equal to the fraction (i) the
numerator of which is the value of such investor's investment in the Portfolio
as of the close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the
amount of net additions to or withdrawals from the investor's investment in the
Portfolio effected as of the close of business on such day, and (ii) the
denominator of which is the aggregate net asset value of the Portfolio as of the
close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of
net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investments in the Portfolio
by all investors in the Portfolio. The percentage so determined will then be
applied to determine the value of the investor's interest in the Portfolio as
the close of business on the following business day.     

Each Fund may, at its own option, accept securities in payment for shares. The
securities delivered in payment for shares are valued by the method described
under "Valuation of Securities" as of the day the Fund receives the securities.
This may be a taxable transaction to the shareholder. (Consult your tax adviser
for future tax guidance.) Securities may be accepted in payment for shares only
if they are, in the judgment of the Adviser, appropriate investments for the
Fund's corresponding Portfolio. In addition, securities accepted in payment for
shares must: (i) meet the investment objective and policies of the acquiring
Fund's corresponding Portfolio; (ii) be acquired by the applicable Fund for
investment and not for resale (other than for resale to the Fund's corresponding
Portfolio); (iii) be liquid securities which are not restricted as to transfer
either by law or liquidity of the market; and (iv) if stock, have a value which
is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on a stock exchange,
over-the-counter market or by readily available market quotations from a dealer
in such securities. Each Fund reserves the right to accept or reject at its own
option any and all securities offered in payment for its shares.

                                                                              25

<PAGE>
                          Trading in Foreign Securities

Trading in foreign cities may be completed at times which vary from the closing
of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). In computing the net asset values, the
Funds value foreign securities at the latest closing price on the exchange on
which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Similarly,
foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars
at the foreign exchange rates.

Occasionally, events that affect values and exchange rates may occur between the
times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If such events
materially affect the value of portfolio securities, these securities may be
valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Trustees, although
the actual calculation may be done by others.

                   MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS

The Trust and each Portfolio are governed by a Board of Trustees which is
responsible for protecting the interests of investors. A majority of the
Trustees who are not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the
Trust or the Portfolio, as the case may be, have adopted written procedures
reasonably appropriate to deal with potential conflicts of interest arising from
the fact that some of the same individuals are Trustees of the Trust and the
Portfolios, up to and including creating separate boards of trustees.

Each Board of Trustees is composed of persons experienced in financial matters
who meet throughout the year to oversee the activities of the Funds or
Portfolios they represent. In addition, the Trustees review contractual
arrangements with companies that provide services to the Funds/Portfolios and
review the Funds' performance.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust and Portfolios, their birthdate and their
principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below. Their
titles may have varied during that period. Unless otherwise indicated, the
address of each officer is Clearing Operations, P.O. Box 897, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 05230-0897.
                              Trustees of the Trust

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930 ) -- Trustee; Retired; Director,
Coutts Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd;
Director, Zweig Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director,
Vinters International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment
company registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive,
Singer Island, Florida 33404.

KELVIN J. LANCASTER (birthdate: December 10, 1924) -- Trustee; Professor,
Department of Economics, Columbia University. His address is 35 Claremont
Avenue, New York, New York 10027.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.
                           Trustees of the Portfolios

CHARLES P. BIGGAR (birthdate: October 14, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director of
Chase/NBW Bank Advisory Board; Director, Batemen, Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.;
formerly Vice President of International Business Machines and President of the
National Services and the Field Engineering Divisions of IBM. His address is 12
Hitching Post Lane, Chappaqua, New York 10514.

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director, Coutts
Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd; Director, Zweig
Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director, Vinters
International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment company
registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive, Singer
Island, Florida 33404.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.

                      Officers of the Trust and Portfolios

Unless otherwise specified, each officer listed below holds the same position
with the Trust and each Portfolio.

26

<PAGE>


RONALD M. PETNUCH (birthdate: February 27, 1960) -- President and Treasurer;
Senior Vice President, Federated Services Company ("FSC"); formerly, Director of
Proprietary Client Services, Federated Administrative Services ("FAS"), and
Associate Corporate Counsel, Federated Investors ("FI").

CHARLES L. DAVIS, JR. (birthdate: March 23, 1960) -- Vice President and
Assistant Treasurer; Vice President, FAS.

JAY S. NEUMAN (birthdate: April 22, 1950) -- Secretary; Corporate Counsel, FI.

   
No person who is an officer or director of Bankers Trust is an officer or
Trustee of the Trust or the Portfolios. No director, officer or employee of ICC
Distributors or any of its affiliates will receive any compensation from the
Trust or the Portfolios for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust or a
Portfolio.     

                           Trustee Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Total
                                                                        Compensation
                                    Aggregate         Aggregate           from Fund
Name of Person,                   Compensation       Compensation        Complex***
Position                           from Trust*    from Portfolios**  Paid to Trustees(+)
- ---------------                   ------------    -----------------  -------------------
<S><C>
S. Leland Dill,
Trustee of Trust and Portfolios    $_________         $_________        $_________

Kelvin J. Lancaster,
Trustee of Trust                   $_________            N/A            $_________

Philip Saunders, Jr.,
Trustee of Trust and Portfolios    $_________         $_________        $_________

Charles P. Biggar,
Trustee of Portfolios                  N/A            $_________        $_________
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

*The aggregate compensation is provided for the BT Investment Funds which is
comprised of 17 funds. Information is furnished for the Trust's most recent
fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.

**Information is furnished for the Trust's most recent fiscal year ended
December 31, 1998.

***Aggregated information is furnished for the BT Family of Funds which consists
of the following: BT Investment Funds, BT Institutional Funds, BT Pyramid Funds,
BT Advisor Funds, BT Investment Portfolios, Cash Management Portfolio, Treasury
Money Portfolio, Tax Free Money Portfolio, NY Tax Free Money Portfolio,
International Equity Portfolio, Short Intermediate US Government Securities
Portfolio, Intermediate Tax Free Portfolio, Asset Management Portfolio, Equity
500 Index Portfolio and Capital Appreciation Portfolio.

+ The compensation is provided for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998.

Bankers Trust reimbursed the Funds and Portfolios for a portion of their
Trustees  fees  for  the  period  above.  See  "Investment  Adviser"  and
"Administrator" below.

As of December 31, 1998, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust and the
Portfolios owned in the aggregate less than 1% of the shares of any Fund or the
Trust (all series taken together).

[Update] As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record owned 5%
or more of the outstanding voting shares of Capital Appreciation Fund:
[TO BE PROVIDED]

   
[Update] As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record owned 5%
or more of the outstanding voting shares of Small Cap Fund: Charles Schwab &
Co., San Francisco, California, owned approximately 651,900 shares (5%); Bankers
Trust Company as trustee for Westinghouse Savannah River/Bechtel Savannah River
Inc. Savings and Investment Plan, Jersey City, New Jersey, owned approximately
3,532,316 shares (28%); Batrus & Co. c/o Bankers Trust Company, New York, New
York, owned approximately 1,963,621 shares (16%); and Infid & Co. c/o Bankers
Trust Company, New York, New York, owned approximately 3,238,170 shares (26%).
    

                                                                              27

<PAGE>


                               Investment Adviser

The Trust has not retained the services of an investment adviser since the Trust
seeks to achieve the investment objective of each of its Funds by investing all
the Assets of the Fund in the corresponding Portfolio. Each Portfolio has
retained the services of Bankers Trust as Adviser.

Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation with principal offices at
130 Liberty Street, (One Bankers Trust Plaza), New York, New York 10006, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York Corporation. Bankers Trust
conducts a variety of general banking and trust activities and is a major
wholesale supplier of financial services to the international and domestic
institutional market. [As of March 31, 1998, Bankers Trust New York Corporation
was the seventh largest bank holding company in the United States with total
assets of over $150 billion.] [The scope of Bankers Trust's investment
management capability is unique due to its leadership positions in both active
and passive quantitative management and its presence in major equity and fixed
income markets around the world. Bankers Trust is one of the nation's largest
and most experienced investment managers with over $300 billion in assets under
management globally.]

Under the terms of each Portfolio's investment advisory agreement with Bankers
Trust (the "Advisory Agreement"), Bankers Trust manages the Portfolio subject to
the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio. Bankers
Trust will: (i) act in strict conformity with each Portfolio's Declaration of
Trust, the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as the same may
from time to time be amended; (ii) manage each Portfolio in accordance with the
Portfolio's investment objectives, restrictions and policies; (iii) make
investment decisions for each Portfolio; and (iv) place purchase and sale orders
for securities and other financial instruments on behalf of each Portfolio.

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that, in counsel's opinion,
Bankers Trust currently may perform the services for the Trust and the
Portfolios described in the Prospectus and this SAI without violation of the
Glass-Steagall Act or other applicable banking laws or regulations.

Bankers Trust bears all expenses in connection with the performance of services
under each Advisory Agreement. The Trust and each Portfolio bears certain other
expenses incurred in its operation, including: taxes, interest, brokerage fees
and commissions, if any; fees of Trustees of the Trust or the Portfolio who are
not officers, directors or employees of Bankers Trust, ICC Distributors or any
of their affiliates; SEC fees and state Blue Sky qualification fees; charges of
custodians and transfer and dividend disbursing agents; certain insurance
premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of maintenance of corporate
existence; costs attributable to investor services, including, without
limitation, telephone and personnel expenses; costs of preparing and printing
prospectuses and statements of additional information for regulatory purposes
and for distribution to existing shareholders; costs of shareholders' reports
and meetings of shareholders, officers and Trustees of the Trust or the
Portfolio; and any extraordinary expenses.

Bankers Trust has more than 50 years of experience managing retirement assets
for the nation's largest corporations and institutions. In the past, these
clients have been serviced through separate account and commingled fund
structures. Now, the BT Family of Funds brings Bankers Trust's extensive
investment management expertise--once available to only the largest institutions
in the U.S.--to individual investors. Bankers Trust's officers have had
extensive experience in managing investment portfolios having objectives similar
to those of each Portfolio.

Bankers Trust, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees
of each Portfolio, manages each Portfolio in accordance with the Portfolio's
investment objective and stated investment policies, makes investment decisions
for the Portfolio, places orders to purchase and sell securities and other
financial instruments on behalf of the Portfolio and employs professional
investment managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the
Portfolio. Bankers Trust may utilize the expertise of any of its world wide
subsidiaries and affiliates to assist it in its role as investment adviser. All
orders for investment transactions on behalf of a Portfolio are placed by
Bankers Trust with broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries that it
selects, including those affiliated with Bankers Trust. A Bankers Trust
affiliate will be used in connection with a purchase or sale of an investment
for the Portfolio only if Bankers Trust believes that the affiliate's charge for
the transaction does not exceed usual and customary levels. The Portfolio will
not invest in obligations for which Bankers Trust or any of its affiliates is
the ultimate obligor or accepting bank. The Portfolio may, however, invest in
the obligations of correspondents and customers of Bankers Trust.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides for each Portfolio to pay Bankers
Trust a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to the
following percentages of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio for its
then-current fiscal year: Capital Appreciation Portfolio, 0.65% and Small Cap
Portfolio, 0.65%. Under certain circumstances Bankers Trust has agreed to pay
fees to certain securities brokers, dealers and other entities that facilitate
the sale of Fund shares, and in connection therewith provide administrative,
shareholder, or distribution related services to the Fund or its shareholders.
Fees paid to entities that administer mutual fund "supermarkets" may be higher
than fees paid for other types of services.

28

<PAGE>


   
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_____, $340,261, and $1,225,764, respectively, in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to Capital Appreciation Portfolio. During
the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_____, $109,433, and $319,524,
respectively, to the Portfolio to cover expenses.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_____, $1,278,294, and $1,293,449, respectively, in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to Small Cap Portfolio. During the same
periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_____, $325,723, and $331,176, respectively,
to the Portfolio to cover expenses.     

Bankers Trust may have deposit, loan and other commercial banking relationships
with the issuers of obligations which may be purchased on behalf of the
Portfolios, including outstanding loans to such issuers which could be repaid in
whole or in part with the proceeds of securities so purchased. Such affiliates
deal, trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and are among
the leading dealers of various types of such obligations. Bankers Trust has
informed the Portfolios that, in making its investment decisions, it does not
obtain or use material inside information in its possession or in the possession
of any of its affiliates. In making investment recommendations for the
Portfolios, Bankers Trust will not inquire or take into consideration whether an
issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by a Portfolio is a customer
of Bankers Trust, its parent or its subsidiaries or affiliates and, in dealing
with its customers, Bankers Trust, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates will
not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of such customers are
held by any fund managed by Bankers Trust or any such affiliate.

                                  Administrator

Under its Administration and Services Agreement with the Trust, the Adviser
calculates the net asset value of the Funds and generally assists the Board of
Trustees of the Trust in all aspects of the administration and operation of the
Trust. The Administration and Services Agreement provides for the Trust to pay
the Adviser a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to
0.65% of the average daily net assets of each Fund for its then-current fiscal
year.

Under an Administration and Services Agreement with the Portfolio, the Adviser
calculates the value of the assets of the Portfolio and generally assists the
Board of Trustees of the Portfolio in all aspects of the administration and
operation of the Portfolio. The Administration and Services Agreement provides
for the Portfolio to pay the Adviser a fee, computed daily and paid monthly,
equal on an annual basis to 0.10% of each Portfolio's average daily net assets
for its then-current fiscal year. Under the Administration and Services
Agreement, the Adviser may delegate one or more of its responsibilities to
others, including affiliates of ICC Distributors, at the Adviser's expense.

Under the administration and services agreements, the Adviser is obligated on a
continuous basis to provide such administrative services as the Board of
Trustees of the Trust and each Portfolio reasonably deem necessary for the
proper administration of the Trust or a Portfolio. The Adviser will generally
assist in all aspects of the Funds' and Portfolios' operations; supply and
maintain office facilities (which may be in Bankers Trust's own offices),
statistical and research data, data processing services, clerical, accounting,
bookkeeping and recordkeeping services (including without limitation the
maintenance of such books and records as are required under the 1940 Act and the
rules thereunder, except as maintained by other agents), executive and
administrative services, and stationery and office supplies; prepare reports to
shareholders or investors; prepare and file tax returns; supply financial
information and supporting data for reports to and filings with the SEC and
various state Blue Sky authorities; supply supporting documentation for meetings
of the Board of Trustees; provide monitoring reports and assistance regarding
compliance with Declarations of Trust, by-laws, investment objectives and
policies and with Federal and state securities laws; arrange for appropriate
insurance coverage; calculate net asset values, net income and realized capital
gains or losses; and negotiate arrangements with, and supervise and coordinate
the activities of, agents and others to supply services.

Pursuant to a sub-administration agreement (the "Sub-Administration Agreement"),
FSC performs such sub-administration duties for the Trust and the Portfolios as
from time to time may be agreed upon by the Adviser and FSC. The
Sub-Administration Agreement provides that FSC will receive such compensation as
from time to time may be agreed upon by FSC and the Adviser. All such
compensation will be paid by the Adviser.

   
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_____, $338,831, and $405,364, respectively, in compensation for
administrative and other services provided to the Capital Appreciation Fund.
During the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_____, $41,894, and $57,379,
respectively, to cover expenses. For the same periods, Bankers Trust received
$_____, $52,348, and $188,579, respectively, in compensation for administrative
and other services provided to Capital Appreciation Portfolio.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996 , Bankers Trust
accrued $_____, $1,273,452, and $1,285,892, respectively, in compensation for
administrative and other services provided to Small Cap Fund. During the     

                                                                              29

<PAGE>


   
same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_____, $50,637, and $109,960,
respectively, to cover expenses. For the same periods, Bankers Trust received
$_____, $196,661, and $198,992, respectively, in compensation for administrative
and other services provided to Small Cap Portfolio.     

Bankers Trust has agreed that if in any fiscal year the aggregate expenses of
any Fund and its respective Portfolio (including fees pursuant to the Advisory
Agreement, but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and, if permitted by the
relevant state securities commissions, extraordinary expenses) exceed the
expense limitation of any state having jurisdiction over a Fund, Bankers Trust
will reimburse the Fund for the excess expense to the extent required by state
law. As of the date of this SAI, the most restrictive annual expense limitation
applicable to any Fund is 2.50% of the Fund's first $30 million of average
annual net assets, 2.00% of the next $70 million of average annual net assets
and 1.50% of the remaining average annual net assets.

                                   Distributor
   
ICC Distributors is the principal distributor for shares of the Fund. ICC
Distributors is a registered broker/dealer and is unaffiliated with Bankers
Trust. The principal business address of ICC Distributors is Two Portland
Square, Portland, Maine 04101.     

                                  Service Agent

All shareholders must be represented by a Service Agent. The Adviser acts as a
Service Agent pursuant to its Administration and Services Agreement with the
Trust and receives no additional compensation from the Fund for such shareholder
services. The service fees of any other Service Agents, including
broker-dealers, will be paid by the Adviser from its fees. The services provided
by a Service Agent may include establishing and maintaining shareholder
accounts, processing purchase and redemption transactions, arranging for bank
wires, performing shareholder sub-accounting, answering client inquiries
regarding the Trust, assisting clients in changing dividend options, account
designations and addresses, providing periodic statements showing the client's
account balance, transmitting proxy statements, periodic reports, updated
prospectuses and other communications to shareholders and, with respect to
meetings of shareholders, collecting, tabulating and forwarding to the Trust
executed proxies and obtaining such other information and performing such other
services as the Administrator or the Service Agent's clients may reasonably
request and agree upon with the Service Agent. Service Agents may separately
charge their clients additional fees only to cover provision of additional or
more comprehensive services not already provided under the Administration and
Services Agreement with the Adviser, or of the type or scope not generally
offered by a mutual fund, such as cash management services or enhanced
retirement or trust reporting. In addition, investors may be charged a
transaction fee if they effect transactions in Fund shares through a broker or
agent. Each Service Agent has agreed to transmit to shareholders, who are its
customers, appropriate disclosures of any fees that it may charge them directly.

                          Custodian and Transfer Agent
   
Bankers Trust, 130 Liberty Street (One Bankers Trust Plaza) , New York, New
York, 10006, serves as Custodian for the Trust and for each Portfolio pursuant
to the administration and services agreements. As Custodian, it holds the Funds'
and each Portfolio's assets. Bankers Trust also serves as transfer agent of the
Trust and of each Portfolio pursuant to the respective administration and
services agreement. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Bankers
Trust maintains the shareholder account records for each Fund, handles certain
communications between shareholders and the Trust and causes to be distributed
any dividends and distributions payable by the Trust. Bankers Trust may be
reimbursed by the Funds or the Portfolios for its out-of-pocket expenses.
Bankers Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under
the 1940 Act.     

                                   Use of Name

The Trust and Bankers Trust have agreed that the Trust may use "BT" as part of
its name for so long as Bankers Trust serves as investment adviser to the
Portfolios. The Trust has acknowledged that the term "BT" is used by and is a
property right of certain subsidiaries of Bankers Trust and that those
subsidiaries and/or Bankers Trust may at any time permit others to use that
term.

The Trust may be required, on 60 days' notice from Bankers Trust at any time, to
abandon use of the acronym "BT" as part of its name. If this were to occur, the
Trustees would select an appropriate new name for the Trust, but there would be
no other material effect on the Trust, its shareholders or activities.

30

<PAGE>


                           Banking Regulatory Matters

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that in its opinion Bankers Trust
may perform the services for the Portfolios contemplated by the Advisory
Agreements and other activities for the Funds and the Portfolios described in
the Prospectuses and this SAI without violation of the Glass-Steagall Act or
other applicable banking laws or regulations. However, counsel has pointed out
that future changes in either Federal or state statutes and regulations
concerning the permissible activities of banks or trust companies, as well as
future judicial or administrative decisions or interpretations of present and
future statutes and regulations, might prevent Bankers Trust from continuing to
perform those services for the Trust and the Portfolios. State laws on this
issue may differ from the interpretations of relevant Federal law and banks and
financial institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant to state
securities law. If the circumstances described above should change, the Boards
of Trustees would review the relationships with Bankers Trust and consider
taking all actions necessary in the circumstances.

                       Counsel and Independent Accountants

Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves
as Counsel to the Trust and each Portfolio. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 1100
Main Street, Suite 900, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 acts as Independent
Accountants of the Trust and each Portfolio.

                            ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST

The Trust was organized on July 21, 1986 under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. Each Fund is a mutual fund: an investment that pools
shareholders' money and invests it toward a specified goal. Each Fund is a
separate series of the Trust. The Small Cap Portfolio is a separate subtrust of
BT Investment Portfolios, a New York master trust fund. The Capital Appreciation
Portfolio is a New York trust. The Trust offers shares of beneficial interest of
separate series, par value $0.001 per share. The shares of the other series of
the Trust are offered through separate prospectuses. No series of shares has any
preference over any other series. The Trust and BT Investment Portfolios reserve
the right to add additional series in the future. The Trust also reserves the
right to issue more than one class of Shares of each Fund.

The Trust is an entity commonly known as a "Massachusetts business trust." Under
Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a business trust may, under certain
circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for its obligations.
However, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of
shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate
insurance existed and the Trust itself was unable to meet its obligations.

When matters are submitted for shareholder vote, shareholders of each Fund will
have one vote for each full share held and proportionate, fractional votes for
fractional shares held. A separate vote of each Fund is required on any matter
affecting the Fund on which shareholders are entitled to vote. Shareholders of
each Fund are not entitled to vote on trust matters that do not affect the Fund.
All series of the Trust will vote together on certain matters, such as electing
trustees or approving independent public accountants. There normally will be no
meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees unless and until
such time as less than a majority of Trustees holding office have been elected
by shareholders, at which time the Trustees then in office, will call a
shareholders' meeting for the election of Trustees. Any Trustee may be removed
from office upon the vote of shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the
Trust's outstanding shares at a meeting called for that purpose. The Trustees
are required to call such a meeting upon the written request of shareholders
holding at least 10% of the Trust's outstanding shares. The Trust will also
assist shareholders in communicating with one another as provided for in the
1940 Act.

The Portfolio, in which all the Assets of each Fund will be invested, is
organized as a trust under the laws of the State of New York. The Portfolio's
Declaration of Trust provides that each Fund and other entities investing in the
Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company separate accounts
and common and commingled trust funds) will each be liable for all obligations
of the Portfolio. However, the risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on
account of such liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate
insurance existed and the Portfolio itself was unable to meet its obligations.
Accordingly, the Trustees of the Trust believe that neither the Fund nor its
shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of the Fund's investing in the
Portfolio.

   
Each series in the Trust will not be involved in any vote involving a Portfolio
in which it does not invest its Assets. Shareholders of all of the series of the
Trust will, however, vote together to elect Trustees of the Trust and for
certain other matters. Under certain circumstances, the shareholders of one or
more series could control the outcome of these votes. As of December 31, 1998,
the following shareholders of record owned 25% or more of the voting securities
of a Fund, and, therefore, may, for certain purposes, be deemed to control the
Fund and be able to affect the outcome of certain matters presented for a vote
of its shareholders: [TO BE PROVIDED].     

Shares of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that
holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can
elect all Trustees. Shares are transferable but have no preemptive, conversion
or subscription rights.

                                                                              31

<PAGE>

Shareholders generally vote by Fund, except with respect to the election of
Trustees and the ratification of the selection of independent accountants.

Massachusetts law provides that shareholders could under certain circumstances
be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust's
Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of
the Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer be given in each
agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or a
Trustee. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification from the Trust's
property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable
for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder's incurring
financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances
in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations, a possibility
that the Trust believes is remote. Upon payment of any liability incurred by the
Trust, the shareholder paying the liability will be entitled to reimbursement
from the general assets of the Trust. The Trustees intend to conduct the
operations of the Trust in a manner so as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate
liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the Trust.

The Trust was organized under the name BT Tax-Free Investment Trust and assumed
its current name of BT Investment Funds on May 16, 1988.

Except as described below, whenever the Trust is requested to vote on a
fundamental policy of the Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of the Fund's
shareholders and will cast its vote as instructed by the Fund's shareholders.
Fund shareholders who do not vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the
Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the Trust's votes representing Fund
shareholders not voting will be voted by the Trustees of the Trust in the same
proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

Except as described below, whenever the Fund is requested to vote on matters
pertaining to the Portfolio, the Fund will hold a meeting of its shareholders
and will cast its votes proportionately as instructed by Fund shareholders.
However, subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, the Fund
would not request a vote of its shareholders with respect to (a) any proposal
relating to the Portfolio, which proposal, if made with respect to the Fund,
would not require the vote of the shareholders of the Fund, or (b) any proposal
with respect to the Portfolio that is identical in all material respects to a
proposal that has previously been approved by shareholders of the Fund. Any
proposal submitted to holders in the Portfolio, and that is not required to be
voted on by shareholders of the Fund, would nonetheless be voted on by the
Trustees of the Trust.
                                    TAXATION
   
                           Dividends and Distributions

The Trust intends to qualify annually and to elect each Fund to be treated as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Provided each Fund
meets the requirements imposed by the Code and distributes all of its income and
gains, a Fund will not pay any federal income or excise taxes.

Distributions from each Fund's income and short-term capital gains are taxed as
dividends, and long-term capital gain distributions are taxed as long-term
capital gains. Each Fund's capital gain distributions are taxable when they are
paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them in additional Shares.
Distributions declared to shareholders of record in October, November or
December and paid as if paid in January are taxable on December 31. Each Fund
will send each shareholder a tax statement by January 31 showing the tax status
of the distributions received on the part year.

On the ex-date for a distribution from capital gains, each Fund's Share value is
reduced by the amount of the distribution. If you buy Shares just before the
ex-date ("buying a dividend"), you will pay the full price for the Shares and
then receive a portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

                              Taxation of the Funds

As a regulated investment company, each Fund will not be subject to U.S. Federal
income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if
any, that it distributes to shareholders. The Funds intend to distribute to
their shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of their investment
company taxable income and net capital gains, and therefore do not anticipate
incurring Federal income tax liability.

Each Fund shareholder will receive, if appropriate, various written notices
after the close of the Fund's prior taxable year as to the Federal income status
of his dividends and distributions which were received from the Fund      32
<PAGE>     during the Fund's prior taxable year. Shareholders should consult
their tax advisers as to any state and local taxes that may apply to these
dividends and distributions.     
                               Foreign Securities

Income from investments in foreign stocks or securities may be subject to
foreign taxes. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States
may reduce or eliminate such taxes. It is impossible to determine the effective
rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio's assets to be
invested in various countries will vary.     If the Portfolio is liable for
foreign taxes, and if more than 50% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets
at the close of its taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign
corporations (including foreign governments), it may make an election pursuant
to which certain foreign taxes paid by it would be treated as having been paid
directly by shareholders of the entities, such as the corresponding Fund, which
have invested in the Portfolio. Pursuant to such election, the amount of foreign
taxes paid will be included in the income of the corresponding Fund's
shareholders, and such Fund shareholders (except tax-exempt shareholders) may,
subject to certain limitations, claim either a credit or deduction for the
taxes. Each such Fund shareholder will be notified after the close of the
Portfolio's taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid will "pass through" for
that year and, if so, such notification will designate (a) the shareholder's
portion of the foreign taxes paid to each such country and (b) the portion which
represents income derived from sources within each such country.      The amount
of foreign taxes for which a shareholder may claim a credit in any year will
generally be subject to a separate limitation for "passive income," which
includes, among other items of income, dividends, interest and certain foreign
currency gains. Because capital gains realized by the Portfolio on the sale of
foreign securities will be treated as U.S. source income, the available credit
of foreign taxes paid with respect to such gains may be restricted by this
limitation.

                           Taxation of the Portfolios

The Portfolios are not subject to Federal income taxation. Instead, the Fund and
other investors investing in a Portfolio must take into account, in computing
their Federal income tax liability, their share of the Portfolio's income,
gains, losses, deductions, credits and tax preference items, without regard to
whether they have received any cash distributions from the Portfolio.

Distributions received by a Fund from the corresponding Portfolio generally will
not result in the Fund recognizing any gain or loss for Federal income tax
purposes, except that: (1) gain will be recognized to the extent that any cash
distributed exceeds the Fund's basis in its interest in the Portfolio prior to
the distribution; (2) income or gain may be realized if the distribution is made
in liquidation of the Fund's entire interest in the Portfolio and includes a
disproportionate share of any unrealized receivables held by the Portfolio; and
(3) loss may be recognized if the distribution is made in liquidation of the
Fund's entire interest in the Portfolio and consists solely of cash and/or
unrealized receivables. A Fund's basis in its interest in the corresponding
Portfolio generally will equal the amount of cash and the basis of any property
which the Fund invests in the Portfolio, increased by the Fund's share of income
from the Portfolio, and decreased by the amount of any cash distributions and
the basis of any property distributed from the Portfolio.

                                 Sale of Shares

Any gain or loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of
Shares of the Fund, or upon receipt of a distribution in complete liquidation of
the Fund, generally will be a capital gain or loss which will be long-term or
short-term, generally depending upon the shareholder's holding period for the
Shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent
the Shares disposed of are replaced (including Shares acquired pursuant to a
dividend reinvestment plan) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before
and ending 30 days after disposition of the Shares. In such a case, the basis of
the Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss
realized by a shareholder on a disposition of Fund Shares held by the
shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss
to the extent of any distributions of net capital gains received by the
shareholder with respect to such Shares.

Because the tax treatment also depends on your purchase price and your personal
tax position, you should keep your regular account statements to use in
determining your tax.

   
                            Foreign Withholding Taxes
    

Income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be
subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries.

                               Backup Withholding

The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. Federal income tax at the rate of 31%
of all taxable distributions payable to shareholders who fail to provide the
Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required
certifications,

                                                                              33

<PAGE>


or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject
to backup withholding. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders
specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. Backup
withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited
against the shareholder's U.S. Federal income tax liability.

                              Foreign Shareholders

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder of an investment in the Fund may
be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to
consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences
to them of an investment in the Fund.

                                 Other Taxation

The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust and, under current law,
neither the Trust nor any Fund is liable for any income or franchise tax in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided that the Fund continues to qualify as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. The investment by
each Fund in the corresponding Portfolio does not cause the Fund to be liable
for any income or franchise tax in the State of New York.

Each Portfolio is organized as a New York trust. Each Portfolio is not subject
to any income or franchise tax in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.

Fund shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on their Fund
distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements for each Fund or Portfolio for the period ended
September 30, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report to
shareholders for each Fund dated September 30, 1998. A copy of a Fund's and
corresponding Portfolio's Annual Report may be obtained without charge by
contacting the respective Fund.

34

<PAGE>


   
                                    APPENDIX

Description of Moody's Corporate Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin
and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to
change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together
with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds.
They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not
be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e. they are
neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
Such, bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
speculative characteristics as well.

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements. Their future cannot
be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both (good
and bad times over the future). Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in
this class.

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment.
Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of
the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca - Bonds rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and issued so rated can be
regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.

Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3, in each generic rating
classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond system. The modifier 1
indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating
category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3
indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Description of S&P Corporate Bond Ratings:

AAA - Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's to a
debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely
strong.

AA - Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from the higher-rated issues only in small degree.

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal,
although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection
parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt
in this category than in higher-rated categories.

BB - Debt rate BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

B - Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business,
financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest

                                                                              35

<PAGE>


and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to
senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB- rating.

CCC - Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse
business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC - Debt rated CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

C - The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating. The C rating may be used to
cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed but debt service
payments are continued.

CI - The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments
will be made during such grace period. The D rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Description of S&P commercial paper ratings:

Commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P indicates that the degree of safety regarding
timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Those issues determined to
possess overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-1+.

Description of Moody's commercial paper ratings:

The rating Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody's.
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) are considered to
have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.

Description of S&P Municipal Bond Ratings:

AAA - Prime - These are obligations of the highest quality. They have the
strongest capacity for timely payment of debt service.

General Obligations Bonds - In a period of economic stress, the issuers will
suffer the smallest declines in income and will be least susceptible to
autonomous decline. Debt burden is moderate. A strong revenue structure appears
more than adequate to meet future expenditure requirements. Quality of
management appears superior.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage has been, and is expected to remain,
substantial, stability of the pledged revenues is also exceptionally strong due
to the competitive position of the municipal enterprise or to the nature of the
revenues. Basic security provisions (including rate covenant, earnings test for
issuance of additional bonds and debt service reserve requirements) are
rigorous. There is evidence of superior management.

AA - High Grade - The investment characteristics of bonds in this group are only
slightly less marked than those of the prime quality issues. Bonds rated AA have
the second strongest capacity for payment of debt service.

36

<PAGE>


A - Good Grade - Principal and interest payments on bonds in this category are
regarded as safe although the bonds are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher
rated categories. This rating describes the third strongest capacity for payment
of debt service. Regarding municipal bonds, the rating differs from the two
higher ratings because:

General Obligation Bonds - There is some weakness, either in the local economic
base, in debt burden, in the balance between revenues and expenditures, or in
quality of management. Under certain adverse circumstances, any one such
weakness might impair the ability of the issuer to meet debt obligations at some
future date.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage is good, but not exceptional. Stability of
the pledged revenues could show some variations because of increased competition
or economic influences on revenues. Basic security provisions, while
satisfactory, are less stringent. Management performance appearance appears
adequate.

S&P's letter ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus or a minus sign,
which is used to show relative standing within the major rating categories,
except in the AAA rating category.

Description of Moody's Municipal Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry
the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt
edge". Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities, or fluctuation of protective elements
may be of greater amplitude, or there may be other elements present which make
the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are
to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Moody's may apply the numerical modifier in each generic rating classification
from Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the security within its generic
rating classification possesses the strongest investment attributes.

Description of S&P Municipal Note Ratings:

Municipal notes with maturities of three years or less are usually given note
ratings (designated SP-1, or -2) to distinguish more clearly the credit quality
of notes as compared to bonds. Notes rated SP-1 have a very strong or strong
capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess
overwhelming safety characteristics are given the designation of SP-1. Notes
rates SP-2 have a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Moody's Municipal Note Ratings:

Moody's ratings for state and municipal notes and other short-term loans are
designated Moody's Investment Grade (MIG) and for variable rate demand
obligations are designated Variable Moody's Investment Grade (VMIG). This
distinction recognizes the differences between short-term credit risk and
long-term risk. Loans bearing the designation MIG 1/VMIG 1 are of the best
quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows of funds for
their servicing or from established cash flows of funds for their servicing or
from established and broad-based access to the market for refinancing, or both.
Loans bearing the designation MIG2/VMIG2 are of high quality, with ample margins
of protection, although not as large as the preceding group.

                                                                              37

<PAGE>


S&P's Commercial Paper Ratings:

A is the highest commercial paper rating category utilized by S&P, which uses
the numbers 1, 1, 2 and 3 to denote relative strength within its A
classification. Commercial paper issues rated A by S&P have the following
characteristics: Liquidity ratios are better than industry average. Long-term
debt ratings is A or better. The issuer has access to at least two additional
channels of borrowing. Basic earnings and cash flow are in an upward tread.
Typically, the issuer is a strong company in a well-established industry and has
superior management.

Moody's Commercial Paper Ratings:

Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics: leasing
market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on funds
employed; conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed
financial charges and high internal cash generation; well-established access to
a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Issuers rates Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. The effect of
industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced.
Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of
debt protection measurements and the requirement for relatively high financial
leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

38

<PAGE>




                                  STATEMENT OF
                                                          ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                                                              JANUARY_____, 1999


              Investment Adviser and Administrator of each Portfolio
    
                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                                   Distributor
                             ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                          Custodian and Transfer Agent
                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                             Independent Accountants
                           PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

                                     Counsel
                            WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER


                               --------------------

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in the Trust's Prospectuses, its
Statements of Additional Information or the Trust's official sales literature in
connection with the offering of the Trust's shares and, if given or made, such
other information or representations must not be relied on as having been
authorized by the Trust. Neither the Prospectuses nor this Statement of
Additional Information constitutes an offer in any state in which, or to any
person to whom, such offer may not lawfully be made.

                               --------------------





CUSIP # 055922801 CUSIP # 055922777 CUSIP # 055922819 CUSIP # 055922769 CUSIP #
055922868 CUSIP # 055922736 CUSIP # 055922785 COMBINV400 (1/98)








<PAGE>

                              BT Investment Funds

                       Information About Investing in the
                           International Equity Fund
                    International Small Company Equity Fund
                      Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund
                           Latin American Equity Fund
                           Pacific Basin Equity Fund

The International Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation primarily
through investment in the stocks and other equity securities of companies in
developed countries outside the United States.

The International Small Company Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation
primarily through investment in stocks and other equity securities of small
companies in developed countries outside the United States.

The Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund seeks long-term capital growth primarily
through investment in the stocks and other equity securities of companies in the
world's emerging markets.

The Latin American Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation primarily
through investment in the stocks and other equity securities of companies based
in Latin America.

The Pacific Basin Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation primarily
through investment in the stocks and other equity securities of companies in the
Pacific Basin, excluding Japan.


                                       1


<PAGE>


                                   Prospectus
                                January 31, 1999

                             Bankers Trust Company
                               Investment Adviser

Like shares of all mutual funds, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


                                       2


<PAGE>





TABLE OF CONTENTS

International Equity Fund..............................................
International Small Company Equity Fund................................
Global Emerging Market Equity Fund.....................................
Latin American Equity Fund.............................................
Pacific Basin Equity Fund..............................................

Information Concerning All of the Funds

     Board of Trustees.................................................
     Investment Adviser................................................
     Other Services....................................................
     Organizational Structure .........................................

Calculating a Fund's Share Price.......................................
Dividends and Distributions............................................
Tax Considerations.....................................................
Buying and Selling Fund Shares.........................................


                                       3


<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

     Goal..............................................................
     Core Strategy.....................................................
     Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund..........................
     Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund.........................
     Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses............................
     Annual Fund Operating Expenses....................................

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

     Objective.........................................................
     Strategy..........................................................
     Principal Investments.............................................
     Investment Process................................................
     Risks.............................................................
     Portfolio Managers................................................
     Financial Highlights..............................................


                                       4


<PAGE>


INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

Goal

The Fund invests for long-term capital appreciation.


                                       5


<PAGE>


Core Strategy

The Fund invests primarily in the stocks and other equity securities of
companies in developed countries outside the United States.


                                       6


<PAGE>


Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund

An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

        o  Stocks that the Investment Adviser has selected could perform poorly;
           or

        o  The stock market could perform poorly in one or more of the countries
           in which the Fund has invested.

Beyond the risks common to all stock investing, an investment in the Fund could
also lose money or under perform alternative investments as a result of risks in
the foreign countries in which the Fund invests:

        o  Adverse political, economic or social developments could undermine
           the value of the Fund's investments or prevent the Fund from
           realizing their full value;

        o  Different accounting and financial reporting standards, or less
           stringent enforcement of these standards, could convey incomplete or
           inaccurate information about a Fund investment; or

        o  The currency of a country in which the Fund invests may fluctuate in
           value relative to the U.S. dollar, which could affect the value of
           the investment to U.S. investors.


                                       7


<PAGE>


Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund

You should consider investing in the International Equity Fund if you are
seeking long-term capital appreciation. There is, of course, no guarantee that
the Fund will realize its goal. Moreover, you should be willing to accept
greater short-term fluctuation in the value of your investment than you would
typically experience investing in certain stocks, bonds or money-market funds.

You should not consider investing in the International Equity Fund if you are
pursuing a short-term financial goal, if you seek regular income or if you
cannot tolerate fluctuations in the value of your investments.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. It can,
however, afford you exposure to investment opportunities not available to an
investor in U.S. securities alone. National stock market returns may vary
widely, as the accompanying chart demonstrates. So, diversifying your
investments may lower the volatility of your overall investment portfolio.

[Chart: Chart showing the Best/Worst Performing EAFE Markets in U.S.$ Annual
Total Returns from 1987 to 1998. Footnote to the chart: "This chart does not
represent the performance of any of the BT Mutual Funds. Past performance is not
a guarantee of future results." Source: Datastream.]


[Sidebar: From 1987 to 1997, the difference in annual returns between the
strongest performing nations and the weakest averaged __%, according to
____________. And the United States, notwithstanding some outstanding years
during this period, never posted the best annual return. Thus, by maintaining a
presence across the developed markets, investors can potentially improve their
returns compared to investing solely in U.S. stocks.]

An investment in the International Equity Fund is not a deposit of Bankers Trust
Company or any other bank, and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


                                       8


<PAGE>


Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses

The bar chart and table on this page can help you evaluate the potential risk
and rewards of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund's
performance year to year. The bar chart shows the Fund's actual return for each
full calendar year since the Fund began selling shares to the public on August
4, 1992 (its inception date). The table compares the Fund's average annual
return with the Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) EAFE Index over the
last one and five years and since its inception. Bear in mind that the Index is
a passive measure of combined national stock market returns. It does not factor
in the costs of buying, selling and holding stock--costs which are reflected in
the Fund's results.

[SIDEBAR: The MSCI EAFE Index of major markets in Europe, Australasia and the
Far East is a widely accepted benchmark of international stock performance. It
is a model, not an actual portfolio. It tracks stocks in Australia, Austria,
Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland and the United Kingdom.]

          Year-by-Year Returns Each Full Calendar Year Since Inception
                                  [bar chart]


- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
   1993       1994       1995       1996       1997       1998
- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

Since inception, the Fund's highest return in any calendar quarter was ______%
and its lowest quarterly return was ______%. Past performance offers no
indication of how the Fund will perform in the future.


                                       9

<PAGE>


Average Annual Returns as of December 31, 1998
- --------------------------- -------------- ------------ ---------------
                                1 year       5 years        Since
                                                          Inception
                                                           (8/4/92)*
- --------------------------- -------------- ------------ ---------------
International Equity Fund
- --------------------------- -------------- ------------ ---------------
EAFE Index
- --------------------------- -------------- ------------ ---------------
Lipper International Fund
Universe**
- --------------------------- -------------- ------------ ---------------

* The EAFE Index and Lipper International Fund Universe averages are calculated
from 7/31/92.

**Unweighted average return, net of fees and expenses, of all mutual funds that
invested primarily in stocks and other equity securities of companies outside
the United States during the periods covered.


                                       10


<PAGE>


Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses paid from Fund assets)

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold
shares of the International Equity Fund.

        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------
                                                        percentage of average
                                                          daily net assets*
        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------
        Management Fees                                         0.65%
        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------
        Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees                    None
        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------
        Other Fund Operating Expenses                           1.05%
        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------
        Total Fund Operating Expenses                           1.70%
        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------
        Less: Fee Waivers or Expense Reimbursement            (0.20%)**
        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------
        Net Expenses                                            1.50%
        --------------------------------------------- -------------------------

* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the International Equity Portfolio, the master fund in which the
International Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion of the
relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational
Structure" section of this prospectus.) ** Bankers Trust has agreed for the
16-month period from the Fund's fiscal year end of September 30, 1998, to waive
its fees and reimburse expenses so that total expenses will not exceed 1.50%.


                                       11


<PAGE>


Expense Example

The example below illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a $10,000
investment in the Fund. The numbers assume that the Fund earned an annual return
of 5% over the periods shown, the Fund's operating expenses remained the same
and you sold your shares at the end of the period.


Expense Example

- ---------- ----------- ----------- -------------
  1 year     3 years     5 years      10 years
- ---------- ----------- ----------- -------------

   $153        $474       $818         $1,791
- ---------- ----------- ----------- -------------


You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense history with
other funds.* The example does not represent an estimate of future returns or
expenses. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.


* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the International Equity Portfolio, the master fund in which the
International Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion of the
relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational
Structure" section of this prospectus.)


                                       12


<PAGE>


INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

Objective

The International Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal
circumstances, the Fund invests at least 65% of its total assets in the stocks
and other securities with equity characteristics of companies in developed
countries outside the United States.

The Fund invests for capital appreciation, not income; any dividend and interest
income is incidental to the pursuit of its objective. While we give priority to
capital appreciation, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving this objective.
The Fund's objective is not a fundamental policy. We must notify shareholders
before we change it, but we do not require their approval to do so.


                                       13


<PAGE>



Strategy

The Fund invests for the long term. We employ a strategy of growth at a
reasonable price. We seek to identify companies outside the United States that
combine strong potential for earnings growth with reasonable investment value.
Such companies typically exhibit increasing rates of profitability and cash
flow. Yet their prices compare favorably to other stocks in a given market
measured by factors such as earnings, cash flow and replacement value -- the
cost per share of replacing their physical assets at current prices. Together,
the indicators of growth and value may identify companies with improving
prospects before the market in general has taken notice.


                                       14


<PAGE>



Principal Investments

Almost all the companies in which the Fund invests are based in the developed
foreign countries that make up the EAFE Index, plus Canada. The Fund may also
invest a portion of its assets in companies based in the emerging markets of
Latin America, the Middle East, Russia, Eastern Europe, and Asia if we believe
that their return potential more than compensates for the extra risks associated
with these markets. While we have invested in emerging markets in the past,
under normal market conditions we do not consider this a central element of the
Fund's strategy. Typically, we would not hold more than 15% of net assets in
emerging markets.


                                       15



<PAGE>


Investment Process

Company research lies at the heart of our investment process, as it does with
many stock mutual funds. We track several thousand companies to arrive at the
approximately 100 stocks the Fund normally holds. But our process brings an
added dimension to this fundamental research. It draws on the insight of experts
from a range of financial disciplines--regional stock-market specialists, global
industry specialists, economists and quantitative analysts. They challenge,
refine and amplify each other's ideas. Their close collaboration is a critical
element of our investment process.



Portfolio Turnover

The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.


                                       16



<PAGE>



Risks

Below we set forth some of the prominent risks associated with international
investing, as well as investing in general, and we detail our approaches to
containing them. Although we attempt to assess the likelihood that these risks
may actually occur and to limit them, we make no guarantee that we will succeed.

Primary Risks

Market Risk

A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that the securities an investor
has selected will not perform to expectations.

To minimize this risk, we monitor each of the stocks in the Fund according to
three basic quantitative criteria. We subject a stock to intensive review if:

        o  its rate of price appreciation begins to trail that of its national
           stock index;

        o  the financial analysts who follow the stock, both within Bankers
           Trust and outside, cut their estimates of the stock's future
           earnings; or

        o  the stock's price approaches the downside target we set when we first
           bought the stock (and may since have modified to reflect changes in
           market and economic conditions).

In this review, we seek to learn if the deteriorating performance accurately
reflects deteriorating prospects or if, in our view, it merely reflects investor
overreaction to temporary circumstances.

                                       17


<PAGE>



Political Risk

Some foreign governments have been more willing to limit the outflow of profits
to investors abroad, to extend diplomatic disputes to include trade and
financial relations, and to impose high taxes on corporate profits. While these
political risks have not occurred recently in the major countries in which the
Fund invests, we employ exhaustive country and regional analysis to try to
anticipate such eventualities.

Information Risk

Financial reporting standards for companies based in foreign markets differ from
those in the United States. Not only do the "numbers" themselves sometimes mean
different things, but the information conveyed may not be as complete or
accurate as in the United States. The Investment Adviser thus devotes much of
its research effort to on-site visits and independent assessment of a company's
financial conditions and prospects.


                                       18

<PAGE>


Foreign Stock Market Risk

From time to time, foreign capital markets have exhibited more volatility than
those in the United States. Trading stocks on some foreign exchanges is
inherently more difficult than trading in the United States for reasons
including:

o  Liquidity Risk.  Stocks that trade less can be more difficult or more costly
   to buy, or to sell, than more liquid or active stocks.  This liquidity risk
   is a factor of the trading volume of a particular stock, as well as the size
   and liquidity of the entire local market.  On the whole, foreign exchanges
   are smaller and less liquid than the U.S. market.  This can make buying and
   selling certain shares more difficult and costly. Relatively small
   transactions can have a disproportionately large effect on the price and
   supply of shares. In extreme situations, it may become virtually impossible
   to sell a stock in an orderly fashion at a price that approaches our estimate
   of its value.

o  Settlement Risk. Some foreign exchanges may take longer to settle trades, and
   security prices can vary substantially in the interim.

o  Regulatory Risk. Some foreign governments may tend to regulate their
   exchanges less stringently, and the rights of shareholders may not be as
   firmly established.

In an effort to reduce these foreign stock market risks, the Fund diversifies
its investments. Just as you may spread your investments among a range of
securities so that a setback in one need not overwhelm your entire strategy, the
Fund seeks to spread its investments. In this way, a reversal in one market or
stock need not undermine the pursuit of long-term capital appreciation.


                                       19


<PAGE>


Currency Risk

The Fund invests in foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. This
creates the possibility that changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the
value of foreign securities or the U.S. dollar amount of income or gain received
on these securities. Bankers Trust's currency management team seeks to minimize
this risk by hedging currencies that are likely to decline.

[SIDEBAR:  Hedging is a strategy designed to offset investment risks. Hedging
activities include the use of forward contracts and may include the use of other
instruments. The Fund uses hedging activities to reduce risk and in no case will
it acquire securities for hedging that would increase risk above the level
associated with conventional investments.]


                                       20


<PAGE>



Secondary Risks

Emerging Market Risk

To the extent that the Fund does invest in emerging markets to enhance overall
returns, it may face higher political, information, and stock market risks. In
addition, profound social changes and business practices that depart from norms
in developed countries' economies have hindered the orderly growth of emerging
economies and their stock markets in the past. High levels of debt have tended
to make emerging economies heavily reliant on foreign capital and vulnerable to
capital flight. For all these reasons, the Fund has carefully limited and
balanced its commitment to these markets.

Small Company Risk

Although the Fund generally invests in the shares of large, well-established
companies, it may occasionally take advantage of exceptional opportunities
presented by smaller companies. Such opportunities pose unique risks, which we
take into account in considering an investment. Small company stocks tend to
experience steeper fluctuations in price--down as well as up--than the stocks of
larger companies. A shortage of reliable information, the same information gap
that creates opportunity in small company investing, can also pose added risk.
Industrywide reversals have had a greater impact on small companies, since they
lack a large company's financial resources to deal with setbacks. Small company
managers typically have less experience coping with adversity or capitalizing on
opportunity than their counterparts at larger companies. Finally, small company
stocks are typically less liquid than large company stocks: when things are
going poorly, it is harder to find a buyer for a small company's shares.


                                       21

<PAGE>


Futures and Options

Although not one of its principal investment strategies, the Fund may invest in
futures contracts and options on futures contracts. These investments, when
made, are for hedging purposes. If the Fund invests in futures contracts and
options on futures contracts for non-hedging purposes, the margin and premiums
required to make those investments will not exceed 5% of the Fund's net asset
value after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on the contracts.
Futures contracts and options on futures contracts used for non-hedging purposes
involve greater risks than stock investments.

[Sidebar: Futures contracts and options on futures contracts are used as a low
cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without
investing directly in those securities.]


                                       22


<PAGE>


Euro Conversion Risk

The planned conversion by several major European nations to a single, uniform
monetary system, known by its new currency--the euro--and scheduled to begin
January 1, 1999, could conceivably cause disruptions in the smooth functioning
of the world's stock markets. With our service providers, we are jointly
addressing these problems.

Year 2000 Risk

As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and service providers to address this problem. If we -- or
our business partners, service providers, government agencies or other market
participants -- do not succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services
or it could affect the value of the Fund's shares.

Temporary Defensive Position

We may from time to time adopt a temporary defensive position in response to
extraordinary adverse political, economic or stock market events. We could place
up to 100% of the Fund's assets in U.S. or foreign-government money-market
investments, or other short-term bonds that offer comparable safety, if the
situation warranted. To the extent we might adopt such a position and over the
course of its duration, the Fund may not meet its goal of long-term capital
appreciation.


                                       23


<PAGE>


Portfolio Managers

The following portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management
of the Fund's investments:

Michael Levy, Managing Director of Bankers Trust and Co-Lead Manager of the
Fund.

  o  Joined Bankers Trust and the Fund in 1993.

  o  Bankers Trust's international equity strategist, overseeing the design and
     implementation of the firm's proprietary stock selection models.

  o  27 years of management experience, 17 of them as an investment
     professional.

  o Degrees in mathematics and geophysics from the University of Michigan.

Robert Reiner, Managing Director of Bankers Trust and Co-Lead Manager of the
Fund.

  o  Joined Bankers Trust and the Fund in 1994.

  o Specializes in Japanese and European stock and market analysis.

  o  Served as a Senior Financial Analyst at Scudder, Stevens & Clark from 1993
     to 1994.

  o  17 years of investment industry experience.

  o  Degrees from the University of Southern California and Harvard University.

Julie Wang, Principal of Bankers Trust and Co-Manager of the Fund.

  o  Joined Bankers Trust and the Fund in 1994.

  o  Focuses on the Fund's Asia-Pacific investments and its emerging-markets
     exposure.

  o  Served as Investment Manager for American International Group's Southeast
     Asia portfolio from 1991 to 1994.

  o  10 years of investment management experience.

  o  Bachelors degree in economics from Yale University, MBA from The Wharton
     School, University of Pennsylvania.


                                       24


<PAGE>


Financial Highlights

The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance for the
past five years. The information selected reflects financial results for a
single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return
that an investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund, assuming
reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been
audited by [____________], whose report, along with the Fund's financial
statements, is included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is
available free of charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.


                                       25


<PAGE>


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Operating      10/1/97-   10/1/96-   10/1/95-    1/1/95-   01/1/94-
Performance:              9/30/98    9/30/97    9/30/96   9/30/96*   12/31/94
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value,                     $16.77     $15.47     $13.37     $13.18
Beginning of Period
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from
Investment Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net Investment                       0.09       0.18       0.14       0.10
  Income

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net Realized and                     5.63       1.80       1.97       0.44
  Unrealized Gain on                   ----       ----       ----       ----
  Investment,
  Options, Foreign
  Currencies and
  Forward Foreign
  Currency Contracts
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total from Investment                  5.72       1.98       2.11       0.54
Operations                             ----       ----       ----       ----

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions to
Shareholders
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net Investment                       0.16      (0.31)      0.00      (0.09)
  Income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net Realized Gain                    0.20      (0.37)     (0.01)     (0.26)
  from Investment
  Transactions
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Distributions                    0.36      (0.68)     (0.01)     (0.35)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       26


<PAGE>


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value, End of              $22.13     $16.77     $15.47     $13.37
Period                               ------     ------     ------     ------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investment                      34.76%     13.42%     15.82%      4.12%
Return
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Data and               $525,520   $161,692    $82,807    $56,020
Ratios:
  Net Assets, End of Period
  (000s omitted)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to Average Net
Assets:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net Investment                       0.53%      0.91%      1.55%**    0.84%
  Income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Expenses, Including                  1.50%      1.50%      1.50%      1.50%
  Expenses of the
  International Equity
  Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Decrease Reflected in                0.18%      0.26%      0.33%**    0.37%
  Above Expense Ratio
  Due to Absorption of
  Expenses by Bankers
  Trust
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Portfolio Turnover                     30%        63%        68%**      21%
  Rate***
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from December 31 to September 30 in 1995.
**Annualized
***The portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio, into which
the Fund invests all of its assets.


                                       27


<PAGE>



TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

     Goal.................................................
     Core Strategy........................................
     Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund.............
     Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund............
     Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses...............
     Annual Fund Operating Expenses.......................

INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

     Objective............................................
     Strategy.............................................
     Principal Investments................................
     Investment Process...................................
     Risks................................................
     Portfolio Manager....................................
     Financial Highlights.................................


                                       28


<PAGE>



INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

Goal

The Fund invests for long-term capital appreciation.


                                       29


<PAGE>



Core Strategy

The Fund invests primarily in the stocks and other equity securities of small
companies in developed countries outside the United States.


                                       30



<PAGE>


Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund

An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

o Stocks that our Investment Sub-Adviser has selected could perform poorly; o
The stock market could perform poorly in one or more of the countries in
   which the Fund has invested or could under perform other investments; or o
Small company stock returns could trail stock market returns generally
   because of the liquidity risks specific to small company investing: greater
   share-price volatility and fewer buyers for shares in periods of economic or
   stock market stress.

An investment in the Fund could also lose money, or under perform alternative
investments as a result of risks in the foreign countries in which the Fund
invests:

o  Adverse political, economic or social developments could undermine the value
   of the Fund's investments or prevent the Fund from realizing their full
   value;
o  Different accounting and financial reporting standards, or less stringent
   enforcement of these standards, could convey incomplete or inaccurate
   information about a Fund investment; or
o  The currency of a country in which the Fund invests may fluctuate in value
   relative to the U.S. dollar, which could affect the value of the investment
   itself to U.S. investors.


                                       31


<PAGE>



Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund

You should consider investing in the International Small Company Equity Fund if
you are seeking long-term capital appreciation. There is, of course, no
guarantee that the Fund will realize its goal. Moreover, you should be willing
to accept greater short-term fluctuation in the value of your investment than
you would typically experience investing in certain stocks, bonds or money
market funds.

You should not consider investing in the International Small Company Equity Fund
if you are pursuing a short-term financial goal, are investing funds intended to
provide a regular income or if you cannot tolerate fluctuations in the value of
your investments.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. It can,
however, afford you exposure to investment opportunities not available to an
investor in U.S. securities alone, or to investors in large-company or
medium-sized company stocks.

An investment in the International Small Company Equity Fund is not a deposit of
Bankers Trust Company or any other bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


                                       32


<PAGE>



Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses

The Fund first opened to investors on June 30, 1998. Therefore, it does not have
a full calendar year of annual operating performance to report.


                                       33


<PAGE>



Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses paid from Fund assets)

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold
shares of the International Small Company Equity Fund.

        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------
                                                          percentage of
                                                        average daily net
                                                             assets*
        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------
        Management Fees                                        1.10%
        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------
        Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees                 none
        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------
        Other Expenses                                       210.97%
        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------
        Total Fund Operating Expenses                        212.07%+
        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------
        Less: Fee Waivers or Expense Reimbursements         (210.17%)
        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------
        Net Expenses                                           1.90%
        --------------------------------------------- ---------------------

* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the International Small Company Equity Portfolio, the master fund in
which Institutional International Small Company Equity Fund invests. (A further
discussion of the relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the
"Organizational Structure" section of this prospectus. ** Bankers Trust has
agreed, for the 16-month period from the Fund's fiscal year end of September 30,
1998, to waive its fees and reimburse expenses, so that total expenses will not
exceed 1.90%.

+ This Fund has been in operation for three months. Generally, when a fund
begins operations, its expenses are relatively high and its assets are
relatively small, which makes its total fund operating expenses (expressed as a
percentage of average daily net assets) relatively high compared to funds with
longer operating histories and greater assets.


                                       34


<PAGE>


Expense Example
The example on this page illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a
$10,000 investment in the Fund. It assumes that the Fund earned an annual return
of 5% over the periods shown, that the Fund's operating expenses remained the
same and you sold your shares at the end of the period.

- ----------- ------------
   1 year     3 years
- ----------- ------------

    $193       $597
- ----------- ------------

You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense ratio with
other funds.* The example does not represent an estimate of future returns or
expenses. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.


* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the International Small Company Equity Portfolio, the master fund in
which the International Small Company Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further
discussion of the relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the
"Organizational Structure" section of this prospectus)

                                       35


<PAGE>



INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

Objective

The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, it
invests at least 65% of its total assets in stock and other securities with
equity characteristics of small companies in developed countries outside the
United States.

[SIDEBAR: We define a "small company" as, at the time of purchase, having
publicly traded shares with a market capitalization within the market
capitalization range of The Salomon Brothers Extended Market Index of the World
ex-U.S. (Total).]

The Fund invests for capital appreciation, not income; any dividend and interest
income is incidental to the pursuit of its objective. While we give priority to
capital appreciation, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving this objective.
The Fund's objective is not a fundamental policy. We must notify shareholders
before we change it, but we do not require their approval to do so.


                                       36


<PAGE>



Strategy

The Fund seeks first to identify global industries with strong prospects. The
companies in the industry as a whole will be reporting improving cash flow or
revenues. Or their stock prices, measured by factors such as earnings, cash flow
or replacement value, may seem low compared to companies in other industries.

[Sidebar:  Replacement  value  measures  the cost per share of replacing  all
the physical  assets of a business at current prices.]

Once we have identified the industry, the search begins for smaller enterprises
that combine significant potential for earnings growth with reasonable
investment value. Such companies have secured a solid competitive position.
Their earnings per share and cash flow are increasing at rates comparable to the
industry as a whole. But the local stock market may have overlooked these solid
fundamentals because of misperception or, as is often the case with small
companies, a simple lack of information. Investors in the local market may not
have fully understood the impact of legislative, demographic, or technological
change that should work in a company's favor, or they may have failed to take
into account the impact of a restructuring on the company's profitability.


                                       37


<PAGE>


Principal Investments

When the Fund is fully invested, it intends to hold the shares of roughly 50 to
80 small companies. It focuses principally on companies with a market
capitalization within the market capitalization range of The Salomon Brothers
Extended Market Index of the World ex-U.S. (Total).

This niche offers a large opportunity. Small companies remain under-researched
both in the United States and to an even greater extent abroad, so they may
offer fertile ground for finding substantially undervalued stocks. Moreover, the
Fund offers an opportunity to invest in companies that often slip beneath the
screens of the "large-cap" mutual funds.

[Sidebar:  The Salomon  Brothers  Extended Market Index of the World ex-U.S.
(Total),  one of the principal global small company stock  benchmarks,  includes
4,500 companies  representing an estimated 20% of the total value of the world's
stocks.]

While the Fund may invest throughout the world, it intends to invest primarily
in Canada, Japan, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Switzerland, the
Netherlands, Sweden, Hong Kong, Italy, Norway, Denmark, Spain, Ireland,
Singapore, Portugal, Sweden, Finland, and Austria.


                                       38


<PAGE>


Investment Process

Company research lies at the heart of our investment process, as it does with
many stock mutual funds. We track several humdred companies to arrive at the 50
to 80 the Fund normally holds. This effort relies on the analytical and
forecasting tools that Bankers Trust has applied and refined in international
investing over the last quarter-century. Applying these tools to small company
investing calls for face-to-face contact, visits to the company's plants and
frequent contact with its management, suppliers, customers and competitors. It
also requires the investment team to place their global industry findings in the
context of national stock markets: a strong small company might well fail as an
investment if its shares trade in a weak stock market.


                                       39


<PAGE>



Portfolio Turnover

The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.


                                       40


<PAGE>



Risks

Below we set forth some of the prominent risks associated with small company
investing and investing outside the United States, along with those of investing
in general. We also detail our methods for dealing with these risks. Although we
attempt to assess the likelihood that these risks may actually occur and to
limit them, we make no guarantee that we will succeed.

Primary Risks

Market Risk

A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that the securities an investor
has selected will not perform to expectations. The Fund seeks to limit this risk
with a strict evaluation process. Before it takes a position in a stock, the
Fund's investment team typically establishes a target sell price--at which point
they will reevaluate the company's situation to determine whether the
deterioration in price mirrors a fundamental deterioration in the business, or
whether the reversal is merely temporary.

Small Company Risk

Small company stocks tend to experience steeper fluctuations in price--down as
well as up--than the stocks of larger companies. A shortage of reliable
information--the same information gap that creates opportunity in small company
investing--can also pose added risk. Industrywide reversals have had a greater
impact on small companies, since they lack a large company's financial resources
to deal with setbacks. Small company managers typically have less experience
dealing with adversity or capitalizing on opportunity than their counterparts at
larger companies. Finally, small company stocks are typically less liquid than
large company stocks: when things are going poorly, it is harder to find a buyer
for a small company's shares.


                                       41


<PAGE>


Political Risk

Some foreign governments have been more willing to impose high taxes on
corporate profits, to limit the outflow of profits to investor's abroad, and to
extend diplomatic disputes to trade and financial relations. These political
risks have not occurred recently in the major countries in which the Fund
invests. We employ exhaustive country and regional analysis to try to anticipate
such eventualities.

Information Risk

Financial reporting standards for companies based in foreign markets differ from
those in the United States. Not only do the "numbers" themselves mean different
things, but the information conveyed may not be as complete or accurate as in
the United States. The Investment Adviser thus devotes much of its research
effort to on-site visits and independent assessment of a company's financial
conditions and prospects.


                                       42


<PAGE>


Foreign Stock Market Risk

From time to time, foreign capital markets have exhibited more volatility than
those in the United States. Trading stocks on some foreign exchanges is
inherently more difficult than trading in the United States for reasons
including:

o  Liquidity Risk.  Stocks that trade less can be more difficult or more costly
   to buy, or to sell, than more liquid or active stocks.  This liquidity risk
   is a factor of the trading volume of a particular stock, as well as the size
   and liquidity of the entire local market.  On the whole, foreign exchanges
   are smaller and less liquid than the U.S. market.  This can make buying and
   selling certain shares more difficult and costly. Relatively small
   transactions can have a disproportionately large effect on the price and
   supply of shares. In extreme situations, it may become virtually impossible
   to sell a stock in an orderly fashion at a price that approaches our estimate
   of its value.

o  Settlement Risk. Some foreign exchanges may take longer to settle trades, and
   security prices can vary substantially in the interim.

o  Regulatory Risk. Some foreign governments may tend to regulate their
   exchanges less stringently, and the rights of shareholders may not be as
   firmly established.

In an effort to reduce these foreign stock-market risks, the Fund diversifies
its investments. Just as you may spread your investments among a range of
securities so that a setback in one need not overwhelm your entire strategy, the
Fund seeks likewise to spread its investments. In this way, a reversal in one
market or stock need not undermine the pursuit of long-term capital
appreciation.


                                       43


<PAGE>


Currency Risk

The Fund invests in foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. This
creates the possibility that changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the
value of foreign securities or the U.S. dollar amount of income or gain received
on these securities. Bankers Trust's currency management team seeks to minimize
this risk by hedging currencies that are likely to decline.

[SIDEBAR: Hedging is a strategy designed to offset investment risks. Hedging
activities include the use of forward contracts and may include the use of other
instruments. The Fund uses hedging activities to reduce risk and in no case will
it acquire securities for hedging that would increase risk above the level
associated with conventional investments.]


                                       44


<PAGE>


Secondary Risks

Emerging Markets Risk

To the extent that the Fund invests in emerging markets to enhance overall
returns, it may face higher stock market, information and political risks. In
addition, profound social change and business practices that depart from
developed countries' economies norms have hindered the orderly growth of
emerging economies and their stock markets in the past. High levels of debt have
tended to make emerging economies heavily reliant on foreign capital and
vulnerable to capital flight. For all these reasons, the Fund carefully limits
and balances its commitment to these markets.

Euro Conversion Risk

The planned conversion by several major European nations to a single, uniform
monetary system, known by its new currency--the euro--and scheduled to begin
January 1, 1999, could conceivably cause disruptions in the smooth functioning
of the world's stock markets. With our service providers, we are jointly
addressing these problems.


                                       45


<PAGE>


Year 2000 Risk

As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and service providers to address this problem. If we - or
our business partners, service providers, government agencies or other market
participants - do not succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services
or it could affect the value of the Fund's shares.

Temporary Defensive Position

We may from time to time adopt a temporary defensive position in response to
extraordinary adverse political, economic or stock-market events. We could place
up to 100% of the Fund's assets in U.S. or foreign government money market
investments, or other short-term bonds that offer comparable safety, if the
situation warranted. To the extent that we might adopt such a position, and over
the course of its duration, the Fund may not meet its goal of long-term capital
appreciation.


                                       46


<PAGE>



Portfolio Manager

Monik Kotecha is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's
investments.

o  Head Portfolio Manager; Vice President, BT Funds Management (International)
   Limited and Vice President, BT Australia Ltd.

o  Joined Bankers Trust in 1994 as analyst for European small company
   investments.

o  Head of Bankers Trust Fund Managers International's Global Small Company
   Investments, and head of Global Small Cap Equities since 1996.

o  Eight years of investment management and research experience with Abu Dhabi
   Investment Authority in London, U.K.

o  BSc. honors degree in law and accountancy from University College, Cardiff;
   MSc. from City University Business School, London, U.K.


                                       47


<PAGE>


Financial Highlights

The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance since
inception. The information selected reflects financial results for a single Fund
share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return that an
investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund assuming reinvestment of
all dividends and distributions. This information has been audited by
_____________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial statements, is
included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is available free of
charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

- ------------------------------------- -------------
Per Share Operating                      6/30/98-
Performance:                             9/30/98

- ------------------------------------- -------------
Net Asset Value, Beginning of
Period
- ------------------------------------- -------------
Income from Investment
Operations
- ------------------------------------- -------------
  Net Investment Income

- ------------------------------------- -------------
  Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
  (Loss) on Investment, Foreign
  Currency, and Forward Foreign
  Currency Contracts
- ------------------------------------- -------------
Total Loss from Investment
Operations
- ------------------------------------- -------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period
- ------------------------------------- -------------
Total Investment Return
- ------------------------------------- -------------
Supplemental Data and Ratios:
  Net Assets, End of Period
  (000s omitted)
- ------------------------------------- -------------
  Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- ------------------------------------- -------------
  Net Investment Income*
- ------------------------------------- -------------
  Expenses, Including Expenses of
  the International Small Company
  Equity Portfolio*
- ------------------------------------- -------------
  Decrease Reflected in Above
  Expense Ratio Due to Absorption
  of Expenses by Bankers Trust*
- ------------------------------------- -------------
  Portfolio Turnover Rate**
- ------------------------------------- -------------

*  Annualized
** The portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio, into which
the Fund invests all of its assets.


                                       48


<PAGE>




TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBAL EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

     Goal...................................................................
     Core Strategy..........................................................
     Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund...............................
     Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund..............................
     Annual Fund Operating Expenses.........................................

GLOBAL EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

     Objective..............................................................
     The Case for Emerging Markets..........................................
     Strategy...............................................................
     Prior Performance of Composite Portfolio...............................
     Principal Investments..................................................
     Investment Process.....................................................
     Risks..................................................................
     Portfolio Manager......................................................
     Financial Highlights...................................................


                                       49


<PAGE>



GLOBAL EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

Goal

The Fund invests for long-term capital growth.


                                       50


<PAGE>



Core Strategy

The Fund invests in stocks and other equity securities of companies in the
world's emerging markets.


                                       51



<PAGE>


Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund

An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

     o  Stocks that the Investment Sub-Adviser has selected could perform
        poorly; or

     o  The stock market could perform poorly or could under perform other
        investments in one or more of the countries in which the Fund has
        invested.

Beyond the risks common to all stock investing, an investment in the Fund could
also lose money or under perform alternative investments as a result of risks in
the foreign countries in which the Fund invests:

     o  Economies in emerging markets are more volatile than developed
        countries' and are subject to sudden reversals;

     o  Adverse political, economic or social developments could undermine the
        value of the Fund's investments or prevent the Fund from realizing their
        full value;

     o  Different accounting and financial reporting standards, or less
        stringent enforcement of these standards, could convey incomplete or
        inaccurate information about a Fund investment; or

     o  The currency of a country in which the Fund invests may decline in value
        relative to the U.S. dollar, which could affect the value of the
        investment itself to U.S. investors.


                                       52


<PAGE>


Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund

You should consider investing in the Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund if you
are seeking long-term capital growth. There is, of course, no guarantee that the
Fund will realize its goal. The Fund is designed for investors who are willing
to accept the extreme fluctuation in short-term investment values that have
often accompanied this long-term growth.

You should not consider investing in the Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund if
you are pursuing a short-term financial goal, if you seek regular income or if
you cannot tolerate fluctuations in the value of your investments.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. It can,
however, afford you exposure to investment opportunities not otherwise available
to an investor in developed market securities.

An investment in the Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund is not a deposit of
Bankers Trust Company or any other bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


                                       53


<PAGE>



Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses paid from Fund assets)

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold
shares of the Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund.

- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                  percentage of average
                                                    daily net assets*
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
Management Fees                                            1.10%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees                      None
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
Other Expenses                                            11.44%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
Total Fund Operating Expenses                             12.54%+
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
Less: Fee Waivers or Expense Reimbursements              (10.64%)**
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
Net Expenses                                               1.90%
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------------


* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, the master fund in which
the Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further
discussion of the relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the
"Organizational Structure" section of this prospectus.)

** Bankers Trust has agreed for the 16-month period from the Fund's fiscal year
end of September 30, 1998, to waive its fees and reimburse expenses so that
total expenses will not exceed 1.90%.

+ This Fund has been in operation for six months. Generally, when a fund begins
operations, its expenses are relatively high and its assets are relatively
small, which makes its total fund operating expenses (expressed as a percentage
of average daily net assets) relatively high compared to funds with longer
operating histories and greater assets.


                                       54


<PAGE>


Expense Example

The example below illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a $10,000
investment in the Fund. It assumes that the Fund earned an annual return of 5%
over the periods shown, the Fund's operating expenses remained the same and you
sold your shares at the end of the period.

Expense Example
- -------- ----------
1 year     3 years
- -------- ----------
 $193       $597
- -------- ----------

You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense ratio with
other funds.* It does not represent an estimate of future returns or expenses.
Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, the master fund in which
the Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further
discussion of the relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the
"Organizational Structure" section of this prospectus.)


                                       55


<PAGE>


GLOBAL EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

Objective

The Fund seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal circumstances, the Fund
invests at least 65% of its total assets in the stock and other securities with
equity characteristics of companies in the world's emerging markets.

[SIDEBAR: The emerging markets include Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria,
Chile, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, the Czech Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Greece,
Hungary, India, Indonesia, Israel, the Ivory Coast, Jordan, Malaysia, Mexico,
Morocco, Nicaragua, Nigeria, Pakistan, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Romania,
Russia, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan,
Thailand, Turkey, Uruguay, Venezuela, Vietnam and Zimbabwe.]

The Fund invests for growth, not income; any dividend and interest income is
incidental to the pursuit of its objective. While we give priority to capital
growth, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving this objective. The Fund's
objective is not a fundamental policy. We must notify shareholders before we
change it, but we do not require their approval to do so.


                                       56


<PAGE>


The Case for Emerging Markets

Emerging markets offer the potential for long-term growth. An emerging market is
commonly defined as one that has experienced comparatively little
industrialization. The world's two most populous nations -- China and India --
are emerging markets, and they alone account for almost 40% of the world's
people. As consumers in these markets rapidly improve their standards of living
and as their governments promote capitalism through deregulation and
privatization, companies serving these markets stand to gain substantially
through increased sales and profits. Thus, while emerging markets are
considerably more volatile than developed markets, the firm's experience should
provide it with a critical advantage.


                                       57


<PAGE>


Strategy

The Fund invests for the long term. We employ a strategy of growth at a
reasonable price. We seek to identify companies in the emerging markets that
combine strong potential for earnings growth with reasonable investment value.
Such companies typically exhibit increasing rates of profitability and cash
flow. Yet their prices compare favorably to other stocks in a given market
measured by factors such as earnings, cash flow and replacement value -- the
cost per share of replacing their physical assets at current prices. Together,
the indicators of growth and value may identify companies with improving
prospects before the market in general has taken notice.


                                       58


<PAGE>


Prior Performance of a Composite Portfolio Managed by the same Adviser or
Sub-Adviser

The information below compares the performance of a composite of five funds (the
"Related Funds") managed by the same investment team that manages the Fund. The
investment objectives, policies and strategies of the Related Funds are
substantially the same as the Fund, but are only offered to retirement and
institutional investors in the United States and Australia. The Related Funds
also differ from the Fund because:

o  They are not subject to the restrictions, including diversification and
   investment limitations and restrictions, to which the Fund is subject.

o Their performance was not adjusted by the fees and expenses the Fund pays.

These factors may affect the performance of the Fund and cause it to differ from
that of the composite of the Related Funds.

Returns of the composite of the Related Funds are compared to the Morgan Stanley
Capital International (MSCI) Emerging Markets Free Total Return Index. The Index
is a passive model of combined national stock returns. It does not measure the
costs of buying, holding and selling stock, which are reflected in the composite
of the Related Funds.

[SIDEBAR: The MSCI Emerging Markets Free Total Return Index is a widely accepted
benchmark of emerging market stock performance. It covers stock markets in 29
emerging market countries and tracks only those stocks within the markets that a
non-resident national can buy and sell freely.]


                                       59


<PAGE>



        Average Annual Returns as of December 31, 1998
- --------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                              1 year      2 years     3 years
- --------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
  Global Emerging Markets
     Equity Composite
- --------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
   MSCI Emerging Markets
  Free Total Return Index
- --------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------

Performance information for the five funds shows the combined performance of the
funds added over various time periods. The funds were added to the composite
either at their inception, which ranges form 1994 through 1997, or at the time
when their investment objectives became substantially similar to those of the
Fund, also from 1994 through 1997.

The performance of two of the Related Funds was converted into U.S. dollars from
Australian dollars as of the last day of each month using the London Close
exchange rate. The other three Related Funds are U.S. dollar denominated.
Performance figures of the Index and the Related Funds reflect the reinvestment
of all investment income, including dividends and capital gains.

The performance data represents the prior performance of the composite of the
Related Funds, not the prior performance of the Fund, and should not be
considered an indication of future performance of the Fund.


                                       60


<PAGE>


Principal Investments

The Fund invests in companies across the full geographic spectrum of emerging
markets: Asia, Latin America, Eastern Europe, the Mediterranean basin and
Africa. It looks for businesses that meet critical "investable" criteria:

     o  solid management and finances that, according to our research, show
        signs of being able to withstand any turmoil affecting the emerging
        markets; and

     o  exporters able to take advantage of a favorable cost structure compared
        to developed-world competition; and

     o  domestic providers of goods and services positioned to benefit from the
        emerging markets' opportunity for long-term growth.

The Fund may also invest up to 35% of its assets in emerging market bonds and
other debt securities.


[SIDEBAR: Bonds may generate capital appreciation through decreases in interest
rates resulting from economic and market conditions or improvements in the bond
issuer's finances. There is corresponding risk in investing in bonds to seek
capital appreciation.  If interest rates increase or if the bond issuer's
finances deteriorate, the price of the bond may go down.]

Bonds and other debt securities must have earned a rating of C or better from
Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service. If they have no
rating, they must be at least comparable to a C-rated security in the opinion of
Bankers Trust. As an operating policy (which may be changed by the Fund's Board
of Trustees), the Fund will not invest more than 5% of its assets in bonds or
other debt securities rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's.


                                       61


<PAGE>


Investment Process

Company research lies at the heart of our investment process, as it does with
many stock mutual funds. We track several hundred companies to arrive at the
approximately 50 stocks the Fund normally holds. But our process brings an added
dimension to this fundamental research. It draws on the insight of experts from
a range of financial disciplines -- regional stock market specialists, global
industry specialists, economists and quantitative analysts. They challenge,
refine and amplify each other's ideas. Their close collaboration is a critical
element of our investment process.

Portfolio Turnover

The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.


                                       62


<PAGE>


Risks

Below we set forth some of the prominent risks associated with emerging markets
investing, as well as investing in general, and we detail our approaches to
containing them. Although we attempt to assess the likelihood that these risks
may actually occur and to limit them, we make no guarantee that we will succeed.

Primary Risks

Market Risk

A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that the securities an investor
has selected will not perform to expectations. The Fund seeks to limit this risk
with a strict evaluation process. Before it takes a position in a stock, the
Fund's investment team typically establishes a target sell price at which point
they will reevaluate the company's situation to determine whether the
deterioration in performance mirrors a fundamental deterioration in the
business, or whether, in our view, the reversal is merely temporary.

Emerging Market Risk

Emerging market investing entails heightened risks compared to those posed in
developed market investing. We outline those heightened risks below. While the
Fund relies on the specific strategies to deal with each of the risks, it
employs one general approach in an attempt to reduce risk across the board:
diversification. Just as individual investors should spread their investments
among a range of securities so that a setback in one need not overwhelm their
entire strategy, the Fund seeks likewise to spread its investments. In this way,
a reversal in one market need not undermine the pursuit of long-term capital
growth.


                                       63


<PAGE>


Political Risk

Profound social changes and business practices that depart from developed stock
market norms have hindered the growth of national stock markets in the past.
High levels of debt have tended to make them overly reliant on foreign capital
investment and vulnerable to capital flight. Governments have limited foreign
investors' access to capital markets and restricted the flow of profits
overseas. They have resorted to high taxes, expropriation and nationalization.
In many countries, particularly in Eastern Europe and Asia, stock exchanges have
operated largely without regulation and in the absence of laws or precedents
protecting the rights of private ownership and foreign investors. All these
threats remain a part of emerging-market investing today. The Fund intends to
avoid them in large part through intensive, ongoing economic and political
research.

Information Risk

Emerging-market accounting, auditing, and financial reporting and disclosure
standards tend to be far less stringent than those of developed markets. And the
risks of investors acting on incomplete, inaccurate or deliberately misleading
information are correspondingly greater. Compounding the problem, local
investment research often lacks the sophistication to spot potential pitfalls.
Thus, a linchpin in the Fund's investment process is acquiring first-hand,
independently verified knowledge of prospective investments.


                                       64


<PAGE>


Foreign Stock Market Risk

Buying and selling shares on emerging-market stock exchanges is more difficult
and costly than on U.S. and developed-market exchanges because of low daily
trading volume. The low volume also leads to greater price fluctuation, and in
times of stress may make it difficult or impossible to sell shares. The Fund
addresses these risks by limiting its investments in a particular market to the
market's capacity to absorb them. In cases where appreciation in a Fund's
investment may strain a market's capacity, the Fund may trim the investment to
keep the risks in line.

Currency Risk

The Fund invests in foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. This
creates the possibility that changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the
value of foreign securities or the U.S. dollar amount of income or gain received
on these securities. Bankers Trust's currency management team seeks to minimize
this risk by hedging currencies that are likely to decline.

[SIDEBAR:  Hedging is a strategy designed to offset investment risks.  Hedging
activities include the use of forward contracts and may include the use of other
instruments.  The Fund uses hedging activities to reduce risk and in no case
will it acquire securities for hedging that would increase risk above the level
associated with conventional investments.]


                                       65


<PAGE>


Secondary Risks

Small Company Risk

To the extent that the Global Emerging Market Equity Fund invests in the stocks
of smaller companies, it will encounter the risks associated with such
investing. Small company stocks tend to experience steeper price fluctuations,
down as well as up, than the stocks of larger companies. Industrywide reversals
have had a greater impact on small companies, since they lack a large company's
financial resources. Small company managers typically have less experience
coping with adversity and capitalizing on opportunity than their counterpoints
at larger companies. Finally, small company stocks are typically less liquid
than large company stocks: when things are going poorly, it may be even harder
to find a buyer for a small company's shares.

Risks Associated with Debt Securities

To the extent that the Fund invests in bonds and other debt securities, it faces
the risk of rising interest rates, which tend to reduce the value of these
investments. The high levels of debt carried by many Latin American countries
and the concentration of their economies on a few global industries also makes
the investments particularly vulnerable to local and worldwide economic
slowdowns. Such slowdowns may affect the ability of bond issuers to meet their
repayment obligation and could even result in a default that would render their
bonds worthless.


                                       66


<PAGE>


Risks Associated with Lower Quality Debt Securities ("Junk Bonds")

The Fund can invest up to 5% of its net assets in bonds or other debt securities
rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's. These securities are
riskier than higher rated securities because their issuers are less
creditworthy, and there is an increased risk that the issuers will default on
their repayments. Junk bonds are also more sensitive to increases in interest
rates, economic downturns or adverse market conditions.

Euro Conversion Risk

The planned conversion by several major European nations to a single, uniform
monetary system, known by its new currency -- the euro -- and scheduled to begin
January 1, 1999, could conceivably cause disruptions in the smooth functioning
of the world's stock markets. With our service providers, we are jointly
addressing these problems.


                                       67


<PAGE>


Year 2000 Risk

As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We have long recognized this problem
and are working both internally and with our business partners and service
providers to address it. If we - or our business partners, service providers,
government agencies or other market participants - do not succeed, it could
materially affect shareholder services or it could affect the value of the
Fund's shares.

Temporary Defensive Position

We may from time to time adopt a temporary defensive position in response to
extraordinary adverse political, economic or stock-market events. We could place
up to 100% of the Fund's assets in U.S. or foreign government money market
investments, or other short-term bonds that offer comparable safety, if the
situation warranted. To the extent we might adopt such a position and over the
course of its duration, the Fund may have to forego its goal of long-term
capital growth.


                                       68


<PAGE>


Portfolio Manager

Paul Durham is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's
investments:

     o  Managing Director of BT Funds Management (International) Limited and
        Lead Portfolio Manager.

     o Head of global emerging markets investing since 1996.

     o  Joined Bankers Trust in 1988 and served as a stock analyst in Australia
        and the U.S.

     o  11 years of investment management experience.

     o  First-class honors degree in accounting and finance from University of
        Sydney, Australia.


                                       69


<PAGE>


Financial Highlights

The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance since
inception. The information selected reflects financial results for a single Fund
share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return that an
investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment
of all interest income and distributions). This information has been audited by
__________________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial statements, is
included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is available free of
charge by calling BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.


- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Per Share Operating Performance:                 6/30/98-9/30/98
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Income from Investment Operations
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Net Investment Income
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
  (Loss) on Investment, Foreign Currency
  and Forward Foreign Currency
  Contracts
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Total Income (Loss) from Investment
Operations
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Distributions to Shareholders
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Net Investment Income
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Net Realized Gain (Loss) from
  Investment Transactions
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Total Distributions
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Total Investment Return
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Supplemental Data and Ratios:
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Net assets, End of Period (000s omitted)
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Net Investment Income*
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Expenses, Including Expenses of the
  Global Emerging Markets Equity
  Portfolio*
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Decrease Reflected in Above Expense
  Ratio Due to Absorption of Expenses by
  Bankers Trust*
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------
  Portfolio Turnover Rate**
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------

* Annualized.
** The portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio, into which
the Fund invests all of its assets.


                                       70


<PAGE>



TABLE OF CONTENTS

LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

     Goal...................................................................
     Core Strategy..........................................................
     Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund...............................
     Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund..............................
     Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses.................................
     Annual Fund Operating Expenses.........................................

LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

     Objective..............................................................
     The Case for Latin America.............................................
     Strategy...............................................................
     Principal Investments..................................................
     Investment Process.....................................................
     Risks..................................................................
     Portfolio Managers.....................................................
     Financial Highlights...................................................


                                       71


<PAGE>


LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

Goal

The Fund invests for long-term capital appreciation.


                                       72


<PAGE>



Core Strategy

The Fund invests primarily in the stocks and equity securities of companies
based in Latin America.


                                       73


<PAGE>


Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund

An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

     o  Stocks that our Investment Adviser has selected could perform poorly; or

     o  The stock market could perform poorly or could under perform other
        investments in one or more of the countries in which the Fund has
        invested.

Beyond the risks common to all stock investing, an investment in the Fund could
also lose money or under perform alternative investments as a result of risks in
the emerging markets in which the Fund invests:

     o  Adverse political, economic or social developments could undermine the
        value of the Fund's investments or prevent the Fund from realizing their
        full value;

     o  Different accounting and financial reporting standards, or less
        stringent enforcement of these standards, could convey incomplete or
        inaccurate information about a Fund investment; or

     o  The currency of a country in which the Fund invests may fluctuate in
        value relative to the U.S. dollar, which could affect the value of the
        investment to U.S. investors.


                                       74


<PAGE>



Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund

You should consider investing in the Latin American Equity Fund if you are
seeking long-term capital appreciation. There is, of course, no guarantee that
the Fund will realize its goal. You should be aware that extreme fluctuations in
short-term investment values have often accompanied this long-term capital
appreciation.

You should not consider investing in the Latin American Equity Fund if you are
pursuing a short-term financial goal, if you seek regular income or if you
cannot tolerate fluctuations in the value of your investments.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. It can,
however, afford you exposure to investment opportunities not otherwise available
to an investor in developed market securities.

An investment in the Latin American Equity Fund is not a deposit of Bankers
Trust Company or any other bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


                                       75


<PAGE>


Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses

The bar chart and table on this page can help you evaluate the potential risks
and rewards of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund's
performance year to year. The bar chart shows the Fund's actual return for each
full calendar year since it began selling shares to the public on October 25,
1993 (its inception date). The table compares the Fund's average annual return
with the IFCI (International Finance Corporation Investable) Latin American
Index over the last one and five years, and since inception. The Index is a
passive measure of combined stock market returns. It does not factor in the
costs of buying, selling and holding securities, costs which are reflected in
the Fund's results.

[Sidebar: The IFCI Latin American Index is a widely used benchmark of Latin
American stocks. It is a model, not an actual portfolio, developed by the IFC, a
member of the World Bank Group.  It includes the returns of companies traded on
stock markets from Mexico south to Argentina and Chile.]

          Year-by-Year Returns Each Full Calendar Year Since Inception
                                  [bar chart]

                  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

                  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                    1994     1995     1996     1997     1998
                  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Since inception, the Fund's highest return in any calendar quarter was ____% and
its lowest quarterly return was ____%. Past performance offers no indication of
how the Fund will perform in the future.


                                       76


<PAGE>




                 Average Annual Returns as of December 31, 1998
         ----------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
                             1 year     5 years     Since Inception
                                                     (10/23/93)*
         ----------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
         Latin American
         Equity Fund
         ----------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
         IFCI Latin
         American Index
         ----------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
         Lipper Latin
         American
         Average**
         ----------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------

* IFCI Latin American index and Lipper Latin American Average calculated from
10/31/93 through end of period. ** The Lipper Latin American Average represents
the average return of mutual funds that invest in the stocks of Latin American
companies.


                                       77


<PAGE>


Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses paid from Fund assets)

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold
shares of the Latin American Equity Fund.

         ----------------------------------- ------------------------
                                               percentage of average
                                                daily net assets*
         ----------------------------------- ------------------------
         Management Fees                             1.00%
         ----------------------------------- ------------------------
         Distribution and Service (12b-1)            None
         Fees
         ----------------------------------- ------------------------
         Other Expenses                              1.66%
         ----------------------------------- ------------------------
         Total Fund Operating Expenses               2.66%
         ----------------------------------- ------------------------
         Less: Fee Waiver or Expense                (0.66%)**
         Reimbursements
         ----------------------------------- ------------------------
         Net Expenses                                2.00%
         ----------------------------------- ------------------------

Expense Example

This example illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a $10,000
investment in the Fund. It assumes that the Fund earned an annual return of 5%
over the periods shown, the Fund's operating expenses remained the same and you
sold your shares at the end of the period.

* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the Latin American Equity Portfolio, the master fund into which the
Latin American Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion of the
relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational
Structure" section of this prospectus). **Bankers Trust has agreed, for the 16
month period from the Fund's fiscal year end of September 30, 1998, to waive its
fees or reimburse expenses so that total expense will not exceed 2.00%.



                                       78


<PAGE>




Expense Example
- -------- --------- --------- ----------
 1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
- -------- --------- --------- ----------
  $193     $597     $1,026     $2,222
- -------- --------- --------- ----------

You may use this hypothetical example to compare the fund's expense history with
other funds.* The example does not represent an estimate of future returns or
expenses. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.


* Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the Latin American Equity Portfolio, the master fund into which the
Latin American Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion of the
relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational
Structure" section of this prospectus).


                                       79


<PAGE>



LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

Objective

Under normal circumstances, the Latin American Equity Fund seeks long-term
capital appreciation by investing at least 65% of its total assets in the stock
and other securities with equity characteristics of companies based in Latin
America.

The Fund invests for capital appreciation, not income; any dividend or interest
income is incidental to the pursuit of its objective. While we give priority to
capital appreciation, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving this objective.
The Fund's objective is not a fundamental policy. We must notify shareholders
before we change it, but we do not require their approval to do so.

[Sidebar: We define "Latin America" as Mexico and all countries in Central
America and South America, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Peru
and Venezuela.]


                                       80


<PAGE>



The Case for Latin America

Perhaps more than any other developing region, Latin America has adopted the
U.S. economic model. Deregulation and reduced rates of inflation have promoted
an environment conducive to investing. A large proportion of the populations of
Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Mexico have benefited from national economic growth
and entered the middle class. Their new affluence and aspirations have generated
a strong demand for consumer goods. Vast, formerly government-owned enterprises
in oil and gas, telecommunications, and electric power are privatizing and
selling shares to the public.


                                       81


<PAGE>


Strategy

The Fund invests for the long term. We employ a strategy of growth at a
reasonable price. We seek to identify companies in Latin America that combine
strong potential for earnings growth with reasonable investment value. Such
companies typically exhibit increasing rates of profitability and cash flow. Yet
their prices compare favorably to other stocks in a given market measured by
factors such as earnings, cash flow and replacement value -- the cost per share
of replacing their physical assets at current prices. Together, the indicators
of growth and value may identify companies with improving prospects before the
market in general has taken notice.


                                       82


<PAGE>



Principal Investments

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in the stock and other
equity securities of companies based in Latin America. We consider a company to
be based in Latin America if it meets one of four criteria:

     o  It has its headquarters in the region or is organized under the laws of
        a Latin American country;

     o  It derives more than half its revenue from goods or services produced or
        sales made in the region;

     o  Its stock trades on a Latin American exchange; or

     o  It is issued or guaranteed by the government of a country (or its
        agencies) in Latin America.


                                       83


<PAGE>


The Fund may also invest up to 35% of its assets in Latin American bonds and
other debt securities.

[SIDEBAR: Bonds may generate capital appreciation through decreases in interest
rates resulting from economic and market conditions or improvements in the bond
issuer's finances. There is corresponding risk in investing in bonds to seek
capital appreciation.  If interest rates increase or if the bond issuer's
finances deteriorate, the price of the bond may go down.]

Bonds and other debt securities must have earned a rating of C or better from
Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service. If they have no
rating, they must be at least comparable to a C-rated security in the opinion of
Bankers Trust. As an operating policy (which may be changed by the Fund's Board
of Trustees), the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in bonds or
other debt securities rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's.


                                       84


<PAGE>


Investment Process

Company research lies at the heart of our investment process, as it does with
many stock mutual funds. We track several hundred companies to arrive at the
approximately 30 stocks the Fund normally holds. But our process brings an added
dimension to this fundamental research. It draws on the insight of experts from
a range of financial disciplines -- regional stock market specialists, global
industry specialists, economists and quantitative analysts. They challenge,
refine and amplify each other's ideas. Their close collaboration is a critical
element of our investment process.


Portfolio Turnover

The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.


                                       85


<PAGE>


Risks

Below we set forth some of the prominent risks associated with investing in
Latin America, as well as investing in general, and we detail our approaches to
containing them. Although we attempt to assess the likelihood that these risks
may actually occur and to limit them, we make no guarantee that we will succeed.

Primary Risks

Market Risk

A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that the securities an investor
has selected will not perform to expectations. The Fund seeks to limit this risk
with a strict evaluation process. Before it invests in a stock, the Fund's
investment team typically establishes a target sell price, the point at which
they will reevaluate the company's situation to determine whether the
deterioration in performance mirrors a fundamental deterioration in the
business, or whether, in our view, the reversal is merely temporary.

Risks Associated with Investing in Latin America

The stock markets of Latin America have exhibited much greater volatility than
those of the United States, Western Europe and Japan. The Fund aims to reduce
the risk in this volatility while still capturing the region's inherent
potential by diversifying its investments. Just as individual investors should
spread their investments so that a setback in one need not overwhelm their
entire strategy, the Fund seeks to spread its investments among Latin America's
stock markets and industries. In this way, a reversal in one stock need not
undermine the pursuit of long-term capital appreciation.


                                       86


<PAGE>


Political Risk

Profound social change and business practices that depart from developed-market
norms have hindered the growth of Latin American stock markets in the past. High
levels of debt have tended to make Latin American countries overly reliant on
foreign capital investment and vulnerable to capital flight. Governments have
declared moratoriums on the repayment of foreign debts, which has had a negative
impact on stocks as well as bonds. They have limited foreign investors' access
to capital markets and restricted the flow of profits overseas. And they have
resorted to high taxes, expropriation and nationalization. All these threats
remain a part of Latin American investing today. The Fund intends to avoid them,
in large part, through intensive, ongoing economic and political research.

Information Risk

Emerging-market accounting, auditing, and financial reporting and disclosure
standards generally tend to be far less stringent than those of developed
markets. And the risks of investors acting on incomplete, inaccurate or
deliberately misleading information are correspondingly greater. Compounding the
problem, local investment research often lacks the sophistication to spot
potential pitfalls. Thus, a linchpin in the Fund's investment process is
acquiring first-hand, independently verified knowledge of prospective
investments.

Foreign Stock Market Risk

Buying and selling shares on Latin American stock exchanges is more difficult
and costly than on U.S. and other developed-market exchanges because of low
daily trading volume. The low volume also leads to greater price fluctuation
and, in times of stress, may make it difficult or impossible to sell shares. The
Fund addresses these risks by limiting its investments in a particular market to
the market's capacity to absorb them. In cases where appreciation in the Fund's
investment may strain a market's capacity, the Fund may trim the investment to
keep the risks in line.


                                       87


<PAGE>


Currency Risk

The Fund invests in foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. This
creates the possibility that changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the
value of foreign securities or the U.S. dollar amount of income or gain received
on these securities. Bankers Trust's currency management team seeks to minimize
this risk by hedging currencies that are likely to decline.

[SIDEBAR:  Hedging is a strategy designed to offset investment risks.  Hedging
activities include the use of forward contracts and may include the use of other
instruments.  The Fund uses hedging activities to reduce risk and in no case
will it acquire securities for hedging that would increase risk above the level
associated with conventional investments.]


                                       88


<PAGE>


Secondary Risks

Small Company Risk

To the extent that the Latin American Equity Fund invests in the stocks of
smaller companies, it will encounter the risks associated with such investing.
Small company stocks tend to experience steeper price fluctuations, down as well
as up, than the stocks of larger companies. Industrywide reversals have had a
greater impact on small companies, since they lack a large company's financial
resources. Small company managers typically have less experience coping with
adversity or capitalizing on opportunity than their counterparts at larger
companies. Finally, small company stocks are typically less liquid than large
company stocks: when things are going poorly, it is harder to find a buyer for a
small company's shares.

Risks Associated with Debt Securities

To the extent that the Fund invests in bonds and other debt securities, it faces
the risk of rising interest rates, which tend to reduce the value of these
investments. The high levels of debt carried by many Latin American countries
and the concentration of their economies on a few global industries also makes
the investments particularly vulnerable to local and worldwide economic
slowdowns. Such slowdowns may affect the ability of bond issuers to meet their
repayment obligation and could even result in a default that would render their
bonds worthless.


                                       89


<PAGE>


Risks Associated with Lower Quality Debt Securities ("Junk Bonds")

The Fund can invest up to 10% of its net assets in bonds or other debt
securities rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's. These
securities are riskier than higher rated securities because their issuers are
less creditworthy, and there is an increased risk that the issuers will default
on their repayments. Junk bonds are also more sensitive to increases in interest
rates, economic downturns or adverse market conditions.


                                       90


<PAGE>


Year 2000 Risk

As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the Year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and service providers to address this problem. If we - or
our business partners, service providers, government agencies or other market
participants - do not succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services
or it could affect the value of the Fund's shares.


                                       91


<PAGE>



Portfolio Managers

The following portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management
of the Fund's investments:

Paul Durham, Managing Director of BT Funds Management (International) Limited
and Co-Lead Portfolio Manager.

o Head of global emerging markets since 1996.

o  Joined Bankers Trust in 1988 and served as a stock analyst in Australia and
   the U.S.

o  11 years of investment management experience.

o  First-class honors degree in accounting and finance from University of
   Sydney, Australia.


Warren Howe, Co-Lead Portfolio Manager.

o Lead Latin American equities portfolio manager.

o Joined Bankers Trust in 1992 and the Fund in 1998.

o Six years of investment management and analyst experience.

o  Bachelor's degree in communications from UNSW.


Julie Wang, Principal of Bankers Trust and Co-Manager.

o Joined Bankers Trust in 1994 and the Fund in 1998.

o  Specializes in emerging markets.

o  Ten years of investment management experience.

o  Served as Investment Manager at American International Group from 1991 to
   1994.

o  Bachelor's degree in economics from Yale University; MBA from The Wharton
   School, University of Pennsylvania.


                                       92


<PAGE>



Financial Highlights

The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance for the
past five years. The information selected reflects financial results for a
single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return
that an investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund, assuming
reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been
audited by __________________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial
statements, is included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is
available free of charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          10/1/97-   10/1/96-    10/1/95-    10/1/94-     10/25/93-
                                           9/30/98    9/30/97     9/30/96     9/30/95       9/30/94
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share Operating Performance:
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period                   $10.71      $8.50       $14.59     $10.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from Investment Operations
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income                                    0.00**     0.02         0.03         --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investment and Foreign                         5.03       2.19        (5.92)      4.59
Currency Transactions
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Income (Loss) from Investment
Operations                                               5.03       2.21        (5.89)      4.59
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions to Shareholders
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       93


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          10/1/97-   10/1/96-    10/1/95-    10/1/94-     10/25/93-
                                           9/30/98    9/30/97     9/30/96     9/30/95       9/30/94
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income                                    0.00**       --           --         --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Realized Gain from Investment                          --         --        (0.20)        --
Transactions
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period                         $15.74     $10.71        $8.50     $14.59
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investment Return                                 47.00%     26.00%      (40.68)%    50.01%*
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Data and Ratios:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Assets, End of Period (000s                        $37,413    $16,997       $13,624   $27,489
omitted)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income                                    0.16%      0.16%         0.29%     0.03%*
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses, Including Expenses of the                      2.00%      2.00%         2.00%     2.00%*
Latin American Equity Portfolio

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease Reflected in Above Expense
Ratio Due to Absorption of Expenses                      0.44%      0.66%         1.17%     1.27%*
by Bankers Trust
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolio Turnover Rate***                                 30%        63%           68%*      21%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 * Annualized
** Less than $0.01
***The Portfolio Turnover Rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio, into which
the Fund invests all its assets.


                                       94


<PAGE>




TABLE OF CONTENTS

PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

     Goal...................................................................
     Core Strategy..........................................................
     Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund...............................
     Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund..............................
     Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses.................................
     Annual Fund Operating Expenses.........................................

PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

     Objective..............................................................
     The Case for the Pacific Basin.........................................
     Strategy...............................................................
     Principal Investments..................................................
     Investment Process.....................................................
     Risks..................................................................
     Portfolio Manager......................................................
     Financial Highlights...................................................


                                       95


<PAGE>



PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND OVERVIEW

Goal

The Fund invests for long-term capital appreciation.


                                       96


<PAGE>



Core Strategy

The Fund invests primarily in the stocks and other equity securities of
companies in the Pacific Basin region, excluding Japan.


                                       97



<PAGE>



Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund

An investment in the Fund could lose money, or the Fund's performance could
trail that of other investments. For example,

o  Stocks that our Investment Sub-Adviser has selected could poorly perform; or

o  The stock market could poorly perform or could under perform other
   investments in one or more of the countries in which the Fund has invested.

Beyond the risks common to all stock investing, an investment in the Fund could
also lose money or under perform alternative investments as a result of risks in
the foreign countries in which the Fund invests:

o  Adverse political, economic or social developments could undermine the value
   of the Fund's investments or prevent the Fund from realizing their full
   value.

o  Different accounting and financial reporting standards, or less stringent
   enforcement of these standards, could convey incomplete or inaccurate
   information about a Fund investment.

o  The currency of a country in which the Fund invests may fluctuate in value
   relative to the U.S. dollar, which could affect the value of the investment
   itself to U.S. investors.


                                       98


<PAGE>



Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund

You should consider investing in the Pacific Basin Equity Fund if you are
seeking long-term capital appreciation. There is, of course, no guarantee that
the Fund will realize its goal. You should be aware that extreme fluctuations in
short-term investment values have often accompanied this long-term capital
appreciation.

You should not consider investing in the Pacific Basin Equity Fund if you are
pursuing a short-term financial goal, if you seek regular income or if you
cannot tolerate fluctuations in the value of your investments.

The Fund by itself does not constitute a balanced investment program. It can,
however, afford you exposure to investment opportunities not otherwise available
to an investor in developed-market securities.

An investment in the Pacific Basin Equity Fund is not a deposit of Bankers Trust
Company or any other bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


                                       99


<PAGE>


Total Returns, After Fees and Expenses

The bar chart and table on this page can help you evaluate the potential risks
and rewards of investing in the Pacific Basin Equity Fund by showing changes in
the Fund's performance year to year. The bar chart shows the Fund's actual
return for each full calendar year since it began selling shares to the public
on November 1, 1993 (its inception date). The table compares the Fund's average
annual return with the Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) Combined Asia
(ex-Japan) Index over the last one and five years, and since inception. The
Index is a passive measure of combined stock market returns. It does not factor
in the costs of buying, selling and holding securities - costs which are
reflected in the Fund's results.

[Sidebar: The MSCI Combined Asia (ex-Japan) Index is a broad benchmark of
Asia/Pacific stock performance, excluding Japan. The Index is a model, not an
actual portfolio, that includes the returns of companies traded on the stock
markets in China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia, New Zealand,
Pakistan, the Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Taiwan and Thailand.]


                                      100


<PAGE>


          Year-by-Year Returns Each Full Calendar Year Since Inception
                                  [bar chart]


                  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

                  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                    1994     1995     1996     1997     1998
                  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Since inception, the Fund's highest return in any calendar quarter was ______%
and its lowest quarterly return was ______%. Past performance offers no
indication of how the Fund will perform in the future.

                 Average Annual Returns as of December 31, 1998

     ------------------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
                                 1 year     5 years     Since Inception
                                                          (11/1/93)*
     ------------------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
     Pacific Basin Equity
     Fund
     ------------------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
     MCSI Combined Asia
     (ex-Japan) Index
     ------------------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------
     Lipper Pacific ex-Japan
     Average**
     ------------------------- ---------- ----------- -------------------

 * MSCI Combined Asia (ex-Japan) Index and Lipper Pacific Basin ex-Japan Average
   calculated from 10/31/93 through end of period.

** The Lipper Pacific Basin ex-Japan Average represents the average return of
   mutual funds with the objective of investing in the common stocks of Asia and
   the Far East (excluding Japan), during the periods shown.


                                      101


<PAGE>



Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses paid from Fund assets)

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold
shares of the Pacific Basin Equity Fund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    percentage of average
                                                                      daily net assets*
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>
Management Fees                                                             0.75%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees                                        None
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                              1.70%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Fund Operating Expenses                                               2.45%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less: Fee Waivers or Expense Reimbursement                                 (0.70%)**
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Expenses                                                                1.75%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 * Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both
   the Fund and the Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio, the master fund in which the
   Pacific Basin Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion of the
   relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the
   "Organizational Structure" section of this prospectus.)

** Bankers Trust has agreed, for the 16-month period from the Fund's fiscal year
   end of September 30, 1998, to waive its fees or reimburse expenses so that
   total expenses will not exceed 1.75%.


                                      102


<PAGE>


Expense Example

The example below illustrates the expenses you would have incurred on a $10,000
investment in the Fund. It assumes that the Fund earned an annual return of 5%
over the periods shown, the Fund's operating expenses remained the same, and you
sold your shares at the end of the period.

Expense Example

- ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
  1 year     3 years     5 years     10 years
- ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
   $178       $551        $949        $2,062
- ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------

You may use this hypothetical example to compare the Fund's expense history with
other funds.* The example does not represent an estimate of future returns or
expenses. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

*Information on the annual operating expenses reflects the expenses of both the
Fund and the Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio, the master fund in which the
Pacific Basin Equity Fund invests its assets. (A further discussion of the
relationship between the Fund and the Portfolio appears in the "Organizational
Structure" section of this prospectus).


                                      103


<PAGE>



PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

Objective

The seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the Fund
invests at least 65% of its total assets in the stock and other securities with
equity characteristics of companies in the Pacific Basin, excluding Japan.

The Fund invests for capital appreciation, not income; any dividend or interest
income is incidental to the pursuit of its objective. While we give priority to
capital appreciation, we cannot offer any assurance of achieving this objective.
The Fund's objective is not a fundamental policy. We must notify shareholders
before was change it, but we do not require their approval to do so.

[SIDEBAR: The Pacific Basin markets in which the Fund may invest include India,
Indonesia, Malaysia, New Zealand, Pakistan, the Philippines, the People's
Republic of China and Hong Kong, Singapore, Sri Lanka, South Korea, Thailand,
Taiwan and Vietnam.]


                                      104


<PAGE>


The Case for the Pacific Basin

Until recently, the developing economies of the Pacific Basin ranked among the
world's fastest growing. And despite the turmoil that has swept the region,
enormous potential remains.

o  China and India alone account for 40% of the world's population. China,
   though still classified as an emerging nation, ranks as the world's third
   largest economy;

o  Two decades of heavy infrastructure spending have provided the region with
   the physical capital necessary to resume its development; and

o  The region's nations have made education a top priority. Universal primary
   education is widespread. This trend has enabled the region's businesses to
   tap vast pools of skilled labor at a fraction of their cost in developed
   markets.


                                      105


<PAGE>


Strategy

The Fund invests for the long-term. We employ a strategy of growth at a
reasonable price. We seek to identify companies in the Pacific Rim that combine
strong potential for earnings growth with reasonable investment value. Such
companies typically exhibit increasing rates of profitability and cash flow. Yet
their prices compare favorably to other stocks in a given market measured by
factors such as earnings, cash flow and replacement value--the cost per share of
replacing their physical assets at current prices. Together, the indicators of
growth and value may identify companies with improving prospects before the
market in general has taken notice.


                                      106


<PAGE>


Principal Investments

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in the stock and other
equity securities of companies based in the Pacific Basin. We consider a company
to be based in the Pacific Basin if it meets one of four criteria:

o  It is organized under the laws of one of the countries in the region;

o  It derives at least half its revenues or profits from goods or services
   produced or sold or investments made in the region;

o  It derives at least half its revenues or profits from assets in the region:
   or

o Its stock trades on a Pacific Basin exchange.

The Fund may also invest up to 35% of its assets in pacific basin bonds and
other debt securities.

[SIDEBAR: Bonds may generate capital appreciation through decreases in interest
rates resulting from economic and market conditions or improvements in the bond
issuer's finances. There is corresponding risk in investing in bonds to seek
capital appreciation.  If interest rates increase or if the bond issuer's
finances deteriorate, the price of the bond may go down.]

Bonds and other debt securities must have earned a rating of C or better from
Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service. If they have no
rating, they must be at least comparable to a C-rated security in the opinion of
Bankers Trust. As an operating policy (which may be changed by the Fund's Board
of Trustees), the Fund will not invest more than 5% of its assets in bonds or
other debt securities rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's.


                                      107


<PAGE>


Investment Process

Company research lies at the heart of our investment process, as it does with
many stock mutual funds. We track several hundred companies to arrive at the
approximately 60 to 80 stocks the Fund normally holds. But our process brings an
added dimension to this fundamental research. It draws on the insight of experts
from a range of financial disciplines -- regional stock market specialists,
global industry specialists, economists and quantitative analysts. They
challenge, refine and amplify each otheris ideas. Their close collaboration is a
critical element of our investment process.


                                      108


<PAGE>


Portfolio Turnover

The annual portfolio turnover rate measures the frequency that the Portfolio
sells and replaces the value of its securities within one year. An annual
portfolio turnover rate of 100% means that the Portfolio sold and purchased
investments equal to the average value of the Portfolio for a given year. High
turnover can increase the Fund's transaction costs, thereby lowering its
returns. It may also increase your tax liability. The Fund does not have a
target portfolio turnover rate. Its turnover will depend on the Investment
Adviser's assessment of how often to trade, in light of market conditions and
the Fund's investment objective.


                                      109


<PAGE>


Risks

Below we set forth some of the prominent risks associated with investing in the
Pacific Basin, as well as investing in general, and we detail our approaches to
containing them. Although we attempt to assess the likelihood that these risks
may actually occur and to limit them, we make no guarantee that we will succeed.

     Primary Risks

Market Risk

A risk that pervades all investing is the risk that the securities an investor
has selected will not perform to expectations. The Fund seeks to limit this risk
with a strict evaluation process. Before it invests in a stock, the Fund's
investment team typically establishes a target sell price at which point they
will reevaluate the company's situation to determine whether the deterioration
in performance mirrors a fundamental deterioration in the company's business, or
if, in our view, the reversal is merely temporary.

Political Risk

Profound social change, ethnic tensions and business practices that depart from
developed-market norms have hindered the growth of Pacific Basin stock markets
in the past. Authoritarian rule and the participation of the military in daily
business life have exacerbated normal economic uncertainties. High levels of
debt have tended to make Pacific Basin countries overly reliant on foreign
capital investment and vulnerable to capital flight. Governments have limited
foreign investors' access to capital markets and restricted the flow of profits
overseas. And they have resorted to high taxes, expropriation and
nationalization. All these threats remain a part of Pacific Basin investing
today. The Fund attempts to avoid them in large part through intensive, ongoing
economic and political research.


                                      110


<PAGE>


Information Risk

Emerging-market accounting, auditing, and financial reporting and disclosure
standards generally tend to be far less stringent than those of developed
markets. And the risks of investors acting on incomplete, inaccurate or
deliberately misleading information are correspondingly greater. Compounding the
problem, local investment research often lacks the sophistication to spot
potential pitfalls. Thus, a linchpin in the Fund's investment process is
acquiring first-hand, independently verified knowledge of prospective
investments.

Foreign Stock Market Risk

Buying and selling shares on Pacific Basin stock exchanges is more difficult and
costly than on U.S. and other developed-market exchanges. Shares of a relatively
few companies trade on the exchanges, a relatively small number of individuals
and institutions hold a high proportion of shares, and daily trading volume is
low. This situation can lead to great price fluctuation, and in times of stress
may make it difficult or impossible to sell shares. The Fund addresses these
risks by limiting its investments in a particular market to the market's
capacity to absorb them. In cases where appreciation in a Fund's investment may
strain a market's capacity, the Fund may trim the investment to keep the risks
in line.

Risks Affecting Malaysian Securities

As part of its investment strategy of holding securities of companies in a
number of Pacific Basin countries, the Pacific Basin Equity Fund has a
significant holding of Malaysian securities.

On September 1, 1998, the Government of Malaysia imposed a series of
restrictions affecting investments in Malaysian securities. Because of these
restrictions, the Fund must wait 12 months before it can convert its Malaysian
holdings into U.S. dollars. For this reason, we consider these securities
illiquid. The Fund has no immediate prospect of reducing its Malaysian holdings.

The percentage of Malaysian securities held by the Fund as of November 23 was 10
percent. The Fund does not presently intend to purchase additional Malaysian
securities. There is no assurance, however, that the percentage of Malaysian or
other illiquid securities will not increase as the value of Malaysian securities
or the rest of the Fund change. On at least one day since imposition of exchange
controls, the Fund's illiquid holdings have been above 15 percent, due primarily
to its holdings of Malaysian securities.



                                      111

<PAGE>


Currency Risk

The Fund invests in foreign securities denominated in foreign currencies. This
creates the possibility that changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the
value of foreign securities or the U.S. dollar amount of income or gain received
on these securities. Bankers Trust's currency management team seeks to minimize
this risk by hedging currencies that are likely to decline.

[SIDEBAR: Hedging is a strategy designed to offset investment risks. Hedging
activities include the use of forward contracts and may include the use of other
instruments. The Fund uses hedging activities to reduce risk and in no case will
it acquire securities for hedging that would increase risk above the level
associated with conventional investments.]

Secondary Risks

Small Company Risk

To the extent that the Pacific Basin Equity Fund invests in the stocks of
smaller companies, it will encounter the risks associated with such investing.
Small company stocks tend to experience steeper price fluctuations--down as well
as up--than the stocks of larger companies. Industrywide reversals have had a
greater impact on small companies, since they lack a large company's financial
resources. Small company managers typically have less experience coping with
adversity or capitalizing on opportunity than their counterparts at larger
companies.


                                      112


<PAGE>


Risks Associated with Debt Securities

To the extent that the Fund invests in bonds and other debt securities, it faces
the risk of rising interest rates, which tend to reduce the value of these
investments. The high levels of debt carried by many Latin American countries
and the concentration of their economies on a few global industries also makes
the investments particularly vulnerable to local and worldwide economic
slowdowns. Such slowdowns may affect the ability of bond issuers to meet their
repayment obligation and could even result in a default that would render their
bonds worthless.


Risks Associated with Lower Quality Debt Securities ("Junk Bonds")

The Fund can invest up to 5% of its net assets in bonds or other debt securities
rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's. These securities are
riskier than higher rated securities because their issuers are less
creditworthy, and there is an increased risk that the issuers will default on
their repayments. Junk bonds are also more sensitive to increases in interest
rates, economic downturns or adverse market conditions.


                                      113


<PAGE>



Futures and Options

Although not one of its principal investment strategies, the Fund may invest in
futures contracts and options on futures contracts. These investments, when
made, are for hedging purposes. If the Fund invests in futures contracts and
options on futures contracts for non-hedging purposes, the margin and premiums
required to make those investments will not exceed 5% of the Fund's net asset
value after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on the contracts.
Futures contracts and options on futures contracts used for non-hedging purposes
involve greater risks than stock investments.

[Sidebar: Futures contracts and options on futures contracts are used as a low
cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without
investing directly in those securities.]

Euro Conversion Risk

The planned conversion by several major European nations to a single, uniform
monetary system, known by its new currency--the euro--and scheduled to begin
January 1, 1999, could conceivably cause disruptions in the smooth functioning
of all the world's stock markets. With our service providers, we are jointly
addressing these problems.


                                      114


<PAGE>


Year 2000 Risk

As with most businesses, the Fund faces the risk that the computer systems of
its Investment Adviser and other companies on which it relies for services or in
which it invests will not accommodate the changeovers necessary from dates in
the year 1999 to dates in the year 2000. We are working both internally and with
our business partners and service providers to address this problem. If we - or
our business partners, service providers, government agencies or other market
participants - do not succeed, it could materially affect shareholder services
or it could affect the value of the Fund's shares.


                                      115


<PAGE>


Temporary Defensive Position

We may from time to time adopt a temporary defensive position in response to
extraordinary adverse political, economic or stock-market events. We could place
up to 100% of the Fund's assets in U.S. or foreign government money market
investments, or other short-term bonds that offer comparable safety, if the
situation warranted. To the extent that we might adopt such a position, and over
the course of its duration, the Fund may not meet its goal of long-term capital
appreciation.


                                      116


<PAGE>


Portfolio Manager

Paul Durham is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's
investments:

o  Managing Director of BT Funds Management (International) Limited and Lead
   Portfolio Manager of the Fund since inception.

o Head of BTFMI global emerging-markets group since 1996.

o  Joined Bankers Trust in 1988 and served as a stock analyst in Australia and
   the U.S.

o  11 years investment management experience.

o  First-class honors degree in accounting and finance from University of
   Sydney, Australia.


                                      117


<PAGE>



Financial Highlights
The table below provides a picture of the Fund's financial performance for the
past five years. The information selected reflects financial results for a
single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate of return
that an investor would have earned on an investment in the Fund, assuming
reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. This information has been
audited by __________________, whose report, along with the Fund's financial
statements, is included in the Fund's annual report. The annual report is
available free of charge by calling the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    10/1/97-    10/1/96-    10/1/95-    10/1/94-    11/1/93*-
                                                     9/30/98     9/30/97     9/30/96     9/30/95    9/30/94
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Per Share Operating Performance:
Net Asset Value, Beginning of                                    $11.80      $10.96      $11.82     $10.00
Period
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from Investment
Operations
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income/(Expenses in                                (0.05)      (0.03)       0.01      (0.04)
Excess of Income)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain                                  (1.07)      (0.87)      (0.49)      1.86
(Loss) on Investment and Foreign
Currency Contracts
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Income (Loss) from Investment                               (1.12)      (0.84)      (0.48)      1.82
Operations
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      118

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Distributions To Shareholders                                     (0.52)         --       (0.38)        --
Net Realized Gain from Investment
Transactions
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value, End of Period                                   $10.16      $11.80      $10.96     $11.82
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investment Return                                           (9.97)%      7.66%      (3.87%)    20.11%**
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Data and Ratios
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Assets, End of Period (000s                                   $26,501    $29,389     $24,504    $25,362
omitted)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment Income/(Expenses in                                (0.42)%     (0.24)%      0.12%     (0.59)%**
Excess of Pacific Income)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses, Including Expenses of the                                1.75%       1.75%       1.75%      1.75%**
Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease Reflected in Above
Expense Ratio Due to Absorption of                                 0.29%       0.31%       0.52%      0.60%**
Expenses by Bankers Trust
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolio Turnover Rate***                                          172%        118%         --         --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 * Inception date
** Annualized
*** The portfolio turnover rate is the rate for the Master Portfolio, into which
the Fund invests all its assets.


                                      119


<PAGE>


Information Concerning All Funds

Board of Trustees

Each Fund's shareholders, voting in proportion to the number of shares each
owns, elect a Board of Trustees, and the Trustees supervise all of the Fund's
activities on their behalf.

Investment Adviser

Under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, Bankers Trust Company, with
headquarters at 130 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10006, acts as each Fund's
investment adviser. As investment adviser, Bankers Trust makes the Fund's
investment decisions and assumes responsibility for the securities the Fund
owns. It buys and sells securities for the Fund and conducts the research that
leads to the purchase and sale decisions.

For the International Small Company Equity Fund, Global Emerging Markets Equity
Fund, Latin American Equity Fund and the Pacific Basin Equity Fund, Bankers
Trust has vested day-to-day investment decision-making and implementation in a
sub-adviser, the wholly owned entity BT Funds Management (International)
Limited. The sub-advisory arrangement for the Latin American Equity Fund began
on [date].


                                      120


<PAGE>



The Funds paid the following fees for investment advisory and sub-advisory
services in the last fiscal year:

- --------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------------
                            Companies to which Fees    Percentage of Average
Fund                        Were Paid                  Daily Net Assets
- --------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------------
International Equity Fund   Bankers Trust
- --------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------------
Latin American Equity       Bankers Trust
Fund
- --------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------------
Pacific Basin Equity Fund   Bankers Trust and BTFMI
- --------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------------

International Small Company Equity Fund and Global Emerging Markets Fund have
not been in operation for a full fiscal year. Bankers Trust and BTFMI's fees for
investment advisory and sub-advisory services for each of these Funds is ____%
of the Fund's average daily net assets. Under the new sub-advisory arrangement
for the Latin American Equity Fund, Bankers Trust and BTFMI's fee for investment
advisory and sub-advisory services will be ____% of the Fund's average daily net
assets.

As of September 30, 1998, Bankers Trust was the seventh largest bank holding
company in the United States with total assets of approximately $150 billion.
Bankers Trust is a worldwide merchant bank dedicated to servicing the needs of
corporations, governments, financial institutions and private clients through a
global network of over 90 offices in more than 50 countries.


                                      121


<PAGE>


Bankers Trust's officers bring wide experience to managing both the Funds and
their Portfolios. The firm's own record dates back to its founding as a trust
company in 1903. It has invested retirement assets on behalf of the nation's
largest corporations and institutions for more than 50 years. Today, the assets
under its global management exceed $350 billion. The scope of the firm's
capability is broad: It is a leader in both the active and passive quantitative
investment disciplines and maintains a major presence in stock and bond markets
worldwide. BTFMI, a subsidiary of Bankers Trust with headquarters at Level 15,
The Chifley Tower, 2 Chifley Square, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000 Australia, offers a
decade of research and investing experience in small companies worldwide to a
number of private clients. It has developed a team dedicated exclusively to the
small company and emerging market disciplines.


                                      122


<PAGE>



Other Services

Bankers Trust provides administrative services--such as portfolio accounting,
legal services and others--for the Funds. In addition, Bankers Trust--or your
broker or financial advisor--performs the functions necessary to establish and
maintain your account. In addition to setting up the account and processing your
purchase and sale orders, these functions include:

  o  keeping accurate, up-to-date records for your individual Fund account;

  o  implementing any changes you wish to make in your account information;

  o  processing your requests for cash dividends and distributions from the
     Fund;

  o  answering your questions on the Fund's investment performance or
     administration;

  o  sending proxy reports and updated prospectus information to you; and

  o  collecting your executed proxies.

Brokers and financial advisors may charge additional fees to investors only for
those services not otherwise included in the Bankers Trust servicing agreement,
such as cash management or special trust or retirement-investment reporting.


                                      123


<PAGE>


Organizational Structure

The Funds are "feeder funds" that invest all of their assets in a "master
portfolio." The Funds and their corresponding Master Portfolio are listed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Fund                                      Master Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>
International Equity Fund                 International Equity Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
International Small Company Equity Fund   International Small Company Equity
                                          Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund       Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Latin American Equity Fund                Latin American Equity Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Pacific Basin Equity Fund                 Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Each Fund and its Master Portfolio have the same investment objective. Each
Master Portfolio is advised by Bankers Trust.

A Master Portfolio may accept investments from other feeder funds. A feeder
bears the Master Portfolio's expenses in proportion to their assets. Each feeder
can set its own transaction minimums, fund-specific expenses, and other
conditions. This arrangement allows a Fund's Trustees to withdraw the Fund's
assets from the Master Portfolio if they believe doing so is in the
shareholder's best interests. If the Trustees withdraw a Fund's assets, they
would then consider whether the Fund should hire its own investment adviser,
invest in a different master portfolio, or take other action.


                                      124


<PAGE>


Calculating a Fund's Share Price

We calculate the daily price of each Fund's shares (also known as the "Net Asset
Value" or "NAV") in accordance with the standard formula for valuing mutual fund
shares at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange every day
the Exchange is open for business.

[SIDEBAR: The Exchange is open every week, Monday through Friday, except when
the following holidays are celebrated: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr.
Day (the third Monday in January), Presidents' Day (the third Monday in
February), Good Friday, Memorial Day (the last Monday in May), July 4th, Labor
Day (the first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (the fourth Thursday in
November) and Christmas Day.]

The formula calls for deducting all of a Fund's liabilities from the total value
of its assets--the market value of the securities it holds, plus its cash
reserves--and dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding. (Note
that prices for securities that trade on foreign exchanges can change
significantly on days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed and you cannot
buy or sell Fund shares. Such price changes in the securities a Fund owns may
ultimately affect the price of Fund shares when the New York Stock Exchange
re-opens.)

We value the securities in a Fund at their stated market value if price
quotations are available. When price quotations for a particular security are
not readily available, we determine their value by the method that most
accurately reflects their current worth in the judgment of the Board of
Trustees. This procedure implies an unavoidable risk, the risk that our prices
are higher or lower than the prices that the securities might actually command
if we sold them. If we have valued the securities too highly, you may end up
paying too much for Fund shares when you buy. If we underestimate their price,
you may not receive the full market value for your Fund shares when you sell.


                                      125


<PAGE>


Dividends and Distributions

If a Fund earns investment income or recognizes taxable net capital gains, it is
its policy to distribute to shareholders substantially all of that taxable
income or capital gain on an annual basis. You may elect to receive your
distributions in cash or to reinvest them in additional shares of your Fund.


                                      126


<PAGE>



Tax Considerations

A Fund does not ordinarily pay income taxes. You and other shareholders pay
taxes on the income or capital gains from the Fund's holdings. Your taxes will
vary from year to year, based on the amount of capital gains distributions and
dividends paid out by the Fund. You owe the taxes whether you receive cash or
choose to have distributions and dividends reinvested. Distributions and
dividends usually create the following tax liability:

- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Transaction                                  Tax Status
- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Income dividends                             Ordinary income
- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Short-term capital gains distributions       Ordinary income
- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Long-term capital gains distributions        Capital gains
- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------

Every year your Fund will send you information on the distributions for the
previous year. In addition, if you sell your Fund shares you may have a capital
gain or loss.

- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Transaction                                  Tax Status
- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Your sale of shares owned more than one      Capital gains or losses
year
- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Your sale of shares owned for one year or    Gains treated as ordinary
less                                         income; losses subject to
                                             special rules.

- -------------------------------------------- --------------------------

The tax considerations for tax deferred accounts or non-taxable entities will be
different.

Because each investor's tax circumstances are unique and because the tax laws
are subject to change, we recommend that you consult your tax advisor about your
investment.


                                      127


<PAGE>


Buying and Selling Fund Shares

You can purchase or redeem shares in a Fund by mail, phone, wire or through an
authorized broker or financial advisor. Contact your broker or financial advisor
for details. You may also call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

We may close your Fund account on 30 days' notice if it fails to meet minimum
balance requirements for any reason other than a change in market value. In
addition, if your sell order exceeds $250,000, we reserve the right to redeem it
"in kind" with a pro-rata distribution of stocks actually held by a Fund, rather
than in cash.

Exchange Privileges

You can exchange all or part of your shares in another BT Mutual Fund up to four
times a year without paying a sales charge. Before buying shares through an
exchange you should be sure to get a copy of that fund's prospectus and read it
carefully. Please note also that you may have to pay taxes on the shares you
sell in the exchange.

Account minimums

A fund requires a minimum investment of $2,500 to open accounts, $250 for
subsequent investments, and a minimum balance of $1,000 to maintain them. It
requires a $500 minimum investment to open a retirement account, $100 for
subsequent investments, but imposes no minimum balance. Automatic investment
accounts, which credit money from your checking account to the purchase of fund
shares monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, or every six months, call for a minimum
$1,000 opening investment and at least $100 for each succeeding purchase of
shares.

Each Fund's Shareholder Guide and the Statement of Additional Information
contain complete information on buying and selling Fund shares and maintaining a
Fund account. If you have not already received a copy of the Shareholder Guide
or wish to obtain a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, please
call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.


                                      128


<PAGE>



BACK COVER

Additional information about each Fund's investments is available in the Fund's
annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund's annual report, you
will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that
significantly affected the Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.

You can find more detailed information about each Fund in the current Statement
of Additional Information, dated [DATE], which we have filed electronically with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and which is incorporated by
reference. To receive your free copy of the Statement of Additional Information,
the annual or semi-annual report, or if you have questions about investing in a
Fund, write to us at:

                               BT Service Center
                               P.O. Box 419210
                               Kansas City, MO 64141-6210
or call our toll-free number:  1-800-730-1313.

You can find reports and other information about each Fund on the SEC website
(http://www.sec.gov), or you can get copies of this information, after payment
of a duplicating fee, by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC,
Washington, D.C. 20549-6009. Information about each Fund, including its
Statement of Additional Information, can be reviewed and copied at the SEC's
Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. For information on the Public
Reference Room, call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.


                                      129


<PAGE>


You can find information about buying and selling shares in a Fund in the
Shareholder Guide. If you have not already received a copy of the Guide, call
the BT Service Center to obtain one free of charge.

Global Funds Combined
BT Investment Funds


[Investment Company Act file number]


                                      130









Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may any
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This Statement of Additional Information does not constitute a
prospectus.

   
                 Subject to Completion, Dated November __, 1998

                                             STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                January __, 1999
    


BT Investment Funds

   
o     International Equity Fund
o     International Small Company Equity Fund
o     Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund
o     Pacific Basin Equity  Fund
    
o     Latin American Equity Fund

   
BT Investment Funds (the "Trust") is an open-end management investment company
(mutual fund) which consists of a number of separate investment funds. The
shares of the following funds - International Equity Fund, International Small
Company Equity Fund, Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Pacific Basin Equity
Fund and Latin American Equity Fund (each, a "Fund" and together the "Funds")
are described herein. Each of the Funds is a separate series of the Trust.

Unlike other mutual funds, the Trust seeks to achieve the investment objective
of each Fund by investing all the investable assets ("Assets") of the Fund in a
diversified open-end management investment company having the same investment
objectives as the Fund. These investment companies (or a series thereof) are,
respectively, International Equity Portfolio, International Small Company Equity
Portfolio, Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, Pacific Basin Equity
Portfolio, and Latin American Equity Portfolio (collectively, the "Portfolios").
The International Small Company Equity Portfolio, Global Emerging Markets
Portfolio, Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio and Latin American Equity Portfolio
are each a series of BT Investment Portfolios.

Shares of each Fund are sold by ICC Distributors, Inc. ("ICC Distributors"), the
Trust's Distributor, to clients and customers (including affiliates and
correspondents) of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"), the Portfolios'
investment adviser ("Adviser"), and to clients and customers of other
organizations.

The Trust's Prospectuses for each Fund are each dated January, 1999. The
Prospectuses provide the basic information investors should know before
investing. This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), which is not a
Prospectus, is intended to provide additional information regarding the
activities and operations of the Trust and should be read in conjunction with
that Fund's Prospectus. You may request a copy of a prospectus or a paper copy
of this SAI, if you have received it electronically, free of charge by calling
the Trust at the telephone number listed below or by contacting any Bankers
Trust service agent ("Service Agent"). This SAI is not an offer of any Fund for
which an investor has not received a Prospectus. Capitalized terms not otherwise
defined in this SAI have the meanings accorded to them in the Trust's
Prospectuses. The financial statements for each Fund and the corresponding
Portfolio for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, are incorporated herein
by reference to the Annual Report to shareholders for each Fund and each
Portfolio dated September 30, 1998. A copy of each Fund's and the corresponding
Portfolio's Annual Report may be obtained without charge by calling each Fund at
the telephone number listed below.     


                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

   
            Investment Adviser of  the Portfolios and Administrator

                             ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
    

                                  Distributor

   
 Two Portland Square          Portland, Maine 04101             (800) 730-1313
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    



<PAGE>


   
                               Table of Contents

                                                                     Page


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS......................1

   Investment Objectives..............................................1
   Investment Policies................................................1
   Additional Risk Factors...........................................13
   Investment Restrictions...........................................20
   Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions..................23

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION..............................................24

   Standard Performance Information..................................24
   Comparison of Fund Performance....................................26
   Prior Performance of BT Fund Managers (International)
         Limited and BT Funds
     Management Limited (Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund)........27
   Economic and Market Information...................................28

VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES IN KIND...........28

   Valuation of Securities...........................................28
   Purchases of Shares...............................................29
      Minimum Investments............................................30
      Additional Information About Buying Shares.....................31
   Redemption of Shares..............................................31
      Additional Information About Selling Shares....................32
      Investor Services..............................................33
      Information Services...........................................33
      Exchange Privilege.............................................33
      Systematic Programs............................................33
      Tax-Saving Retirement Plans....................................34
   Redemptions and Purchases in Kind.................................34
   Trading in Foreign Securities.....................................35

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS...........................35

   Trustees of the Trust.............................................35
   Trustees of the Portfolios........................................36
   Officers of the Trust and Portfolios..............................36
   Investment Adviser................................................38
   Sub-Investment Adviser............................................39
   Administrator.....................................................39
   Custodian and Transfer Agent......................................40
   Use of Name.......................................................41
   Banking Regulatory Matters........................................41
   Counsel and Independent Accountants...............................41

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST............................................41


TAXATION..............................................................42

   Dividends and Distributions........................................42
   Taxation of the Funds..............................................43
   Taxation of the Portfolios.........................................44
   Other Taxation.....................................................44

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................................44


APPENDIX..............................................................45
    

                                       i


<PAGE>


   
                INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS


                             Investment Objectives

The following is a description of each Fund's investment objective. There can,
of course, be no assurance that any Fund will achieve its investment
objective(s).

International Equity Fund's investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 65% of its
total assets in the stocks and other securities with equity characteristics of
companies based primarily in developed countries outside the United States.

International Small Company Equity Fund's investment objective is long-term
capital appreciation. The Fund will pursue this objective by investing primarily
in stocks and other securities with equity characteristics of small companies in
developed countries outside the United States. The Fund focuses on countries
domiciled in, or doing business in Canada, Japan, the United Kingdom, Germany,
France, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Sweden, Hong Kong, Italy, Norway, Denmark
and Spain. Bankers Trust will seek to identify and invest in low capitalization
equities that will grow substantially over 3 to 5 years and to provide returns
in excess of the Salomon Brothers Extended Market Index of the World ex-U.S.
(Total). It is expected under normal conditions that at least 65% of the
International Small Company Equity Portfolio's assets will be invested in the
equity securities of smaller companies in at least three countries other than
the United States.

Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund's investment objective is long-term capital
growth. The Fund will pursue this objective through investment in stocks and
other equity securities of companies in the world's emerging markets. The Fund
will attempt to outperform the return of the Morgan Stanley Capital
International Emerging Markets Free Total Return Index before expenses, although
there is no assurance it will be able to do so.

Pacific Basin Equity Fund's investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation. The Fund will pursue this objective through investment primarily
in stocks and other equity securities of companies based in the Pacific Basin
region, other than Japan. It is expected under normal conditions that at least
65% of the Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio's assets will be invested in the
equity securities of issuers based in at least three countries in the Pacific
Basin.

Latin American Equity Fund's investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation. The Fund will pursue this objective through investment primarily
in stocks and other equity securities of companies based in Latin America.


                              Investment Policies

Each Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective(s) by investing all of its
Assets in the corresponding Portfolio, which has the same investment objective
as the Fund. The Trust may withdraw a Fund's investment from the corresponding
Portfolio at any time if the Board of Trustees of the Trust determines that it
is in the best interests of the Fund to do so.      Since the investment
characteristics of each Fund will correspond directly to those of the
corresponding Portfolio, the following is a discussion of the various
investments of and techniques employed by each Portfolio.     Equity Securities.
As used herein, "equity securities" are defined as common stock, preferred
stock, trust or limited partnership interests, rights and warrants to subscribe
to or purchase such securities, sponsored or unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and
convertible securities, consisting of debt securities or preferred stock that
may be converted into common stock or that carry the right to purchase common
stock. Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an equity (ownership)
interest in a corporation. Although equity securities have a history of
long-term growth in value, their prices fluctuate based on changes in a
company's financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.
Smaller companies are especially sensitive to these factors.

Debt Securities. Bonds and other debt instruments are used by issuers to borrow
money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of
interest, and must repay the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are purchased at a
discount from their face values. Debt securities, loans, and other direct debt
have varying degrees of quality and varying levels of sensitivity to changes in
interest rates. Longer-term bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate
changes than short-term bonds.     
                                                                              1

<PAGE>

   
Lower-quality foreign government securities are often considered to be
speculative and involve greater risk of default or price changes, or they may
already be in default. These risks are in addition to the general risks
associated with foreign securities. The Portfolios (except Latin American Equity
Portfolio) expect to invest in debt securities in one of the top four rating
categories by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service ("S&P") or Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), or comparably rated by another nationally recognized
statistical rating organization ("NRSRO"), or, if not rated by a NRSRO, of
comparable quality as determined by the Adviser at its sole discretion.

Fixed Income Investments (Except for International Equity Portfolio). For
purposes of seeking capital appreciation, the Portfolios may invest up to 35% of
its total assets in debt securities of Latin American issuers which are rated at
least C by S&P or Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion
of Bankers Trust. As an operating policy, which may be changed by the Board of
Trustees of BT Investment Portfolios, the Portfolio will not invest more than
10% of its total assets in debt securities rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or
lower by Moody's. Securities which are rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's
possess speculative characteristics. Bonds rated C by S&P are of the lowest
quality and may be used when the issuer has filed a bankruptcy petition, but
debt payments are still being paid. Moody's lowest rating is C, which is applied
to bonds which have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing. Certain debt securities can provide the potential for
capital appreciation based on various factors such as changes in interest rates,
economic and market conditions, improvement in an issuer's ability to repay
principal and pay interest and ratings upgrades. Additionally, convertible bonds
offer the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature,
which enables the holder of the bond to benefit from increases in the market
price of the securities into which they are convertible.

** 1 Lower-Rated Debt Securities ("Junk Bonds") (Latin American Equity
Portfolio). The Latin American Equity Portfolio may invest in lower-rated debt
securities. While the market for high yield corporate debt securities has been
in existence for many years and has weathered previous economic downturns, the
1980's brought a dramatic increase in the use of such securities to fund highly
leveraged corporate acquisitions and restructuring. Past experience may not
provide an accurate indication of future performance of the high yield bond
market, especially during periods of economic recession. In fact, from 1989 to
1991, the percentage of lower-rated debt securities that defaulted rose
significantly above prior levels.

** 2 The market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less active
than that for higher rated debt securities, which can adversely affect the
prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available,
lower- rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures
established by the Board of Trustees, including the use of outside pricing
services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate debt
securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for
quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and
changing investor perception may affect the ability of outside pricing services
to value lower-rated debt securities and the Portfolios' ability to dispose of
these securities.     

** 3 Since the risk of default is higher for lower-rated debt securities,
Bankers Trust's research and credit analysis are an especially important part of
managing securities of this type held by the Portfolio. In considering
investments for the Portfolio, Bankers Trust will attempt to identify those
issuers of high yielding debt securities whose financial conditions are adequate
to meet future obligations, have improved or are expected to improve in the
future. Bankers Trust's analysis focuses on relative values based on such
factors as interest on dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and
the experience and managerial strength of the issuer.

Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond or preferred stock
which may be converted at a stated price within a specific period of time into a
specified number of shares of common stock of the same or different issuer.
Convertible securities are senior to common stock in a corporation's capital
structure, but usually are subordinated to non-convertible debt securities.
While providing a fixed income stream--generally higher in yield than in the
income derived from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a
non-convertible debt security--a convertible security also affords an investor
the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital
appreciation of common stock into which it is convertible.

In general, the market value of a convertible security is the higher of its
investment value (its value as a fixed income security) or its conversion value
(the value of the underlying shares of common stock if the security is
converted). As a fixed income security, the market value of a convertible
security generally increases when interest rates decline and generally decreases
when interest rates rise; however, the price of a convertible security generally
increases as the market value of the underlying stock increases, and generally
decreases as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Investments in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.

2

<PAGE>

   
Preferred Stock. Preferred stock has a preference in liquidation (and, generally
dividends) over common stock but is subordinated in liquidation to debt. As a
general rule the market value of preferred stocks with fixed dividend rates and
no conversion rights varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
risk, with the price determined by the dividend rate. Some preferred stocks are
convertible into other securities, for example common stock, at a fixed price
and ratio or upon the occurrence of certain events. The market price of
convertible preferred stocks generally reflects an element of conversion value.
Because many preferred stocks lack a fixed maturity date, these securities
generally fluctuate substantially in value when interest rates change; such
fluctuations often exceed those of long-term bonds of the same issuer. Some
preferred stocks pay an adjustable dividend that may be based on an index,
formula, auction procedure or other dividend rate reset mechanism. In the
absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have
more stable market values than fixed rate preferred stocks.

All preferred stocks are also subject to the same types of credit risks of the
issuer as corporate bonds. In addition, because preferred stock is junior to
debt securities and other obligations of an issuer, deterioration in the credit
rating of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred
stock than in a more senior debt security with similar yield characteristics.
Preferred stocks may be rated by S&P and Moody's although there is no minimum
rating which a preferred stock must have (and a preferred stock may not be
rated) to be an eligible investment for a Portfolio. The Adviser expects,
however, that generally the preferred stocks in which a Portfolio invests will
be rated at least CCC by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable
quality in the opinion of the Adviser. Preferred stocks rated CCC by S&P are
regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
pay preferred stock obligations and represent the highest degree of speculation
among securities rated between BB and CCC; preferred stocks rated Caa by Moody's
are likely to be in arrears on dividend payments. Moody's rating with respect to
preferred stocks does not purport to indicate the future status of payments of
dividends.

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities are high-quality
debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or
instrumentality of the U.S. government. Not all U.S. government securities are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. For example,
securities issued by the Farm Credit Banks or by the Federal National Mortgage
Association are supported by the instrumentality's right to borrow money from
the U.S. Treasury under certain circumstances. However, securities issued by
other agencies or instrumentalities are supported only by the credit of the
entity that issued them.

ADRs, GDRs and EDRs. ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are certificates evidencing ownership
of shares of a foreign-based issuer held in trust by a bank or similar financial
institution. Designed for use in U.S., international and European securities
markets, respectively, ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are alternatives to the purchase of
the underlying securities in their national markets and currencies. ADRs, GDRs
and EDRs are subject to the same risks as the foreign securities to which they
relate.

Short-Term Instruments. Each Portfolio intends to stay invested in the
securities described herein to the extent practical in light of its objective
and long-term investment perspective. However, each Portfolio may invest up to
35% of its total assets in high quality short-term investments with remaining
maturities of 397 days or less, or in money market mutual funds, to meet
anticipated redemptions and expenses for day-to-day operating purposes and up to
100% of its total assets when, in the Adviser's opinion, it is advisable to
adopt a temporary defensive position because of unusual and adverse conditions
affecting the respective markets. When a Portfolio experiences large cash
inflows through the sale of securities and desirable equity securities, that are
consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective, which are unavailable in
sufficient quantities or at attractive prices, each Portfolio may invest in
short-term instruments for a limited time pending availability of such portfolio
securities. Short-term instruments consist of foreign or domestic: (i)
short-term obligations of sovereign governments, their agencies,
instrumentalities, authorities or political subdivisions; (ii) other short-term
debt securities rated AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or, if
unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust; (iii) commercial
paper; (iv) bank obligations, including negotiable certificates of deposit, time
deposits and banker's acceptances; and (v) repurchase agreements. At the time a
Portfolio invests in commercial paper, bank obligations or repurchase
agreements, the issuer or the issuer's parent must have outstanding debt rated
AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or outstanding commercial paper
or bank obligations rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody's; or, if no such
ratings are available, the instrument must be of comparable quality in the
opinion of Bankers Trust. These instruments may be denominated in U.S. dollars
or in foreign currencies.      Certificates of Deposit and Bankers' Acceptances.
Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in
exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited
plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the
certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior
to maturity. Bankers'


                                                                              3

<PAGE>


acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to
enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally,
an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to
obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is
then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the
face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be
held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the
secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although
maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have
maturities of six months or less.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270
days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance
their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type
of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving
periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a
commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender
may determine to invest varying amounts.

   
Sovereign and Supranational Debt Obligations. Debt instruments issued or
guaranteed by foreign governments, agencies, and supranational organizations
("sovereign debt obligations"), especially sovereign debt obligations of
developing countries, may involve a high degree of risk, and may be in default
or present the risk of default. The issuer of the obligation or the governmental
authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to
repay principal and interest when due, and may require renegotiation or
rescheduling of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal
and interest may depend on political as well as economic factors.

** 4 Brady Bonds. The Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio and The Latin
American Equity Portfolio may invest in "Brady bonds," which have been issued by
the governments of Argentina, Brazil, Costa Rica, Mexico, Nigeria, Philippines,
Uruguay and Venezuela. Most Brady bonds are currently rated below BBB by S&P or
Baa by Moody's.

** 5 The Brady Plan was conceived by the U.S. Treasury in the 1980's in an
attempt to produce a debt restructuring program which would enable a debt
country to (i) reduce the absolute level of debt of its creditor banks, and (ii)
reschedule its external debt repayments, based upon its ability to service such
debts by persuading its creditor banks to accept a debt write-off by offering
them a selection of options, each of which represented an attractive substitute
for the nonperforming debt. Although it was envisaged that each debtor country
would agree to a unique package of options with its creditor banks, the plan was
that these options would be based upon the following:(i) a discount bond
carrying a market rate of interest (whether fixed or floating), with principal
collateralized by the debtor country with cash or securities in an amount equal
to at least one year of rolling interest; (ii) a par bond carrying a low rate of
interest (whether fixed or floating), collateralized in the same way as in (i)
above; and (iii) retention of existing debt (thereby avoiding a debt write-off)
coupled with an advance of new money or subscription of new bonds.

** 6 The Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio and The Latin American Equity
Portfolio may invest in either collateralized or uncollateralized Brady bonds.
U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady bonds, which may be fixed rate par
bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are collateralized in full as to
principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the
bonds. Interest payments on such bonds generally are collateralized by cash or
securities in an amount that in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at
least one year of rolling interest payments or, in the case of floating rate
bonds, initially is equal to at least one year's rolling interest payments based
on the applicable interest rate at the time and is adjusted at regular intervals
thereafter.

Derivatives. Each Portfolio may invest in various instruments that are commonly
known as "derivatives." Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the
value of which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset, or
market index. Some derivatives such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed
securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be
more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are,
in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use
them. There are a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options
are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a fund
from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency
exchange rates and as a low cost method of gaining exposure to a particular
securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some
derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an
instrument's price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the
use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets,
and can in some circumstances, lead to significant losses. The Adviser will use
derivatives only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient means of
improving the risk/reward profile of the Portfolio and when consistent with the
Portfolio's investment objective and policies. The use of derivatives for
non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative.     

4

<PAGE>


Illiquid Securities. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements
having a remaining maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not
been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or
restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the
secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of
these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for
delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an
adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund
might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly
or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying
redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such
restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

   
A large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not
registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial
paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes.
Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the
unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a
demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions
on resale of such investments to the general public or to certain institutions
may not be indicative of their liquidity.     

The Securities and Exchange Commission the (the "SEC") has adopted Rule 144A,
which allows a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise
subject to restriction on their resale to the general public. Rule 144A
establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act
of resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. The Adviser
anticipates that the market for certain restricted securities such as
institutional commercial paper will expand further as a result of this
regulation and the development of automated systems for the trading, clearance
and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such
as the PORTAL System sponsored by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc.

   
Rule 144A Securities are securities in the United States that are not registered
for sale under federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions
under SEC Rule 144A. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading market in
such securities exists, these restricted securities are treated as exempt from
the 15% limit on illiquid securities. Under the supervision of the Board of
Trustees of the Portfolios, the Adviser determines the liquidity of restricted
securities and, through reports from the Adviser, the Board will monitor trading
activity in restricted securities. If institutional trading in restricted
securities were to decline, the liquidity of the Portfolios could be adversely
affected.     

In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser will consider, among other things,
the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security;
(2) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers or sellers of the
security; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security and (4) the
nature of the security and of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to
dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of
the transfer).

   
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. Each Portfolio may purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. Delivery of and payment
for these securities may take place as long as a month or more after the date of
the purchase commitment. The value of these securities is subject to market
fluctuations during this period and no income accrues to the Portfolio until
settlement takes place. Each Portfolio maintains with the Custodian a segregated
account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to
these commitments.

** 7 Lending of Portfolio Securities. Each Portfolio has the authority to lend
up to 30% of the total value of its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and
other financial organizations. The Portfolios will not lend securities to
Bankers Trust, ICC Distributors or their affiliates. By lending its securities,
a Portfolio can increase its income by continuing to receive interest on the
loaned securities as well as by either investing the cash collateral in
short-term securities or obtaining yield in the form of interest paid by the
borrower when U.S. government obligations are used as collateral. There may be
risks of delay in receiving additional collateral or risks of delay in recovery
of the securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower
of the securities fail financially. Each Portfolio will adhere to the following
conditions whenever its securities are loaned: (i) the Portfolio must receive at
least 100 percent cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower;
(ii) the borrower must increase this collateral whenever the market value of the
securities including accrued interest rises above the level of the collateral;
(iii) the Portfolio must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (iv) the
Portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any
dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any
increase in market value; (v) the Portfolio may pay only reasonable custodian
fees in connection with the loan; and (vi) voting rights on the loaned
securities may pass to the borrower; provided, however, that if a material event
adversely affecting the investment occurs, the Board of Trustees must terminate
the loan and regain the right to vote the securities.     


                                                                              5

<PAGE>

   
Repurchase Agreements. In a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio buys a security at
one price and simultaneously agrees to sell it back at a higher price at a
future date. Delays or losses could result if the other party to the agreement
defaults or becomes insolvent.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Portfolio
temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party in
return for cash. This could increase the risk of fluctuation in the Fund's yield
or in the market value of its assets. A reverse repurchase agreement is a form
of borrowing and will be counted toward a Portfolio's borrowing restrictions.

Investment Companies. With respect to certain countries in which capital markets
are either less developed or not easily accessed, investments by a Portfolio may
be made through investment in other registered investment companies that in turn
are authorized to invest in the securities of such countries. Investments in
other investment companies may also be made for other purposes, such as noted
above under "Short-Term Instruments," are limited in amount by the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act") (except each Portfolio may exceed
the applicable percentage limits to the extent permitted by an exemptive order
of the SEC), and will involve the indirect payment of a portion of the expenses,
including advisory fees, of such other investment companies and may result in a
duplication of fees and expenses.

Leverage. The Latin American Equity Portfolio may borrow up to one-third of the
value of its total assets, from banks or through the use of reverse repurchase
agreements, to increase its holdings of portfolio securities. Under the 1940
Act, a Portfolio is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with
respect to such borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio
holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to
market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of a Portfolio's
holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.

Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase of
decrease in the value of a Portfolio's securities and the Fund's net asset value
and money borrowed by the Portfolio will be subject to interest and other costs
(which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum
average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the
securities purchased with borrowed funds.

Warrants. Warrants are instruments which entitle the holder to buy underlying
equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time. A warrant
tends to be more volatile than its underlying securities and ceases to have
value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. In addition, changes
in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value
of its underlying securities.     

* 17 moved from here; text not shown * 18 moved from here; text not shown * 19
moved from here; text not shown * 20 moved from here; text not shown * 21 moved
from here; text not shown * 22 moved from here; text not shown * 23 moved from
here; text not shown * 24 moved from here; text not shown * 25 moved from here;
text not shown * 8 moved from here; text not shown * 9 moved from here; text not
shown


6

<PAGE>


* 10 moved from here; text not shown * 11 moved from here; text not shown * 12
moved from here; text not shown * 13 moved from here; text not shown * 26 moved
from here; text not shown * 27 moved from here; text not shown * 28 moved from
here; text not shown * 29 moved from here; text not shown * 30 moved from here;
text not shown

Options on Securities. A Portfolio may write (sell) covered call and put options
to a limited extent on its portfolio securities ("covered options") in an
attempt to increase income. However, the Portfolio may forgo the benefits of
appreciation on securities sold or may pay more than the market price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the Portfolio.

When a Portfolio writes a covered call option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to buy the underlying security at the price specified in the
option (the "exercise price") by exercising the option at any time during the
option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize
income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the
option is exercised, a decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the
Portfolio must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise
price. By writing a covered call option, the Portfolio forgoes, in exchange for
the premium less the commission ("net premium"), the opportunity to profit
during the option period from an increase in the market value of the underlying
security above the exercise price.

When a Portfolio writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the
option the right to sell the underlying security to the Portfolio at the
specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option
expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize income in the amount of the
premium received for writing the option. If the put option is exercised, a
decision over which the Portfolio has no control, the Portfolio must purchase
the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing
a covered put option, the Portfolio, in exchange for the net premium received,
accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the underlying security
below the exercise price. The Portfolio will only write put options involving
securities for which a determination is made at the time the option is written
that the Portfolio wishes to acquire the securities at the exercise price.

A Portfolio may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put option
by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration date as the
option previously written. This transaction is called a "closing purchase
transaction." The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase
transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or more, as the
case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To close out a
position as a purchaser of an option, the Portfolio, may make a "closing sale
transaction" which involves liquidating the Portfolio's position by selling the
option previously purchased. Where the Portfolio cannot effect a closing
purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When a Portfolio writes an option, an amount equal to the net premium received
by the Portfolio is included in the liability section of the Portfolio's
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of the
deferred credit will be subsequently marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the
closing bid and asked price. If an option expires on its stipulated expiration
date or if the Portfolio enters into a closing purchase transaction, the
Portfolio will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase
transaction exceeds the premium received when the option was sold), and the
deferred credit related to such option will be eliminated. If a call option is
exercised, the Portfolio will realize a gain or loss from the sale of the
underlying security and the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the
premium originally received. The writing of covered call options may be deemed
to involve the pledge of the securities against which the option is being
written. Securities against which call options are written will be segregated on
the books of the custodian for the Portfolio.


                                                                              7

<PAGE>


A Portfolio may purchase call and put options on any securities in which it may
invest. The Portfolio would normally purchase a call option in anticipation of
an increase in the market value of such securities. The purchase of a call
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to
purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Portfolio
would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities increased above the
exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss if the
value of the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the
option period.

A Portfolio would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in
the market value of securities in its portfolio ("protective puts") or
securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put
option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a
security, which may or may not be held in the Portfolio's holdings, at a
specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is
designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
Portfolio's holdings. Put options also may be purchased by the Portfolio for the
purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities
which the Portfolio does not own. The Portfolio would ordinarily recognize a
gain if the value of the securities decreased below the exercise price
sufficiently to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if the value of the
securities remained at or above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the
purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing
changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.

Each Portfolio has adopted certain other nonfundamental policies concerning
option transactions which are discussed below. The Portfolio's activities in
options may also be restricted by the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for qualification as a regulated investment
company.

The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours
during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option
markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant
price and rate movements can take place in the underlying securities markets
that cannot be reflected in the option markets. It is impossible to predict the
volume of trading that may exist in such options, and there can be no assurance
that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

   
A Portfolio may engage in over-the-counter options transactions with
broker-dealers who make markets in these options. At present, approximately ten
broker-dealers, including several of the largest primary dealers in U.S.
government securities, make these markets. The ability to terminate
over-the-counter option positions is more limited than with exchange-traded
option positions because the predominant market is the issuing broker rather
than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in
such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. To reduce this risk, the
Portfolio will purchase such options only from broker-dealers who are primary
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
and who agree to (and are expected to be capable of) entering into closing
transactions, although there can be no guarantee that any such option will be
liquidated at a favorable price prior to expiration. The Adviser will monitor
the creditworthiness of dealers with which the Portfolio enters into such
options transactions under the general supervision of the Portfolios' Trustees.

Options on Securities Indices. In addition to options on securities, each
Portfolio may also purchase and write (sell) call and put options on securities
indices. Such options give the holder the right to receive a cash settlement
during the term of the option based upon the difference between the exercise
price and the value of the index. Such options will be used for the purposes
described above under "Options on Securities."     

The International Equity Portfolio and the Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio may,
to the extent allowed by Federal and state securities laws, invest in securities
indices instead of investing directly in individual foreign securities.

Options on securities indices entail risks in addition to the risks of options
on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options
positions on securities indices is more likely to occur, although the Portfolio
generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Adviser believes the
option can be closed out.

   
Use of options on securities indices also entails the risk that trading in such
options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities included in the
index is interrupted. A Portfolio will not purchase such options unless the
Adviser believes the market is sufficiently developed such that the risk of
trading in such options is no greater than the risk of trading in options on
securities.     

Price movements in a Portfolio's holdings may not correlate precisely with
movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the use of options on indices
cannot serve as a complete hedge. Because options on securities indices require
settlement in cash, the Adviser may be forced to liquidate portfolio securities
to meet settlement obligations.

   
Currency Exchange Transactions. Because each Portfolio may buy and sell
securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and receives
interest, dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar,
a Portfolio from time to time may enter into currency exchange transactions to
convert to and from different foreign currencies and to
    


8

<PAGE>


convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. A Portfolio either
enters into these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate
prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or uses forward contracts to
purchase or sell foreign currencies.

   
Forward Currency Exchange Contracts. A forward currency exchange contract is an
obligation by a Portfolio to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future
date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract.
Forward currency exchange contracts establish an exchange rate at a future date.
These contracts are transferable in the interbank market conducted directly
between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A
forward currency exchange contract generally has no deposit requirement and is
traded at a net price without commission. Each Portfolio maintains with its
custodian a segregated account of cash or liquid securities in an amount at
least equal to its obligations under each forward currency exchange contract.
Neither spot transactions nor forward currency exchange contracts eliminate
fluctuations in the prices of a Portfolio's securities or in foreign exchange
rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.

Each Portfolio may enter into currency hedging transactions in an attempt to
protect against changes in currency exchange rates between the trade and
settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in currency
exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position or an
anticipated investment position. Since consideration of the prospect for
currency parities will be incorporated into Bankers Trust's long-term investment
decisions, a Portfolio will not routinely enter into currency hedging
transactions with respect to security transactions; however, Bankers Trust
believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into currency
hedging transactions when it determines that the transactions would be in a
Portfolio's best interest. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk
of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time
they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should the value of
the hedged currency increase. The precise matching of the forward contract
amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible
because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as
a consequence of market movements in the value of such securities between the
date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The
projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

While these contracts are not presently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in
the future assert authority to regulate forward contracts. In such event a
Portfolio's ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth in the
Prospectus may be restricted. Forward contracts may reduce the potential gain
from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign
currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer
overall performance for a Portfolio than if it had not entered into such
contracts. The use of currency forward contracts may not eliminate fluctuations
in the underlying U.S. dollar equivalent value of the prices of or rates of
return on a Portfolio's foreign currency denominated portfolio securities and
the use of such techniques will subject a Portfolio to certain risks.

The matching of the increase in value of a forward contract and the decline in
the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency denominated asset that
is the subject of the hedge generally will not be precise. In addition, a
Portfolio may not always be able to enter into currency forward contracts at
attractive prices and this will limit the Portfolio's ability to use such
contract to hedge or cross-hedge its assets. Also, with regard to a Portfolio's
use of cross-hedges, there can be no assurance that historical correlations
between the movement of certain foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar
will continue. Thus, at any time poor correlation may exist between movements in
the exchange rates of the foreign currencies underlying a Portfolio's
cross-hedges and the movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies
in which the Portfolio's assets that are the subject of such cross-hedges are
denominated.

** 8 Options on Foreign Currencies. Each Portfolio may purchase and write
options on foreign currencies for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that
in which futures contracts on foreign currencies, or forward contracts, will be
utilized. For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in
which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such
securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In
order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities,
a Portfolio may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of
the currency does decline, a Portfolio will have the right to sell such currency
for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the
adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.

** 9 Conversely, where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which
securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the
cost of such securities, the Portfolio may purchase call options thereon. The
purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the
adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options,
however, the benefit to the Portfolio deriving from purchases of foreign
currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related
transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the
direction or to the extent     

                                                                              9

<PAGE>


anticipated, the Portfolio could sustain losses on transactions in foreign
currency options which would require it to forego a portion or all of the
benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

   
** 10 Each Portfolio may write options on foreign currencies for the same types
of hedging purposes. For example, where a Portfolio anticipates a decline in the
dollar value of foreign currency denominated securities due to adverse
fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option,
write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs,
the options will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of
portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.

** 11 Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an
anticipated increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired, a
Portfolio could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move
in the manner projected, will expire unexercised and allow the Portfolio to
hedge such increased cost up to the amount of the premium. As in the case of
other types of options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will
constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if
rates move in the expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be
exercised and the Portfolio would be required to purchase or sell the underlying
currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through
the writing of options on foreign currencies, a Portfolio also may be required
to forego all or a portion of the benefits which might otherwise have been
obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

** 12 Each Portfolio intends to write covered call options on foreign
currencies. A call option written on a foreign currency by a Portfolio is
"covered" if the Portfolio owns the underlying foreign currency covered by the
call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that foreign currency
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated account by its Custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other
foreign currency held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the
Portfolio has a call on the same foreign currency and in the same principal
amount as the call written where the exercise price of the call held (a) is
equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or (b) is greater
than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is maintained by
the Portfolio in cash or securities acceptable to the broker in a segregated
account with its custodian.

** 13 Each Portfolio also intends to write call options on foreign currencies
that are not covered for cross-hedging purposes. A call option on a foreign
currency is for cross-hedging purposes if it is not covered, but is designed to
provide a hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a security which
the Portfolio owns or has the right to acquire and which is denominated in the
currency underlying the option due to an adverse change in the exchange rate. In
such circumstances, the Portfolio collateralizes the option by maintaining in a
segregated account with its custodian, cash or securities acceptable to the
broker in an amount not less than the value of the underlying foreign currency
in U.S. dollars marked to market daily.

 Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.
    

* 7 moved from here; text not shown * 1 moved from here; text not shown * 2
moved from here; text not shown * 3 moved from here; text not shown

   
** 14 General. The successful use of such instruments draws upon the Adviser's
skill and experience with respect to such instruments and usually depends on the
Adviser's ability to forecast interest rate and currency exchange rate movements
correctly. Should interest or exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, a
Portfolio may not achieve the anticipated benefits of futures contracts or
options on futures contracts or may realize losses and thus will be in a worse
position than if such strategies had not been used. In addition, the correlation
between movements in the price of futures contracts or options on futures
contracts and movements in the price of the securities and currencies hedged or
used for cover will not be perfect and could produce unanticipated losses.

** 15 Futures Contracts. A Portfolio may enter into contracts for the purchase
or sale for future delivery of fixed-income securities, foreign currencies, or
contracts based on financial indices including any index of U.S. government
securities, foreign government securities or corporate debt securities. U.S.
futures contracts have been designed by exchanges which have been designated
"contracts markets" by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), and
must be executed through a futures commission merchant, or brokerage firm, which
is a member of the relevant contract market. Futures contracts trade on a     


10

<PAGE>


   
number of exchanges and clear through their clearing corporations. A Portfolio
may enter into futures contracts which are based on debt securities that are
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, such as long-term
U.S. Treasury Bonds, Treasury Notes, Government National Mortgage Association
("GNMA") modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities and three-month U.S.
Treasury Bills. A Portfolio may also enter into futures contracts which are
based on bonds issued by entities other than the U.S. government.

** 16 At the same time a futures contract is entered into, a Portfolio must
allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin"). It is
expected that the initial margin deposit would be approximately 1 1/2% to 10% of
a contract's face value. Daily thereafter, the futures contract is valued and
the payment of "variation margin" may be required, since each day the Portfolio
would provide or receive cash that reflects any decline or increase in the
contract's value.

** 17 Although futures contracts (other than those that settle in cash) by their
terms call for the actual delivery or acquisition of the instrument underlying
the contract, in most cases the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the
date of the contract without having to make or take delivery of the instrument
underlying the contract. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is
accomplished by entering into an opposite position on a commodities exchange in
an identical futures contract . Such a transaction, which is effected through a
member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the
instrument underlying the contract. Since all transactions in the futures market
are made, offset or fulfilled through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the contracts are traded, the Portfolio will incur brokerage
fees when it purchases or sells futures contracts.

** 18 The purpose of entering into a futures contract, in the case of a
Portfolio which holds or intends to acquire fixed-income securities, is to
attempt to protect the Portfolio from fluctuations in interest rates without
actually buying or selling fixed-income securities . For example, if interest
rates were expected to increase, a Portfolio might enter into futures contracts
for the sale of debt securities. Such a sale would have much the same effect as
selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the Portfolio. If
interest rates did increase, the value of the debt security in the Portfolio
would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Portfolio would
increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of
the Portfolio from declining as much as it otherwise would have. A Portfolio
could accomplish similar results by selling debt securities and investing in
bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase.
However, since the futures market is more liquid than the cash market, the use
of futures contracts as an investment technique allows a Portfolio to maintain a
defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

** 19 Similarly, when it is expected that interest rates may decline, futures
contracts may be purchased to attempt to hedge against anticipated purchases of
debt securities at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of futures
contracts should be similar to those of debt securities, a Portfolio could take
advantage of the anticipated rise in the value of debt securities without
actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the futures
contracts could be liquidated and the Portfolio could then buy debt securities
on the cash market. To the extent a Portfolio enters into futures contracts for
this purpose, the assets in the segregated asset account maintained to cover the
Portfolio's obligations with respect to such futures contracts will consist of
cash or securities acceptable to the broker from its portfolio in an amount
equal to the difference between the fluctuating market value of such futures
contracts and the aggregate value of the initial and variation margin payments
made by the Portfolio with respect to such futures contracts.

** 20 The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures market, due to
differences in the nature of those markets, are subject to distortions. First,
all participants in the futures market are subject to initial and variation
margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting
transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and
futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on
participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity
in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from
the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures
market are less onerous than margin lending requirements in the securities
market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market
may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a
correct forecast of general interest rate trends by the Adviser may still not
result in a successful transaction.

** 21 In addition, futures contracts entail risks. Although the Adviser believes
that use of such contracts will benefit the Portfolios, if the Adviser's
investment judgment about the general direction of interest rates is incorrect,
a Portfolio's overall performance would be poorer than if it had not entered
into any such contract. For example, if a Portfolio has hedged against the
possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect the
price of debt securities held in its portfolio and interest rates decrease
instead, the Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased
value of its debt securities which it has     

                                                                              11

<PAGE>


hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In
addition, in such situations, if a Portfolio has insufficient cash, it may have
to sell debt securities from its portfolio to meet daily variation margin
requirements. Such sales of bonds may be, but will not necessarily be, at
increased prices which reflect the rising market. A Portfolio may have to sell
securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
   

Options on Futures Contracts. Each Portfolio may purchase and write options on
futures contracts for hedging purposes. The purchase of a call option on a
futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on
an individual security. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when a
Portfolio is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures
contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.

** 22 The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial
hedge against declining prices of the security which is deliverable upon
exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the
option is below the exercise price, a Portfolio will retain the full amount of
the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may
have occurred in the Portfolio's portfolio holdings. The writing of a put option
on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of
the security or foreign currency which is deliverable upon exercise of the
futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the option is higher
than the exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option
premium which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of
securities which the Portfolio intends to purchase. If a put or call option a
Portfolio has written is exercised, the Portfolio will incur a loss which will
be reduced by the amount of the premium it receives. Depending on the degree of
correlation between changes in the value of its portfolio securities and changes
in the value of its futures positions, the Portfolio's losses from existing
options on futures may to some extent be reduced or increased by changes in the
value of portfolio securities.

** 23 The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar in some
respects to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. For
example, a Portfolio may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge
its portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

** 24 The amount of risk a Portfolio assumes when it purchases an option on a
futures contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction
costs. In addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of an
option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

** 25 The Board of Trustees of each Portfolio has adopted a further restriction
that the Portfolio will not enter into any futures contracts or options on
futures contracts if immediately thereafter the amount of margin deposits on all
the futures contracts of the Portfolio and premiums paid on outstanding options
on futures contracts owned by the Portfolio (other than those entered into for
bona fide hedging purposes) would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value,
after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such
contracts.

Futures Contracts on Domestic and Foreign Securities Indices. Each Portfolio may
enter into contracts providing for cash settlement based upon changes in the
value of an index of domestic or foreign securities ("Futures Contracts"). This
investment technique may be used as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a
particular securities market without investing directly in those securities or
to hedge against anticipated future change in general market prices which
otherwise might either adversely affect the value of securities held by the
Portfolio or adversely affect the prices of securities which are intended to be
purchased at a later date for the Portfolio. A Futures Contract may also be
entered into to close out or offset an existing futures position.

When used for hedging purposes, each transaction in Futures Contracts involves
the establishment of a position which will move in a direction opposite to that
of the investment being hedged. If these hedging transactions are successful,
the futures positions taken for the Portfolio will rise in value by an amount
which approximately offsets the decline in value of the portion of the
Portfolio's investments that are being hedged. Should general market prices move
in an unexpected manner, the full anticipated benefits of Futures Contracts may
not be achieved or a loss may be realized.

Although Futures Contracts would be entered into for hedging purposes only, such
transactions do involve certain risks. These risks include a lack of correlation
between the Futures Contract and the foreign equity market being hedged, a
potential lack of liquidity in the secondary market and incorrect assessments of
market trends which may result in poorer overall performance than if a Futures
Contract had not been entered into.

Brokerage costs will be incurred and "margin" will be required to be posted and
maintained as a good-faith deposit against performance of obligations under
Futures Contracts written for a Portfolio. A Portfolio may not purchase or sell
a Futures Contract if immediately thereafter its margin deposits on its
outstanding Futures Contracts, other than Futures Contracts used for hedging
purposes, would exceed 5% of the market value of the Portfolio's total assets.
    

12

<PAGE>

   
Asset Coverage. To assure that a Portfolio's use of futures and related options,
as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery securities and foreign currency
exchange transactions, are not used to achieve investment leverage, a Portfolio
will cover such transactions, as required under applicable interpretations of
the SEC, either by owning the underlying securities or by segregating with the
Portfolio's Custodian or futures commission merchant liquid securities in an
amount at all times equal to or exceeding the Portfolio's commitment with
respect to these instruments or contracts.


                            Additional Risk Factors

In addition to the risks discussed above, each Portfolio's investments may be
subject to the following risk factors:

Foreign Securities. Investors should realize that investing in securities of
foreign issuers involves considerations not typically associated with investing
in securities of companies organized and operated in the United States.
Investors should realize that the value of a Portfolio's foreign investments may
be adversely affected by changes in political or social conditions, diplomatic
relations, confiscatory taxation, expropriation, nationalization, limitation on
the removal of funds or assets, or imposition or (or change in) exchange control
or tax regulations in foreign countries. In addition, changes in government
administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad
could result in appreciation or depreciation of portfolio securities and could
favorably or unfavorably affect a Portfolio's operations, Furthermore, the
economies of individual foreign nations may differ from the U.S. economy,
whether favorably or unfavorably, in areas such as growth or gross national
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency or
balance of payments position; it may also be more difficult to obtain and
enforce a judgment against a foreign issuer. In general, less information is
publicly available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with
respect to U.S. companies. Most foreign companies are also not subject to the
uniform accounting and financial reporting requirements applicable to issuers in
the Untied States. Any foreign investments made by a Portfolio must be made in
compliance with U.S. and foreign currency restrictions and tax laws restricting
the amounts and types of foreign investments.

Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or
interest in foreign currencies, the value of the net assets of a Portfolio as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in
exchange rates. In order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency exchange rates, a Portfolio is also authorized to enter into
certain foreign exchange transactions. Furthermore, a Portfolio's foreign
investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than
comparable investments in securities of U.S. companies. The settlement periods
for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities of U.S.
issuers, may affect portfolio liquidity. Finally, there may be less government
supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers in
foreign countries than in the United States.

Emerging Markets. The risks involved when investing in emerging markets are of a
nature generally not encountered when investing in securities traded on major
international markets.

The world's industrialized markets generally include but are not limited to the
following: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France,
Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, New
Zealand, Norway, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and
the United States; the world's emerging markets generally include but are not
limited to the following: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chile, China,
Colombia, Costa Rica, the Czech Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Greece, Hungary,
India, Indonesia, Israel, the Ivory Coast, Jordan, Malaysia, Mexico, Morocco,
Nicaragua, Nigeria, Pakistan, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Russia, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan,
Thailand, Turkey, Uruguay, Venezuela, Vietnam and Zimbabwe.

Investment in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets
entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers outlined
in the above section to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i)
greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less
social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market
for such securities and a low or nonexistent volume of trading, resulting in
lack of liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which
may restrict a Portfolio's investment opportunities including restrictions on
investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national
interests; (iv) accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards
applicable can be less demanding than the levels acceptable in the United States
which can result in incomplete company information; and (v) in the case of
Eastern Europe and in China and other Asian countries, the absence of developed
capital markets and legal structures governing private or     

                                                                              13

<PAGE>

   
foreign investment and private property and the possibility that recent
favorable economic and political developments could be slowed or reversed by
unanticipated events.

Although external debt in most emerging markets is generally falling, it remains
at high levels. This acts as a depressant on economic growth and limits access
to global savings. As a result, many emerging markets are reliant on foreign
capital inflows for fund development. During periods of uncertainty, foreign
capital may be withdrawn from these economies, causing financial market
weakness.

Investments in certain countries may require government approval which may
restrict the size and nature of investments. These restrictions may limit a
Portfolio's access to certain emerging markets. Additionally, the Adviser may be
required to obtain government consent to redeem a Portfolio's capital and
profits. Therefore, a Portfolio could encounter delays or refusals to grant
permission for money to be removed from the country. This could impact the
amount of cash available to meet shareholder redemptions.

In addition to brokerage commissions, custodial services and other costs
relating to investment in emerging markets are generally more expensive than in
the United States. Such markets have been unable to keep pace with the volume of
securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The
inability of a Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could cause the Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities.
Inability to dispose of a security due to settlement problems could result
either in losses to the Portfolio due to subsequent declines in the value of the
security or, if the Portfolio has entered into a contract to sell the security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

It should be noted that developments affecting investments cannot always be
foreseen. Therefore, a shareholder may find it difficult to protect their
investments against risk.

Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning Eastern Europe. The
Portfolios may invest in foreign securities issued by Eastern European
countries. Investments in companies domiciled in Eastern European countries may
be subject to potentially greater risks than those of other foreign issuers.
These risks include: (i) potentially less social, political and economic
stability; (ii) the small current size of the markets for such securities and
the low volume of trading, which result in less liquidity and in greater price
volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict a Portfolio's
investment opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or
industries deemed sensitive to national interests; (iv) foreign taxation; (v)
the absence of developed legal structures governing private or foreign
investment or allowing for judicial redress for injury to private property; (vi)
the absence, until recently in certain Eastern European countries, of a capital
market structure or market-oriented economy; and (vii) the possibility that
recent favorable economic developments in Eastern Europe may be slowed or
reversed by unanticipated political or social events in such countries, or in
the Commonwealth of Independent States (consisting of the Republics of the
former Union of Soviet Socialist Republics).     

The economic situation remains difficult for Eastern European countries in
transition from central planning, following what has already been a sizable
decline in output. The contraction now appears to be bottoming out in parts of
Eastern Europe. Following three successive years of output declines, there are
preliminary indications of a turnaround in the former Czech and Slovak Federal
Republic, Hungary and Poland; growth in private sector activity and strong
exports now appear to have contained the fall in output. A number of their
governments, including those of Hungary and Poland, are currently implementing
or considering reforms directed at political and economic liberalization,
including efforts to foster multi-party political systems, decentralize economic
planning, and a move toward free-market economies. But key aspects of the reform
and stabilization efforts have not yet been fully implemented, and there remain
risks of policy slippage. At present, no Eastern European country has a
developed stock market, but Poland, Hungary and the Czech Republic have small
securities markets in operation.

In many other countries of the region, output losses have been even larger.
These declines reflect the adjustment difficulties during the early stages of
the transition, high rates of inflation, the compression of imports, disruption
in trade among the countries of the former Soviet Union, and uncertainties about
the reform process itself. Large-scale subsidies are delaying industrial
restructuring and are exacerbating the fiscal situation. A reversal of these
adverse factors is not anticipated in the near term, and output is expected to
decline further in most of these countries. In the Russian Federation and most
other countries of the former Soviet Union, economic conditions are of
particular concern because of economic instability due to political unrest and
armed conflicts in many regions. Further, no accounting standards exist in
Eastern European countries. Although certain Eastern European currencies may be
convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial to the
actual market values and may be adverse to each Fund's shareholders.


14

<PAGE>


Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning Latin America. Investing
in securities of Latin American issuers may entail risks relating to the
potential political and economic instability of certain Latin American countries
and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition
of restrictions on foreign investment and on repatriation of capital invested.
In the event of expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation by any
country, the Fund could lose its entire investment in any such country.

The securities markets of Latin American countries are substantially smaller,
less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets
in the U.S. Disclosure and regulatory standards are in many respects less
stringent than U.S. standards. Furthermore, there is a lower level of monitoring
and regulation of the markets and the activities of investors in such markets.

The limited size of many Latin American securities markets and limited trading
volume in the securities of Latin American issuers compared to volume of trading
in the securities of U.S. issuers could cause prices to be erratic for reasons
apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the
securities issuers. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be
unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. Adverse publicity and
investors' perceptions, whether or not based on in-depth fundamental analysis,
may decrease the value and liquidity of portfolio securities.

The economies of Latin American countries may be predominantly based in only a
few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade
conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation
rates. Securities of issuers located in Latin America may have limited
marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements.

The Portfolio invests in securities denominated in currencies of Latin American
countries. Accordingly, changes in the value of these currencies against the
U.S. dollar will result in corresponding changes in the U.S. dollar value of the
Portfolio's assets denominated in those currencies.

Some Latin American countries also may have managed currencies, which are not
free floating against the U.S. dollar. In addition, there is risk that certain
Latin American countries may restrict the free conversion of their currencies
into other currencies. Further, certain Latin American currencies may not be
internationally traded. Certain of these currencies have experienced a steep
devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar. Any devaluations in the currencies in
which the Portfolio's securities are denominated may have a detrimental impact
on the Fund's net asset value.

The economies of individual Latin American countries may differ favorably or
unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as the rate of growth of
gross domestic product, the rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource
self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Certain Latin American
countries have experienced high levels of inflation which can have a
debilitating effect on an economy. Furthermore, certain Latin American countries
may impose withholding taxes on dividends payable to the Portfolio at a higher
rate than those imposed by other foreign countries. This may reduce the Fund's
investment income available for distribution to shareholders.

Certain Latin American countries such as Argentina, Brazil and Mexico are among
the world's largest debtors to commercial banks and foreign governments. At
times, certain Latin American countries have declared moratoria on the payment
of principal and/or interest on outstanding debt. Investment in sovereign debt
can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the
repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal
and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A
governmental entity's willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due
in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow
situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient
foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt
service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity's policy
towards the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which
a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be
dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral
agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their
debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to
make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity's
implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely
service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve
such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may
result in the cancellation of such third parties' commitments to lend funds to
the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor's ability or
willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental
entities may default on their sovereign debt.


                                                                              15

<PAGE>


Holders of sovereign debt, including the Portfolio, may be requested to
participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to
governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which defaulted
sovereign debt may be collected in whole or in part.

Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning the Pacific Basin. Many
Asian countries may be subject to a greater degree of social, political and
economic instability than is the case in the United States and European
countries. Such instability may result from (i) authoritarian governments or
military involvement in political and economic decision-making; (ii) popular
unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social
conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring
countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection.

The economies of most of the Asian countries are heavily dependent upon
international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers
and the economic conditions of their trading partners, principally, the United
States, Japan, China and the European Community. The enactment by the United
States or other principal trading partners of protectionist trade legislation,
reduction of foreign investment in the local economies and general declines in
the international securities markets could have a significant adverse effect
upon the securities markets of the Asian countries.

   
The securities markets in Asia are substantially smaller, less liquid and more
volatile than the major securities markets in the United States. A high
proportion of the shares of many issuers may be held by a limited number of
persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares
available for investment by a Portfolio. Similarly, volume and liquidity in the
bond markets in Asia are less than in the United States and, at times, price
volatility can be greater than in the United States. A limited number of issuers
in Asian securities markets may represent a disproportionately large percentage
of market capitalization and trading value. The limited liquidity of securities
markets in Asia may also affect a Portfolio's ability to acquire or dispose of
securities at the price and time it wishes to do so. Accordingly, during periods
of rising securities prices in the more illiquid Asian securities markets, a
Portfolio's ability to participate fully in such price increases may be limited
by its investment policy of investing not more than 15% of its net assets in
illiquid securities. Conversely, a Portfolio's inability to dispose fully and
promptly of positions in declining markets will cause the Portfolio's net asset
value to decline as the value of the unsold positions is marked to lower prices.
In addition, the Asian securities markets are susceptible to being influenced by
large investors trading significant blocks of securities.
    

Many stock markets are undergoing a period of growth and change which may result
in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of
transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations.

The Portfolio invests in securities denominated in currencies of Asian
countries. Accordingly, changes in the value of these currencies against the
U.S. dollar will result in corresponding changes in the U.S. dollar value of the
Portfolio's assets denominated in those currencies.

Foreign Securities: Special Considerations Concerning China and China Region.
China's economic reform plan was designed to bring in foreign investment capital
and technological skills. The result has been a move towards a more mixed
economy away from the previous centrally planned economy. The process of
devolving responsibility for all aspects of enterprise to local management and
authorities continues, even though the system of socialism with Chinese
characteristics involves considerable influence by the central government on
production and marketing.

In order to attract foreign investment, China has since 1978 designated certain
areas of the country where overseas investors can receive special investment
incentives and tax concessions. There are five Special Economic Zones (Shenzhen,
Shantou and Zhuhai in Guangdong Province, Xiamen in Fujian Province and Hainan
Island, which itself is a province). Fourteen coastal cities have been
designated as "open cities" and certain Open Economic Zones have been
established in coastal areas. Shanghai has established the Pudong New Area.
Twenty-seven High and New Technology Industrial Development Zones have been
approved where preferential treatment is given to enterprises which are
confirmed as technology intensive.

China has had for many centuries a well deserved reputation for being closed to
foreigners, with trade with the outside world being carried on under terms of
extreme restriction and under central control. Such conditions were maintained
in the first thirty years of the Communist regime which began in 1949; however,
there have been several stages of evolution, from the institution of an
industrialization program in the 1950s to a modernization policy commencing in
1978 which combined economic development with the beginnings of opening the
country.

   
China governmental actions can have a significant effect on the economic
conditions in China, which could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a
Portfolio's investments. Although the Chinese government has recently begun to
institute
    


16

<PAGE>

economic reform policies, there can be no assurances that it will continue to
pursue such policies or, if it does, that such policies will succeed.

   
The securities industry in China is not well developed. China has no securities
laws of nationwide applicability. The municipal securities regulations adopted
by Shanghai and Shenzhen municipalities are very new, as are their respective
securities exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations. In addition,
Chinese stockbrokers and other intermediaries may not perform as well as their
counterparts in the United States and other more developed securities markets.
The prices at which a Portfolio may acquire investments may be affected by
trading by persons with material non-public information and by securities
transactions by brokers in anticipation of transactions by a Portfolio in
particular securities.     

China does not have a comprehensive system of laws, although substantial changes
have occurred in this regard in recent years. The corporate form of organization
has only recently been permitted in China and national regulations governing
corporations were introduced only in May 1992. Prior to the introduction of such
regulations, Shanghai had adopted a set of corporate regulations applicable to
corporations located or listed in Shanghai, and the relationship between the two
sets of regulations is not clear. Consequently, until a firmer legal basis is
provided, even such fundamental corporate law tenets as the limited liability
status of Chinese issuers and their authority to issue shares remain open to
question. Laws regarding fiduciary duties of officers and directors and the
protection of shareholders are not well developed. China's judiciary is
relatively inexperienced in enforcing the laws that exist, leading to a higher
than usual degree of uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. Even where
adequate law exists in China, it may be impossible to obtain swift and equitable
enforcement of such law, or to obtain enforcement of the judgment by a court of
another jurisdiction. The bankruptcy laws pertaining to state enterprises have
rarely been used and are untried in regard to an enterprise with foreign
shareholders, and there can be no assurance that such shareholders, including
the Portfolio, would be able to realize the value of the assets of the
enterprise or receive payment in convertible currency. As the Chinese legal
system develops, the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws and the
preemption of local laws by national laws may adversely affect foreign
investors, including the Portfolio. The uncertainties faced by foreign investors
in China are exacerbated by the fact that many laws, regulations and decrees of
China are not publicly available, but merely circulated internally.

   
There are currently two officially recognized securities exchanges in China --
The Shanghai Securities Exchange which opened in December 1990 and The Shenzhen
Stock Exchange which opened in July 1991. Shares traded on these Exchanges are
two types -- "A" shares which can be traded only by Chinese investors and "B"
shares which can be traded only by individuals and corporations not resident in
China.

In Shanghai, all "B" shares are denominated in Chinese renminbi ("RMB"), but all
transactions in "B" shares must be settled in U.S. dollars, and all
distributions made on "B" shares are payable in U.S. dollars, the exchange rate
being the weighted average exchange rate for the U.S. dollar as published by the
Shanghai Foreign Exchange Adjustment Centre.

In Shenzhen, the purchase and sale prices for "B" shares are quoted in Hong Kong
dollars. Dividends and other lawful revenue derived from "B" shares are
calculated in RMB but payable in Hong Kong dollars, the rate of exchange being
the average rate published by Shenzhen Foreign Exchange Adjustment Centre.

There are no foreign exchange restrictions on the repatriation of gains made on
or income derived from "B" shares, subject to the payment of taxes imposed by
China thereon.     

Company law relating to companies limited by shares and regulations regarding
the issuing of shares by equity joint ventures have not yet been developed on a
national basis. The Shenzhen municipality issued regulations in 1992 relating to
joint stock companies, and the Shanghai municipality has a draft joint stock
company law under review. Regulations governing the trading of securities on
both the Shenzhen and the Shanghai stock exchanges have been issued by each
municipality; there is no national securities legislation as yet.

   
Economies of countries in the China region may differ favorably or unfavorably
from the U.S. economy in such respects as rate of growth of gross domestic
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and
balance of payments position. As an export-driven economy, the economy of China
is affected by developments in the economies of its principal trading partners.
Revocation by the United States of China's "Most Favored Nation" trading status,
which the U.S. President and Congress reconsider annually, would adversely
affect the trade and economic development of China and Hong Kong. Hong Kong and
Taiwan have limited natural resources, resulting in dependence on foreign
sources for certain raw materials and economic vulnerability to global
fluctuations of price and supply.     


                                                                              17

<PAGE>

   
** 26 Options on Futures Contracts, Forward Contracts and Options on Foreign
Currencies. Unlike transactions entered into by a Portfolio in futures
contracts, options on foreign currencies and forward contracts are not traded on
contract markets regulated by the CFTC or (with the exception of certain foreign
currency options) by the SEC. To the contrary, such instruments are traded
through financial institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign
currency options are also traded on certain national securities exchanges such
as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange,
subject to SEC regulation. Similarly, options on currencies may be traded
over-the-counter. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the
protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For
example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market
movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time.
Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the
premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost.
Moreover, the option writer and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts
substantially in excess of their initial investments, due to the margin and
collateral requirements associated with such positions.

** 27 Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are
within the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other securities traded on such
exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized
exchanges will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular,
all foreign currency option positions entered into on a national securities
exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC"),
thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary
market in options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily
available than in the over-the-counter market, potentially permitting a
Portfolio to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or
expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.

** 28 The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options,
however, is subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary
market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements,
margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market,
possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other
political and economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign
currencies involve certain risks not presented by the over-the-counter market.
For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively
through the OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable
foreign countries for this purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines
that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly
settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in undue
burdens on the OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise
and settlement, such as technical changes in the mechanics of delivery of
currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

** 29 As in the case of forward contracts, certain options on foreign currencies
are traded over-the-counter and involve liquidity and credit risks which may not
be present in the case of exchange-traded currency options. A Portfolio's
ability to terminate over-the-counter options will be more limited than with
exchange-traded options. It is also possible that broker-dealers participating
in over-the-counter options transactions will not fulfill their obligations.
Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, each Portfolio
will treat purchased over-the-counter options and assets used to cover written
over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. With respect to options written
with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement
requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of
illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase formula.

** 30 In addition, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward
contracts and options on foreign currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges.
Such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting
trading in or the prices of foreign currencies or securities. The value of such
positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign
political and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United
States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the
Portfolio's ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets
during nonbusiness hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the
United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

High Yield Securities ("Junk Bonds"). Lower-rated long-term securities,
including securities rated from BB to D by S&P or Baa to C by Moody's or, if
unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust, will usually
offer higher yields than higher-rated securities. However, there is more risk
associated with these investments. This is because of the reduced
creditworthiness and increased risk of default that these securities carry.
Lower-rated long-term securities generally tend to reflect short-term corporate
and market developments to a greater extent than higher-rated securities which
react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower
rated long-term securities also involve greater sensitivity to significant
increases in interest rates. Short-term corporate and market developments
affecting the prices and liquidity of lower-rated long-term securities could
include adverse news impacting major issues or     

18

<PAGE>

   
underwriters or dealers in lower-rated long-term or unrated securities. In
addition, since there are fewer investors in lower-rated long-term securities,
it may be harder to sell securities at an optimum time.

An economic downturn may adversely affect the value of some lower-rated
long-term bonds. Such a downturn may especially affect highly leveraged
companies or companies in cyclically sensitive industries, where deterioration
in a company's cash flow may impair its ability to meet its obligation to pay
principal and interest to bondholders in a timely fashion. From time to time, as
a result of changing conditions, issuers of lower-rated long-term bonds may seek
or may be required to restructure the terms and conditions of the securities
they have issued. As a result of these restructurings, holders of lower-rated
long-term securities may receive less principal and interest than originally
expected at the time such bonds were purchased. In the event of a restructuring,
the Portfolio may bear additional legal or administrative expenses in order to
maximize recovery from an issuer. The secondary trading market for lower-rated
long-term bonds is generally less liquid than the secondary trading market for
higher-rated bonds.

The risk of loss due to default by the issuer is significantly greater for the
holders of high yield securities because such securities are generally unsecured
and are often subordinated to other obligations of the issuer. During an
economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly
leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress and
may not have sufficient revenues to meet their interest payment obligations. An
issuer's ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected
by specific corporate developments, its inability to meet specific projected
business forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing.

Factors adversely affecting the market value of high yield and other Portfolio
securities will adversely affect the corresponding Fund's net asset value. In
addition, a Portfolio may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required
to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its
portfolio holdings. As a matter of operating policy, the Latin American Equity
Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of its total assets (at the time of
purchase) in defaulted debt securities, which may be illiquid.

Risks of Investing in Medium- and Small-Capitalization Stocks. Historically,
medium- and small-capitalization stocks have been more volatile in price than
the larger-capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500. Among the reasons for
the greater price volatility of these securities are the less certain growth
prospects of smaller firms, the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for
such stocks, and the greater sensitivity of medium- and small-size companies to
changing economic conditions. In addition to exhibiting greater volatility,
medium- and small-size company stocks may fluctuate independently of larger
company stocks. Medium- and small-size company stocks may decline in price as
large company stocks rise, or rise in prices as large company stocks decline.

Special Information Concerning Master-Feeder Fund Structure. Unlike other
open-end management investment companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire
and manage their own portfolio securities, each Fund seeks to achieve its
investment objective by investing all of its Assets in the corresponding
Portfolio, a separate registered investment company with the same investment
objective as the corresponding Fund. Therefore, an investor's interest in the
corresponding Portfolio's securities is indirect. In addition to selling a
beneficial interest to the corresponding Fund, each Portfolio may sell
beneficial interests to other mutual funds, investment vehicles or institutional
investors. Such investors will invest in a Portfolio on the same terms and
conditions and will pay a proportionate share of a Portfolio's expenses.
However, the other investors investing in a Portfolio are not required to sell
their shares at the same public offering price as the Fund due to variations in
sales commissions and other operating expenses. Therefore, investors in a Fund
should be aware that these differences may result in differences in returns
experienced by investors in the different funds that invest in each Portfolio.
Such differences in returns are also present in other mutual fund structures.
Information concerning other holders of interests in each Portfolio is available
from Bankers Trust at 1-800-730-1313.

Smaller funds investing in a Portfolio may be materially affected by the actions
of larger funds investing in the Portfolio. For example, if a large fund
withdraws from a Portfolio, the remaining funds may experience higher pro rata
operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns (however, this possibility
exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional
investors). Additionally, a Portfolio may become less diverse, resulting in
increased portfolio risk. Also, funds with a greater pro rata ownership in a
Portfolio could have effective voting control of the operations of the
Portfolio. Except as permitted by the SEC, whenever the Trust is requested to
vote on matters pertaining to a Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of
shareholders of the Fund and will cast all of its votes in the same proportion
as the votes of the Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not vote will
not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the
Trust's votes representing the Fund's shareholders not     

                                                                              19

<PAGE>

   
voting will be voted by the Trustees or officers of the Trust in the same
proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

Certain changes in a Portfolio's investment objectives, policies or restrictions
may require the Fund to withdraw its interest in the Portfolio. Any such
withdrawal could result in a distribution "in kind" of portfolio securities (as
opposed to a cash distribution from the Portfolio). If securities are
distributed, the Fund could incur brokerage, tax or other charges in converting
the securities to cash. In addition, the distribution in kind may result in a
less diversified portfolio of investments or adversely affect the liquidity of
the Fund. Notwithstanding the above, there are other means for meeting
redemption requests, such as borrowing.

The Fund may withdraw its investment from a Portfolio at any time, if the Board
of Trustees of the Trust determines that it is in the best interests of the
shareholders of the Fund to do so. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board of
Trustees of the Trust would consider what action might be taken, including the
investment of all the Assets of the Fund in another pooled investment entity
having the same investment objective as the Fund or the retaining of an
investment adviser to manage the Fund's assets in accordance with the investment
policies described herein with respect to the corresponding Portfolio.

Each Fund's investment objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed
upon notice to, but without the approval of, the Fund's shareholders. If there
is a change in the Fund's investment objective, the Fund's shareholders should
consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment in light of their
then-current needs. The investment objective of each Portfolio is also not a
fundamental policy. Shareholders of the Funds will receive 30 days prior written
notice with respect to any change in the investment objective of the Fund or the
corresponding Portfolio.

Rating Services. The ratings of rating services represent their opinions as to
the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not
absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are an initial criterion
for selection of portfolio investments, Bankers Trust also makes its own
evaluation of these securities, subject to review by the Board of Trustees.
After purchase by a Portfolio, an obligation may cease to be rated or its rating
may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio. Neither
event would require a Portfolio to eliminate the obligation from its portfolio,
but Bankers Trust will consider such an event in its determination of whether a
Portfolio should continue to hold the obligation. A description of the ratings
is included in the Appendix herein.     


                             Investment Restrictions

   
Fundamental Policies. The following investment restrictions are "fundamental
policies" of each Fund and each Portfolio and may not be changed with respect to
each Fund or Portfolio without the approval of a "majority of the outstanding
voting securities" of the Fund or the Portfolio, as the case may be. "Majority
of the outstanding voting securities" under the 1940 Act, and as used in this
SAI and the Prospectuses, means, with respect to each Fund (or Portfolio), the
lesser of (i) 67% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (or
of the total beneficial interests of the corresponding Portfolio) present at a
meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of
the Fund (or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio) are present or
represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities
of the Fund (or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio). Whenever
the Trust is requested to vote on a fundamental policy of a Portfolio, the Trust
will hold a meeting of the corresponding Fund's shareholders and will cast its
vote as instructed by that Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not
vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage
of the Trust's votes representing Fund shareholders not voting will be voted by
the Trustees of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund shareholders who
do, in fact, vote.     

As a matter of fundamental policy, no Portfolio (or Fund) may (except that no
investment restriction of a Fund shall prevent a Fund from investing all of its
Assets in an open-end investment company with substantially the same investment
objectives):

   
      (1)borrow money or mortgage or hypothecate assets of the Portfolio (Fund),
         except that in an amount not to exceed 1/3 of the current value of the
         Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets, it may borrow money (but only as a
         temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes in the case
         of the International Equity Portfolio (Fund)), and enter into reverse
         repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions, and except that it
         may pledge, mortgage or hypothecate not more than 1/3 of such assets to
         secure such borrowings (it is intended that money would be borrowed
         only from banks and only either to accommodate requests for the
         withdrawal of beneficial interests (redemption of shares) while
         effecting an orderly liquidation of portfolio securities or to maintain
         liquidity in the event of an unanticipated failure to complete a
         portfolio security
    


20

<PAGE>


         transaction or other similar situations) or reverse repurchase
         agreements, provided that collateral arrangements with respect to
         options and futures, including deposits of initial deposit and
         variation margin, are not considered a pledge of assets for purposes of
         this restriction and except that assets may be pledged to secure
         letters of credit solely for the purpose of participating in a captive
         insurance company sponsored by the Investment Company Institute; for
         additional related restrictions, see clause (i) under the caption
         "Additional Restrictions" below (as an operating policy, the Portfolios
         may not engage in dollar-roll transactions);


      (2)underwrite securities issued by other persons except insofar as the
         Portfolios (Trust or the Funds) may technically be deemed an
         underwriter under the 1933 Act in selling a portfolio security;

      (3)make loans to other persons except: (a) through the lending of the
         Portfolio's (Fund's) portfolio securities and provided that any such
         loans not exceed 30% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at
         market value); (b) through the use of repurchase agreements or the
         purchase of short-term obligations; or (c) by purchasing a portion of
         an issue of debt securities of types distributed publicly or privately;

      (4)purchase or sell real estate (including limited partnership interests
         but excluding securities secured by real estate or interests therein),
         interests in oil, gas or mineral leases, commodities or commodity
         contracts (except futures and option contracts) in the ordinary course
         of business (except that the Portfolio (Trust) may hold and sell, for
         the Portfolio's (Fund's) portfolio, real estate acquired as a result of
         the Portfolio's (Fund's) ownership of securities);

      (5)concentrate its investments in any particular industry (excluding U.S.
         government securities), but if it is deemed appropriate for the
         achievement of a Portfolio's (Fund's) investment objective(s), up to
         25% of its total assets may be invested in any one industry; and

      (6)issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) if
         such issuance is specifically prohibited by the 1940 Act or the rules
         and regulations promulgated thereunder, provided that collateral
         arrangements with respect to options and futures, including deposits of
         initial deposit and variation margin, are not considered to be the
         issuance of a senior security for purposes of this restriction.

   
      (7)with respect to 75% of each Fund's (Portfolio's) total assets, invest
         more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer
         (excluding cash and cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities and
         the securities of other investments companies) or own more than 10% of
         the voting securities of any issuer.

Additional Restrictions. In order to comply with certain statutes and policies,
each Portfolio (or the Trust, on behalf of each Fund) will not as a matter of
operating policy (except that no operating policy shall prevent a Fund from
investing all of its Assets in an open-end investment company with substantially
the same investment objectives):

    
      (i)   borrow money (including through reverse repurchase or forward roll
            transactions) for any purpose in excess of 5% of the Portfolio's
            (Fund's) total assets (taken at cost), except that the Portfolio
            (Fund) may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes up to 1/3 of
            its total assets;

      (ii)  pledge, mortgage or hypothecate for any purpose in excess of 10% of
            the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at market value),
            provided that collateral arrangements with respect to options and
            futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
            and reverse repurchase agreements are not considered a pledge of
            assets for purposes of this restriction;

      (iii) purchase any security or evidence of interest therein on margin,
            except that such short-term credit as may be necessary for the
            clearance of purchases and sales of securities may be obtained and
            except that deposits of initial deposit and variation margin may be
            made in connection with the purchase, ownership, holding or sale of
            futures;

   
       (iv) invest for the purpose of  exercising  control or  management of
            another company;

       (v)  purchase  securities issued by any investment  company except by
            purchase in the open market where no  commission  or profit to a
            sponsor  or dealer  results  from such  purchase  other than the
            customary  broker's  commission,  or except when such  purchase,
            though  not  made  in the  open  market,  is  part  of a plan of
            merger or consolidation;  provided,  however, that securities of
            any  investment  company will not be purchased for the Portfolio
            (Fund)  if  such  purchase  at the  time  thereof  would  cause:
            (a) more
    



                                                                              21

<PAGE>


            than 10% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at the
            greater of cost or market value) to be invested in the securities of
            such issuers; (b) more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total
            assets (taken at the greater of cost or market value) to be invested
            in any one investment company; or (c) more than 3% of the
            outstanding voting securities of any such issuer to be held for the
            Portfolio (Fund), unless permitted to exceed these limitations by an
            exemptive order of the SEC; provided further that, except in the
            case of a merger or consolidation, the Portfolio (Fund) shall not
            purchase any securities of any open-end investment company unless
            (1) the Portfolio's investment adviser waives the investment
            advisory fee with respect to assets invested in other open-end
            investment companies and (2) the Portfolio incurs no sales charge in
            connection with the investment;

   
      (vi)  invest more than 10% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in securities (excluding
            Rule 144A securities) that are restricted as to resale under the
            1933 Act;

      (vii) invest more than 15% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in (a) securities (excluding
            Rule 144A securities) that are restricted as to resale under the
            1933 Act, and (b) securities that are issued by issuers which
            (including predecessors) have been in operation less than three
            years (other than U.S. government securities), provided, however,
            that no more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets are
            invested in securities issued by issuers which (including
            predecessors) have been in operation less than three years;

      (viii)invest more than 15% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets (taken
            at the greater of cost or market value) in securities that are
            illiquid or not readily marketable (excluding Rule 144A securities
            deemed by the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio (Trust) to be
            liquid);

      (ix)  invest in securities issued by an issuer any of whose officers,
            directors, trustees or security holders is an officer or Trustee of
            the Portfolio (Trust), or is an officer or director of the Adviser,
            if after the purchase of the securities of such issuer for the
            Portfolio (Fund) one or more of such persons owns beneficially more
            than 1/2 of 1% of the shares or securities, or both, all taken at
            market value, of such issuer, and such persons owning more than 1/2
            of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially more
            than 5% of such shares or securities, or both, all taken at market
            value;

       (x)  invest  in  warrants  (other  than  warrants   acquired  by  the
            Portfolio  (Fund) as part of a unit or  attached  to  securities
            at the  time of  purchase)  if,  as a  result,  the  investments
            (valued at the lower of cost or market)  would  exceed 5% of the
            value  of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  net  assets  or  if,  as a
            result,  more than 2% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  net  assets
            (with  the  exception  of the  Pacific  Basin  Equity  Portfolio
            (Fund)  which  may  invest  up to  10%  of  its  net  assets  in
            warrants)  would  be  invested  in  warrants  not  listed  on  a
            recognized  United  States or foreign  stock  exchange,  to the
            extent permitted by applicable state securities laws;

      (xi)  write puts and calls on securities unless each of the following
            conditions are met: (a) the security underlying the put or call is
            within the investment policies of the Portfolio (Fund) and the
            option is issued by the OCC, except for put and call options issued
            by non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or commodities
            exchanges; (b) the aggregate value of the obligations underlying the
            puts determined as of the date the options are sold shall not exceed
            5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets; (c) the securities
            subject to the exercise of the call written by the Portfolio (Fund)
            must be owned by the Portfolio (Fund) at the time the call is sold
            and must continue to be owned by the Portfolio (Fund) until the call
            has been exercised, has lapsed, or the Portfolio (Fund) has
            purchased a closing call, and such purchase has been confirmed,
            thereby extinguishing the Portfolio's (Fund's) obligation to deliver
            securities pursuant to the call it has sold; and (d) at the time a
            put is written, the Portfolio (Fund) establishes a segregated
            account with its custodian consisting of cash or securities
            acceptable to the broker equal in value to the amount the Portfolio
            (Fund) will be obligated to pay upon exercise of the put (this
            account must be maintained until the put is exercised, has expired,
            or the Portfolio (Fund) has purchased a closing put, which is a put
            of the same series as the one previously written); and
    


22

<PAGE>


   
      (xii) buy and sell puts and calls on securities, stock index futures or
            options on stock index futures, or financial futures or options on
            financial futures unless such options are written by other persons
            and: (a) the options or futures are offered through the facilities
            of a national securities association or are listed on a national
            securities or commodities exchange, except for put and call options
            issued by non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or
            commodities exchanges; (b) the aggregate premiums paid on all such
            options which are held at any time do not exceed 20% of the
            Portfolio's (Fund's) total net assets; and (c) the aggregate margin
            deposits required on all such futures or options thereon held at any
            time do not exceed 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets.

There will be no violation of any investment restriction (except with respect to
fundamental investment restriction (1) above) if that restriction is complied
with at the time the relevant action is taken, notwithstanding a later change in
the market value of an investment, in net or total assets or in the change of
securities rating of the investment, or any other later change.
    

Each Fund will comply with the state securities laws and regulations of all
states in which it is registered. Each Portfolio will comply with the permitted
investments and investment limitations in the securities laws and regulations of
all states in which the corresponding Fund, or any other registered investment
company investing in the Portfolio, is registered.


                 Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions

The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, futures
contracts and options on such securities and futures for each Portfolio, the
selection of brokers, dealers and futures commission merchants to effect
transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any.
Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions,
including options, futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase
and sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. Orders may be
directed to any broker-dealer or futures commission merchant, including to the
extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Bankers Trust or its
subsidiaries or affiliates. Purchases and sales of certain portfolio securities
on behalf of a Portfolio are frequently placed by the Adviser with the issuer or
a primary or secondary market-maker for these securities on a net basis, without
any brokerage commission being paid by the Portfolio. Trading does, however,
involve transaction costs. Transactions with dealers serving as market-makers
reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. Transaction costs may also
include fees paid to third parties for information as to potential purchasers or
sellers of securities. Purchases of underwritten issues may be made which will
include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter.

The Adviser seeks to evaluate the overall reasonableness of the brokerage
commissions paid (to the extent applicable) in placing orders for the purchase
and sale of securities for a Portfolio taking into account such factors as
price, commission (negotiable in the case of national securities exchange
transactions), if any, size of order, difficulty of execution and skill required
of the executing broker-dealer through familiarity with commissions charged on
comparable transactions, as well as by comparing commissions paid by the
Portfolio to reported commissions paid by others. The Adviser reviews on a
routine basis commission rates, execution and settlement services performed,
making internal and external comparisons.

   
The Adviser is authorized, consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, when placing portfolio transactions for a Portfolio with a
broker to pay a brokerage commission (to the extent applicable) in excess of
that which another broker might have charged for effecting the same transaction
on account of the receipt of research, market or statistical information. The
term "research, market or statistical information" includes advice as to the
value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling
securities; the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of
securities; and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries,
securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance
of accounts.

Consistent with the policy stated above, the Conduct Rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and such other policies as the Trustees
of the Portfolio may determine, the Adviser may consider sales of shares of the
Trust and of other investment company clients of Bankers Trust as a factor in
the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions. Bankers Trust
will make such allocations if commissions are comparable to those charged by
nonaffiliated, qualified broker-dealers for similar services.

Higher commissions may be paid to firms that provide research services to the
extent permitted by law. Bankers Trust may use this research information in
managing each Portfolio's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.
    

Except for implementing the policies stated above, there is no intention to
place portfolio transactions with particular brokers or dealers or groups
thereof. In effecting transactions in over-the-counter securities, orders are
placed with the principal market-makers for the security being traded unless,
after exercising care, it appears that more favorable results are available
otherwise.


                                                                              23

<PAGE>


Although certain research, market and statistical information from brokers and
dealers can be useful to a Portfolio and to the Adviser, it is the opinion of
the management of the Portfolios that such information is only supplementary to
the Adviser's own research effort, since the information must still be analyzed,
weighed and reviewed by the Adviser's staff. Such information may be useful to
the Adviser in providing services to clients other than the Portfolios, and not
all such information is used by the Adviser in connection with the Portfolios.
Conversely, such information provided to the Adviser by brokers and dealers
through whom other clients of the Adviser effect securities transactions may be
useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Portfolios.

In certain instances there may be securities which are suitable for a Portfolio
as well as for one or more of the Adviser's other clients. Investment decisions
for a Portfolio and for the Adviser's other clients are made with a view to
achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a
particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might
be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular
security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are
selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when
several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser,
particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of
more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the
purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among
clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in
some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of
the security as far as a Portfolio is concerned. However, it is believed that
the ability of a Portfolio to participate in volume transactions will produce
better executions for the Portfolio.

   
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, International
Equity Portfolio paid brokerage commissions in the amount of $_______,
$1,733,727 and $603,995, respectively.

For the period June 30, 1998 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 1998,
International Small Company Equity Portfolio paid brokerage commissions in the
amount of $_______.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Global
Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio paid brokerage commissions in the amount of
$_____, $_____ and $_____, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Pacific Basin
Equity Portfolio paid brokerage commissions in the amount of $_____, $398,743
and $323,957, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Latin American
Equity Portfolio paid brokerage commissions in the amount of $______, $69,625
and $164,049, respectively.     


                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION


                        Standard Performance Information

   
From time to time, quotations of a Fund's performance may be included in
advertisements, sales literature or shareholder reports. Mutual fund performance
is commonly measured as total return and/or yield. Each Fund's performance is
affected by its expenses. These performance figures are calculated in the
following manner:

      Yield: Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in a Fund
      over a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate.
      Yields for a Fund used in advertising are computed by dividing the Fund's
      interest and dividend income for a given 30-day or one-month period, net
      of expenses, by the average number of shares entitled to receive
      distributions during the period, dividing this figure by the Fund's net
      asset value per share at the end of the period, and annualizing the result
      (assuming compounding of income) in order to arrive at an annual
      percentage rate. Income is calculated for purpose of yield quotations in
      accordance with standardized methods applicable to all stock and bond
      mutual funds. Dividends from equity investments are treated as if they
      were accrued on a daily basis, solely for the purpose of yield
      calculations. In general, interest income is reduced with respect to bonds
      trading at a premium over their par value by subtracting a portion of the
      premium from income on a daily basis, and is increased with respect to
      bonds trading at a discount by adding a portion of the discount to daily
      income. Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from the
      calculation.

      Income calculated for the purposes of calculating a Fund's yield differs
      from income as determined for other accounting purposes. Because of the
      different accounting methods used, and because of the compounding assumed
      in yield calculations, the yield quoted for a Fund may differ from the
      rate of distributions of the Fund
    

24

<PAGE>

   
      paid over the same period or the rate of income reported in the Fund's
      financial statements. This difference may be significant for a Fund
      investing in the Portfolio whose investments are denominated in foreign
      currencies.

      Unlike some bank deposits or other investments which pay a fixed yield for
      a stated period of time, the total return (see "Total Return" below) of
      the Fund will vary depending upon interest rates, the current market value
      of the securities held by the Portfolio and changes in the expenses of the
      Fund or Portfolio.

      Total return: Total return is the change in value of an investment in a
      Fund over a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and
      capital gains. A cumulative total return reflects actual performance over
      a stated period of time. An average annual total return is a hypothetical
      rate of return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same
      cumulative total return if performance had been constant over the entire
      period. Average annual total return calculations smooth out variations in
      performance; they are not the same as actual year-by-year results. Average
      annual total returns covering periods of less than one year assume that
      performance will remain constant for the rest of the year. A Fund's
      average annual total return is calculated for certain periods by
      determining the average annual compounded rates of return over those
      periods that would cause an investment of $1,000 (made at the maximum
      public offering price with all distributions reinvested) to reach the
      value of that investment at the end of the periods. A Fund may also
      calculate total return figures which represent aggregate performance over
      a period or year-by-year performance.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Cumulative Total Return     Annualized Total Return
              Total Return for the    Total Return for the    For the Period From         For the Period From
                One Year Ended        Five Years Ended        Commencement of Operations  Commencement of Operations
               September 30,  1998    September 30,  1998     Through September 30, 1998  Through September 30, 1998
<S>            <C>                    <C>                     <C>                         <C>
International
Equity  Fund(1)        _____%            _____%                  ______%                        _____%
International
Small Company
Equity Fund(2)         _____%            _____%                  ______%                        _____%
Global Emerging
Markets Equity
Fund(3)                _____%            _____%                  ______%                        _____%
Pacific Basin
Equity  Fund(4)        _____%              N/A                   ______%                        _____%
Latin American
Equity  Fund(5)        _____%              N/A                   ______%                        _____%
</TABLE>

(1)Fund commenced operations on August 4, 1992.
(2)Fund commenced operations June 30, 1998.
(3)Fund commenced operations June 30, 1998.
(4)Fund commenced operations on November 1, 1993.
(5)Fund commenced operations on October 25, 1993.

      Performance Results: Total returns and yields are based on past results
      and are not an indication of future performance. Any total return
      quotation provided for a Fund should not be considered as representative
      of the performance of the Fund in the future since the net asset value and
      public offering price of shares of the Fund will vary based not only on
      the type, quality and maturities of the securities held in the
      corresponding Portfolio, but also on changes in the current value of such
      securities and on changes in the expenses of the Fund and the
      corresponding Portfolio. These factors and possible differences in the
      methods used to calculate total return should be considered when comparing
      the total return of a Fund to total returns published for other investment
      companies or other investment vehicles. Total return reflects the
      performance of both principal and income.
    


                                                                              25

<PAGE>



                         Comparison of Fund Performance

Comparison of the quoted nonstandardized performance of various investments is
valid only if performance is calculated in the same manner. Since there are
different methods of calculating performance, investors should consider the
effect of the methods used to calculate performance when comparing performance
of a Fund with performance quoted with respect to other investment companies or
types of investments.

In connection with communicating its performance to current or prospective
shareholders, a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual funds tracked by mutual fund rating services or to unmanaged indices
which may assume reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs. Evaluations of a Fund's
performance made by independent sources may also be used in advertisements
concerning the Fund. Sources for a Fund's performance information could include
the following:

Asian Wall Street Journal, a weekly Asian newspaper that often reviews U.S.
mutual funds investing internationally.

Barron's, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. business and financial weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

Business Week, a national business weekly that periodically reports the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds investing abroad.

Changing Times, The Kiplinger Magazine, a monthly investment advisory
publication that periodically features the performance of a variety of
securities.

Consumer Digest, a monthly business/financial magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

Financial Times, Europe's business newspaper, which features from time to time
articles on international or country-specific funds.

Financial World, a general business/financial magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

Forbes, a national business publication that from time to time reports the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Fortune, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

Global Investor, a European publication that periodically reviews the
performance of U.S. mutual funds investing internationally.

Investor's Daily, a daily newspaper that features financial, economic and
business news.

Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.'s Mutual Fund Performance Analysis, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

Money, a monthly magazine that from time to time features both specific funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

Morningstar Inc., a publisher of financial information and mutual fund research.

New York Times, a nationally distributed newspaper which regularly covers
financial news.

Personal Investing News, a monthly news publication that often reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

Personal Investor, a monthly investment advisory publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section reporting on mutual fund performance measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

Success, a monthly magazine targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

     U.S. News and World Report, a national business weekly that periodically
reports
mutual fund performance data.

ValueLine, a biweekly publication that reports on the largest 15,000 mutual
funds.

     Wall Street Journal, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. newspaper which
regularly covers financial news.

Weisenberger Investment Companies Services, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds, management policies, salient features, management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.


26

<PAGE>


Working Women, a monthly publication that features a "Financial Workshop"
section reporting on the mutual fund/financial industry.

   
   Prior Performance of BT Fund Managers (International) Limited and BT Funds
            Management Limited (Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund)

Set forth below is certain composite information regarding the performance for
certain periods through ______ __, 1998, of five funds each of which is advised
or sub-advised by either BT Fund Managers (International) Limited ("BT Fund
Managers International") or BT Funds Management Limited ("BT Funds Management").
Although the investment objectives, policies and strategies of these funds are
substantially the same as those of the Fund, it should be noted that none of
these funds are registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act or subject
to the provisions of the Code governing "regulated investment companies," nor
are any of them subject to investment restrictions that are identical to those
that apply to the Fund. The funds are not subject to certain investment
limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the
1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely
affected the performance results of the composite funds set forth herein.
Therefore, the performance of the funds set forth herein may be better or worse
than it would have been had all of the funds been subject to such requirements.

The composite table below reflects the performance of the following types of
funds: two bank commingled funds which are primarily available to U.S.
retirement plans that are subject to ERISA ("BT Pyramid Global Emerging Markets
Fund" and "BT Pyramid Emerging Markets Equity Fund"); one offshore fund which is
available to non-U.S. and non-Australian institutions ("BT Global Series
Emerging Markets Equity Fund"); one offshore fund which is available to
Australian institutions ("BT Emerging Markets Fund"); and the emerging markets
portfolio of an investment vehicle established for Australian pension money ("BT
Retirement Fund-Emerging Markets Portfolio"). Although (1) the two bank
commingled funds are managed by the Adviser and are sub-advised by BT Fund
Managers International, (2) the offshore fund that is available to non-U.S. and
non-Australian institutions is advised by BT Fund Managers International and (3)
the other two funds are managed by BT Funds Management, all five funds are
managed by the same investment personnel that will manage the Fund, and they
will have the same degree of discretion in managing the Fund as they did with
the composite funds (subject to limitations imposed by applicable U.S.
regulations, including the 1940 Act).

Performance information for the five funds described above is provided below on
a composite basis, showing the combined performance of the funds over various
periods of time up to three years (the first full calendar year of operations
for the oldest of the funds included in the composite was 1995). Of the funds
that comprise the composite, only one fund has been operational for the three
year period indicated. The other funds were added to the composite at their
inception or at the time when their investment objectives became substantially
similar to those of the Fund. BT Pyramid Global Emerging Markets Fund commenced
operations on October 31, 1996, but took until January 31, 1997 to be in a
structure that was substantially similar to the other funds in the composite. As
such, its performance is included in the composite as of January 31, 1997. For
the same reason, performance of the following funds has been included as of a
date after their inception. BT Global Series Emerging Markets Equity Fund
commenced operations on March 31, 1995 and its performance is included as of
April 31, 1995. BT Emerging Markets Fund commenced operations on June 13, 1997
and its performance is included as of July 31, 1997.

BT Pyramid Emerging Markets Equity Fund commenced operations as at March 31,
1996. Its performance is included in the composite as of July 31, 1997 due to
the fact that prior to that date, the portfolio structure of the fund was not
substantially similar to those of the other four funds in the composite. In
addition, prior to March 31, 1997 the fund was not managed by BT Fund Managers
International and BT Funds Management personnel but rather by different
personnel within the Bankers Trust Group. The fund underwent portfolio
reconstruction during the period from March 31 to July 31, 1997.

The prior performance information below is presented net of (or after payment
of) fees and expenses by the relevant funds. These fees and expenses averaged
approximately 0.88% per year of the average assets under management. It is
anticipated that the Fund, during its initial period of operation, will incur
expenses at an annualized rate of 1.70% of its average daily net assets (which
the Adviser has undertaken to reduce to 1.45% through fee waivers and/or     

                                                                              27

<PAGE>
   
expense reimbursements). Had the funds reflected in the table below been subject
to fees and expenses at the higher level expected to be incurred by the Fund,
the performance shown below would be reduced by an amount approximately equal to
the difference between the Fund's anticipated expenses and the approximate
expenses incurred by the funds included in the table.

The performance below is compared to the Morgan Stanley Capital International
("MSCI") Emerging Markets Free Total Return Index which is an index of
securities of companies domiciled in countries determined by MSCI to be emerging
markets. Since the index reflects the performance of unmanaged portfolio of
securities, the performance of the index is not subject to any fees or expenses,
nor is it subject to any brokerage fees or other transaction costs.

The prior performance shown below should not be considered a representation of
future performance of the Fund.

Performance (net of fees and expenses) through ______ __, 1998 (% in US dollars)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Annualized
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1 year        2 years       3 years
                                         ------        -------       -------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BT Emerging Market Equities Composite    _____%          ____%         ____%
MSCI Emerging Markets Free Total Return
   Index                                 _____%          ____%         ____%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Performance figures above represent the asset-weighted composite of five global
emerging markets portfolios with investment objectives substantially similar to
those of the Fund. The performance presented herein for two of the portfolios
has been converted into U.S. dollars from Australian dollars as of the last day
of each month using the London Close exchange rate. The other three portfolios
are U.S. dollar denominated. Performance figures are net of fees and reflect the
reinvestment of all investment income, including dividends and capital gains.
    
                        Economic and Market Information

Advertising and sales literature of a Fund may include discussions of economic,
financial and political developments and their effect on the securities market.
Such discussions may take the form of commentary on these developments by Fund
portfolio managers and their views and analysis on how such developments could
affect the Funds. In addition, advertising and sales literature may quote
statistics and give general information about the mutual fund industry,
including the growth of the industry, from sources such as the Investment
Company Institute ("ICI"). For example, according to the ICE, thirty-seven
percent of American households are pursuing their financial goals through mutual
funds. These investors, as well as business and institutions, have entrusted
over $3.5 trillion to the more than 6,000 funds available.

           VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES IN KIND

   
                            Valuation of Securities

The net asset value ("NAV") per Share is calculated once on each Valuation Day
as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (the "Valuation Time"), which is
currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time or in the event that the NYSE closes early, at
the time of such early closing. The NAV per Share is computed by dividing the
value of each Fund's assets (i.e., the value of its investment in the
corresponding Portfolio and other assets), less all liabilities attributable to
the Shares, by the total number of Shares outstanding as of the Valuation Time.
Each Portfolio's securities and other assets are valued primarily on the basis
of market quotations or, if quotations are not readily available, by a method
which the Portfolio's Board of Trustees believes accurately reflects fair value.

Under procedures adopted by the Board, a NAV for a Fund later determined to have
been inaccurate for any reason will be recalculated. Purchases and redemptions
made at a NAV determined to have been inaccurate will be adjusted, although in
certain circumstances, such as where the difference between the original NAV and
the recalculated NAV divided by the recalculated is 0.005 (1/2 of 1%) or less or
shareholder transactions are otherwise insubstantially affected, further action
is not required.     

28

<PAGE>

Equity and debt securities (other than short-term debt obligations maturing in
60 days or less), including listed securities and securities for which price
quotations are available, will normally be valued on the basis of market
valuations furnished by a pricing service. Such market valuations may represent
the last quoted price on the securities major trading exchange or may be
determined through use of matrix pricing. In matrix pricing, pricing services
may use various pricing models, involving comparable securities, historic
relative price movements, economic factors and dealer quotations.
Over-the-counter securities will normally be valued at the bid price. Short-term
debt obligations and money market securities maturing in 60 days or less are
valued at amortized cost, which approximates market.

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued by
Bankers Trust pursuant to procedures adopted by each Portfolio's Board of
Trustees. It is generally agreed that securities for which market quotations are
not readily available should not be valued at the same value as that carried by
an equivalent security which is readily marketable.

The problems inherent in making a good faith determination of value are
recognized in the codification effected by SEC Financial Reporting Release No. 1
("FRR 1" (formerly Accounting Series Release No. 113)) which concludes that
there is "no automatic formula" for calculating the value of restricted
securities. It recommends that the best method simply is to consider all
relevant factors before making any calculation. According to FRR 1 such factors
would include consideration of the:

            type of security involved, financial statements, cost at date of
            purchase, size of holding, discount from market value of
            unrestricted securities of the same class at the time of purchase,
            special reports prepared by analysts, information as to any
            transactions or offers with respect to the security, existence of
            merger proposals or tender offers affecting the security, price and
            extent of public trading in similar securities of the issuer or
            comparable companies, and other relevant matters.

To the extent that a Portfolio purchases securities which are restricted as to
resale or for which current market quotations are not readily available, the
Adviser of the Portfolio will value such securities based upon all relevant
factors as outlined in FRR 1.

   
                              Purchases of Shares

The Trust accepts purchase orders for Shares of each Fund at the NAV per Share
next determined after the order is received on each Valuation Day. Shares may be
available through Investment Professionals, such as broker/dealers and
investment advisers (including Service Agents).

Purchase orders for Shares (including those purchased through a Service Agent)
that are transmitted to the Trust's Transfer Agent (the "Transfer Agent"), prior
to the Valuation Time on any Valuation Day will be effective at that day's
Valuation Time. The Trust and Transfer Agent reserve the right to reject any
purchase order.

Shares must be purchased in accordance with procedures established by the
Transfer Agent and each Service Agent. It is the responsibility of each Service
Agent to transmit to the Transfer Agent purchase and redemption orders and to
transmit to Bankers Trust as the Trust's custodian (the "Custodian") purchase
payments by the following business day (trade date + 1) after an order for
shares is placed. A shareholder must settle with the Service Agent for his or
her entitlement to an effective purchase or redemption order as of a particular
time. Because Bankers Trust is the Custodian and Transfer Agent of the Trust,
funds may be transferred directly from or to a customer's account held with
Bankers Trust to settle transactions with the Fund without incurring the
additional costs or delays associated with the wiring of federal funds.

The Trust and Bankers Trust have authorized one or more brokers to accept on the
Trust's behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to
designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the
Trust's behalf. The Transfer Agent will be deemed to have received a purchase or
redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker's
authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the
Fund's NAV next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker or the
broker's authorized designee.

Certificates for Shares will not be issued. Each shareholder's account will be
maintained by a Service Agent or Transfer Agent.
    
                                                                              29

<PAGE>

   
If orders are placed through an Investment Professional, it is the
responsibility of the Investment Professional to transmit the order to buy
Shares to the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Transfer Agent must receive payment within one business day after an order
for Shares is placed; otherwise, the purchase order may be canceled and the
investor could be held liable for resulting fees and/or losses.


Minimum Investments
To open an account                          $2,500
For retirement accounts                        500
Through automatic investment plans           1,000

To add to an account                          $250
For retirement accounts                        100
Through automatic investment plans             100

Minimum Balance                             $1,000
For retirement accounts                       None

If you are new to BT Investment Funds, complete and sign an account application
and mail it along with your check to the address listed below. For an account
application, call the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313.

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210

Overnight mailings:

      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

If you have money invested in a fund in the BT Family of Funds, you can:

o     Mail an account application with a check,

o     Wire money into your account,

o     Open an account by exchanging from another fund in the BT Family of Funds,
      or

o     Contact your Service Agent or Investment Professional.

If you are investing through a tax-sheltered retirement plan, such as an IRA,
for the first time, you will need a special application. Contact your Investment
Professional or BT Retirement Services Center at 1-800-677-7596 for more
information and a retirement account application.     

30

<PAGE>

   
Additional Information About Buying Shares

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            To Open an Account            To Add to an Account
<S>        <C>                            <C>
By Wire     Call the BT Service Center at    Call your Investment Professional or wire
            1-800-730-1313 to receive wire   additional investment to:
            instructions for account
            establishment.                   Routing No.:  021001033
                                             Attn:  Bankers Trust/IFTC Deposit
                                             DDA No.:  00-226-296
                                             FBO:  (Account name)
                                                   (Account Number)
                                             Credit:  Fund Number (see below)
                                                      Investment International
                                                      Equity Fund - 463
                                                      International Small
                                                      Company Equity Fund - 808
                                                      Global Emerging Markets
                                                      Equity Fund - 809
                                                      Investment Pacific Basin
                                                      Equity Fund - 496
                                                      Investment Latin American
                                                      Equity Fund - 497

                                             Specify the complete name of the
                                             Fund of your choice, and include
                                             your account number and your name.

By Phone    Contact your Service Agent,      Contact your Service Agent,
            Investment Professional, or      Investment Professional, or
            call BT's Service Center at      call BT's Service Center at
            1-800-730-1313.  If you are an   1-800-730-1313.  If you are an
            existing Shareholder, you may    existing Shareholder, you may
            exchange from another BT         exchange from another BT
            account with the same            account with the same
            registration, including name,    registration, including name,
            address, and taxpayer ID number. address, and taxpayer ID
                                             number.

By          Mail Complete and sign the account Make your check payable to the
            application. Make your check complete name of the Fund of payable to
            the complete name of your choice. Indicate your the Fund of your
            choice. Mail Fund account number on your to the appropriate address
            check and mail to the address indicated on the application. printed
            on your account
                                             statement.
</TABLE>


                              Redemption of Shares

You can arrange to take money out of your fund account at any time by selling
(redeeming) some or all of your Shares. Your Shares shall be sold at the next
NAV calculated after an order is received by the Transfer Agent. Redemption
requests should be transmitted by customers in accordance with procedures
established by the Transfer Agent and the shareholder's Service Agent.
Redemption requests for Shares received by the Service Agent and transmitted to
the Transfer Agent prior to the Valuation Time on each Valuation Day will be
effective at that day's Valuation Time and the redemption proceeds normally will
be delivered to the shareholder's account the next day, but in any event within
seven calendar days following receipt of the request.

Service Agents may allow redemptions or exchanges by telephone and may disclaim
liability for following instructions communicated by telephone that the Service
Agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The Service Agent must provide the
investor with an opportunity to choose whether or not to utilize the telephone
redemption or exchange privilege. The Transfer Agent and the Service Agent must
employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by
telephone are genuine. If the Service Agent does not do so, it may be liable for
any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such procedures may
include, among others, requiring some form of     

                                                                              31

<PAGE>

   
personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone,
providing written confirmation of such transactions and/or tape recording of
telephone instructions.

Redemption orders are processed without charge by the Trust. A Service Agent may
on at least 30 days' notice involuntarily redeem a shareholder's account with
the Fund having a balance below the minimum, but not if an account is below the
minimum due to a change in market value.

To sell Shares in a retirement account, your request must be made in writing,
except for exchanges to other eligible funds in the BT Family of Funds, which
can be requested by phone or in writing. For information on retirement
distributions, contact your Service Agent or call the BT Service Center at
1-800-730-1313.

If you are selling some but not all of your non-retirement account Shares, leave
at least $1,000 worth of shares in the account to keep it open.

To sell Shares by bank wire you will need to sign up for these services in
advance when completing your account application.

Certain requests must include a signature guarantee to protect you and Bankers
Trust from fraud. Redemption requests in writing must include a signature
guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

o     Your account registration has changed within the last 30 days,

o     The check is being mailed to a different address than the one on your
      account (record address),

o     The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner,

o     The redemption proceeds are being transferred to a BT account with a
      different registration, or

o     You wish to have redemption proceeds wired to a non-predesignated bank
      account.

A signature guarantee is also required if you change the pre-designated bank
information for receiving redemption proceeds on your account.

You should be able to obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, broker, dealer,
credit union (if authorized under state law), securities exchange or
association, clearing agency, or savings association. A notary public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.


Additional Information About Selling Shares
By Wire - You must sign up for the wire feature before using it. To verify that
it is in place, call 1-800-730-1313. Minimum wire: $1,000. Your wire redemption
request must be received by the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for
money to be wired on the next business day.

In Writing - Write a signed "letter of instruction" with your name, the Fund's
name and Fund's number, your Fund account number, the dollar amount or number of
Shares to be redeemed, and mail to one of the following addresses:

      BT Service Center
      P.O. Box 419210
      Kansas City, MO 64141-6210

Overnight mailings:

      BT Service Center
      210 West 10th Street, 8th Floor
      Kansas City, MO 64105-1716

For Trust accounts, the trustee must sign the letter indicating capacity as
trustee. If the trustee's name is not on the account registration, provide a
copy of the trust document certified within the last 60 days.

For a Business or Organization account, at least one person authorized by
corporate resolution to act on the account must sign the letter.
    

32

<PAGE>

   
Unless otherwise instructed, the Transfer Agent will send a check to the account
address of record. The Trust reserves the right to close investor accounts via
30 day notice in writing if the Fund account balance falls below the Fund
minimums.


Investor Services
BT Investment Funds provide a variety of services to help you manage your
account.


Information Services
Statements and reports that your Investment Professional or the Transfer Agent
may send to you include the following:

o     Confirmation statements (after every transaction that affects your account
      balance, including distributions or your account registration)

o     Account statements (monthly)

o     Financial reports (every six months)

To reduce expenses, only one copy of most financial reports will be mailed, even
if you have more than one account in the Fund. Call your Investment Professional
or the BT Service Center at 1-800-730-1313 if you need additional copies of
financial reports.


Exchange Privilege
Shareholders may exchange their Shares for shares of certain other funds in the
BT Family of Funds registered in their state. To make an exchange, follow the
procedures indicated in "Purchase of Shares" and "Redemption of Shares" herein.
Before making an exchange, please note the following:

o     Call your Service Agent for information and a prospectus. Read the
      prospectus for relevant information.

o     Your new account will have the identical account registration including
      the same name, address and taxpayer identification number as your existing
      account(s).

o     Each exchange represents the sale of shares of one fund and the purchase
      of shares of another, which may produce a gain or loss for tax purposes.
      Your Service Agent will receive a written confirmation of each exchange
      transaction.

Note that exchanges out of the Fund may be limited to four per calendar year and
any exchange may have tax consequences for you.


Systematic Programs
To move money from your bank account to BT Investment Funds

  Minimum      Minimum
  Initial    Subsequent      Frequency       Setting up or changing
  -------    ----------      ---------       ----------------------
$1,000       $100        Monthly,          For a new account,
                         bimonthly,        complete the appropriate
                         quarterly or      section of the
                         semi-annually     application.

                                           For existing accounts, call your
                                           Investment Professional for an
                                           application. To change the amount or
                                           frequency of your investment, contact
                                           your Investment Professional directly
                                           or call 1-800-730-1313. Call at least
                                           10 business days prior to your next
                                           scheduled investment
    


                                                                              33

<PAGE>

   
                                           date.


Systematic Withdrawal Program lets you set up periodic redemptions from your
account.

Minimum          Frequency       Setting up or changing
- -------          ---------       ----------------------
$1,000       Monthly,          To establish, call your
             quarterly or      Investment Professional
             semi-annually or  or call 1-800-730-1313.
             annually          The accounts from which
                               the withdrawals will be processed must have a
                               minimum balance of $10,000, other than retirement
                               accounts subject to required minimum
                               distributions.

Tax-Saving Retirement Plans
Retirement plans offer significant tax savings and are available to individuals,
partnerships, small businesses, corporations, nonprofit organizations and other
institutions. Contact Bankers Trust for further information. Bankers Trust can
set up your new account in the Fund under a number of several tax-savings or
tax-deferred plans. Minimums may differ from those listed elsewhere in this SAI.

o     Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs): personal savings plans that offer
      tax advantages for individuals to set aside money for retirement and allow
      new contributions of $2, 000 per tax year.

o     Rollover IRAs: tax-deferred retirement accounts that retain the special
      tax advantages of lump sum distributions from qualified retirement plans
      and transferred IRA accounts.


                        Redemptions and Purchases in Kind

The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, and each Portfolio reserve the right, if
conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for
redemption or withdrawal by making payment in whole or in part in readily
marketable securities chosen by the Trust, or the Portfolio, as the case may be,
and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Fund's or the Portfolio's
net asset value, as the case may be (a redemption in kind). If payment is made
to a Fund shareholder in securities, an investor, including the Fund, may incur
transaction expenses in converting these securities into cash. The Trust, on
behalf of each Fund, and each Portfolio have elected, however, to be governed by
Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which each Fund and each Portfolio
are obligated to redeem shares or beneficial interests, as the case may be, with
respect to any one investor during any 90-day period, solely in cash up to the
lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of each Fund or Portfolio, as
the case may be, at the beginning of the period.     

Each Portfolio has agreed to make a redemption in kind to the corresponding Fund
whenever the Fund wishes to make a redemption in kind and therefore shareholders
of the Fund that receive redemptions in kind will receive portfolio securities
of the corresponding Portfolio and in no case will they receive a security
issued by the Portfolio. Each Portfolio has advised the Trust that the Portfolio
will not redeem in kind except in circumstances in which the Fund is permitted
to redeem in kind or unless requested by the Fund.

Each investor in a Portfolio, including the corresponding Fund, may add to or
reduce its investment in the Portfolio on each day the Portfolio determines its
net asset value. At the close of each such business day, the value of each
investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio will be determined by
multiplying the net asset value of the Portfolio by the percentage effective for
that day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate beneficial
interests in the Portfolio. Any additions or withdrawals which are to be
effected as of the close of business on that day will then be effected. The
investor's percentage of the aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio
will then be recomputed as the percentage equal to the fraction (i) the
numerator of which is the value of such investor's investment in the Portfolio
as of the close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the
amount of net additions to or withdrawals from the investor's investment in the
Portfolio effected as of the close of business on such day, and (ii) the
denominator of which is the aggregate net asset value of the Portfolio as of the
close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of
net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investments in the Portfolio
by all investors in the Portfolio. The percentage so determined


34

<PAGE>


will then be applied to determine the value of the investor's interest in the
Portfolio as the close of business on the following business day.

   
Each Fund may, at its own option, accept securities in payment for shares. The
securities delivered in payment for shares are valued by the method described
under "Valuation of Securities" as of the day the Fund receives the securities.
This may be a taxable transaction to the shareholder. (Consult your tax adviser
for future tax guidance.) Securities may be accepted in payment for shares only
if they are, in the judgment of Bankers Trust, appropriate investments for the
Fund's corresponding Portfolio. In addition, securities accepted in payment for
shares must: (i) meet the investment objective and policies of the acquiring
Fund's corresponding Portfolio; (ii) be acquired by the applicable Fund for
investment and not for resale (other than for resale to the Fund's corresponding
Portfolio); (iii) be liquid securities which are not restricted as to transfer
either by law or liquidity of the market; and (iv) if stock, have a value which
is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on a stock exchange,
over-the-counter market or by readily available market quotations from a dealer
in such securities. Each Fund reserves the right to accept or reject at its own
option any and all securities offered in payment for its shares.
    

                          Trading in Foreign Securities

Trading in foreign cities may be completed at times which vary from the closing
of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). In computing the net asset values, the
Funds value foreign securities at the latest closing price on the exchange on
which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Similarly,
foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars
at the foreign exchange rates.

Occasionally, events that affect values and exchange rates may occur between the
times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If such events
materially affect the value of portfolio securities, these securities may be
valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Trustees, although
the actual calculation may be done by others.


                    MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS     The Trust and
each Portfolio are governed by a Board of Trustees which is responsible for
protecting the interests of investors. A majority of the Trustees who are not
"interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the Portfolio,
as the case may be, have adopted written procedures reasonably appropriate to
deal with potential conflicts of interest arising from the fact that some of the
same individuals are Trustees of the Trust and the Portfolios, up to and
including creating separate boards of trustees.

Each Board of Trustees is composed of persons experienced in financial matters
who meet throughout the year to oversee the activities of the Funds or
Portfolios they represent. In addition, the Trustees review contractual
arrangements with companies that provide services to the Funds/Portfolios and
review the Funds' performance.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust and Portfolios, their birthdate and their
principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below. Their
titles may have varied during that period. Unless otherwise indicated, the
address of each officer is Clearing Operations, P.O. Box 897, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 05230-0897.


                              Trustees of the Trust

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930 ) -- Trustee; Retired; Director,
Coutts Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd;
Director, Zweig Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director,
Vinters International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment
company registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive,
Singer Island, Florida 33404.

KELVIN J. LANCASTER  (birthdate:  December  10,  1924)  --  Trustee;  Professor,
Department  of  Economics,   Columbia  University.  His  address  is  35
Claremont Avenue, New York, New York 10027.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.



                                                                              35

<PAGE>


                            Trustees of the Portfolios

CHARLES P. BIGGAR (birthdate: October 14, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director of
Chase/NBW Bank Advisory Board; Director, Batemen, Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.;
formerly Vice President of International Business Machines and President of the
National Services and the Field Engineering Divisions of IBM. His address is 12
Hitching Post Lane, Chappaqua, New York 10514.

S. LELAND DILL (birthdate: March 28, 1930) -- Trustee; Retired; Director, Coutts
Group; Coutts (U.S.A.) International; Coutts Trust Holdings Ltd; Director, Zweig
Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG Peat Marwick; Director, Vinters
International Company Inc.; General Partner of Pemco (an investment company
registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive, Singer
Island, Florida 33404.

PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR. (birthdate: October 11, 1935) -- Trustee; Principal, Philip
Saunders Associates (Consulting); former Director of Financial Industry
Consulting, Wolf & Company; President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;
and Senior Vice President of Treasury and Financial Services, John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Company, Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston,
Massachusetts 02193.


                       Officers of the Trust and Portfolios

Unless otherwise specified, each officer listed below holds the same position
with the Trust and each Portfolio.

RONALD M. PETNUCH (birthdate: February 27, 1960) -- President and Treasurer;
Senior Vice President, Federated Services Company ("FSC"); formerly, Director of
Proprietary Client Services, Federated Administrative Services ("FAS"), and
Associate Corporate Counsel, Federated Investors ("FI").

CHARLES  L.  DAVIS,  JR.  (birthdate:  March  23,  1960)  --  Vice  President
and Assistant Treasurer; Vice President, FAS.

JAY S. NEUMAN (birthdate: April 22, 1950) -- Secretary; Corporate Counsel, FI.


No person who is an officer or director of Bankers Trust is an officer or
Trustee of the Trust or the Portfolios. No director, officer or employee of ICC
Distributors or any of its affiliates will receive any compensation from the
Trust or the Portfolios for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust or a
Portfolio.     

                            Trustee Compensation Table

                       Aggregate         Aggregate        Total Compensation
Name of Person,      Compensation       Compensation     from Fund Complex***
Position              from Trust*     from Portfolios**    Paid to Trustees+
- --------              -----------     -----------------    -----------------
S. Leland Dill,         $13,125           $13,750                $27,500
Trustee of Trust
and Portfolios

Kelvin J. Lancaster,    $13,125           N/A                    $27,500
Trustee of Trust

Philip Saunders, Jr.,   $13,125           $13,750                $27,500
Trustee of Trust
and Portfolios

Charles P. Biggar,       N/A              $13,750                $27,500
Trustee of Portfolios
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
*The aggregate compensation is provided for the BT Investment Funds which is
comprised of 17 funds. Information is furnished for the Trust's most recent
fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.

**The aggregate compensation is provided for International Equity Portfolio and
BT Investment Portfolios. Information is furnished for the Trust's most recent
fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.
    

***Aggregated information is furnished for the BT Family of Funds which consists
of the following: BT Investment Funds, BT Institutional Funds, BT Pyramid Funds,
BT Advisor Funds, BT Investment Portfolios, Cash Management Portfolio, Treasury
Money Portfolio, Tax Free Money Portfolio, NY Tax Free Money Portfolio,
International Equity Portfolio, Short


36

<PAGE>


Intermediate US Government Securities Portfolio, Intermediate Tax Free
Portfolio, Asset Management Portfolio, Equity 500 Index Portfolio and Capital
Appreciation Portfolio.

   
+ The compensation is provided for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998.
    

Bankers Trust reimbursed the Funds and Portfolios for a portion of their
Trustees fees for the period above.   See "Investment Adviser" and
"Administrator" below.

   
As of December 31, 1998, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust and the
Portfolios owned in the aggregate less than 1% of the shares of any Fund or the
Trust (all series taken together).

As of December 31,  1998, the following  shareholders  of record owned 5% or
more of  the  outstanding  voting  shares  of   International  Equity  Fund: [TO
BE PROVIDED].

As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record owned 5% or more
of the outstanding voting shares of International Small Company Equity Fund:
[TO BE PROVIDED].

[Update] As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record
owned 5% or more of the outstanding voting shares of Global Emerging Markets
Equity Fund: [TO BE PROVIDED].
    

                                                                              37




<PAGE>

   
As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record owned 5% or more
of the outstanding voting shares of Pacific Basin Equity Fund:
[TO BE PROVIDED].

As of December 31, 1998, the following shareholders of record owned 5% or more
of the outstanding voting shares of Latin American Equity Fund:
[TO  BE PROVIDED].
    


                               Investment Adviser
   
The Trust has not retained the services of an investment adviser since the Trust
seeks to achieve the investment objective of each of its Funds by investing all
the Assets of the Fund in the corresponding Portfolio. Each Portfolio has
retained the services of Bankers Trust as Adviser.

Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation with principal offices at
130 Liberty Street (One Bankers Trust Plaza), New York, New York 10006, is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York Corporation. Bankers Trust
conducts a variety of general banking and trust activities and is a major
wholesale supplier of financial services to the international and domestic
institutional market.      Under the terms of each Portfolio's investment
advisory agreement with Bankers Trust (the "Advisory Agreement"), Bankers Trust
manages the Portfolio subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of
Trustees of the Portfolio. Bankers Trust will: (i) act in strict conformity with
each Portfolio's Declaration of Trust, the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers
Act of 1940, as the same may from time to time be amended; (ii) manage each
Portfolio in accordance with the Portfolio's investment objectives, restrictions
and policies; (iii) make investment decisions for each Portfolio; and (iv) place
purchase and sale orders for securities and other financial instruments on
behalf of each Portfolio.

   
Bankers Trust bears all expenses in connection with the performance of services
under each Advisory Agreement. The Trust and each Portfolio bears certain other
expenses incurred in its operation, including: taxes, interest, brokerage fees
and commissions, if any; fees of Trustees of the Trust or the Portfolio who are
not officers, directors or employees of Bankers Trust, ICC Distributors or any
of their affiliates; SEC fees and state Blue Sky qualification fees; charges of
custodians and transfer and dividend disbursing agents; certain insurance
premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of maintenance of corporate
existence; costs attributable to investor services, including, without
limitation, telephone and personnel expenses; costs of preparing and printing
prospectuses and statements of additional information for regulatory purposes
and for distribution to existing shareholders; costs of shareholders' reports
and meetings of shareholders, officers and Trustees of the Trust or the
Portfolio; and any extraordinary expenses.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides for each Portfolio to pay Bankers
Trust a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to the
following percentages of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio for its
then-current fiscal year: International Equity Portfolio, 0.65%; International
Small Company Equity Portfolio, 1.10%; Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio,
1.10%; Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio, 0.75%; and Latin American Equity
Portfolio, 1.00%. Under certain circumstances Bankers Trust has agreed to pay
fees to certain securities brokers, dealers and other entities that facilitate
the sale of Fund shares, and in connection therewith provide administrative,
shareholder, or distribution related services to the Fund or its shareholders.
Fees paid to entities that administer mutual fund "supermarkets" may be higher
than fees paid for other types of services.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_______, $2,060,310 and $759,552, respectively, in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to International Equity Portfolio. During
the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_________, $529,390 and $229,297,
respectively, to the Portfolio to cover expenses.

For the period June 30, 1998 (commencement of operations) through September 30,
1998, Bankers Trust accrued $________ in compensation for investment advisory
services provided to International Small Company Equity Portfolio. During the
same period, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______ to the Portfolio to cover
expenses.

For the period June 30, 1998 (commencement of operations) through September 30,
1998, Bankers Trust accrued $________ in compensation for investment advisory
services provided to Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio. During the same
period, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______ to the Portfolio to cover expenses.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_______, $240,868 and $211,122, respectively, in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio. During
    


38

<PAGE>


   
the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______, $45,345 and $30,450,
respectively, to the Portfolio to cover expenses.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $______, $275,540 and $151,004, respectively, in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to Latin American Equity Portfolio. During
the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______, $88,310 and $46,928,
respectively, to the Portfolio to cover expenses.     

Bankers Trust may have deposit, loan and other commercial banking relationships
with the issuers of obligations which may be purchased on behalf of the
Portfolios, including outstanding loans to such issuers which could be repaid in
whole or in part with the proceeds of securities so purchased. Such affiliates
deal, trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and are among
the leading dealers of various types of such obligations. Bankers Trust has
informed the Portfolios that, in making its investment decisions, it does not
obtain or use material inside information in its possession or in the possession
of any of its affiliates. In making investment recommendations for the
Portfolios, Bankers Trust will not inquire or take into consideration whether an
issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by a Portfolio is a customer
of Bankers Trust, its parent or its subsidiaries or affiliates and, in dealing
with its customers, Bankers Trust, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates will
not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of such customers are
held by any fund managed by Bankers Trust or any such affiliate.

Each Fund's prospectus contains disclosure as to the amount of Bankers Trust's
investment advisory and administration and services fees, including waivers
thereof. Bankers Trust may not recoup any of its waived investment advisory or
administration and services fees. Such waivers by Bankers Trust shall stay in
effect for at least 12 months.


                              Sub-Investment Adviser

   
Bankers Trust has entered into sub-investment advisory agreements (the
"Sub-Advisory Agreements") with respect to each Portfolio (except for the
International Equity Portfolio) with BT Funds Management (International) Limited
("BT Funds Management International") a wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust
Australia Limited ("BTAL") in Sydney. BTAL is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Bankers Trust New York Corporation. BT Funds Management, adviser of two of the
funds in the composite performance table for Global Emerging Markets Equity
Portfolio, is a wholly owned subsidiary of BTAL. Identical investment personnel
at BT Funds Management International and BT Funds Management currently manage
each of the five funds included in the performance composite for the Global
Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio. Under the Sub-Advisory Agreements, Bankers
Trust may receive investment advice and research services with respect to
companies based in the Pacific Basin and Latin America and may grant BT Funds
Management International investment management authority as well as the
authority to buy and sell securities . Under the Sub-Advisory Agreements for the
Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio and International Small Company Equity
Portfolio, BT Funds Management International receives a fee from Bankers Trust
for providing investment advice and research services, accrued daily and paid
monthly, equal to 100% of the advisory fee earned by Bankers Trust with respect
to that portion of each Portfolio that the Sub-Adviser manages. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, all fees paid by Bankers Trust to the Sub-Adviser for the Global
Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio and the International Small Company Equity
Portfolio shall be paid after the application of waivers and/or reimbursements,
if any. Under the Sub-Advisory Agreements for the the Pacific Basin Equity
Portfolio and Latin American Equity Portfolio, BT Funds Management International
receives a fee from Bankers Trust for providing investment advice and research
services, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 0.60% of the
average daily assets of each Portfolio.     

BTAL, which was granted a banking license in 1986, is the parent of Bankers
Trust Australia Group which has offices is Sydney, Melbourne, Perth, Brisbane,
Adelaide, London and Hong Kong. A representative office of Bankers Trust Company
was opened in Australia in 1966 and Australian merchant banking operations
commences in 1969. A related organization, Bankers Trust New Zealand Limited,
was established in 1986. Although BTAL has not previously served as investment
adviser for a registered investment company, BTAL provides investment services
for a range of clients.


                                  Administrator

Under the administration and services agreements, Bankers Trust is obligated on
a continuous basis to provide such administrative services as the Board of
Trustees of the Trust and each Portfolio reasonably deem necessary for the
proper administration of the Trust or a Portfolio. Bankers Trust will generally
assist in all aspects of the Funds' and Portfolios' operations; supply and
maintain office facilities (which may be in Bankers Trust's own offices),
statistical and research data, data


                                                                              39

<PAGE>


processing services, clerical, accounting, bookkeeping and recordkeeping
services (including without limitation the maintenance of such books and records
as are required under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, except as
maintained by other agents), executive and administrative services, and
stationery and office supplies; prepare reports to shareholders or investors;
prepare and file tax returns; supply financial information and supporting data
for reports to and filings with the SEC and various state Blue Sky authorities;
supply supporting documentation for meetings of the Board of Trustees; provide
monitoring reports and assistance regarding compliance with Declarations of
Trust, by-laws, investment objectives and policies and with Federal and state
securities laws; arrange for appropriate insurance coverage; calculate net asset
values, net income and realized capital gains or losses; and negotiate
arrangements with, and supervise and coordinate the activities of, agents and
others to supply services.

Pursuant to a sub-administration agreement (the "Sub-Administration Agreement"),
FSC performs such sub-administration duties for the Trust and the Portfolios as
from time to time may be agreed upon by Bankers Trust and FSC. The
Sub-Administration Agreement provides that FSC will receive such compensation as
from time to time may be agreed upon by FSC and Bankers Trust. All such
compensation will be paid by Bankers Trust.

   
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $__________, $2,601,064 and $982,662, respectively, in compensation for
administrative and other services provided to the International Equity Fund.
During the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______, $49,137 and $74,494,
respectively, to cover expenses. For the same periods, Bankers Trust received
$________, $475,456 and $175,281, respectively, in compensation for
administrative and other services provided to International Equity Portfolio.

For the period June 30, 1998 (commencement of operations) through September 30,
1998, Bankers Trust accrued $_______ in compensation for administrative and
other services provided to the International Small Company Equity Fund. During
the same period, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______ to cover expenses. For the
same period, Bankers Trust received $_______ in compensation for administrative
and other services provided to International Small Company Equity Portfolio. For
the period June 30, 1998 (commencement of operations) through September 30,
1998, Bankers Trust accrued $_______ in compensation for administrative and
other services provided to Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund. During the same
period, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______ to cover expenses. For the same
period, Bankers Trust received $_______ in compensation for administrative and
other services provided to Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $_______, $240,390 and $210,057, respectively, in compensation for
administrative and other services provided to Pacific Basin Equity Fund. During
the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______, $47,069 and $56,703,
respectively, to cover expenses. For the same periods, Bankers Trust received
$_______, $80,289 and $70,374, respectively, in compensation for administrative
and other services provided to Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, Bankers Trust
accrued $______, $261,394 and $143,318, respectively, in compensation for
administrative and other services provided to Latin American Equity Fund. During
the same periods, Bankers Trust reimbursed $_______, $32,222 and $53,312,
respectively, to cover expenses. For the same periods, Bankers Trust received
$________, $55,108 and $30,201, respectively, in compensation for administrative
and other services provided to Latin American Equity Portfolio.

Bankers Trust has agreed that if in any fiscal year the aggregate expenses of
any Fund and its respective Portfolio (including fees pursuant to the Advisory
Agreement, but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and, if permitted by the
relevant state securities commissions, extraordinary expenses) exceed the
expense limitation of any state having jurisdiction over a Fund, Bankers Trust
will reimburse the Fund for the excess expense to the extent required by state
law.     


                           Custodian and Transfer Agent

Bankers Trust, 130 Liberty Street (One Bankers Trust Plaza), New York, New York,
10006, serves as Custodian for the Trust and for each Portfolio pursuant to the
administration and services agreements. As Custodian, it holds the Funds' and
each Portfolio's assets. Bankers Trust also serves as transfer agent of the
Trust and of each Portfolio pursuant to the respective administration and
services agreement. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Bankers
Trust maintains the shareholder account records for each Fund, handles certain
communications between shareholders and the Trust and causes to be distributed
any dividends and distributions payable by the Trust. Bankers Trust may be
reimbursed by the Funds or the Portfolios for its out-of-pocket expenses.
Bankers Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under
the 1940 Act.


40

<PAGE>



                                   Use of Name

The Trust and Bankers Trust have agreed that the Trust may use "BT" as part of
its name for so long as Bankers Trust serves as investment adviser to the
Portfolios. The Trust has acknowledged that the term "BT" is used by and is a
property right of certain subsidiaries of Bankers Trust and that those
subsidiaries and/or Bankers Trust may at any time permit others to use that
term.

The Trust may be required, on 60 days' notice from Bankers Trust at any time, to
abandon use of the acronym "BT" as part of its name. If this were to occur, the
Trustees would select an appropriate new name for the Trust, but there would be
no other material effect on the Trust, its shareholders or activities.


                            Banking Regulatory Matters

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that in its opinion Bankers Trust
may perform the services for the Portfolios contemplated by the Advisory
Agreements and other activities for the Funds and the Portfolios described in
the Prospectuses and this SAI without violation of the Glass-Steagall Act or
other applicable banking laws or regulations. However, counsel has pointed out
that future changes in either Federal or state statutes and regulations
concerning the permissible activities of banks or trust companies, as well as
future judicial or administrative decisions or interpretations of present and
future statutes and regulations, might prevent Bankers Trust from continuing to
perform those services for the Trust and the Portfolios. State laws on this
issue may differ from the interpretations of relevant Federal law and banks and
financial institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant to state
securities law. If the circumstances described above should change, the Boards
of Trustees would review the relationships with Bankers Trust and consider
taking all actions necessary in the circumstances.


                       Counsel and Independent Accountants

   
Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves
as Counsel to the Trust and each Portfolio. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 1100
Main Street, Suite 900, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 acts as Independent
Accountants of the Trust and each Portfolio.
    


                            ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST
   
The Trust was organized on July 21, 1986 under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. The Trust is an entity commonly known as a "Massachusetts
business trust." Each Fund is a mutual fund: an investment that pools
shareholders' money and invests it toward a specified goal. Each Fund is a
separate series of the Trust. Each of the International Small Company Equity
Portfolio, Global Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, Pacific Basin Equity
Portfolio and Latin American Equity Portfolio is a separate subtrust of BT
Investment Portfolios, a New York master trust fund. The International Equity
Portfolio is a New York trust. The Trust offers shares of beneficial interest of
separate series, par value $0.001 per share. The shares of the other series of
the Trust are offered through separate prospectuses. No series of shares has any
preference over any other series. The Trust and BT Investment Portfolios reserve
the right to add additional series in the future. The Trust also reserves the
right to issue more than one class of Shares of each Fund.

The Trust or a Portfolio may hold special meetings and mail proxy materials.
These meetings may be called to elect or remove trustees, change fundamental
policies, approve the Portfolio's investment advisory agreement, or for other
purposes. Shareholders not attending these meetings are encouraged to vote by
proxy. The Trust's Transfer Agent will mail proxy materials in advance,
including a voting card and information about the proposals to be voted on.

When matters are submitted for shareholder vote, shareholders of each Fund will
have one vote for each full share held and proportionate, fractional votes for
fractional shares held. A separate vote of each Fund is required on any matter
affecting the Fund on which shareholders are entitled to vote. Shareholders of
each Fund are not entitled to vote on trust matters that do not affect the Fund.
All series of the Trust will vote together on certain matters, such as electing
trustees or approving independent public accountants. There normally will be no
meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees unless and until
such time as less than a majority of Trustees holding office have been elected
by shareholders, at which time the Trustees then in office, will call a
shareholders' meeting for the election of Trustees. Any Trustee may be removed
from office upon the vote of shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the
Trust's outstanding shares at a meeting called for that purpose. The Trustees
are required to call such a meeting upon the written request of shareholders
holding at least 10% of the Trust's outstanding shares. The Trust will also
assist shareholders in communicating with one another as provided for in the
1940 Act.     

                                                                              41

<PAGE>

   
The Portfolio, in which all the Assets of each Fund will be invested, is
organized as a trust under the laws of the State of New York. The Portfolio's
Declaration of Trust provides that each Fund and other entities investing in the
Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company separate accounts
and common and commingled trust funds) will each be liable for all obligations
of the Portfolio. However, the risk of the Fund incurring financial loss on
account of such liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate
insurance existed and the Portfolio itself was unable to meet its obligations.
Accordingly, the Trustees of the Trust believe that neither the Fund nor its
shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of the Fund's investing in the
Portfolio.

Each series in the Trust will not be involved in any vote involving a Portfolio
in which it does not invest its Assets. Shareholders of all of the series of the
Trust will, however, vote together to elect Trustees of the Trust and for
certain other matters. Under certain circumstances, the shareholders of one or
more series could control the outcome of these votes. As of December 31, 1998,
the following shareholders of record owned 25% or more of the voting securities
of the Fund, and, therefore, may, for certain purposes, be deemed to control the
Fund and be able to affect the outcome of certain matters presented for a vote
of its shareholders: [To be provided].     

Shares of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that
holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can
elect all Trustees. Shares are transferable but have no preemptive, conversion
or subscription rights. Shareholders generally vote by Fund, except with respect
to the election of Trustees and the ratification of the selection of independent
accountants.

   
Massachusetts law provides that shareholders could under certain circumstances
be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust's
Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of
the Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer be given in each
agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or a
Trustee. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification from the Trust's
property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable
for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder's incurring
financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances
in which both inadequate insurance existed and the Trust itself would be unable
to meet its obligations, a possibility that the Trust believes is remote. Upon
payment of any liability incurred by the Trust, the shareholder paying the
liability will be entitled to reimbursement from the general assets of the
Trust. The Trustees intend to conduct the operations of the Trust in a manner so
as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders for
liabilities of the Trust.     

The Trust was organized under the name BT Tax-Free Investment Trust and assumed
its current name of BT Investment Funds on May 16, 1988.

Except as described below, whenever the Trust is requested to vote on a
fundamental policy of the Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of the Fund's
shareholders and will cast its vote as instructed by the Fund's shareholders.
Fund shareholders who do not vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the
Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the Trust's votes representing Fund
shareholders not voting will be voted by the Trustees of the Trust in the same
proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

Except as described below, whenever the Fund is requested to vote on matters
pertaining to the Portfolio, the Fund will hold a meeting of its shareholders
and will cast its votes proportionately as instructed by Fund shareholders.
However, subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, the Fund
would not request a vote of its shareholders with respect to (a) any proposal
relating to the Portfolio, which proposal, if made with respect to the Fund,
would not require the vote of the shareholders of the Fund, or (b) any proposal
with respect to the Portfolio that is identical in all material respects to a
proposal that has previously been approved by shareholders of the Fund. Any
proposal submitted to holders in the Portfolio, and that is not required to be
voted on by shareholders of the Fund, would nonetheless be voted on by the
Trustees of the Trust.

                                     TAXATION

   
                           Dividends and Distributions

Each Fund distributes substantially all of its net income and capital gains to
shareholders each year. Each Fund distributes capital gains annually. Unless a
shareholder instructs the Trust to pay such dividends and distributions in cash,
they will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.
    

42

<PAGE>
   
Each Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company, as defined in
the Code. Provided each Fund meets the requirements imposed by the Code and
distributes all of its income and gains, a Fund will not pay any federal income
or excise taxes.

Distributions from each Fund's income and short-term capital gains are taxed as
dividends, and long-term capital gain distributions are taxed as long-term
capital gains. Each Fund's capital gain distributions are taxable when they are
paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them in additional Shares.
Distributions declared to shareholders of record in October, November or
December and paid as if paid in January are taxable on December 31. Each Fund
will send each shareholder a tax statement by January 31 showing the tax status
of the distributions received on the part year.

On the ex-date for a distribution from capital gains, each Fund's Share value is
reduced by the amount of the distribution. If you buy Shares just before the
ex-date ("buying a dividend"), you will pay the full price for the Shares and
then receive a portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.
    
                              Taxation of the Funds

As a regulated investment company, each Fund will not be subject to U.S. Federal
income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if
any, that it distributes to shareholders. The Funds intend to distribute to
their shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of their investment
company taxable income and net capital gains, and therefore do not anticipate
incurring Federal income tax liability.

   
If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify for the special federal income
tax treatment afforded regulated investment companies, all of its taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any
deduction for distributions to its shareholders). In such event, dividend
distributions would be taxable to shareholders to the extent of current
accumulated earnings and profits, and would be eligible for the dividends
received deduction for corporations in the case of corporate shareholders.
    

Each Fund shareholder will also receive, if appropriate, various written notices
after the close of the Fund's prior taxable year as to the Federal income status
of his dividends and distributions which were received from the Fund during the
Fund's prior taxable year. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers as to
any state and local taxes that may apply to these dividends and distributions.

   
Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio, International Equity Portfolio and Latin
American Equity Portfolio

Foreign Securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United
States may reduce or eliminate foreign taxes. It is impossible to determine the
effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio's
assets to be invested in various countries will vary.

If the Portfolio is liable for foreign taxes, and if more than 50% of the value
of the Portfolio's total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of
stocks or securities of foreign corporations (including foreign governments), it
may make an election pursuant to which certain foreign taxes paid by it would be
treated as having been paid directly by shareholders of the entities, such as
the corresponding Fund, which have invested in the Portfolio. Pursuant to such
election, the amount of foreign taxes paid will be included in the income of the
corresponding Fund's shareholders, and such Fund shareholders (except tax-exempt
shareholders) may, subject to certain limitations, claim either a credit or
deduction for the taxes. Each such Fund shareholder will be notified after the
close of the Portfolio's taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid will "pass
through" for that year and, if so, such notification will designate (a) the
shareholder's portion of the foreign taxes paid to each such country and (b) the
portion which represents income derived from sources within each such country.
    

The amount of foreign taxes for which a shareholder may claim a credit in any
year will generally be subject to a separate limitation for "passive income,"
which includes, among other items of income, dividends, interest and certain
foreign currency gains. Because capital gains realized by the Portfolio on the
sale of foreign securities will be treated as U.S. source income, the available
credit of foreign taxes paid with respect to such gains may be restricted by
this limitation.

                                                                              43
<PAGE>



                            Taxation of the Portfolios

The Portfolios are not subject to Federal income taxation. Instead, the Fund and
other investors investing in a Portfolio must take into account, in computing
their Federal income tax liability, their share of the Portfolio's income,
gains, losses, deductions, credits and tax preference items, without regard to
whether they have received any cash distributions from the Portfolio.

   
Distributions received by a Fund from the corresponding Portfolio generally will
not result in the Fund recognizing any gain or loss for Federal income tax
purposes, except that: (1) gain will be recognized to the extent that any cash
distributed exceeds the Fund's basis in its interest in the Portfolio prior to
the distribution; (2) income or gain may be realized if the distribution is made
in liquidation of the Fund's entire interest in the Portfolio and includes a
disproportionate share of any unrealized receivables held by the Portfolio; and
(3) loss may be recognized if the distribution is made in liquidation of the
Fund's entire interest in the Portfolio and consists solely of cash and/or
unrealized receivables. A Fund's basis in its interest in the corresponding
Portfolio generally will equal the amount of cash and the basis of any property
which the Fund invests in the Portfolio, increased by the Fund's share of income
from the Portfolio, and decreased by the amount of any cash distributions and
the basis of any property distributed from the Portfolio.
    


                                  Other Taxation

The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust and, under current law,
neither the Trust nor any Fund is liable for any income or franchise tax in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided that the Fund continues to qualify as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. The investment by
each Fund in the corresponding Portfolio does not cause the Fund to be liable
for any income or franchise tax in the State of New York.

Each Portfolio is organized as a New York trust. Each Portfolio is not subject
to any income or franchise tax in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.

Fund shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on their Fund
distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.


                               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
The financial statements for each Fund or Portfolio for the fiscal period ended
September 30, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report to
shareholders for each Fund dated September 30, 1998. A copy of a Fund's and
corresponding Portfolio's Annual Report may be obtained without charge by
contacting the respective Fund.     


44


<PAGE>



   
                                     APPENDIX

Description of Moody's Corporate Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin
and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to
change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together
with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds.
They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not
be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e. they are
neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
Such, bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
speculative characteristics as well.

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements. Their future cannot
be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both (good
and bad times over the future). Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in
this class.

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment.
Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of
the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca - Bonds rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and issued so rated can be
regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.

Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3, in each generic rating
classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond system. The modifier 1
indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating
category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3
indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Description of S&P Corporate Bond Ratings:

AAA - Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's to a
debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely
strong.

AA - Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from the higher-rated issues only in small degree.

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal,
although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection
parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt
in this category than in higher-rated categories.

BB - Debt rate BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.


                                                                              45

<PAGE>


B - Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business,
financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt
subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB- rating.

CCC - Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse
business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC - Debt rated CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

C - The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating. The C rating may be used to
cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed but debt service
payments are continued.

CI - The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments
will be made during such grace period. The D rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Description of S&P commercial paper ratings:

Commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P indicates that the degree of safety regarding
timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Those issues determined to
possess overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-1+.

Description of Moody's commercial paper ratings:

The rating Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody's.
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) are considered to
have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.

Description of S&P Municipal Bond Ratings:

AAA - Prime - These are obligations of the highest quality. They have the
strongest capacity for timely payment of debt service.

General Obligations Bonds - In a period of economic stress, the issuers will
suffer the smallest declines in income and will be least susceptible to
autonomous decline. Debt burden is moderate. A strong revenue structure appears
more than adequate to meet future expenditure requirements. Quality of
management appears superior.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage has been, and is expected to remain,
substantial, stability of the pledged revenues is also exceptionally strong due
to the competitive position of the municipal enterprise or to the nature of the
revenues. Basic security provisions (including rate covenant, earnings test for
issuance of additional bonds and debt service reserve requirements) are
rigorous. There is evidence of superior management.

AA - High Grade - The investment characteristics of bonds in this group are only
slightly less marked than those of the prime quality issues. Bonds rated AA have
the second strongest capacity for payment of debt service.


46


<PAGE>


A - Good Grade - Principal and interest payments on bonds in this category are
regarded as safe although the bonds are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher
rated categories. This rating describes the third strongest capacity for payment
of debt service. Regarding municipal bonds, the rating differs from the two
higher ratings because:

General Obligation Bonds - There is some weakness, either in the local economic
base, in debt burden, in the balance between revenues and expenditures, or in
quality of management. Under certain adverse circumstances, any one such
weakness might impair the ability of the issuer to meet debt obligations at some
future date.

Revenue Bonds - Debt service coverage is good, but not exceptional. Stability of
the pledged revenues could show some variations because of increased competition
or economic influences on revenues. Basic security provisions, while
satisfactory, are less stringent. Management performance appearance appears
adequate.

S&P's letter ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus or a minus sign,
which is used to show relative standing within the major rating categories,
except in the AAA rating category.

Description of Moody's Municipal Bond Ratings:

Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry
the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt
edge". Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities, or fluctuation of protective elements
may be of greater amplitude, or there may be other elements present which make
the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are
to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Moody's may apply the numerical modifier in each generic rating classification
from Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the security within its generic
rating classification possesses the strongest investment attributes.

Description of S&P Municipal Note Ratings:

Municipal notes with maturities of three years or less are usually given note
ratings (designated SP-1, or -2) to distinguish more clearly the credit quality
of notes as compared to bonds. Notes rated SP-1 have a very strong or strong
capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess
overwhelming safety characteristics are given the designation of SP-1. Notes
rates SP-2 have a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Moody's Municipal Note Ratings:

Moody's ratings for state and municipal notes and other short-term loans are
designated Moody's Investment Grade (MIG) and for variable rate demand
obligations are designated Variable Moody's Investment Grade (VMIG). This
distinction recognizes the differences between short-term credit risk and
long-term risk. Loans bearing the designation MIG 1/VMIG 1 are of the best
quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows of funds for
their servicing or from established cash flows of funds for their servicing or
from established and broad-based access to the market for refinancing, or both.
Loans bearing the designation MIG2/VMIG2 are of high quality, with ample margins
of protection, although not as large as the preceding group.


                                                                              47


<PAGE>


S&P's Commercial Paper Ratings:

A is the highest commercial paper rating category utilized by S&P, which uses
the numbers 1, 1, 2 and 3 to denote relative strength within its A
classification. Commercial paper issues rated A by S&P have the following
characteristics: Liquidity ratios are better than industry average. Long-term
debt ratings is A or better. The issuer has access to at least two additional
channels of borrowing. Basic earnings and cash flow are in an upward tread.
Typically, the issuer is a strong company in a well-established industry and has
superior management.

Moody's Commercial Paper Ratings:

Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics: leasing
market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on funds
employed; conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed
financial charges and high internal cash generation; well-established access to
a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Issuers rates Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. The effect of
industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced.
Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of
debt protection measurements and the requirement for relatively high financial
leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.


48


<PAGE>


             Investment Adviser and Administrator of each Portfolio
                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                                  Distributor

                             ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
    

                          Custodian and Transfer Agent
                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                            Independent Accountants
   
                           PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
    

                                    Counsel
                            WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER


                               --------------------

No person has been  authorized to give any  information or to make any
representations other than those contained in the Trust's Prospectuses, its
Statements of Additional Information or the Trust's official sales literature in
connection with the offering of the Trust's shares and, if given or made, such
other information or representations must not be relied on as having been
authorized by the Trust. Neither the Prospectuses nor this Statement of
Additional Information constitutes an offer in any state in which, or to any
person to whom, such offer may not lawfully be made.
                              --------------------






CUSIP# 055922801
CUSIP# 055922777
CUSIP# 055922819
CUSIP# 055922769
CUSIP# 055922868
CUSIP# 055922736
CUSIP# 055922785
COMBINV400 (1/98)
[UPDATE CUSIP NUMBERS]







PART C        OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 23.

      (a)     (i) Conformed Copy of Declaration of Trust of the Trust; 9 (ii)
              Supplement to Declaration of Trust; 9 (iii) Second Supplement to
              Declaration of Trust; 9
      (b)     Copy of By-Laws of the Trust; 9
      (c)     Copy of Specimen stock certificates for shares of beneficial
              interest of the Trust; 1
      (d)     Not applicable.
      (e)     Conformed Copy of Distributor's Contract; +
      (f)     Not applicable.
      (g)     Conformed Copy of Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and
              Bankers Trust Company; 12
              (i) Conformed Copy of Amendment #2 to Exhibit A of the Custodian
                  Agreement; 14
              (ii)Conformed copy of Cash Services Addendum to Custodian
                  Agreement; 16
      (h)     (i) Administration and Services Agreement; 6
              (ii)  Schedule of Fees under Administration and Services
                    Agreement; 7
              (iii)      Exhibit D to the Administration and Services
                         Agreement; +
              (iv)    Conformed Copy of Agreement to Provide Shareholder
                      Services for BT PreservationPlus Income Fund; +
              (v)      Conformed Copy of Shareholder Services Plan with respect
                       to BT PreservationPlus Income Fund; +
      (i)     Not applicable.
      (j)     Not applicable.
- -----------------------------------
+ All exhibits have been filed electronically.

1.   Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's registration statement on
     Form N-1A ("Registration Statement") as filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission ("Commission") on October 24, 1986.

6.   Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on April
     30, 1993.

7.   Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on
     November 8, 1993.

9.   Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on July
     31, 1995.

12.  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on July 1,
     1997.

14.  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on January
     28, 1998.

16.  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on June
     30, 1998



<PAGE>


      (k)     Not applicable.
      (l)     Not applicable.
      (m)     Not Applicable.
      (n)     Not applicable.
      (o)     Not applicable.
      (p)     Conformed Copy of Power of Attorney; 13

ITEM 24. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT:

         Not applicable.


ITEM 25.   INDEMNIFICATION; 11





11.  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on April
     29, 1996.

13.  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to
     Registrant's Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on
     September 10, 1997.


<PAGE>


ITEM 26.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER:

Bankers Trust serves as investment adviser to the Fund's Portfolio. Bankers
Trust, a New York banking corporation, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers
Trust Corporation. Bankers Trust conducts a variety of commercial banking and
trust activities and is a major wholesale supplier of financial services to the
international institutional market. To the knowledge of the Trust, none of the
directors or officers of Bankers Trust, except those set forth below, is or has
been at anytime during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business,
profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature, except that certain
directors and officers also hold various positions with and engage in business
for Bankers Trust Corporation. Set forth below are the names and principal
businesses of the directors and officers of Bankers Trust who are or during the
past two fiscal years have been engaged in any other business, profession,
vocation or employment of a substantial nature. These persons may be contacted
c/o Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10006.

George B. Beitzel, International Business Machines Corporation, Old Orchard
Road, Armonk, NY 10504. Director, Bankers Trust Company; Retired Senior Vice
President and Director, International Business Machines Corporation; Director,
Computer Task Group; Director, Phillips Petroleum Company; Director, Caliber
Systems, Inc. (formerly, Roadway Services Inc.); Director, Rohm and Haas
Company; Director, TIG Holdings; Chairman Emeritus of Amherst College; and
Chairman of the Colonial Williamsburg Foundation.

Richard H. Daniel, Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York
10006. Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, Bankers Trust Company and
Bankers Trust Corporation; Beneficial owner, General Partner, Daniel Brothers,
Daniel Lingo & Assoc., Daniel Pelt & Assoc.; Beneficial owner, Rhea C. Daniel
Trust.

Philip A. Griffiths, Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New
York 10006. Director, Institute for Advanced Study; Director, Bankers Trust
Company; Chairman, Committee on Science, Engineering and Public Policy of the
National Academies of Sciences and Engineering & the Institute of Medicine;
Chairman and member, Nominations Committee and Committee on Science and
Engineering Indicators, National Science Board; and Trustee, North Carolina
School of Science and Mathematics and the Woodward Academy.

William R. Howell, J.C. Penney Company, Inc., P.O. Box 10001, Plano, TX
75301-0001. Chairman Emeritus, J.C. Penney Company, Inc.; Director, Bankers
Trust Company; Director, Exxon Corporation; Director, Halliburton Company;
Director, Warner-Lambert Corporation; Director, The Williams Companies, Inc.;
and Director, National Retail Federation.

Vernon E. Jordan, Jr., Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, LLP, 1333 New
Hampshire Ave., N.W., Washington, DC 20036. Senior Partner, Akin, Gump, Strauss,
Hauer & Feld, LLP; Director, Bankers Trust Company; Director, American Express
Company; Director, Dow-Jones, Inc.; Director, J.C. Penney Company, Inc.;
Director, Revlon Group Incorporated; Director, Ryder System, Inc.; Director,
Sara Lee Corporation; Director, Union Carbide Corporation; Director, Xerox
Corporation; Trustee, Brookings Institution; Trustee, The Ford Foundation; and
Trustee, Howard University.

David Marshall, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10006. Chief
Information Officer and Executive Vice President, Bankers Trust Corporation;
Senior Managing Director, Bankers Trust Company.

Hamish Maxwell, Philip Morris Companies Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, NY
10006. Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Philip Morris Companies
Inc.; Director, Bankers Trust Company; Director, The News Corporation Limited;
Director, Sola International Inc.; and Chairman, WWP Group plc.


Frank N. Newman, Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York
10006. Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, Bankers
Trust Corporation and Bankers Trust Company; Director, Bankers Trust Company;
Director, Dow-Jones, Inc.; and Director, Carnegie Hall.

N.J. Nicholas Jr., 745 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10020. Director, Bankers
Trust Company; Director, Boston Scientific Corporation; and Director, Xerox
Corporation.

Russell E. Palmer, The Palmer Group, 3600 Market Street, Suite 530,
Philadelphia, PA 19104. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Palmer
Group; Director, Bankers Trust Company; Director, Allied-Signal Inc.; Director,
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; Director, GTE Corporation; Director, The
May Department Stores Company; Director, Safeguard Scientifics, Inc.; and
Trustee, University of Pennsylvania.

Donald L. Staheli, Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York
10006. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Continental Grain
Company; Director, Bankers Trust Company; Director, ContiFinancial Corporation;
Director, Prudential Life Insurance Company of America; Director, Fresenius
Medical Care, A.g.; Director, America-China Society; Director, National
Committee on United States-China Relations; Director, New York City Partnership;
Chairman, U.S.-China Business Council; Chairman, Council on Foreign Relations;
Chairman, National Advisor Council of Brigham Young University's Marriott School
of Management; Vice Chairman, The Points of Light Foundation; and Trustee,
American Graduate School of International Management.

Patricia Carry Stewart, c/o Office of the Secretary, 130 Liberty Street, New
York, NY 10006. Director, Bankers Trust Company; Director, CVS Corporation;
Director, Community Foundation for Palm Beach and Martin Counties; Trustee
Emeritus, Cornell University.

George J. Vojta, Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10006.
Vice Chairman, Bankers Trust Corporation and Bankers Trust Company; Director,
Bankers Trust Company; Director; Alicorp S.A.; Director; Northwest Airlines;
Director, Private Export Funding Corp.; Director, New York State Banking Board;
Director, St. Lukes-Roosevelt Hospital Center; Partner, New York City
Partnership; and Chairman, Wharton Financial Services Center.

Paul A. Volcker, Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York
10006. Director, Bankers Trust Company; Director, American Stock Exchange;
Director, Nestle S.A.; Director, Prudential Insurance Company; Director, UAL
Corporation; Chairman, Group of 30; North American Chairman, Trilateral
Commission; Co-Chairman, Bretton Woods Committee; Co-Chairman, U.S./Hong Kong
Economic Cooperation Committee; Director, American Council on Germany; Director,
Aspen Institute; Director, Council on Foreign Relations; Director, The Japan
Society; and Trustee, The American Assembly.

Melvin A. Yellin, Bankers Trust Company, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York
10006. Senior Managing Director and General Counsel of Bankers Trust Corporation
and Bankers Trust Company; Director, 1136 Tenants Corporation; and Director, ABA
Securities Association.

Item 27.    PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS:

      (a)ICC Distributors, Inc., the Distributor for shares of the Registrant,
         also acts as principal underwriter for the following open-end
         investment companies: BT Advisor Funds, BT Institutional Funds, and BT
         Investment Funds.


<PAGE>



            (b)

         (1)                           (2)                        (3)
Name and Principal            Positions and Offices      Positions and Offices
 BUSINESS ADDRESS                WITH DISTRIBUTOR             WITH REGISTRANT

John Y. Keffer                ......President
Two Portland Square
Portland, ME 04101

Sara M. Morris                ......Treasurer
Two Portland Square
Portland, ME 04101

David I. Goldstein            ......Secretary
Two Portland Square
Portland, ME 04101

Benjamin L. Niles             ......Vice President
Two Portland Square
Portland, ME 04101

Margaret J. Fenderson         ......Assistant Treasurer
Two Portland Square
Portland, ME 04101

Dana L. Lukens                ......Assistant Secretary
Two Portland Square
Portland, ME 04101

Nanette K. Chern              ......Chief Compliance Officer
Two Portland Square
Portland, ME 04101

 (c)  None


ITEM 28. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS:

BT INVESTMENT FUNDS:          5800 Corporate Drive
(Registrant)                  Pittsburgh, PA 15237-7010

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY:        130 Liberty Street
(Investment Adviser,          New York, NY 10006
Administrator,
Custodian  and Transfer Agent)

ICC Distributors, Inc.        Two Portland Square
(Distributor)                 Portland, Maine 04101

ITEM 29.    MANAGEMENT SERVICES:

            Not applicable.

ITEM 30.    UNDERTAKINGS:

The Registrant undertakes to comply with Section 16c of the 1940 Act as though
such provisions of the Act were applicable to the Registrant except that the
request referred to in the third full paragraph thereof may only be made by
shareholders who hold in the aggregate at least 10% of the outstanding shares of
the Registrant, regardless of the net asset value or values of shares held by
such requesting shareholders.


Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish each person to whom a prospectus is
delivered with a copy of the Registrant's latest annual report to shareholders,
upon request and without charge.


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant, BT INVESTMENT FUNDS, and has
duly caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Pittsburgh
and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 25th day of November, 1998.

                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS

                              By:  /s/ Jay S. Neuman
                              Jay S. Neuman, Secretary
                              November 25, 1998

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to its Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacity and on the date indicated:

NAME                          TITLE                   DATE

By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman       Attorney in Fact        November 25, 1998
      Jay S. Neuman           For the Persons
      SECRETARY               Listed Below

/s/ RONALD M. PETNUCH*        President and Treasurer
Ronald M. Petnuch             (Chief Executive Officer,
                              Principal Financial and
                              Accounting Officer)

/s/ S. LELAND DILL*           Trustee
S. Leland Dill

/s/ KELVIN J. LANCASTER*      Trustee
Kelvin J. Lancaster

/s/ PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR.*     Trustee
Philip Saunders, Jr.



*By Power of Attorney


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

      BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS has duly caused this Post Effective Amendment No.
55 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Investment Funds to be
signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City
of Pittsburgh and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 25th day of November,
1998.

                            BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS

                              By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman
                                    Jay S. Neuman, Secretary
                                    November 25, 1998

      This Post Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement of BT
Investment Funds has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated with respect to Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio, Latin
American Equity Portfolio, Global High Yield Securities Portfolio, Small Cap
Portfolio, International Small Company Equity Portfolio and Global Emerging
Markets Equity Portfolio, each a series of BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS.

NAME                          TITLE                   DATE

By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman       Attorney in Fact        November 25, 1998
      Jay S. Neuman           For the Persons
      SECRETARY               Listed Below

/s/ RONALD M. PETNUCH*        President and Treasurer
Ronald M. Petnuch             (Chief Executive Officer,
                              Principal Financial and
                              Accounting Officer)

/s/ CHARLES P. BIGGAR*        Trustee
Charles P. Biggar

/s/ S. LELAND DILL*           Trustee
S. Leland Dill

/s/ PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR.*     Trustee
Philip Saunders, Jr.



*By Power of Attorney



<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

      INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE PORTFOLIO has duly caused this Post Effective
Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Investment
Funds to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized,
in the City of Pittsburgh and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 25th day
of November, 1998.

                         INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                              By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman
                                    Jay S. Neuman, Secretary
                                    November 25, 1998

      This Post Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement of BT
Investment Funds has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated with respect to INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE PORTFOLIO.

NAME                          TITLE                   DATE

By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman       Attorney in Fact        November 25, 1998
      Jay S. Neuman           For the Persons
      SECRETARY               Listed Below

/s/ RONALD M. PETNUCH*        President and Treasurer
Ronald M. Petnuch             (Chief Executive Officer,
                              Principal Financial and
                              Accounting Officer)

/s/ CHARLES P. BIGGAR*        Trustee
Charles P. Biggar

/s/ S. LELAND DILL*           Trustee
S. Leland Dill

/s/ PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR.*     Trustee
Philip Saunders, Jr.



*By Power of Attorney



<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

      INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO has duly caused this Post Effective
Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Investment
Funds to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized,
in the City of Pittsburgh and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 25th day
of November, 1998.

                         INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

                              By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman
                                    Jay S. Neuman, Secretary
                                    November 25, 1998

     This Post Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement of BT
Investment Funds has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated with respect to INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO.

NAME                          TITLE                   DATE

By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman       Attorney in Fact        November 25, 1998
      Jay S. Neuman           For the Persons
      SECRETARY               Listed Below

/s/ RONALD M. PETNUCH*        President and Treasurer
Ronald M. Petnuch             (Chief Executive Officer,
                              Principal Financial and
                              Accounting Officer)

/s/ CHARLES P. BIGGAR*        Trustee
Charles P. Biggar

/s/ S. LELAND DILL*           Trustee
S. Leland Dill

/s/ PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR.*     Trustee
Philip Saunders, Jr.



*By Power of Attorney



<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

      CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO has duly caused this Post Effective
Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Investment
Funds to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized,
in the City of Pittsburgh and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 25th day
of November, 1998.

                         CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO

                              By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman
                                    Jay S. Neuman, Secretary
                                    November 25, 1998

     This Post Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement of BT
Investment Funds has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated with respect to CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO.

NAME                          TITLE                   DATE

By:   /s/ Jay S. Neuman       Attorney in Fact        November 25, 1998
      Jay S. Neuman           For the Persons
      SECRETARY               Listed Below

/s/ RONALD M. PETNUCH*        President and Treasurer
Ronald M. Petnuch             (Chief Executive Officer,
                              Principal Financial and
                              Accounting Officer)

/s/ CHARLES P. BIGGAR*        Trustee
Charles P. Biggar

/s/ S. LELAND DILL*           Trustee
S. Leland Dill

/s/ PHILIP SAUNDERS, JR.*     Trustee
Philip Saunders, Jr.



*By Power of Attorney






                                                Exhibit (h)(iii) under Form N-1A
                                              Exhibit 10 under Item 601/Reg. S-K



                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS


                                    EXHIBIT D
                                     TO THE
                      ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
                           MADE AS OF OCTOBER 28, 1992
                                     BETWEEN
                  BT INVESTMENT FUNDS AND BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
                            AS REVISED: June 10, 1998


Cash Management Fund...................................0.55%
Treasury Money Fund....................................0.55%
Tax Free Money Fund....................................0.55%
NY Tax Free Money Fund.................................0.55%
International Equity Fund..............................0.85%
Intermediate Tax Free Fund.............................0.40%
Capital Appreciation Fund..............................0.65%
BT Investment Lifecycle Long Range Fund................0.65%
BT Investment Lifecycle Mid Range Fund.................0.65%
BT Investment Lifecycle Short Range Fund...............0.65%
Global High Yield Securities Fund......................0.95%
Latin American Equity Fund.............................0.95%
Small Cap Fund.........................................0.65%
Pacific Basin Equity Fund..............................0.75%
Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund....................0.90%
International Small Company Equity Fund................0.90%
BT PreservationPlus Income Fund........................0.35%






                                                     Exhibit (e) under Form N-1A
                                               Exhibit 1 under Item 601/Reg. S-K

                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS
                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


      AGREEMENT made as of the 11th day of August, 1998, by and between BT
Investment Funds, a Massachusetts business trust, with its principal office and
place of business at 130 Liberty Street (One Bankers Trust Paza), New York, NY
10006 (the "Trust"), and ICC Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its
principal office and place of business at Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine
04101 (the "Distributor").

      WHEREAS, the Trust is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company, may
issue its shares of beneficial interest (the "Shares") in separate series and
classes and continuously offers for sale its Shares to the public; and

      WHEREAS, the Distributor is registered under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), as a broker-dealer and is engaged in the
business of selling shares of registered investment companies either directly to
purchasers or through other securities dealers;

      WHEREAS, the Trust offers Shares in one or more series as listed in
Appendix A hereto (each such series, together with all other series subsequently
established by the Trust and made subject to this Agreement in accordance with
Section 16 hereof, being herein referred to as a "Series," and collectively as
the "Series") and the Trust offers shares of one or more classes (each such
class together with all other classes subsequently established by a Series being
herein referred to as a "Class," and collectively as the "Classes");

      WHEREAS, the Trust desires that the Distributor offer the Shares of each
Series and Class thereof to the public and the Distributor is willing to provide
those services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement in order
to promote the growth of the Trust and facilitate the distribution of the
Shares;

      NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements contained herein, the Trust and the Distributor hereby agree as
follows:

      SECTION 1.  DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS AND APPOINTMENT

      (a) The Trust has delivered to the Distributor properly certified or
authenticated copies of its Declaration of Trust and Bylaws (collectively, as
amended from time to time, "Organic Documents"), the Trust's Notification of
Registration filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
pursuant to Section 8(a) of the 1940 Act on Form N-8A under the 1940 Act, the
Trust's Registration Statement and all amendments thereto filed with the SEC
pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or
the 1940 Act (the "Registration Statement") and its current Prospectuses and
Statements of Additional Information (collectively, as currently in effect and
as amended or supplemented, the "Prospectus") and shall promptly furnish the
Distributor with all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing, each
properly certified or authenticated. In addition, the Trust shall furnish the
Distributor with properly certified or authenticated copies of all documents,
notices and reports filed with the SEC.

      (b) The Trust has delivered to the Distributor certified copies of the
resolutions of the Board of Trustees (the "Board") authorizing the appointment
of the Distributor as distributor and approving this Agreement.

      (b) The Trust hereby appoints the Distributor as its principal underwriter
and distributor to sell its Shares to the public and hereby agrees during the
term of this Agreement to sell its Shares to the Distributor upon the terms and
conditions herein set forth.

      SECTION 2.  EXCLUSIVE NATURE OF DUTIES

      The Distributor shall be the exclusive representative of the Trust to act
as its principal underwriter and distributor except that the rights given under
this Agreement to the Distributor shall not apply to Shares issued in connection
with the merger, consolidation or reorganization of any other investment company
with the Trust; the Trust's acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of any other investment company; or the
reinvestment in Shares by the Trust's shareholders of dividends or other
distributions or any other offering by the Trust of securities to its
shareholders.

      SECTION 3.  PURCHASE OF SHARES; OFFERING OF SHARES

      (a) The Distributor shall have the right to buy from the Trust the Shares
needed to fill unconditional orders for unsold Shares of the Trust as shall then
be effectively registered under the Securities Act placed with the Distributor
by investors or securities dealers or depository institutions or other financial
intermediaries acting as agent for their customers or on their own behalf.
Alternatively, the Distributor may act as the Trust's agent, to offer, and to
solicit offers to subscribe to, unsold Shares of the Trust as shall then be
effectively registered under the Securities Act. The Distributor will promptly
forward all orders and subscriptions for Shares of the Trust. The price which
the Distributor shall pay for Shares purchased by it from the Trust shall be the
net asset value, determined as set forth in Section 3(c) hereof, used in
determining the public offering price on which the orders are based. The price
at which the Distributor shall offer and sell Shares to investors shall be the
public offering price, as set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. The Distributor may
sell Shares to securities dealers, depository institutions or other financial
intermediaries acting as agent for their customers that have entered into
agreements with the Distributor pursuant to Section 9 hereof or acting on their
own behalf. The Trust reserves the right to sell its Shares directly to
investors through subscriptions received by the Trust, but no such direct sales
shall affect the sales charges due to the Distributor hereunder.

      (b) The public offering price of the Shares of the Trust, i.e., the price
per Share at which the Distributor or selected dealers or selected agents (each
as defined in Section 11 hereof) may sell Shares to the public or to those
persons eligible to invest in Shares as described in the Trust's Prospectus,
shall be the public offering price determined in accordance with the then
currently effective Prospectus of the Trust or Class thereof under the
Securities Act, relating to such Shares, but not to exceed the net asset value
at which the Distributor, when acting as principal, is to purchase such Shares,
plus, in the case of Shares for which an initial sales charge is assessed, an
initial charge equal to a specified percentage or percentages of the public
offering price of the Shares as set forth in the current Prospectus relating to
the Shares. In the case of Shares for which an initial sales charge may be
assessed, Shares may be sold to certain classes of persons at reduced sales
charges or without any sales charge as from time to time set forth in the
current Prospectus relating to the Shares. The Trust will advise the Distributor
of the net asset value per Share at each time as the net asset value per Share
shall have been determined by the Trust.

      (c) The net asset value per Share of each Series or Class thereof shall be
determined by the Trust, or an agent of the Trust, as of the close of The New
York Stock Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE") or such other time as set forth in the
applicable Prospectus on the Trust business day in accordance with the method
set forth in the Prospectus and guidelines established by the Board.

      (d) The Trust reserves the right to suspend the offering of Shares of any
Class at any time in the absolute discretion of the Board, and upon notice of
such suspension the Distributor shall cease to offer Shares of the Trust or
Classes thereof specified in the notice.

      (e) The Trust, or any agent of the Trust designated in writing to the
Distributor by the Trust, shall be promptly advised by the Distributor of all
purchase orders for Shares received by the Distributor and all subscriptions for
Shares obtained by the Distributor as agent shall be directed to the Trust for
acceptance and shall not be binding until accepted by the Trust. Any order or
subscription may be rejected by the Trust; provided, however, that the Trust
will not arbitrarily or without reasonable cause refuse to accept or confirm
orders or subscriptions for the purchase of Shares. The Trust (or its agent)
will confirm orders and subscriptions upon their receipt, will make appropriate
book entries and, upon receipt by the Trust (or its agent) of payment thereof,
will issue such Shares in uncertificated or certificated (if permitted) form
pursuant to the instructions of the Distributor. The Distributor agrees to cause
such payment and such instructions to be delivered promptly to the Trust (or its
agent).

      SECTION 4.  REPURCHASE OR REDEMPTION OF SHARES

      (a) Any of the outstanding Shares of the Trust may be tendered for
redemption at any time, and the Trust agrees to redeem or repurchase the Shares
so tendered in accordance with its obligations as set forth in the Trust's
Organic Documents and the Prospectus relating to the Shares. The price to be
paid to redeem or repurchase the Shares of the Trust shall be equal to the net
asset value calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(c) hereof
less, in the case of Shares for which a deferred sales charge is assessed, a
deferred sales charge equal to a specified percentage or percentages of the net
asset value of those Shares as from time to time set forth in the Prospectus
relating to those Shares or their cost, whichever is less. Shares for which a
deferred sales charge may be assessed and that have been outstanding for a
specified period of time may be redeemed without payment of a deferred sales
charge as from time to time set forth in the Prospectus relating to those
Shares.

      (b) The Trust or its designated agent shall pay (i) the total amount of
the redemption price consisting of the redemption price less any applicable
deferred sales charge to the redeeming shareholder or its agent and (ii) except
as may be otherwise required by the Conduct Rules (the "Rules") of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and any interpretations
thereof, any applicable deferred sales charges to the Distributor in accordance
with the Distributor's instructions on or before the third business day
subsequent to each calendar month-end.

      (c) Redemption of Shares or payment therefor may be suspended at times
when the NYSE is closed for any reason other than its customary weekend or
holiday closings, when trading thereon is restricted, when an emergency exists
as a result of which disposal by the Trust of securities owned by the Trust is
not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Trust
fairly to determine the value of its net assets, or during any other period when
the SEC so permits.

      SECTION 5.  DUTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE DISTRIBUTOR

      (a) The Distributor shall use reasonable efforts to sell Shares of the
Trust upon the terms and conditions contained herein and in the then current
Prospectus. The Distributor shall devote reasonable time and effort to effect
sales of Shares but shall not be obligated to sell any specific number of
Shares. The services of the Distributor to the Trust hereunder are not to be
deemed exclusive, and nothing herein contained shall prevent the Distributor
from entering into like arrangements with other investment companies so long as
the performance of its obligations hereunder is not impaired thereby.

      (b) In selling Shares of the Trust, the Distributor shall comply with the
requirements of all federal and state laws relating to the sale of the Shares.
None of the Distributor, any selected dealer, any selected agent or any other
person is authorized by the Trust to give any information or to make any
representations other than as is contained in the Trust's Prospectus or any
advertising materials or sales literature specifically approved in writing by
the Trust or its agents.

      (c) The Distributor shall adopt and follow procedures for the confirmation
of sales to investors and selected dealers or selected agents, the collection of
amounts payable by investors and selected dealers or selected agents on such
sales, and the cancellation of unsettled transactions, as may be necessary to
comply with the requirements of the NASD and any other applicable
self-regulatory organization.

      (d) The Distributor will perform its duties hereunder under the
supervision of and in accordance with the directives of the Board. The
Distributor will perform its duties hereunder in accordance with the Trust's
Organic Documents and Prospectuses and with the instructions and directions of
the Board and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act,
the Securities Act and other applicable laws.

      (e) The Distributor shall provide the Board with a written report of the
amounts expended in connection with this Agreement as requested by the Board.

      (f) The Distributor shall be responsible for reviewing and making any
filings of advertisements ands sales literature relating to the Trust that have
been furnished to the Distributor.

      (g) The Distributor represents and warrants to the Trust that:

      (i) It is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good standing
      under the laws of the State of Delaware and it is duly qualified to carry
      on its business in the State of Maine;

      (ii) It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of
Incorporation to enter into and perform this Agreement;

      (iii) All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it
to enter into and perform this Agreement;

      (iv) It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities,
      equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this
      Agreement;

      (v) This Agreement, when executed and delivered, will constitute a legal,
      valid and binding obligation of the Distributor, enforceable against the
      Distributor in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,
      insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general
      application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured
      parties;

      (vi) It is registered under the 1934 Act with the SEC as a broker-dealer,
      it is a member in good standing of the NASD, it will abide by the rules
      and regulations of the NASD, and it will notify the Trust if its
      membership in the NASD is terminated or suspended; and

      (vii) The performance by the Distributor of its obligations hereunder does
      not and will not contravene any provision of its Articles of
      Incorporation.

      (h) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, including the Appendices,
to the contrary, the Distributor makes no warranty or representation as to the
number of selected dealers or selected agents with which it has entered into
agreements in accordance with Section 11 hereof, as to the availability of any
Shares to be sold through any selected dealer, selected agent or other
intermediary or as to any other matter not specifically set forth herein.

      SECTION 6.  DUTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE FUND

      (a) The Trust shall furnish to the Distributor copies of all financial
statements and other documents to be delivered to shareholders or investors at
least two Trust business days prior to such delivery and shall furnish the
Distributor copies of all other financial statements, documents and other papers
or information which the Distributor may reasonably request for use in
connection with the distribution of Shares. The Trust shall make available to
the Distributor the number of copies of its Prospectuses as the Distributor
shall reasonably request.

      (b) The Trust shall take, from time to time, subject to the approval of
its Board and any required approval of its shareholders, all action necessary to
fix the number of authorized Shares (if such number is not limited) and to
register the Shares under the Securities Act, to the end that there will be
available for sale the number of Shares as reasonably may be expected to be sold
pursuant to this Agreement.

      (c) The Trust shall register or qualify its Shares for sale under the
securities laws of the various states of the United States and other
jurisdictions ("States") as the Trust, in its sole discretion shall determine.
Any registration or qualification may be withheld, terminated or withdrawn by
the Trust at any time in its discretion. The Distributor shall furnish such
information and other material relating to its affairs and activities as may be
required by the Trust in connection with such registration or qualification.

      (d) The Trust represents and warrants to the Distributor that:

      (i) It is a business trust duly organized and existing and in good
standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

      (ii) It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Organic Documents to
enter into and perform this Agreement;

      (iii) All proceedings required by the Organic Documents have been taken to
      authorize it to enter into and perform its duties under this Agreement;

      (iv) It is registered as an open-end management investment company with
the SEC under the 1940 Act;

      (v) All Shares, when issued, shall be validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable;

      (vi) This Agreement, when executed and delivered, will constitute a legal,
      valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust
      in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting
      the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties;

      (vii) The performance by the Trust of its obligations hereunder does not
      and will not contravene any provision of its Declaration of Trust.

      (viii) The Trust's Registration Statement is currently effective and will
      remain effective with respect to all Shares of the Trust's Series and
      Classes thereof being offered for sale;

      (ix) It will use its best efforts to ensure that its Registration
      Statement and Prospectuses have been or will be, as the case may be,
      carefully prepared in conformity with the requirements of the Securities
      Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

      (x) It will use its best efforts to ensure that (A) its Registration
      Statement and Prospectuses contain or will contain all statements required
      to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the rules
      and regulations thereunder, (B) all statements of fact contained or to be
      contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectuses are or will be
      true and correct at the time indicated or on the effective date as the
      case may be and (C) neither the Registration Statement nor any Prospectus,
      when they shall become effective or be authorized for use, will include an
      untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
      required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
      not misleading to a purchaser of Shares;

      (xi) It will from time to time file such amendment or amendments to its
      Registration Statement and Prospectuses as, in the light of then-current
      and then-prospective developments, shall, in the opinion of its counsel,
      be necessary in order to have the Registration Statement and Prospectuses
      at all times contain all material facts required to be stated therein or
      necessary to make any statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of
      Shares ("Required Amendments");

      (xii) It shall not file any amendment to its Registration Statement or
      Prospectuses without giving the Distributor reasonable advance notice
      thereof (which shall be at least three Trust business days); provided,
      however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way limit
      the Trust's right to file at any time such amendments to its Registration
      Statement or Prospectuses, of whatever character, as the Trust may deem
      advisable, such right being in all respects absolute and unconditional;
      and

      (xiii) It will use its best efforts to ensure that (A) any amendment to
      its Registration Statement or Prospectuses hereafter filed will, when it
      becomes effective, contain all statements required to be stated therein in
      accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (B)
      all statements of fact contained in the Registration Statement or
      Prospectuses will, when it becomes effective, be true and correct at the
      time indicated or on the effective date as the case may be and (C) no such
      amendment, when it becomes effective, will include an untrue statement of
      a material fact or will omit to state a material fact required to be
      stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
      to a purchaser of the Shares.

      SECTION 7.  STANDARD OF CARE

      (a) The Distributor shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering
services to the Trust under this Agreement but shall be under no duty to take
any action except as specifically set forth herein or as may be specifically
agreed to by the Distributor in writing. The Distributor shall not be liable to
the Trust or any of the Trust's shareholders for any error of judgment or
mistake of law, for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any action or
inaction of the Distributor in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance or
gross negligence in the performance of the Distributor's duties or obligations
under this Agreement or by reason of the Distributor's reckless disregard of its
duties and obligations under this Agreement

      (b) The Distributor shall not be liable to the Trust for any action taken
or failure to act in good faith reliance upon:

      (i)   the advice of the Trust or of counsel, who may be counsel to the
      Trust or counsel to the Distributor;

      (ii) any oral instruction which the Distributor receives and which it
      reasonably believes in good faith was transmitted by the person or persons
      authorized by the Board to give such oral instruction (the Distributor
      shall have no duty or obligation to make any inquiry or effort of
      certification of such oral instruction);

      (iii) any written instruction or certified copy of any resolution of the
      Board, and the Distributor may rely upon the genuineness of any such
      document or copy thereof reasonably believed in good faith by the
      Distributor to have been validly executed; or

      (iv) any signature, instruction, request, letter of transmittal,
      certificate, opinion of counsel, statement, instrument, report, notice,
      consent, order, or other document reasonably believed in good faith by the
      Distributor to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the
      Trust or other proper party or parties;

and the Distributor shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into
the validity or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any statement, oral
or written instruction, resolution, signature, request, letter of transmittal,
certificate, opinion of counsel, instrument, report, notice, consent, order, or
any other document or instrument which the Distributor reasonably believes in
good faith to be genuine.

      (c) The Distributor shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or
delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or
caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control
including, without limitation, acts of civil or military authority, national
emergencies, labor difficulties (other than those related to the Distributor's
employees), fire, mechanical breakdowns, flood or catastrophe, acts of God,
insurrection, war, riots or failure of the mails, transportation, communication
or power supply. In addition, to the extent the Distributor's obligations
hereunder are to oversee or monitor the activities of third parties, the
Distributor shall not be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of
the Distributor's duties caused, directly or indirectly, by the failure or delay
of such third parties in performing their respective duties or cooperating
reasonably and in a timely manner with the Distributor.

      SECTION 8.  INDEMNIFICATION

      (a) The Trust will indemnify, defend and hold the Distributor, its
employees, agents, directors and officers and any person who controls the
Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20
of the 1934 Act ("Distributor Indemnitees") free and harmless from and against
any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, liabilities, losses,
damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every
nature and character (including the cost of investigating or defending such
claims, demands, actions, suits or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees
incurred in connection therewith) which any Distributor Indemnitee may incur,
under the Securities Act, under the securities laws of the various States or
under common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Trust's Registration Statement or
Prospectuses, arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a
material fact required to be stated in any one thereof or necessary to make the
statements in any one thereof not misleading, or arising out of or based upon
any filing made with the regulatory authorities of any State unless such
statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with,
information furnished in writing to the Trust in connection with the preparation
of the Registration Statement, exhibits to the Registration Statement or filings
made with the regulatory authorities of any State by or on behalf of the
Distributor ("Distributor Claims").

      After receipt of the Distributor's notice of termination under Section
13(e) of this Agreement, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each Distributor
Indemnitee free and harmless from and against any Distributor Claim; provided,
that the term Distributor Claim for purposes of this sentence shall mean any
Distributor Claim related to the matters for which the Distributor has requested
amendment to the Trust's Registration Statement and for which the Trust has not
filed a Required Amendment, regardless of with respect to such matters whether
any statement in or omission from the Registration Statement was made in
reliance upon, or in conformity with, information furnished to the Trust by or
on behalf of the Distributor.

      (b) The Trust may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any
Distributor Claim and may retain counsel of good standing chosen by the Trust
and approved by the Distributor, which approval shall not be withheld
unreasonably. The Trust shall advise the Distributor that it will assume the
defense of the suit and retain counsel within ten (10) days of receipt of the
notice of the claim. If the Trust assumes the defense of any such suit and
retains counsel, the defendants shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel that they retain. If the Trust does not assume the defense of
any such suit, or if Distributor does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust
or has been advised that it may have available defenses or claims that are not
available to or conflict with those available to the Trust, the Trust will
reimburse any Distributor Indemnitee named as defendant in such suit for the
reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel that person retains. A Distributor
Indemnitee shall not settle or confess any claim without the prior written
consent of the Trust, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed.

      (c) The Distributor will indemnify, defend and hold the Trust and its
several officers and trustees (collectively, the "Trust Indemnitees"), free and
harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, suits,
judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees
and other expenses of every nature and character (including the cost of
investigating or defending such claims, demands, actions, suits or liabilities
and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith), but only to
the extent that such claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, liabilities,
losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses
result from, arise out of or are based upon:

      (i) any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
      Trust's Registration Statement or Prospectus or any alleged omission of a
      material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements
      therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance
      upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Trust in
      writing in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement
      or Prospectus by or on behalf of the Distributor; or

      (ii) any act of, or omission by, the Distributor or its sales
      representatives that does not conform to the standard of care set forth in
      Section 7 of this Agreement (collectively, "Trust Claims").

      (d) The Distributor may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce
any Trust Claim and may retain counsel of good standing chosen by the
Distributor and approved by the Trust, which approval shall not be withheld
unreasonably. The Distributor shall advise the Trust that it will assume the
defense of the suit and retain counsel within ten (10) days of receipt of the
notice of the claim. If the Distributor assumes the defense of any such suit and
retains counsel, the defendants shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel that they retain. If the Distributor does not assume the
defense of any such suit, or if the Trust does not approve of counsel chosen by
the Distributor or has been advised that it may have available defenses or
claims that are not available to or conflict with those available to the
Distributor, the Distributor will reimburse any Trust Indemnitee named as
defendant in such suit for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel that
person retains. A Trust Indemnitee shall not settle or confess any claim without
the prior written consent of the Distributor, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

      (e) The Trust's and the Distributor's obligations to provide
indemnification under this Section is conditioned upon the Trust or the
Distributor receiving notice of any action brought against a Distributor
Indemnitee or Trust Indemnitee, respectively, by the person against whom such
action is brought within twenty (20) days after the summons or other first legal
process is served. Such notice shall refer to the person or persons against whom
the action is brought. The failure to provide such notice shall not relieve the
party entitled to such notice of any liability that it may have to any
Distributor Indemnitee or Trust Indemnitee except to the extent that the ability
of the party entitled to such notice to defend such action has been materially
adversely affected by the failure to provide notice.

      (f) The provisions of this Section and the parties' representations and
warranties in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Distributor
Indemnitee or Trust Indemnitee and shall survive the sale and redemption of any
Shares made pursuant to subscriptions obtained by the Distributor. The
indemnification provisions of this Section will inure exclusively to the benefit
of each person that may be a Distributor Indemnitee or Trust Indemnitee at any
time and their respective successors and assigns (it being intended that such
persons be deemed to be third party beneficiaries under this Agreement).

      (g) The Distributor agrees promptly to notify the Trust of the
commencement of any litigation or proceeding of which it becomes aware arising
out of or in any way connected with the issuance or sale of Shares. The Trust
agrees promptly to notify the Distributor of the commencement of any litigation
or proceeding of which it becomes aware arising out of or in any way connected
with the issuance or sale of its Shares.

      (h) Nothing contained herein shall require the Trust to take any action
contrary to any provision of its Organic Documents or any applicable statute or
regulation or shall require the Distributor to take any action contrary to any
provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any applicable statute
or regulation; provided, however, that neither the Trust nor the Distributor may
amend their Organic Documents or Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,
respectively, in any manner that would result in a violation of a representation
or warranty made in this Agreement, except if required by any applicable statute
or regulation.

      (i) Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to protect the
Distributor against any liability to the Trust or the security holders of the
Trust to which the Distributor would otherwise be subject by reason of its
failure to satisfy the standard of care set forth in Section 7 of this
Agreement.

      SECTION 9.  NOTIFICATION TO THE DISTRIBUTOR

      The Trust shall advise the Distributor immediately: (i) of any request by
the SEC for amendments to the Trust's Registration Statement or Prospectus or
for additional information; (ii) in the event of the issuance by the SEC of any
stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Trust's Registration Statement or
any Prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iii) of
the happening of any material event which makes untrue any statement made in the
Trust's then current Registration Statement or Prospectus or which requires the
making of a change in either thereof in order to make the statements therein not
misleading; and (iv) of all action of the SEC with respect to any amendments to
the Trust's Registration Statement or Prospectus which may from time to time be
filed with the Commission under the 1940 Act or the Securities Act.

      SECTION 10.  COMPENSATION; EXPENSES

      (a) In consideration of the Distributor's services in connection with the
distribution of Shares of the Trust and each Class thereof, the Distributor
shall receive: (i) from the Trust, any applicable contingent deferred sales
charge ("CDSC") assessed upon investors in connection with the redemption of
Shares and (ii) from the Trust, the shareholder service fees with respect to the
Shares of those Classes as designated in Appendix A (the "Service Fee"). The
Service Fee shall be accrued daily by each applicable Trust or Class thereof and
shall be paid monthly as promptly as possible after the last day of each
calendar month but in any event on or before the fifth (5th) Trust business day
after month-end, at the rate or in the amounts set forth in Appendix A.

      (b) The Trust shall cause its transfer agent (the "Transfer Agent") to
withhold, from redemption proceeds payable to holders of Shares of the Series
and the Classes thereof, all CDSCs properly payable by the shareholders in
accordance with the terms of the applicable Prospectus and shall cause the
Transfer Agent to pay such amounts over to the Distributor as promptly as
possible after each month end.

      (c) Except as specified in Sections 8 and 10(a) of this Agreement, the
Distributor shall be entitled to no compensation or reimbursement of expenses
for the services provided by the Distributor pursuant to this Agreement. The
Distributor may receive compensation from the Trust's investment advisors, other
service providers or their respective affiliates (collectively, the "Advisor")
for its services hereunder or for additional services all as may be agreed to
between the Advisor and the Distributor. Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, to the extent the Distributor receives compensation
from the Advisor that is disclosed to the Board, the Trust will indemnify,
defend and hold each Distributor Indemnitee free and harmless from and against
any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, liabilities, losses,
damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every
nature and character (including the cost of investigating or defending such
claims, demands, actions, suits or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees
incurred in connection therewith) related in any way to such payment.

      (d) The Trust shall be responsible and assumes the obligation for payment
of all its expenses, including fees and disbursements of its counsel and
auditors, in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration
Statement and Prospectuses (including but not limited to the expense of setting
in type the Registration Statement and Prospectuses and printing sufficient
quantities for internal compliance, regulatory purposes and for distribution to
current shareholders).

      (e) The Trust shall bear the cost and expenses (i) of the registration of
its Shares for sale under the Securities Act; (ii) of the registration or
qualification of its Shares for sale under the securities laws of the various
States; (iii) if necessary or advisable in connection therewith, of qualifying
the Trust, or its Series or the Classes thereof (but not the Distributor) as an
issuer or as a broker or dealer, in such States as shall be selected by the
Trust; and (iv) payable to each State for continuing registration or
qualification therein until the Trust decides to discontinue registration or
qualification. The Distributor shall pay all expenses relating to the
Distributor's broker-dealer qualification.

      SECTION 11.  SELECTED DEALER AND SELECTED AGENT AGREEMENTS

      (a) The Distributor shall have the right to enter into sub-distribution
agreements with securities dealers of its choice ("selected dealers") and with
depository institutions and other financial intermediaries of its choice
("selected agents") for the sale of Shares and to fix therein the portion of the
sales charge, if any, that may be allocated to the selected dealers or selected
agents; provided, that all such agreements shall be in substantially the form of
agreement as set forth in Appendix B hereto or such other form as approved by
the Trust. Shares of each Series or Class thereof shall be resold by selected
dealers or selected agents only at the public offering price(s) set forth in the
Prospectus relating to the Shares. The Distributor shall offer and sell Shares
of the Trust only to such selected dealers as are members in good standing of
the NASD. The Distributor shall have the right to enter into shareholder
servicing agreements with financial intermediaries of its choice; provided, that
all such agreements shall be in substantially the form of agreement as approved
by the Trust.

      (b) The Distributor will supervise the Trust's relationship with selected
dealers and agents and may make payments to those selected dealers and agents in
such amounts as the Distributor may determine from time to time in its sole
discretion. The amount of payments to selected dealers and agents by the
Distributor may be reviewed by the Board from time to time; provided, however,
that no payment by the Distributor to any selected dealer or agent with respect
to a Share shall exceed the amount of payments made to the Distributor hereunder
with respect to that Share.

      SECTION 12.  CONFIDENTIALITY

      The Distributor agrees to treat all records and other information related
to the Trust as proprietary information of the Trust and, on behalf of itself
and its employees, to keep confidential all such information, except that the
Distributor may:

      (i) prepare or assist in the preparation of periodic reports to
shareholders and regulatory bodies such as the SEC;

      (ii) provide information typically supplied in the investment company
      industry to companies that track or report price, performance or other
      information regarding investment companies; and

      (iii) release such other information as approved in writing by the Trust,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;

provided, however, that the Distributor may release any information regarding
the Trust without the consent of the Trust if the Distributor reasonably
believes that it may be exposed to civil or criminal legal proceedings for
failure to comply, when requested to release any information by duly constituted
authorities or when so requested by the Trust.

      SECTION 13.  EFFECTIVENESS, DURATION AND TERMINATION

      (a) This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each series or
class listed in Appendix A on August 11, 1998. Upon effectiveness of this
Agreement, it shall supersede all previous agreements between the parties hereto
covering the subject matter hereof insofar as such Agreement may have been
deemed to relate to the Trust.

      (b) This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to a Series Trust
for a period of one year from its effectiveness and thereafter shall continue in
effect with respect to the Series until terminated; provided, that continuance
is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by a vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by a vote of
a majority of Trustees of the Trust (I) who are not parties to this Agreement or
interested persons of any such party (other than as Trustees of the Trust) and
(II) with respect to each Class of a Series for which there is an effective
Plan, who do not have any direct or indirect financial interest in any such Plan
applicable to the Class or in any agreements related to the Plan, cast in person
at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

      (c) This Agreement may be terminated at any time with respect to a Series,
without the payment of any penalty, (i) by the Board or by a vote of a majority
of the outstanding voting securities of the Series or, with respect to each
Class for which there is an effective Plan, a majority of Trustees of the Trust
who do not have any direct or indirect financial interest in any such Plan or in
any agreements related to the Plan, on 60 days' written notice to the
Distributor or (ii) by the Distributor on 60 days' written notice to the Trust.

      (d) This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon its assignment and
upon the termination of the Distributor's membership in the NASD.

      (e) If the Trust does not file a Required Amendment within fifteen days
following receipt of a written request from the Distributor to do so, the
Distributor may, at its option, terminate this Agreement immediately.

      (f)   The  obligations of Sections 5(e),  6(d), 8, 9 and 10 of this 
Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement with respect
to a Series or Class thereof.

      SECTION 14.  NOTICES

      Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by the Distributor
to the Trust or the Trust to the Distributor shall be deemed sufficiently given
if personally delivered or sent by telegram, facsimile or registered, certified
or overnight mail, postage prepaid, addressed by the party giving such notice to
the other party at the last address furnished by the other party to the party
giving such notice, and unless and until changed pursuant to the foregoing
provisions hereof each such notice shall be addressed to the Trust or the
Distributor, as the case may be, at their respective principal places of
business.

      SECTION 15.  ACTIVITIES OF THE DISTRIBUTOR

      Except to the extent necessary to perform the Distributor's obligations
hereunder, nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or restrict the Distributor's
right, or the right of any of the Distributor's employees, agents, officers or
directors who may also be a director, officer or employee of the Trust, or
affiliated persons of the Trust to engage in any other business or to devote
time and attention to the management or other aspects of any other business,
whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to render services of any kind to
any other corporation, trust, firm, individual or association.

      SECTION 16.  ADDITIONAL FUNDS AND CLASSES

      In the event that the Trust establishes one or more series of Shares or
one or more classes of Shares after the effectiveness of this Agreement, such
series of Shares or classes of Shares, as the case may be, shall become Series
and Classes under this Agreement upon approval of this Agreement by the Trust
with respect to the series of Shares or class of Shares and the execution of an
amended Appendix A reflecting the applicable names and terms. The Distributor
may elect not to make any such series or classes subject to this Agreement.

      SECTION 17.  MISCELLANEOUS

      (a) The Distributor shall not be liable to the Trust and the Trust shall
not be liable to the Distributor for consequential damages under any provision
of this Agreement except that Distributor Claims, as that term is used in
Section 8(a) of this Agreement, shall include consequential damages related to,
arising out of or based upon any filing made with the regulatory authorities of
any State.

      (b) No provisions of this Agreement may be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written agreement properly authorized and executed by the
Distributor and the Trust.

      (c) This Agreement shall be governed by, and the provisions of this
Agreement shall be construed and interpreted under and in accordance with, the
laws of the State of Maryland.

      (d) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
Distributor and the Trust and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the
subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

      (e) This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of
counterparts, and all of the counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.

      (f) If any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held to be
illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or
portions shall be considered severable and not be affected, and the rights and
obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement
did not contain the particular part, term or provision held to be illegal or
invalid.

      (g) Section headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only
and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

      (h) No affiliated person, employee, agent, officer or director of the
Distributor shall be liable at law or in equity for the Distributor's
obligations under this Agreement.

      (i) The Trust shall be liable to the Distributor only with respect to
those Series and Classes of the Trust and the Distributor shall look solely to
the Trust to satisfy any liability of a Series or Class thereof to the
Distributor.

      (j) Each of the undersigned warrants and represents that they have full
power and authority to sign this Agreement on behalf of the party indicated and
that their signature will bind the party indicated to the terms hereof.

      (k) The terms "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities,"
"interested person," "affiliated person" and "assignment" shall have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the 1940 Act.

      (l) The Distributor is hereby expressly put on notice of the limitation of
liability as set forth in the Declaration of Trust and agrees that the
obligations assumed by the Trust pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited in
any case to the Trust and its assets and the Distributor shall not seek
satisfaction of any such obligation from the shareholders of the Trust, the
Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust or any of them.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized
officers, as of the day and year first above written.

                                    BT INVESTMENT FUNDS


                                    By: /s/ JAY S. NEUMAN
                                          Name: Jay S. Neuman
                                            Secretary

                                    ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


                                    By: /s/ JOHN Y. KEFFER
                                          John Y. Keffer
                                            President



<PAGE>



                                     - A1 -
                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS
                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                                   APPENDIX A
                              AS OF AUGUST 11, 1998

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               SERVICE
  SERIES                                  DISTRIBUTION FEE       FEE
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Capital Appreciation Fund                     None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  BT Investment Lifecycle Short Range           None            None
  Fund
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  BT Investment Lifecycle Mid Range             None            None
  Fund
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  BT Investment Lifecycle Long Range            None            None
  Fund
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cash Management Fund                          None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Treasury Money Fund                           None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Tax Free Money Fund                           None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  NY Tax Free Money Fund                        None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  International Equity Fund                     None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Intermediate Tax Free Fund                    None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Global High Yield Securities Fund             None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Latin American Equity Fund                    None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Small Cap Fund                                None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pacific Basin Equity Fund                     None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  International Small Company Equity            None            None
  Fund
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund           None            None
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  BT Enhanced Stable Value Fund                 None            .25%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>



                                     - B1 -
                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS
                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                                   APPENDIX B
                      [FORM OF SUB-DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT]


                           SUB-DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



                                          [Date]




Ladies and Gentlemen:

      ICC Distributors, Inc. ("ICC"), a Delaware corporation, serves as
distributor (the "Distributor") of the BT Investment Funds (the "Trust"). The
Trust is an open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"). The Trust offers its
shares ("Shares") to the public in accordance with the terms and conditions
contained in the Prospectus of each series of the Trust as set forth in Appendix
A to this Sub-Distribution Agreement. The term "Prospectus" as used herein
refers to each prospectus on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission
which is part of the registration statement of the Trust under the Securities
Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). In connection with the foregoing you may
serve as a participating dealer (and, therefore, accept orders for the purchase
or redemption of Shares, respond to shareholder inquiries and perform other
related functions) on the following terms and conditions:

      1. PARTICIPATING DEALER. You are hereby designated a Participating Dealer
and as such are authorized (i) to accept orders for the purchase of Shares and
to transmit to the Trust such orders and the payment made therefore, (ii) to
accept orders for the redemption of Shares and to transmit to the Trust such
orders and all additional material as may be required to complete the redemption
and (iii) to assist shareholders with the foregoing and other matters relating
to their investments in each series of the Trust, in each case subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus of each series. You are to
review each Share purchase or redemption order submitted through you or with
your assistance for completeness and accuracy. You further agree to undertake
from time to time certain shareholder servicing activities for customers of
yours who have purchased Shares and who use your facilities to communicate with
the Trust or to effect redemptions or additional purchases of the Shares.

      2. LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY. No person is authorized to make any
representations concerning the Trust or the Shares except those contained in the
Prospectus of each Fund and in such printed information as the Distributor may
subsequently prepare. No person is authorized to distribute any sales material
relating to any Fund without the prior written approval of the Distributor.

      3. COMPENSATION. The Distributor will pay compensation for such services,
if applicable, as agreed upon from time to time for each series of the Trust.

      4. PROSPECTUS AND REPORTS. You agree to comply with the provisions
contained in the Securities Act governing the distribution of prospectuses to
persons to whom you offer Shares. You further agree to deliver, upon our
request, copies of any amended Prospectus of the relevant series to purchasers
whose Shares you are holding as record owner and to deliver to such persons
copies of the annual and interim reports and proxy solicitation materials of the
series. We agree to furnish to you as many copies of each Prospectus, annual and
interim reports and proxy solicitation materials as you may reasonably request.

      5. QUALIFICATION TO ACT. You represent that you are a member in good
standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD").
Your expulsion or suspension from the NASD will automatically terminate this
Agreement on the effective date of such expulsion or suspension. You agree that
you will not offer Shares to persons in any jurisdiction in which you may not
lawfully make such offer due to the fact that you have not registered under, or
are not exempt from, the applicable registration or licensing requirements of
such jurisdiction. You agree that in performing the services under this
Agreement, you at all times, will comply with the Conduct Rules (formerly the
Rules of Fair Practice) of the NASD, including, without limitation, the
provisions of Rule 2830 (formerly Section 26) of such Rules. You also agree that
you will place orders immediately upon their receipt and will not withhold any
order so as to profit therefrom. In determining the amount payable to you
hereunder, we reserve the right to exclude any sales which we reasonably
determine are not made in accordance with the terms of the relevant prospectus
and provisions of the Agreement.

      6. BLUE SKY. The series of the Trust have registered an indefinite number
of Shares under the Securities Act. The Trust intends to make appropriate notice
filings in certain states where such filing is required. We will inform you as
to the states or other jurisdictions in which we believe the Shares are eligible
for sale under the respective securities laws of such states. You agree that you
will offer Shares to your customers only in those states where such Shares are
eligible to be sold. We assume no responsibility or obligation as to your right
to sell Shares in any jurisdiction.

      7. AUTHORITY OF TRUST. The Trust shall have full authority to take such
action as it deems advisable in respect of all matters pertaining to the
offering of its Shares, including the right not to accept any order for the
purchase of Shares.

      8. RECORD KEEPING. You will (i) maintain all records required by law to be
kept by you relating to transactions in Shares and, upon request by the Trust,
promptly make such of these records available to the Trust as the Trust may
reasonably request in connection with its operations and (ii) promptly notify
the Fund if you experience any difficulty in maintaining the records described
in the foregoing clauses in an accurate and complete manner.

      9. LIABILITY. The Distributor shall be under no liability to you except
for lack of good faith and for obligations expressly assumed by it hereunder. In
carrying out your obligations, you agree to act in good faith and without
negligence. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to operate as a
waiver by the Distributor or you of compliance with any provisions of the
Investment Company Act, the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission thereunder.

      10. TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated by either party, without
penalty, upon ten days' written notice to the other party and shall
automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the
Investment Company Act. This Agreement may also be terminated at any time for
the Trust without penalty by the vote of a majority of the members of the Board
of Trustees who are not "interested persons" (as such phrase is defined in the
Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in
the operation of the Distribution Agreement between such Trust and the
Distributor or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of
the Trust.

      11. COMMUNICATIONS. All communications other than this agreement and those
pertaining to this agreement should be sent to the address listed below. Any
notice to you shall be duly given if mailed or telegraphed to you at the address
specified by you below.

                        [TA Address]

      If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to us both copies of this Agreement to:

                        [----------]
                        C/O ICC DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                        ATTN: DEALER SERVICES
                        P.O. BOX 7558
                        PORTLAND, MAINE 04101



                                          ICC Distributors, Inc.
                                          By:  Benjamin L. Niles
                                               Vice President

Confirmed and accepted:

      Firm Name:

      By:
                                   Signature


                            Printed Name and Title

      Date:

      Address:





      Clears Through:

      Phone No.:


<PAGE>


                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS
                           SUB-DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                                   APPENDIX A
                              AS OF AUGUST 11, 1998


  -------------------------------------

  SERIES
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Capital Appreciation Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  BT Investment Lifecycle Short Range
  Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  BT Investment Lifecycle Mid Range
  Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  BT Investment Lifecycle Long Range
  Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Cash Management Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Treasury Money Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Tax Free Money Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  NY Tax Free Money Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  International Equity Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Intermediate Tax Free Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Global High Yield Securities Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Latin American Equity Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Small Cap Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Pacific Basin Equity Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  International Small Company Equity
  Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund
  -------------------------------------
  -------------------------------------
  BT Enhanced Stable Value Fund
  -------------------------------------








                                                 Exhibit (h)(iv) under Form N-1A
                                              Exhibit 10 under Item 601/Reg. S-K



                    AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

      Whereas BT Investment Funds (the "Trust") has adopted a Shareholder
Services Plan as of June 10, 1998 (the "Plan"), and

      Whereas the Plan is designed to provide services beneficial to
shareholders of BT PreservationPlus Income Fund (the "Fund"), and

      Whereas Bankers Trust Company (the "Bank") wishes to provide services to
the Trust in accordance with the Plan,

      Now Therefore, the Trust and the Bank agree

      1. The Bank will provide, or will arrange for other qualified parties to
provide (the Bank and/or other qualified parties may be referred to hereinafter
as "Providers"), services to the Fund that may include without limitation:
establishing and maintaining shareholder and Plan participant accounts,
processing purchase and redemption transactions, arranging for bank wires,
performing shareholder sub-accounting, answering client inquiries regarding the
Fund and/or its classes, providing periodic statements showing the
investor/shareholder's account balance and those of Plan participants,
transmitting proxy statements, periodic reports, updated prospectuses and other
communications to shareholders and, with respect to meetings of shareholders,
collecting, tabulating and forwarding to the Trust executed proxies and
obtaining such other information and performing such other services as may
reasonably be required.

      2. In compensation for the services provided to this Plan, Providers,
including the Bank where appropriate, will be paid a quarterly fee with respect
to each class, computed at the annual rate not to exceed 0.25 of 1% of the
average aggregate net asset value of the shares of the Fund held during the
quarter.

      3. Any payments made to any Provider other than the Bank will be made
pursuant to a "Shareholder Services Agreement" entered into by the Bank on
behalf of the Fund and the Provider.

      4. The Trust has the right (i) to select, in its sole discretion, the
Providers to participate in the Plan and (ii) to terminate (or cause the Bank to
terminate) without cause and in its sole discretion any Shareholder Services
Agreement.

      5. This Agreement shall become effective after approval by majority votes
of: (a) the Trust's Board of Trustees; and (b) the Disinterested Trustees of the
Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the
Agreement.

      6. This Agreement shall remain in effect for the period of one year from
the date set forth above and may be continued thereafter if this Agreement is
approved with respect to the Fund at least annually by a vote of a majority of
the Trust's Board of Trustees and a majority of the Disinterested Trustees, cast
in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Agreement.

      7. Any material amendment to this Agreement must be approved by a vote of
the Board of Trustees of the Trust and of the Disinterested Trustees, cast in
person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on it.

      8. This Agreement may be terminated with respect to the Fund or any class
of shares thereof at any time by: (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested
Trustees; or (b) a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of
that class as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

      9. All agreements with any person relating to the implementation of the
Plan or this Agreement shall be in writing and any agreement shall be subject to
termination, without penalty, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 8 herein.

      10. The Bank is hereby expressly put on notice of the limitation of
liability as set forth in the Trust's Declaration of Trust and agrees that the
obligations assumed by the Trust pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited in
any case to the Trust and its assets and the Bank shall not seek satisfaction of
any obligation from the shareholders of the Trust, the Trustees, officers,
employees or agents of the Trust, or any of them.

      11. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
laws of the State of New York.

                                    BT INVESTMENT FUNDS

                                    By:  /S/ JAY S. NEUMAN
                                    Name:  Jay S. Neuman
                                    Title:  Secretary

                                    BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                                    By:  /S/ BRIAN W. WIXTED
                                    Name:  Brian W. Wixted
                                    Title:  Principal
Dated:  June 10, 1998







                                                  Exhibit (h)(v) under Form N-1A
                                              Exhibit 10 under Item 601/Reg. S-K



                               BT INVESTMENT FUNDS
                       FOR BT PRESERVATIONPLUS INCOME FUND

                            SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN


      This Shareholder Services Plan ("Plan") is adopted as of June 10, 1998 by
the Board of Trustees of BT Investment Funds ("Trust"), a Massachusetts business
trust with respect to BT PreservationPlus Income Fund (the "Fund").

      1. This Plan is adopted to allow the Fund to make payments as contemplated
herein to obtain certain services for shareholders and/or the maintenance of
shareholder accounts ("Services"). The Services may include without limitation:
establishing and maintaining shareholder and Plan participant accounts,
processing purchase and redemption transactions, arranging for bank wires,
performing shareholder sub-accounting, answering client inquiries regarding the
Fund, providing periodic statements showing the client's account balance and
those of Plan participants, transmitting proxy statements, periodic reports,
updated prospectuses and other communications to shareholders and, with respect
to meetings of shareholders, collecting, tabulating and forwarding to the Trust
executed proxies and obtaining such other information and performing such other
services as may reasonably be required.

      2. This Plan is designed to compensate broker/dealers, Plan
administrators, other financial institutions and other persons ("Providers) for
providing services to the Fund and its shareholders. The Plan will be
administered by Bankers Trust Company ("BT"). In compensation for the services
provided to this Plan, Providers, including BT where appropriate, will be paid a
quarterly fee with respect to the Fund, computed at the annual rate not to
exceed 0.25 of 1% of the average aggregate net asset value of the shares of the
Fund held during the quarter.

      3. Any payments made to any Provider pursuant to this Plan will be made
pursuant to a "Shareholder Services Agreement" entered into by BT on behalf of
the Fund and the Provider.

      4. The Trust has the right (i) to select, in its sole discretion, the
Providers to participate in the Plan and (ii) to terminate without cause and in
its sole discretion any Shareholder Services Agreement.

      5. Quarterly in each year that this Plan remains in effect, BT shall
prepare and furnish to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and the Board of
Trustees shall review, a written report of the amounts expended under the Plan.

      6. This Plan shall become effective (i) after approval by majority votes
of: (a) the Trust's Board of Trustees; and (b) the Disinterested Trustees of the
Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan;
and (ii) upon execution of an exhibit adopting this Plan.

      7. This Plan shall remain in effect with respect to the Fund for the
period of one year from the date set forth above and may be continued thereafter
if this Plan is approved with respect to the Fund at least annually by a vote of
a majority of the Trust's Board of Trustees and majority of the Disinterested
Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
Plan.

      8. All material amendments to this Plan must be approved by a vote of the
Board of Trustees of the Trust and of the Disinterested Trustees, cast in person
at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on it.

      9. This Plan may be terminated with respect to the Fund at any time by:
(a) a majority vote of the disinterested Trustees; or (b) a vote of a majority
of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund as defined in Section 2 (a)
(42) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

      10. While this Plan shall be in effect, the selection and nomination of
Disinterested Trustees of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of the
Disinterested Trustees then in office.

      11. All agreements with any person relating to the implementation of this
Plan shall be in writing and any agreement related to this Plan shall be subject
to termination, without penalty, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 9
herein.

      12. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
laws of the State of New York.

      Witness the due execution hereof this 10th day of June, 1998.

                                    BT INVESTMENT FUNDS


                                    By:  /S/ JAY S. NEUMAN
                                    Name:  Jay S. Neuman
                                    Title:  Secretary






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission